WATER POLLUTION CONTROL RESEARCH SERIES •  18050GWV05/71
  Water Quality  Criteria  Data Book
                 Volume  3
             Effects of Chemicals on Aquatic Life
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY  RESEARCH AND MONITORING

-------
        WATER POLLUTION CONTROL RESEARCH SERIES
The Water Pollution Control Research Series describes
the results and progress in the control and abatement
of pollution in our Nation's waters.  They provide a
central source of information on the research, develop-
ment, and demonstration activities in the Environmental
Protection Agency, through inhouse research and grants
and contracts with Federal, State, and local agencies,
research institutions, and industrial organizations „

Inquiries pertaining to Water Pollution Control Research
Reports should be directed to the Chief,  Publications
Branch, Research Information Division,  R&M,  Environmental
protection Agency, Washington, B.C. 20^60.

-------
      Water  Quality Criteria  Data  Book -  Vol.  3

             EFFECTS OF CHEMICALS  ON AQUATIC  LIFE
           Selected Data From the Literature Through 1968
                                by
                   Battelle's Columbus Laboratories
                              for the
             ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                      Project No. 18050 GWV
                      Contract No. 68-01-0007
                             May 1971
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402 - Price $3.75

-------
                          EPA Review Notice
This report  has been reviewed  by the Environmental  Protection Agency
and  approved  for  publication. The data are listed  as  reported  in the
literature  without collaboration or evaluation of their validity. Therefore,
these data must and cannot be used indiscriminately for the establishment
of water quality criteria for the aquatic environment. These  data should be
used only as a guideline for the base of action. Approval does not signify
that the contents necessarily  reflect  the  views  and policies of EPA, nor
does mention of trade names  or commercial products constitute endorse-
ment or recommendation for use.

-------
                                        ABSTRACT
     Original data from more than 500 technical publications concerning the specific effects of
chemicals on  individual species  of aquatic biota were collected  and summarized in uniform
format.  Alphabetical assembly  of the  data  by  chemical  allows rapid access  to considerable
detailed  information.  A  Species  Index facilitates search  for  information  on  the toxicity  of
chemicals to individual aquatic species.

     The  details  of  major procedures in laboratory  bioassay  and field assessment of chemical
toxicity  in  water are discussed.  Freshwater and marine  procedures  are included. A total  of
approximately 1000  references were utilized in preparing this report.

     Recommendations include:

     (1)   Establishment of an information-analysis center on chemical water pollution based
          to some extent on  the report prepared.

     (2)   Preparation  of  a  listing  of chemical  constituents of  effluents  and  continued
          up-dating of this list.

     (3)   Development of a  pattern of bioassays for evaluating the effects of a chemical on
          aquatic  life.  Data  from  these evaluations would  be  used  in  developing
          mathematical models   for  predicting  chemical  toxicity  in  a wide  range  of
          environmental circumstances.

     (4)   Development  of in situ  bioassay  procedures for more realistic  assessment of
          chemical toxicity to aquatic life.
                                             111

-------
                                 TABLE OF CONTENTS


Section

 I         Introduction                                                                1

 II        Objectives                                                                 4

 III       Literature Search and Bibliographies                                          5

 IV       Fish Bioassay                                                              6

 V        Bioassay of Aquatic Organisms Other Than Fish                              18

 VI       Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) and Related Microbiological
           Procedures                                                               19

 VII       Marine Bioassay                                                           25

 VIII      Field Assessment                                                          26

 IX       Factors Affecting Chemical Toxicity in Water                                 43

 X        Industrial Wastes                                                          55

 XI       Extracted Data - The Effect of Chemicals on Aquatic Biota                   63

 XII       Summary and Conclusions                                                  66

 XIII      Recommendations                                                         69

 XIV      Bibliography                                                              70

 XV       Appendices

                A. Chemicals  and Mixtures of Chemicals                               A-l

                B.  Commercial Chemical Products                                     B-l

                C.  Species Index                                                    C-l

                D. Identification of Commercial Chemicals                             D-l

-------
                                 LIST OF FIGURES
Figure
  1        Food Web in Western Lake Erie Leading to the Sheepshead Fish
Page




 27
                                         VI

-------
                                    LIST OF TABLES
Table                                                                                Page

  1        Fish Used in Bioassays, Frequency of Use, and Type of Water
           in Which They Occur                                                        12

  2        Laboratory Methods for Studying the Effect of Chemicals on
           Fish Other Than Bioassay Lethality                                            15

  3        A Partial Listing of References Using Freshwater Aquatic Organisms
           Other Than Fish for Bioassay                                                 18

  4        Toxicity of Various Compounds as Determined by BOD                         23

  5        Collecting Equipment in Common Usage in Limnological Studies
           and the General Purpose  for Which Each is Used                                34

  6        Partial Listing of Organisms Commonly Associated With Pollution                35

  7        Thermal Death Points of Fish Acclimized at the Indicated Tempera-
           tures (Freshwater = F, Marine — Atlantic = A, Pacific = P)                       45

  8        Minimum Oxygen Values at Various Temperatures at Which Fish
           Can Exist Under Laboratory Conditions                                       51

  9        Usual Fisheries Hazards of 30 Common Types of Municipal and
           Industrial Effluents                                                          56

  10        General Comments on Selected Industrial Effluents                             57
                                           Vll

-------
                                        SECTION I

                                     INTRODUCTION
     The internal and external chemical environment of an organism  determines whether that
organism will survive, grow, and perpetuate itself. Internal chemical balance is mediated by the
genetic  makeup of the organism,  the external chemical  milieu in which it lives,  and all  other
environmental  factors. The effect of chemicals on  living organisms  is an  especially  important
factor in aquatic environs where organisms are in intimate contact with chemicals in solution and
suspension. Water passes into and through the body of an organism primarily via the integument,
membranes, gills,  or  mouth.  Toxic chemicals  in  the  water  may  cause immediate lethality
although in many instances sublethal quantities  of deleterious  chemicals may be accumulated
within the body. In  time, the chemical residues  in  an organism may cause  drastic  effects of
varying  types, also including mortality.  Complicating this situation is the effect of chemicals on
lower animal  forms  which provide part or  all  of the  food  chain leading to higher aquatic
organisms.  Thus, sport  fish may  leave  polluted areas not to avoid chemical pollutants  or to
escape death but rather to seek food, for example, when bottom fauna upon which they feed are
obliterated. Low  dissolved-oxygen  concentrations  in water  caused  by  release  of oxygen-
consuming chemicals can also have equally drastic impact on aquatic organisms.

     This then is the basic problem today in water  pollution and is the primary  subject of this
report.  A  closely related problem, considering  aquatic  biota  as  indicators of chemical  toxic
effect, is the  consideration of whether  or  not such water is  safe for use  by humans. At the
moment fish bioassay appears to be the best method available for determining the toxic effect of
chemicals on aquatic life.

     In a report section  entitled  "Recommendations  for the Use of Bioassays and Application
Factors to Denote Safe  Concentrations of Wastes  in Receiving Streams", the National Technical
Advisory  Committee  (Interim  Report, 1967), has made the following recommendations in part
for the use of bioassays:

     "1. For  the  determination  of acute  toxicities,  flow-through bioassay s  are the first
     choice. Methods  for carrying  out  these  flow-through  tests have been described by
     Surber and Thatcher, 1962; Lemke and Mount, 1963; Henderson and Pickering, 1963;
     Jackson and Brungs, 1966;  Mount  and Warner,  1963;  Mount and Brungs,  1965; and
     Brungs and Mount, 1967. Flow-through bioassays  should be used  for unstable volatile
     or  highly  toxic  wastes and those having an oxygen  demand. They also  must be used
     when several variables such as pH, DO,  CO2 and other factors must be controlled.

     2.  When  flow-through tests are not feasible, tests  of a different type or duration must
     be  used.  The  kinds of  local conditions affecting  the  procedure  might  be  single
     application of pesticides or lack of materials and equipment.

     3.  Acute  static  bioassays with fish for the determination of TLm values  should be
     carried out in accordance with Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and
     Waste Water.  Such tests should be used for the determination of TLm values only for
     persistent, nonvolatile, highly soluble materials of low toxicity which  do not have an
     oxygen demand  as  it is  necessary to  use the  amount  added as  the  concentration to
     which the test organisms are exposed.

     4.  When application factors are used with TLm values to determine safe concentrations
     of  a waste in a receiving water, the bioassay studies to determine TLm values should
                                             1

-------
    be  made with the most sensitive local species and life stages of economic or ecological
    importance and with dilution water taken from the  receiving  stream above the waste
    outfall. In the absence  of knowledge concerning the most sensitive of the important
    local species or life  stages or due to difficulty in providing them in sufficient numbers,
    other  species whose relative sensitivity is known can be used  or tests may be carried
    out using one species of diatom, one species  of an invertebrate and two species of fish,
    one of  which  should   be  a pan  or  game  fish.  Further,  these  bioassays must be
    performed with environmental  conditions at levels at which the  waste is most toxic.
    Tests should be repeated with one species at  least monthly and when there are changes
    in the character or volume of the waste.

    5.  Concentration of materials with noncumulative toxic effects should not exceed 1/10
    of  the 96-hour TLm value at any time or place. The  24-hour average of the concentra-
    tion should not exceed  1/20 of the TLm value.  For toxicants with cumulative effects,
    the concentrations should not exceed  1/10 and  1/100 for the above respective values."

    The need  for water of better quality by improved  pollution control has  been  chronicled
broadly  with considerable justification in news media,  scientific journals, and government reports.
The result of  this attention has been the establishment of water quality criteria and federal
requirements  for  states,  localities, and consequently industries  to set minimum  water standards
within certain time limits, and to enforce  these standards. The basic Federal  Water Pollution
Control  Act (1956) was provided and later  amended in 1961, by the Water  Quality Act of 1965,
and by  the Clean Water  Restoration Act of 1966.  In the years given, these  amendments were
approved  as  public  laws. Water quality  requirements are becoming more stringent  each  year.
Carpenter (1968) has outlined federal policy and organization in regard  to this problem. In Water
Quality  Criteria (1968),  the  various  problems of  water pollution control are discussed in detail
and recommendations  are made for measures to  improve pollution management. Earlier,  these
and related problems were  discussed in  publications by the National  Research  Council (1966),
the Department  of Health,  Education, and Welfare  (Public Health  Service  Publication  No.
999-WP-25, 1965), ORSANCO (Ohio River  Valley Water Sanitation Commission, 1967), and the
Environmental  Pollution  Panel (1965). Establishment of  water quality criteria in  the  U.S. has
been  recently  considered by the Aquatic  Life Advisory  Committee  (1955,  1956, 1960), the
American Society for Testing Materials (Katz and  Woelke, 1967; Woelke,  1967), Bartsh and
Ingram  (1959,  1966),  Carter (1968), Ettinger and Mount (1967), Okum (1968), Smith (1961),
Tarzwell (1957, 1959, 1962), Weston (1964), and Wilhm and Dorris (1968). The Manufacturing
Chemists Association (1967) listed  the  sources  of  information  on water quality  criteria.  The
number of meetings increases each year  as  announced in such periodicals as Water and Sewage
Works. The problems of  industrial water utilization and effluent management of chemical wastes
are generally discussed by Bower (1965),  Cairns  (1965,  1967), in Public Works (Anonymous,
1968), and in  various texts, as  well as briefly in the section of this report entitled  "Industrial
Wastes". Engdahl  and Croxton (1962)  have discussed  the economics of pollution, a matter
further treated  in such journals as Chemical Week  and Chemical and Engineering News.

    Eutrophication of lakes is a special pollution problem that  is not discussed in this report.
Excellent documents pertaining to eutrophication  are by  Fruh, et  al  (1966) and bibliographies
by the  U.S. Public Health Service (Mackenthun,  1962,  1965).  Similarly, thermal effluents were
not considered as a topic for this report,  due primarily to  the magnitude of research in this field.
Useful,  extensive bibliographies  have been  recently  published, including ones by the American
Society  for Civil  Engineering (1967), Kennedy and Mihurksy (1967), Raney and Menzel (1967),
and Wurtz  and  Renn (1965).

-------
     Another special problem is pesticide contamination of the environment. This is discussed to
a considerable extent throughout this report, but especially in the section "Field Assessments".
Reviews or general references concerning the effect of pesticides in the environment or other
agricultural problems of this nature include an article in Environmental Sciences and Technology
(Anonymous,  1968); papers by Cottam (1961),  Langer (1964), Moore (1967),  and Robinson
(1967); and periodicals such as  Residue  Reviews (Springer-Verlag New York Inc., Vol 1+,  1962+)
and Pesticides Documentation Bulletin (U.S. Department of Agriculture, Vol 1+, 1965+).

     Other useful reference  sources  on  trends  in  water pollution  control  are  the chemical
industry trade journals, Chemical Week and Chemical and  Engineering News,  and such  publica-
tions  as  the  Conservation Foundation  Letter, and  the Environmental  Health  Letter (Vol 1+,
1961+).

     This  is something of the  background in which this report was prepared in late 1968 and
early  1969.

-------
                                   SECTION H

                                   OBJECTIVES
The objectives of this program were to:

(1) Collect and summarize in standardized format the available information from the
    scientific literature concerning:

    (a)  The specific effects  of chemicals on individual species of aquatic biota. (This
         study  was  limited  to  studies  of single  chemicals  or simple mixtures  of
         chemicals  and does  not  include  industrial  effluents  that  contain highly
         complex chemical mixtures.)

    (b)  Details  of  the  procedures  and  environmental  factors  important  in  the
         observation or the measurement of these effects.

(2) Review the existing information on aquatic life as it is applicable or related to the
    study  of water pollution.

(3) Review the methodology  used in studying the effects of chemicals on aquatic life.

-------
                                       SECTION III

                      LITERATURE SEARCH AND BIBLIOGRAPHIES
     Some  3500 papers, mostly from the period 1950 through 1968, were screened and about
2000 obtained for direct examination. Foreign language publications were not included. About
500  contained original data,  from  which extracts  were prepared (Appendices  A and  B).  An
attempt was  made to  be comprehensive for the years  1958 through  1968 with only selected
references  included  preceding  this  period.  Of  these  selected references,  the  majority  were
published after 1950, with only a few being from the older literature.

     The primary  source for identifying the references used in this study  were the literature
reviews published annually by the Water Pollution Control Federation Committee in the Journal
of the  Water Pollution  Control  Federation  (1958-1968),  which proved  to  be  excellent.  The
reference  list was checked against  Chemical Abstracts,  Biological  Abstracts, Water Pollution
Abstracts,  and numerous recent  special subject  bibliographies. Very few additional references
were added to the list from these other sources. Personal visits were made to selected govern-
mental and industrial organizations to secure pertinent data. Information was also  requested from
the  Science   Information  Exchange  (Smithsonian  Institution) and  National Referral  Center
(Library of Congress). Letter requests for publications not commonly  available  were sent to a
number of scientists  in this field.

-------
                                       SECTION IV

                                     FISH BIOASSAY
     Fish  bioassay of industrial wastes and other potentially toxic  materials has evolved  in  the
past 50  or so years from nonstandardized  procedures by individual  scientists to the present
where standardized assay procedures now are available to researchers in this field. Early work on
fish bioassays  was done in Europe and Asia nearly 60 years ago. Pioneering work in the U.S. on
developing procedures and  methods for bioassay of fish  was conducted  by Shelford, Bilding,
Carpenter, and Ellis.  In  1945, Hart, Doudoroff, and Greenbank in  a book now  out of print
described  a standardized fish bioassay procedure, which Doudoroff,  et al (1951)  recommended as
a standard method  for  use by industry, government  agencies,  and  others.  This  method  with
comparatively  few  modifications,  e.g., continuous  flow exposure  of fish in addition to static
exposure,  has  been widely  used and today is used  more or less  in its original form. The  fish
bioassay  procedure outlined in the  12th edition of Standard Methods (American Public Health
Association, 1967) is basically that described by Doudoroff, et al. Procedures developed by W. E.
Martin of  the Pesticides Regulation Division  and by Burdick (1960) at  the N.Y.  Conservation
Department are quite similar. A prepublication copy of fish bioassay procedures  that is to appear
in the forthcoming 13th edition of  Standard Methods (1971) was  kindly provided by Professor
M. C. Rand. The following discussions are based primarily on this document.
                                      Static Bioassay
     Briefly, the static bioassay procedure can be described as follows:

     (1)  After  determination  of an approximate toxic range of a chemical or effluent,
         appropriate concentrations are prepared on a logarithmic or geometric scale within
         the toxic range.

     (2)  Small  (5.0-7.5  cm)  fish,  which have  been quarantined  10-30 days (min-max) to
         assure no disease problems and acclimatized to the chosen assay water, are placed
         in the chemical or effluent solutions prepared with dissolved oxygen in concentra-
         tions not less than  4 mg/1 (warm  water fish) and  5 mg/1 (cold water fish)  at a
         constant temperature. Temperatures of 25 ± 2 C and 15 ± 2 C are recommended
         for warm water  and  cold water species, respectively.

     (3)  Observation and recording are  made of dead fish which should  be removed at 8,
         24, 48, and 96 hours after the  assay is initiated. Notation of other effects, such as
         intoxication, distress, loss of equilibrium,  and other abnormal behavior, should
         also be-made.

     (4)  Calculation or estimation of a  TLso or  TLm  for various time periods is made by
         interpolation of the  data plotted on semilogarithmic coordinate paper.

     The TLm of a  compound is not considered as representing the concentration of a chemical
or effluent  that is  safe  in fish habitats. It is merely  a  relative  measure of the acute, lethal
toxicity of the material to a certain fish under  controlled  environmental conditions and must be
used with a mathematical application factor to  determine  safe  concentrations of effluents to be

-------
released. This has been discussed by Doudoroff (1951), Warren and Doudoroff (1958), and the
National Technical Advisory Committee (1967).

     A  further distinction  between LDso, LCso, and ECso is  made in the prepublication copy
of Standard Methods as follows:

     "The  expressions  'lethal  dose'  (LD) and 'lethal  concentration' (LC)  have also  been
     frequently used, the term 'lethal dose' often incorrectly. The expression 'lethal dose' is
     not appropriate  when  designating  a  certain concentration in  an external  medium,
     inasmuch  as a dose, strictly  speaking,  is  a measured quantity administered.  Unlike
     'lethal  dose'  and  'lethal  concentration',  the  term 'tolerance  limit' is universally
     applicable in designating a level of any measurable lethal agent, including high and low
     temperatures, pH, and the like. The  expression 'effective concentration' (EC) applies to
     concentrations  only and is generally  used  in connection with effects other than death."

     The APHA  procedure describes  in excellent detail the selection and preparation of fish and
diluent  water, effluent  samplings  or preparation-dilution of test  substances, use  of aeration,
controls, etc.

     Static,  acute fish  bioassay has  been shown to  be inadequate  for estimating the effect  of
chemicals on fish.  Lack  of reproducibility between  laboratories  is the  rule rather  than  the
exception.  Reasons  for this  include chemical and  microbiological degradation of toxic com-
pounds, volatility of some compounds,  utilization of oxygen  by  microorganisms as well as by
fish, water quality variability, accumulation of fish  metabolic by-products in assay containers,
and uptake of toxicants by the test animals.

     Periodic  (daily or more often)  renewal  of test  solutions is a variation of the static, acute
fish bioassay that can be  utilized to overcome some  of the objections of this type of evaluation.
Continuous test  solution renewal must be  used in  long-term, chronic exposures of fish  to
chemical solutions where  sublethal  effects are to be studied. This  variation is recommended in
the Standard  Method  especially "when there is evidence or expectation of a  rapid  change  of
toxicity of the test solution".

     Also recommended in the procedure is the determination of temperature, DO, and pH of
the samples under evaluation at various times during the  experiment as well as of the chemical
properties  or dissolved  mineral  content of the  diluent  water. To  quote,  "A rather complete
mineral analysis of the water is advisable". Furthermore, chemical analysis for the toxicant under
study is suggested throughout the exposure period. Seldom  is this  type of information reported
in the literature as is shown and discussed in subsequent sections of  this report.

     The U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,  Circular 185 (1964) describes static bioassay procedures
in relation to piscicide studies being carried out by the U.S. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and
Wildlife. Freeman (1953)  discussed use  of standardized  diluent water in static bioassay  of fish
and aquatic invertebrates.  Other authors  have  also discussed or used synthetic or defined water
for bioassays  (Cairns  and Scheier,   1955,  1958,  1963,   1968; Doudoroff, 1956; Dowden and
Bennett,  1965;  Fitzgerald  et  al,   1952;  Trama,  1955;  and  Whitley,  1968).  Handling and
maintenance  of bioassay  fish was described by  Hunn, et al (1968). A number of authors have
discussed mathematical treatment of fish toxicity data including Burdick (1957) and Henderson
and Tarzwell (1957). Excellent general discussions of static fish  bioassays have been published by
Burdick  (1960,  1967), Cairns (1957,  1966),  McCall (1961), Tarzwell (1959), Wuhrmann and
Woker (1959), and Wuhrman (1955).

-------
     Cope (1961)  suggested standards  for reporting fish toxicity tests which apparently have not
been accepted widely. Essentially his appeal dealt with correct identification, size, and condition
of the test fish; complete  description  of the procedure involved and of chemical, physical, and
biological factors;  volume of water and  number of fish for that volume; etc. Many of these data
are lacking in most of the papers reviewed in the present report.
                                 Continuous Flow Bioassay


     The majority of the  factors discussed  under static bioassay apply to the continuous flow
procedure with  the  added requirement  of automatic intermittent or continual metering  of the
test  substance dissolved or suspended in  diluent water into the test chambers and continuous
flow-through of water.  Problems associated with dissolved oxygen and test chemical content  in
static exposures  can  be  obviated in the continuous flow technique since the water  added contains
these materials in constant concentrations.

     Briefly, a continuous flow system is composed of:

     (1) Diluent water reservoir from which water flows into the

     (2) Constant head diluent  supply  where the water is cooled or heated to the desired
         temperature and then metered  along with

     (3) The effluent or toxicant (added with a chemical pump, Mariotte bottle, etc.) into

     (4) The test container in which fish are exposed, and which

     (5) Overflows  into an appropriate  drain.

     An acclimatizing  tank for test fish can also receive water from the  reservoir and constant
head diluent supply. Water flow is by  gravity and  the recommended  flow rate is equal to a
complete volume change of test containers in 6 hours.

     Data are taken  usually over a 5-day period and  plotted as for  the static bioassay. Five-day
supplies of water and toxicant are required.

     The procedure  as  it is outlined allows ample latitude for assembling the apparatus according
to  individual  requirements.  As  guides,  the work of Jackson and  Brungs (1966), Surber and
Thatcher (1963), Lemke and Mount  (1963), Mount  and Warner (1965),  and  Mount and  Brungs
(1967), and others are referred to. These reports deal in part with information concerning valve
control systems,, chemical  metering pumps, serial dilution apparatus,  and the proportional diluter
as utilized in various types of studies.

     The earliest paper found on continuous flow bioassay was by Merkens (1957), a  British
scientist, who devised an automatically controlled apparatus for monitoring and adjusting temper-
ature, pH, dissolved  oxygen,  and toxicant concentration in the test water added. This system was
ingenious for its time.

     Alabaster  and  Abram (1965) have more recently described British  continuous flow tech-
niques. Flow rate is adjusted to maintain an adequate level of dissolved  oxygen. The apparatus
and treatment of data  are described in considerable detail.

-------
     Other recent  procedures  or innovations on the  continuous flow  technique  have been
reported by Betts,  et  al (1967), Burke and Ferguson (1968),  Grenier  (1960),  Hendersen and
Pickering (1963), and Solon, et al (1968).
     The  use  of the  continuous  flow procedure  in  chronic exposures  (Mount, 1962,  1968;
Mount and Stephan, 1967), piscicide development  (Parker and Wurth, 1965), residue accumula-
tion (Holden,  1966), tracer studies  (Holden, 1962), spawning (Mount and Stephan,  1967), and
avoidance (Foster, 1967; and Warner et al,  1966) is discussed in other sections of this  report.
     Burdick  (1960,  1967)  and  Jackson and Brungs  (1966)  have thoroughly discussed  the
continuous flow technique and its applicability to  current water pollution problems.  There can
be  no doubt that continuous  flow fish bioassay simulates the field situation more closely than
does static bioassay.
                                       Fish Selection
     The  selection of fish for bioassay  depends  in  part  on the  species of appropriate size
available for study that can be maintained in the laboratory and also on the native fish present
in the receiving water under  study.  Lennon  (1967) has recommended development  of inbred
strains of test fish for standard reference in much the same manner as inbred mouse strains are
used in mammalian toxicology. Cope (1966) has also made similar recommendations.

     Small,  preferably juvenile,  fish  are  generally used so that   sufficient numbers may be
accommodated in  the laboratory.  Mount (1968) has briefly  listed fish species that might be used
as appropriate test organisms. This listing was prepared  at the National Water Quality Labora-
tory,  Duluth, Minnesota.  The fish were selected on the basis of the following criteria:

     (1)  Sport, commercial or forage value
     (2)  Potential for exposure to pollution
     (3)  Geographical distribution and abundance
     (4)  Suitability for laboratory studies
     (5)  Existing  knowledge in regard to toxicity.

     The fish selected were:

          Primary  list — all pollutants
              Threadfin  shad  (Dorosoma petenense)
              Brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis)
              Rainbow trout  (Salmo gairdneri)
              Northern pike (Esox Indus)
              Emerald shiner  (Notropis atherinoides)
              Fathead minnow (Pimephales promelas)
              White sucker (Catostomus commersoni)
              Channel catfish (Ictalurus punctatus)
              White bass (Roccus  chrysops)
              Bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus)
                                             9

-------
              Largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides)
              Yellow perch (Perca flavescens)

         Special list — for selected pollutants
              Coho salmon (Oncorhynchus  kisutch)
              Lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush)
              Mountain  whitefish (Prosopium  williamsoni)
              American  smelt (Osmerus mordax)
              Smallmouth bass (Micropterus dolomieui)
              Walleye (Stizostedion vitreum)
     The goldfish (Carassius auratus) was the selected equivalent of the "white rat".
     Hunn,  et al (1968) list the bioassay  species  used  by the Bureau of Sport Fisheries  and
Wildlife as follows:

     Rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri)
     Brown  trout (Salmo trutta)
     Brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis)
     Lake trout (Salvelinus namaycush)
     Northern pike  (Esox lucius)
     Goldfish (Carassius auratus)
     Carp (Cyprinus carpio)
     Fathead minnow (Pimephales promelas)
     White sucker (Catostomus commersoni)
     Black bullhead (Ictalurus melas)
     Channel catfish (Ictalurus punctatus)
     Green sunfish (Lepomis cyanellus)
     Bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus)
     Smallmouth bass (Micropterus dolomieui)
     Largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides)
     Yellow perch (Perca flavescens)
     Walleye (Stizostedion vitreum)

     Henderson  and  Pickering  (1963)  state  that many  species  are suitable  for bioassays,
including:

     Guppy (Lebistes reticulatus)
     Mosquito fish (Gambusia affinis)
     Goldfish (Carassius auratus)
     Fathead minnow (Pimephales promelas)
     Bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus)
                                             10

-------
     On the  basis of research usage as determined by the papers reviewed in the present study,
an even wider variety of fish has been used experimentally. These, along with their frequency of
use and type of water  in  which they  may  be found, are summarized in Table 1. Only those
found in more than one  paper are listed.
                                      Chronic Bioassay
     Evaluation of sublethal  concentrations of various chemicals in long-term  fish exposures is
probably the most reliable  bioassay method for determining safe  levels  at which chemicals may
be released into receiving water. The exposure may be either static in which  periodic solution
renewal is  required or continuous flow in which the concentration of the chemical is maintained
at a  constant  level.  The latter is  by far the  method of choice. Both procedures  have been
discussed in previous sections.
Chronic Static Exposure

     A few recent  papers serve to illustrate the variations that may be employed in conducting
this  type of exposure. The long-term effect of a 2-hour exposure to Dieldrin on the reproduction
of guppies (Lebistes reticulatus) was studied by  Hubble and Reiff (1967) over a  12-month
period. The fish  were placed in a standardized water following the exposure.  No harmful effect
on reproduction was observed.

     Weiss and Gakstatter (1964) studied  the long-term effect of various pesticides on acetyl-
cholinesterase activity  of bluegill,  golden  shiner,  and  goldfish  by  daily replenishing the test
solutions over periods up to  30 days. The pesticides studied  could be detected at concentration
levels down to 0.1  x  10~3 mg/1.

     Test  water containing subacute concentrations of copper or zinc was used  by Grande (1967)
to expose  trout eggs, fry, and fingerlings. The test solutions were renewed during 28-day periods
every second day in experiments with eggs and daily for young trout.

     The  effect  of sublethal concentrations of Dieldrin on  laboratory populations of guppies
(Poecilia reticulata) in  aquaria  was studied by Cairns,  et  al  (1967). Weekly  renewal of test
solutions over a 14-month period was employed.

     Dugan (1967) studied the  combined  effects of sublethal concentrations  of detergents and
pesticides  on goldfish.  The test water  was  cleaned  by filtering periodically  and the chemical
concentrations adjusted  to desired levels. Four-month exposure periods to the surfactants and up
to 51-day  exposure periods to  Dieldrin  were studied. Synthetic water and 100-gal epoxy-coated,
galvanized  water tanks were used.

     In a  study  of the effect of Diquat  on bluegill and bluegill food organisms, Gilderhus (1967)
exposed the animals to the chemical  during a 24-week period with varied frequencies of sublethal
concentrations.

     None  of these authors used the static,  acute fish bioassay procedure outlined in Standard
Methods.
                                             11

-------
          TABLE 1. FISH USED IN B10ASSAYS, FREQUENCY OF USE, AND TYPE OF WATER
                   IN WHICH THEY OCCUR
                        (Freshwater = F; Marine - Atlantic = A, Pacific = P)
Scientific Name
Abramis brama
Ambloplites rupesnis
Ameiurus nebulosus
Brachydanio rerio
Campostoma anomalum
Carassius auratus*
C. carassius
Catastomus commersoni*
Cyprinodon variegatus
Cyprinus carpio*
Ericymba buccata
Esox lucius
Eucalia inconstans
Fundulus similis
Gambusia af finis*
Gasterosteus aculeatus*
Gobio gobio
Hyborhynchus notatus
Ictalurus melas*
I. natalis*
I. nebulosus*
I. punctatus*
Lagodon rhomboides
Lebistes reticulatus*
Leiostomus xanthurus
Lepomis auritus
L. cyanellus*
L. gibbosus*
L. macrochirus**
L. megffloris
L. microlophus*
Micropterus dolomieui*
M. salmoides*
Mugil cephalus
Notemigonus crysoleucas*
Notropis atherinoides
N. cornutus
N. hudsonius
N. lutrensis
N. stramineus
N. umbratilis
Oncorhyncus kisutch*
O. tshawytscha*
Perca flavescens*
Petromyion marinus*
Phoxinus phoxinus*
Pimeptwles notatus*
P. promelas**
Rhinichthys atratulus
Rurilus rurilus
Salmo gairdneri**
S. salar*
S. trutta*
Salvelinus fontinalis*
S. namaycush
Semotilus atromaculatus*
Sti2ostedion vitreum*
Common Name
Bream
Rock bass
Brown bullhead
Zebrafish
Stoneroller
Goldfish
European carp
White sucker
Longnose killifish
Carp
Silverjaw minnow
Northern pike
Brook stickleback
Striped mullet
Mosquitofish
Threespine stickleback
Gobie
Bluntnose minnow
Black bullhead
Yellow bullhead
Brown bullhead
Channel catfish
Pinfish
Guppy
Spot
Redbreast sunfish
Green sunfish
Pumpkinseed
Bluegill
Longear sunfish
Redear sunfish
Smallmouth bass
Largemouth bass
Striped mullet
Golden shiner
Emerald shiner
Common shiner
Spottail shiner
Red shiner
Sand shiner
Redfin shiner
Coho salmon
Chinook salmon
Yellow perch
Sea lamprey
Red-sided shiner
Bluntnose minnow
Fathead minnow
Blacknose dace
Roach
Rainbow trout
Atlantic salmon
Brown trout
Brook trout
Lake trout
Creek chub
Walleye
Occurrence
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
A
F
F
F
F
A
A-F
A-F-P
F
F
F
F
F
F
A
F
A
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
A
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
P-F
P-F
F
A-F
F
F
F
F
F
A-F-P
A-F
A-F
A-F
F
F
F
All species listed were lound in two or more papers.
 •Found in more than 5 papers.
"The most common!) used species.
                                             12

-------
Chronic Continuous Flow Exposure

     Brown, et al  (1968), Butler (1965, 1967), Cairns  and Scheier (1963), Cope (1965), Jensen
and  Gaufin  (1966), Mount (1962, 1968), Mount and Stephan (1967), Olsen and Foster (1958),
Raymont  and  Shields (1964),  Surber and  Thatcher  (1963), and  Weiss (1965) have utilized
continuous flow techniques of their own creation for the study of a variety of aquatic organisms
in long-term, continuous flow exposure to  a  variety  of chemicals. Exposure periods  up to 11
months were employed in these studies. The reports cited above  represent less than 5 percent of
the total number of papers from which data were extracted for Appendices A and B.

     Generally,  chemicals  are toxic  at  lower concentrations in continuous flow exposures,
especially long-term  ones,  than in static  exposures. Furthermore,  nonlethal  effects  occur more
readily  in  continuous flow  bioassays. For  example,  Mount (1968)  reported for  this type of
bioassay that the  "safe concentration" was 3-7 percent  of the 96-hour TLm  (static exposure) in
studying the chronic  toxicity of copper to  fathead  minnows. Furthermore, Mount  and Stephan
(1967)  have stated that the  biologically  safe  concentrations for Malathion  and butoxyethanol
ester of 2,4-D  as determined  in a continuous flow, chronic study are  1/45 and 1/9, respectively,
of the 96-hour TLm for each  of these compounds as  determined  in static  bioassay.  However,
Cairns  and  Scheier (1963) found in a study  of the acute and chronic effects of sodium alkyl
benzene  sulfonate on  sunfish  that  results from   the  two  types  of exposure  at equivalent
concentrations  of ABS were quite close although not identical.

     As  further requirements to improve  water  quality  are imposed, the  need for chronic
continuous  flow data concerning  the  effects of sublethal concentrations of potential pollutants
on aquatic biota will increase.
                                      In situ Bioassay
     The  need for standardizing fish bioassay laboratory  procedures has led  to environmental
laboratory conditions unlike those found in streams and  lakes. Factors  such as fluctuating
sunlight, temperature, DO, pH,  pollutant and nutrient concentration, etc., cannot be taken into
account or  compensated  for in the laboratory. In situ evaluation of a chemical solution in the
stream  or body  of  water in which it  is to be  released  is a method of determining  with  an
improved  degree  of accuracy the concentration effects of a discharge  released into that particular
body of water. Exposures to the chemical in question of native species of fish  can be conducted
by means of portable live cars, cages, plastic pools, or raceways. Thus, the fish species of concern
for a given stream  can be studied in conditions approaching their particular complex ecological
situation.

     There is no  standard procedure for this type  of bioassay, but it has been employed to some
extent as briefly discussed  later  in the  section,  "Field  Studies".  Burdick (1967) has recom-
mended this approach and pointed out that automated water quality monitoring equipment now
available can provide  continuous recording of physical and chemical  changes in water conditions
which may allow  correlation  of  bioassay  data  with  ecological  conditions.  Raceways  with
disposable vinyl liners are used in advanced  evaluation  of piscicides as well as  9-10-ft-diameter
vinyl  wading pools  with bottom soils of various types, pond or ground waters, aquatic plants and
invertebrates, fish,  and amphibians, as  required.   Hawskley (1967) speculated  on the advent of
"continuous bioassay" in which effluent  and receiving  water in varied ratios  will be circulated
into  and out of test containers and noted that this almost  of necessity will have to be performed
at the plant site.  Standard method  fish bioassays are  conducted  in this laboratory in conjunction

                                             13

-------
with  routine  chemical  analyses and  analyses  with an  atomic  absorption  spectrophotometer.
Hawkins stated  that  a  mobile unit for conducting fish  bioassays and  chemical  analyses at the
plant  site  was in the  design  stage in  1964. A mobile bioassay unit was  used in developing
selective larvicides for control of sea  lamprey (Howell and Marquette,  1963). Automatic water
quality  monitors can provide continuous  and depth-profile data acquisition  for  water tempera-
ture,  dissolved oxygen, pH, conductance, dissolved  chlorides, oxidation-reduction potential,  and
turbidity.  These parameters  are  indirect but  excellent physical-chemical  indicators of water
pollution.  In  conjunction with  fish bioassays, they can  provide data suitable for mathematical
modeling and simulation. More than  200 monitors of this type are  now  in operation in the
United  States. The monitor can be housed in a trailer  for portability. Weather data recording for
air  temperature,  solar  radiation,  wind  speed  and  direction,   and  total  precipitation  can be
integrated into the continuous recorder.
                        Fish Responses Other Than Bioassay Lethality
     Methods  for laboratory study  of fish response to chemicals in freshwater environments vary
nearly as much as the number of investigators in this field of research. These range from simple
observations (as suggested in Standard  Methods  and other sources); to sophisticated determina-
tions  of chemical residues,  ACHE  blood content, etc.;  to  the  highly sophisticated  Conditioned
Avoidance  Response Apparatus (CARA).  These methods are identified in Table 2.  One of these
procedures may become a "standard method" for aquatic  laboratory studies, but this does not
appear  likely  to  occur in the near future.  Standard static and  continuous flow  fish  bioassay
methods will  probably remain the principal laboratory tools  for developing toxicity data  with
chronic exposures becoming more  widely used.  Some of the  methods, notably, the avoidance,
life stage, fish tissue culture, and  CARA techniques, may be  very  useful in determining more
precisely the  "safe concentration" levels for chemical effluent release. Texts,  such as those by
Brown (1957) describe physiological methods for  studying fish. Some of these methods would be
highly applicable  to  the study of the effect of chemicals on aquatic life and could form the  basis
for the  development  of new procedures.
                                             14

-------
           TABLE 2.  LABORATORY METHODS FOR STUDYING THE EFFECT OF CHEMICALS
                     ON FISH OTHER THAN BIOASSAY LETHALITY
           Type
               Comments
        References
Observations of abnormal
 behavior
Autopsy and histology
Avoidance
Growth retardation
Residue analysis
Observations may be made on the following:
 Quiescence, excitability, or irritability
 Surfacing or sounding
 Tetanic or flaccid movement
 Swimming - erratic, convulsive, gyrating,
  inverted on side, etc.
 Changes in pigmentation
 External mucosa — exudate, shedding, etc.
 Integument hemorrhagia
 Rate of respiration - slow, irregular, gulping,
  etc.
 Gill hemorrhaging  or mucous discharge
 Defecating or regurgitating mucous or other
  material
 Sensitivity to stimuli such as light, sound,
  touch, electric probe, etc.
 Moribundity — distended operculum,
  opaque eyes, etc.
 Recovery — complete, or not.

Tissue and organ pathology are studied by
 appropriate methods. Decrease of glycogen
 and RNA, tissue dissociation, necrosis,
 lesions, and secretions may also be noted.
Raceways or similar laboratory structures are
 generally used so that a chemical solution can
 be metered into the bioassay water to estab-
 lish a concentration gradient. Fish have been
 trained to discriminate between very low con-
 centrations of selected chemicals.

Chronic exposure was the most effective tech-
 nique utilized.
Following exposure, organs of the fish are
 removed and analyzed for specific chemical
 content. This technique is used most often
 in studies of pesticide accumulation, and is
 also quite useful in field studies to show
 previous exposure. Whole fish homogenates
 have also been analyzed as well as animal
 feeds and processed sea foods prepared
 from various types of marine fish species.
Brown, et al (1968), Cairns,
 etal( 1967), Cope (1966),
 Fromm and Schiffman
 (1958), Grindley (1946),
 Mount (1962), and Olsen
 and Foster (1958)
Blumenkratz (1956), Cairns
 (1966), Cairns and Scheier
 (1963), Cope (1965), Eng.
 Science, Inc. (1964), Gilderhus
 (1967), Herbert and Shurben
 (1964), Mount (1964), Mount
 and Stephen (1967), Van Valin,
 et al (1968), and Warner, et al
 (1966)

Cairns (1957), Costa (1965),
 Hasler and Wisby (1949),
 and Ishio (1965)
Crandall and Goodnight
 (1962), Olsen and Foster
 (1958), and Royer (1966)

Butler (1965,1967), Cope
 (1965), Eisler (1967),
 Gilderhus (1966,1967),
 Godsil and Johnson (1968),
 Holden (1966), Mahdi
 (1956), Moubry, et al (1968),
 Mount (1962), Mount and
 Stephan (1967), Pagan and
 Hageman (1950), Ullman,
 etal (1961), Weiss (1965),
 and Welch and Spindler
 (1964)
                                                  15

-------
                                         TABLE 2. (Continued)
           Type
                                               Comments
                                                                                      References
Acetylcholinesterase (ACHE)
 activity of brain
Radiotracers
Effects on various life
  stages offish
Spawning (reproductive
 behavior)
Swimming or cruising speed
 and oxygen consumption
 while swimming
Chemical resistance offish
This method is used primarily in the study of
 organophosphorus pesticides in both labora-
 tory and field studies of freshwater and
 marine types. The utility of this method is
 somewhat limited because of its near
 specificity for organophosphates.

This technique is used primarily in the study of
 pesticides and metal ions where labelling can
 be successfully accomplished.  Tissue and
 organ analyses of radiotracer accumulation
 have been conducted.  Among the radio-
 isotopes used in fish studies are Ca^S, C^,
 P32, and Zn35.  Acetates, chlorides, Bayer
 22408, DDT, Dieldrin, Dimethoate,
 Lindane and Parathion are some of the com-
 pounds studied in this manner. Wet com-
 bustion of tissues and measurement of
 C 14(32 release has also been employed.

Effects of chemicals on sperm, eggs, yearling,
 and adult fish as well as fry are often studied
 to determine the relative resistance of these
 life stages to chemicals. Embryos from
 fertilized eggs have also been studied with the
 finding that fertilized egg membranes provide
 some resistance to the effects of chemicals.
This may be studied in the laboratory by pro-
 viding suitable objects, such as pieces of
 cement-asbestos tile; and proper environ-
 mental conditions, including a controlled
 photoperiod, for this activity.  Spawning in
 several studies was shown to be affected by
 concentrations of chemical much lower than
 those for the TLm (96 hr). A "Laboratory
 Fish Production Index" (LFPI) has been
 proposed and is gaining acceptance.

Specifically designed raceways, cages, or
 "current trays" are required to determine
 rate of speed. Oxygen utilization can be
 determined by means of an oxygen-
 consumption chamber or respirometer. This
 is a useful technique for studying fish larger
 than fry. Current velocity can be controlled
 and is an important factor in studying large
 fish which require sufficient speed for
 oxygen transfer in their gills.

After sublethal exposure, fish acquire specific
 resistance to certain chemicals. This has been
 demonstrated in the laboratory and the field
 most frequently for pesticides and metals.
Butler (1965), Cope (1965),
 Fromm and Schiffman
 (1958), Weiss (1959,1961,
 1964,1965), and Weiss and
 Gakstatter(1964)
Butler (1965), Douglas and
 Irwin (1963), Fujiya (1965),
 Gakstatter and Weiss
 (1967), Holden (1962),
 Joyner (1961), Marchetti
 (1965), Miller, etal (1966),
 and Schmidt and Weidhaas
 (1961)
Cairns and Scheier (1959),
 Cope (1966), Crandall and
 Goodnight (1962), Goodman
 (1951), Grande (1967),
 Hiltibran (1967), Marchetti
 (1965), Mount (1968),
 Piavis (1962), and Skidmore
 (1966)

Cairns, et al (1967), Cohen,
 etal (1961), Gilderhus
 (1967), Holden (1966),
 Hubble and Reiff( 1967),
 Mount (1962, 1968), and
 Mount and Stephan (1967)
Cairns and Scheier (1963),
 Doudoroff and Warren
 (1962), Herbert and Shurben
 (1963), Mount (1962), and
 Ogilvie and Anderson (1965)
                                                                             Boyd and Ferguson (1964),
                                                                              Darsie and Corriden (1959),
                                                                              Fairchild (1955), Ferguson,
                                                                              etal(1954,  1955), and
                                                                              Mount (1968)
                                                  16

-------
                                         TABLE 2.  (Continued)
           Type
               Comments
         References
Blood studies
Glucose transport
Fish tissue culture
Environmental stress
Thermal acclimatization
Fish taste
Conditioned avoidance
  response apparatus (CARA)
Changes in erythrocyte count, hemoglobin,
 sodium and calcium levels, microhematocrit,
 and hematocrit have been used in a variety of
 studies. The latter has been suggested as a
 measure of the state of health of bioassay
 fish prior to testing.

This is an in vitro type of study using dissected
 fish gut.

Epithelial cells of fathead minnow cultured on
 modified Eagle's MEM medium, were found
 to have a reduced mitotic index at the calcu-
 lated "safe concentration" of zinc. It was
 concluded that one-tenth of the 96-hr TLm
 is probably closer to the safe concentration.

Reduced DO or increased temperature caused
 increased toxicity of various chemicals.

In studies of the effect of DDT on salmon, it
 was found that DDT interferes with the
 normal thermal acclimation mechanism.
 Fish exposed to 10 ppm DDT and acclimated
 to warm water were extremely sensitive to
 cold water. Acclimatization also affected
 chemical toxicity.

The taste of sport fish can be drastically
 changed by chemical pollutants.

Toxicant-induced behavior of fish exposed to
 sublethal concentrations of chemicals was
 studied in raceways by means of photo-
 graphing the fish at various intervals and
 calculating response in terms of relative
 position. A large mirror facilitated photog-
 raphy. At concentration levels 1/2000 of
 the 96-hr TLm value for tetraethyl pyro-
 phosphate (TEPP), aberrant behavior of
 goldfish was noted.  A ratio of 1/25 was
 obtained for Toxaphene.
Cairns and Scheier (1963),
 Cope (1965,1966),
 Gilderhus (1967), Hatch
 (1957), and Hunn, et al
 (1968)
Stokes and Fromm (1965)
Rachlin and Perlmutter
 (1968)
Cairns (1957), Lloyd (1961),
 and Pickering (1968)

Cope (1963, Keenleyside (1958),
 and Greer and Paim (1968)
Hynes (1966) and Rachlin
 and Perlmutter (1968)

Eng. Science, Inc. (1964) and
 Warner, etal( 1966)
                                                   17

-------
                                        SECTION V

                BIOASSAY OF AQUATIC ORGANISMS OTHER THAN FISH


     Surprisingly  few  aquatic  orgamsms other  than  fish have  been used  as test  organisms in
bioassays.  The  orgamsms  most  commonly  used are  numerous  species  of algae  and  the
crustaceans, Daphnia  magna  and D.  pulex.  Other freshwater  mvertebrates used  in bioassays
include protozoa  (Paramecium and  Tetrahymena),  planaria  (Planaria  and ^>>™*^
(Gammarus), gastropods (Lymnaea and Physa).  stonefly and mayfly naiads andI  caddisfly  and
midge larvae.  Oysters and  shrimp are the  principal test  animals other  than fish in marine
bioassays.  The oyster  (Ostrea) are quite sensitive to low  concentrations of some chemicals as
determined by retarded shell growth. The brown, pink, and white shrimp (Penaeus) are the most
commonly  used  Crustacea  in seawater  bioassays.  Barnacles (Balanus) are  also used. These are
discussed in  the  section,  Marine Bioassay.  Table 3  is  a listing  of  references  using various
organisms other than fish for freshwater bioassay studies.

     Procedures developed  by C.  M. Palmer  and T. E. Maloney  (1955) at  the  Taft Engineering
Center in Cincinnati, Ohio,  and by G.  P. Fitzgerald, et al  (1952, 1958, 1963) are widely used for
laboratory study of freshwater algae.

     There are no generally accepted or  standard procedures for bioassays using  these other types
of organisms, although the  procedures developed by  Bertil  Anderson (1944, 1945, 1948, 1960)
in his studies of D. magna are commonly used.

     In evaluating papers from which data were extracted (Appendices A and B),  it was evident
that a much broader spectrum of species  are studied in the field than under laboratory conditions.


     TABLE 3.  A PARTIAL LISTING OF REFERENCES USING FRESHWATER AQUATIC ORGANISMS
              OTHER THAN FISH FOR BIOASSAY


          Type                                              References

Algae:                              Abram (1967), Alabaster and Swain (1963), Beak (1958), Elson and
  (Chlorella pyrenoidosa,                  Kerswffl (1967),  Ganelin, et al (1964), Holden (1964), Hopkins,
  Microcystis aeruginosa,                  et al (1966), Kallman, et al (1962), Kemp, et al (1966), Khan
  and numerous other species)             (1964), Merkens (1958), Nejedly (1967), Palmer and Maloney
                                      (1955), and Sprague, et al (1965)

Invertebrates:                        Abram (1967), Anderson (1946), Burdick (1965), Cairns, et al (1965),
  (Daphnia magna, D. pulex,              Chadwick (1960), Clarke (1947), Fromm (1965), Gaufin (1961),
  Gammarus pulex, Culex spp,             Gaufin, et al (1961), Henderson, et al (1961), Ingols (1959), Kabler
  etc.)                                (1957), Naylor (1965), Shaw and Grushkin (1967), Sprague (1965),
                                      Tarzwell (1957), Tarzwell and Henderson (1960), Turnbull, et al
                                      (1954), Weiss and Botts (1957), Wilber (1965), Williams (1964),
                                      and Wood (1957)

Vertebrates:                          Cairns, et al (1965), Lackey  (1957), Shaw and Grushkin (1967), and
  (Raiw pipiens, R. catesbieana,           Stroud (1967)
  Bufo valliceps - sperm, eggs,
  tadpoles, and adults)
                                              18

-------
                                       SECTION VI

                BIOCHEMICAL OXYGEN DEMAND (BOD) AND RELATED
                           MICROBIOLOGICAL PROCEDURES

                               Biochemical Oxygen Demand


    The biochemical oxygen demand (BOD) test is a test which is designed to determine the relative
oxygen  requirement of a municipal and/or industrial effluent. The determination of BOD of an
effluent for the purpose of regulating the rate of discharge into a stream or sewerage system with
minimal adverse effects on the oxygen resources of the receiving  water will be at best an analytical
starting point. BOD has several very limiting criteria which must be adequately understood for this
technique of possible  waste dilution to  be useful. The  procedure  for BOD determinations as de-
scribed  in the 13th Edition of the Standard Methods for the Examination of Water and Waste Water
(American Public Health Association, 1967) provides  the basis for  this  discussion. This procedure
has been essentially the same for more than 10 years with comparatively minor changes.

     Although basically a simple bioassay to  execute,  the exceptions and precautions given in the
BOD  procedure make it  somewhat formidable to the uninitiated. Briefly without specific details,
the procedure consists of:

     (1)  Microbial  seeding (if needed)  of appropriate water dilutions of the chemical or
          effluent and initial  determination of the dissolved oxygen (DO) of the sample by
          the  iodometric method,  azide  modification.  Sample dilutions  are prepared  with
          distilled water  saturated  with  dissolved oxygen  and buffered  at  pH 7.2 with  a
          phosphate buffer solution.

     (2)  Incubation of the seeded  samples at 20 C  for 5 days  and in darkness in standard
          BOD bottles which  are water-sealed to exclude oxygen.

     (3)  DO  determination of the diluted samples after the 5-day incubation period. The
          most reliable results are said to be for that  dilution which shows a residual DO of
          at  least  1  mg/1  and  a  depletion  of at least  2  mg/1.  For toxic  chemicals  or
          effluents,  toxic effect is indicated  by lack of oxygen  utilization by the  micro-
          organisms.  When the  lag period for microbial growth  is prolonged, incubation
          periods of up to 20 days  or longer may be employed.

     (4)  When substances  are evaluated that are  oxidizable by  molecular oxygen, then an
          immediate dissolved oxygen demand (IDOD) should be determined and taken into
          consideration when calculating the BOD. The  IDOD is  a  short-term assay in which
          DO is determined 15 minutes after the sample is added to the dilution water.

     Carbon  compounds utilizable  by aerobic  microorganisms,  oxidizable  nitrogen  compounds
utilizable  by  nitrogen  bacteria,  and  certain chemical  reducing compounds (ferrous iron, sulfites,
sulfides, and  aldehydes)  are the three  main  types of chemicals that influence oxygen demand.
The latter can be taken into  consideration by the IDOD determination.  Solubility and volatility
of chemicals  must also be considered. Some organic  wastes  are  not oxidizable and thus are not
amenable  to the BOD  bioassay.  When such wastes  are suspected,  chemical oxygen demand (COD)
and total carbon (TC)  analyses would be conducted for  comparison with BOD  results.

    According to  the procedure:   "In  many  cases, particularly  in  food  processing wastes, a
satisfactory seed may  be obtained by using the supernatant liquor from domestic sewage which
                                           19

-------
has been  stored  at  20 C  for 24-36  hr",  but it goes  on to state  that  "acclimated" seed and
receiving  water below  a point (2-5 miles) of  effluent discharge  may be  used since "many
industrial  wastes  contain compounds which are  not amenable to oxidation by domestic-sewage
seed". If the concern is with dissolved  oxygen depletion, then an "acclimated" seed would seem
most  appropriate  whether it is acclimated in the laboratory or collected downstream from a
discharge.  If the  concern is with the  toxic  level of  an  effluent, then  both acclimated and
domestic-sewage seed evaluations might be made to establish a type of index for safe discharge.
In the event of evaluation of a new  type  of discharge, seed acclimated in the laboratory to that
particular  discharge undoubtedly would  be  most desirable.

     In regard  to the amount of seed to be added, it is stated that, "Only past  experience can
determine the  actual amount of seed to be added per liter." It would be more precise to add
exact amounts  of seed, e.g., Zintgraff, et al (1968) added 0.5-2.0 mg/1 of seed in their studies.

     The  BOD bioassay suffers as do most  laboratory  procedures from lack  of  correlation
between laboratory results  and  those obtained  in  the field. The  need  for  a  standardized
procedure is recognized, but many factors enter into the behavior of a chemical in the aquatic
environment that  cannot be taken into account  in  the  laboratory.  Some of  these objectionable
features are alluded  to  and briefly discussed in Standard Methods, but others are overlooked and
should be considered in attempting  to apply  the  results of BOD determinations. The  principal
uncontrolled variable  in the  BOD  procedure is  the  nonstandardized microbial inoculum or
acclimated microbial seed as the case may be. Briefly, other factors include:

      (1)  Temperature  and  pH  — seldom  is  the aquatic  environment  at  precisely  one
          temperature or pH.

      (2)  Fluctuating solids  and  dissolved solids  content in  receiving  water —  these  can
         greatly influence the effect of a chemical on aquatic biota.

      (3)  Algae — although  BOD  determinations are conducted in a dark incubator, algae
          can grow  heterotrophically and  utilize oxygen, as do bacteria and other micro-
          organisms. Dead  algal  cells  can  also  affect  BOD. Wisniewski  (1958) has  dis-
          cussed the effect of algae on BOD  determinations and DO  in streams.

      (4)  Protozoa — these are known to be present in  domestic sewage seed, and according
          to Bhatla, et  al (1965) protozoa  are responsible for approximately 30 percent of
          the BOD exerted under normal seeding conditions in 5-day BOD tests.

      (5)  Total aquatic  biomass  — all plants and animals  other  than the ones discussed
          above significantly influence the effect of chemicals on the aquatic environment.

      (6)  Mixed  nutrient  substrates  — these  are  the rule  rather  than the  exception in
          receiving water.

      (7)  Mixed toxicants in sublethal  concentrations already present in receiving water —
          this problem  has received  comparatively  little attention  as judged  by  reports in
          the literature.  Exceptions in non-BOD  studies are  the pesticides  where the effect
          or accumulation  of  mixtures  of these compounds and their  decomposition
          products on and in aquatic biota have been documented. Additive, antagonistic,
          or synergistic effects probably do occur.

      (8)  Photochemical oxidation by ultraviolet  from sunlight.

                                             20

-------
      (9) Mixing due to currents  — the BOD laboratory  assay is static and therefore no
         mixing occurs.

    (10) Other factors briefly mentioned in various  papers as important in oxygen  deple-
         tion are reduction of  nitrates, anaerobic  microbial alteration of  organic  com-
         pounds, secondary oxygen uptake,  and decomposition of chemical intermediates.

    All of these factors should be recognized by the analyst who should take them into account
when  applying data from BOD determinations.

    BOD can be utilized to advantage by an experienced researcher in determining the oxygen
depletion  potential or the effect  on microorganisms of an effluent containing  toxic chemicals.
Both  are important  considerations in effluent management  for minimal effect  on  receiving
waters.

    On  studying the  various papers concerned with reporting BOD  data, it was  found that  a
wide  variety of methods  for  reporting the data are  utilized.  As examples, Ingols  (1954,  1955,
1956) plotted BOD values to  show oxygen depletion in percent of control  BOD with increasing
concentrations of mercuric chloride, copper,  zinc, etc., in ppm. Oberton and Stack (1957) using
acclimated seed in studying the  BOD of  acrolein,  diethanolamine,  and methyl  vinyl ketone
reported their results as observed  BOD in percentage of theoretical oxygen demand plotted with
days  of  incubation. Randall  (1966) reports the effect  of  acclimated seed on the pesticides,
Malathion and  Parathion, in terms of net oxygen utilization  and time in hours.  In an article
entitled "The BOD of Textile Chemicals, Updated List — 1966", the data presented  on nearly
400 chemicals  and commercial  chemical products are  given as percent of 5-day BOD (Anon.,
1966). In another paper (Anon., 1958), data for mercuric chloride,  sulfuric acid, formaldehyde,
and phenol  are  presented as the median toxic  concentration  in mg/1, i.e., the concentration at
which 50 percent inhibition of oxygen utilization occurred; Zintgraff, et al (1968) reported BOD
data  using acclimated and nonacclimated seed  for potassium  cyanide in molar concentrations
plotted  against  oxygen uptake in ppm or with time in hours.  Rudolfs, et al (1950) reviewed  the
literature  in  1950 on  toxic materials  affecting  sewage treatment processes, streams,  and BOD
determinations  and  made general  statements concerning  this subject but with  scant tabular
material.

    Since such a variety of methods for presenting data are found in the BOD  literature, no
attempt has  been  made to summarize  BOD  results in this report. The reader is referred to  the
various articles  cited  for  information  pertinent  to his own interests, and to the summaries of
chemical data shown in Appendixes A and B.

    Herman (1959)  proposed a toxicity index based on BOD  data.  Depending  on the  BOD
curves obtained (percent available oxygen utilized  plotted against  concentration in mg/1), a series
of "toxigrams"  (Types 1 through  5) were devised, which were:

    Toxigram Type  1  — simple poisons (the  curve drops at toxic concentrations)

    Toxigram Type 2  — no effect (the "curve"  is  flat)

    Toxigram  Type   3   — immediate  dissolved  oxygen  demand  (IDOD)  by  reducing
      substances (the curve rises to 100 percent  oxygen utilization at higher concentrations)

    Toxigram  Type  4 — oxygen demand  at  low  concentrations,  inhibition  of oxygen
      utilization at relatively high concentrations (the curve rises  at low concentrations and
      drops at toxic levels)
                                            21

-------
     Toxigram Type 5 - same as Type 4 except that at still higher concentrations oxygen
      utilization rose to  100 percent again.  The  author  noted that the rise  in  oxygen
      utilization was due probably to simple chemical oxygen demand.

     By  designating the median toxic  concentration  (TCso) and indicating the appropriate
toxigram type, a convenient index for characterizing that particular chemical was obtained.

     Despite  its disadvantages,  i.e.,  slowness, lack of correlation between the lab and  the
receiving stream, empirical application, and lack of reproducibility  between laboratories, the BOD
bioassay  or some variation of it can be a useful  tool in pollution control. An effort  should be
made by those who depend on BOD determinations to arrive at a common method for reporting
results and possibly to develop a toxigram index similar to that proposed by Herman (1959).

     Data for 33 chemicals from Herman's study are summarized in Table 4. This index approach
has not been widely adopted, but probably should be in view of the confusing data presentations
revealed  in the present critique.  Herman pointed out that  toxic concentrations other than the
median, e.g., TCio, TC25, TC75, etc., can be chosen to suit individual industrial needs  for release
of chemicals.

     Correlations  of  BOD  with other data have also been attempted with varying  success as
follows:

     Chemical data on phenols, heavy metals, etc. (Lloyd and Jordan,  1964)
     Respirometric methods (Vernimmen, et al, 1967; Montgomery,  1967)
     Aquatic biota (Burlington, 1962)
     Coliforms (Burlington, 1962)

     Hynes (1959) has  diagramatically depicted the effect of an organic effluent  on  a river by
plotting  the  BOD  rate from an effluent outfall downstream  and  its relationship to dissolved
oxygen,  salt, suspended solids, concentration of nitrogen (NH4 and NOs) and phosphate (PO4),
and  populations of algae, bacteria, sewage fungi, Cladophora, Protozoa, Tubificidae, Chironomus,
Asellus,  and clean water fauna. These diagrams are quite general and Hynes pointed out that the
detailed relationship of the various parameters  plotted varies  with the type of effluent.
                                Short-Term Oxygen Demand
     The short-term oxygen demand (STOD) bioassay is a variation of BOD which requires time
in the order of minutes or a  few hours to conduct rather than 5 days or longer. The STOD
requires a relatively sophisticated respiration cell with an oxygen electrode, continuous recorder,
and   ancillary  equipment  compared  to  that  required for  BOD  determinations.  However,
endogenous growth rate, effect  of substrate addition,  and oxygen demand  to the point of
substrate  exhaustion can  be determined  within 40  minutes  for some  types of  compounds.
When  oxygen  is  fully  utilized, the  system may be aerated  and further oxygen utilization
followed.  Vernimmen, et al (1967) reviewed previous research  on this subject and described the
equipment,  procedure,  and some results on such chemicals as  sodium acetate, formaldehyde,
methanol,  isopropanol, isobutanol  and phenol.  In this  study  various types of acclimated and
domestic  sewage seed  were  used.  Vernimmen  and  co-workers  suggest establishing a  suitable
correlation factor between STOD and  BOD for  a given waste and predicting BOD by means of a
STOD/BOD ratio in the same manner as  COD  is used in predicting BOD. Although appealing
because of immediate results, the STOD bioassay has not received wide acceptance.
                                            22

-------
     TABLE 4. TOXICITY OF VARIOUS COMPOUNDS AS DETERMINED BY BOD (Herman, 1959)
Substance Tested
Simple Inorganic Poisons
Ammonium thiocyanate
Boric acid
Cadmium sulfate
Chromic sulfate
Cobalt chloride
Copper sulfate
Mercuric chloride
Potassium cyanide
Sulfuric acid
Inorganic Reducing Agents
under Certain Conditions
Ferrous sulfate
Oxalic acid
Sodium metaarsenite
Sodium nitrite
Sodium oxalate
Inorganic Oxidizing Agents
under Acid Conditions
Potassium dichromate
Sodium arsenate
Organic Acids and Derivatives
Acetanilide
Formic acid
Nitrobenzene
Salicylic acid
Sodium benzoate
Sodium o-benzoyl sulfimide
(soluble saccharin)
Tannic acid
Alcohols, Aldehydes, Ketones,
and Derivatives
Acetaldehyde
Acetone
Formaldehyde
Hexamethylenetetramine
Methanol
Phenols and Cresols
o-cresol
m-dihydroxybenzene
2,4-dinitrophenol
Phenol
Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
Chloroform
Reported As

NH4SCN
H3BO4
Cd++
Cr+3
CoCl2
CuS04
HgCl2
KCN
H2S04


FeS04
H2C204
NaAs02
NaN02
Na2C204


Cr+6
NasAsO4

C6HsNH-COCH3
H-C02H
C6H5N02
C02H-C6H4-OH
C6Hs-CO2Na-H20
CyH403NSNa-H20

(HO)3C6H2-CO


CHs-CHO
CH3-CO-CH3
H-CH:O
(CH2)6N4
CH3OH

CH3-C6H4-OH
C6H4(OH)2
(N02)2C6H3OH
C6H5OH

HCCls
TC5o, mg/1*

5000
1000
142
117
64
21
0.61
15
58


—
43
—
—
—


17
100

—
550
630
110
-
1000

—


230
—
740
—
—

940
—
100
1600

—
Toxigram Type

2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


3
1
3
3
3


1
2

3
4
4
4
3
2

3


5
3
4
3
3

4
3
1
4

3
*TC5Q = Concentration at which oxygen utilization is reduced 50 percent.
                                          23

-------
                              Related Microbiological Methods

     Montgomery (1967)  and Ludzack and Ettinger  (1963) thoroughly reviewed respirometnc
methods for the determination of biochemical oxygen demand, including the STOD procedure,
Warburg respirometry,  Barcroft  differential  manometry,  Wilson six-unit recording respirometry,
electrolytic respirometry,  the  Sierp apparatus, the  Nordell  odeometer, the oxyutilometer, and
Sapromat A6 respirometry. Malaney, et al (1959) presented  data on the toxic effects of metallic
ions on sewage  microorganisms using the Warburg procedure.

     Biodegradability  of organic chemicals  in  the  aquatic  environment  is  another  important
factor  related  to biochemical  oxygen demand.  This is of increasing  concern because of the
accumulation of chemicals, especially pesticides and detergents, in the beds of rivers, lakes, and
estuaries. The behavior of organic chemicals in the aquatic environment was reported in a recent
study by Buzzell, et al (1968). At sublethal  concentrations, the BOD,  COD, total organic carbon
(TOC),  and toxicity as determined by microbial and fish bioassay  were  all determined  for a
selected group  of 20 compounds representing a variety of types of chemicals. Bacterial enumera-
tion was used  to indicate bacterial growth in biodegradation units. Theoretical  oxygen demand
(TOD) for each compound was  compared with 5-day and 20-day BOD results. The comparison
showed that  seldom was  TOD reached in the  BOD  determinations.  Graphs showing all of the
data obtained  were plotted.  Each compound had its  own characteristic set of curves for BOD,
COD,  TOD,  etc. A sound basis resulted  from this  study  to  further evaluate BOD  and  other
measures of chemical effect on aquatic organisms. This approach might well be used in the study
of chemical toxicity in the aquatic environment.

     Earlier, Ludjack  and Ettinger  (1963) reviewed methods of estimating  the  biodegradability
and treatability  of organic   water  pollutants and   how various types  of data  from  BOD,
respirometry, etc., procedures can be applied in practice to various contact treatment units.

     Several excellent papers (Beak, 1957;  Dobbins,  1964;  Gannon,  1966; Nejedly,  1967; and
Smith,  et al, 1962) discuss laboratory BOD determination in  relation to  receiving  stream  BOD
and the multiple factors that are involved in calculating or estimating  downstream  dissolved
oxygen drop. In particular, papers by  Dobbins  (1964), Gannon (1966), Goodman and  Dobbins
(1966),  and  Smith, et  al  (1962) would  be  particularly  useful in developing mathematical
modeling or simulation of stream problems associated with dissolved oxygen depletion.

     Other microbiological techniques  for study of various types of water pollution are described
in standard texts too numerous  to mention  here. Bacteria and  other  microorganisms are usually
studied as  indicators of  fecal pollution.  Papers  by Kabler (1957, 1961),  Khan (1964), Bonde
(1966), Morrison and Fair (1966), O'Connell and Thomas  (1965), Cooke  and Bartsch (1959),
Burman (1966), and Bick (1963) describe studies in which  enumerations were made of Escherichia
coli, coliforms,  fecal streptococci,  salmonellae, Aeromonas, Pseudomonas,  Clostridia, microfungi,
actinomycetes,  and  algae. Bick  (1963) extended this  list of organisms to include protozoa and
other aquatic invertebrates in  reviewing Central European  ecological approaches in studying water
pollution. According to  this approach, organisms characteristically occur in various "saprobic
zones" which are used to describe  the degree of pollution. The procedures involved in the papers
cited above are concerned primarily with sewage pollution or  taste and odor problems. Burman
(1966) reviewed the various procedures, media, equipment, etc., in bacteriological examination of
water and  describes a  technique in which Cl4-iabelled  compounds   are incubated, the d4O2
evolved is absorbed on  barium  hydroxide,  and  counts  of radioactivity  are  used to  quantitate
respiration. Since only 4  hours are required for completion,  this technique might be a useful,
more rapid variation of the standard BOD assay.  A similar technique, using Cl4c>2 in the  study
of photosynthetic activity of algae in the field,  is used to determine trophic  levels in various
types of water (Butler,  1965).

                                           24

-------
                                       SECTION VII

                                   MARINE BIOASSAY
     Any  report  or critique  to  be made  of the methods used in bioassaying  the  effects of
chemical pollutants on marine and estuarine forms can be presented concisely and to the point.
That is, those bioassay techniques in which the flowing-seawater method is not used fall short of
obtaining  accurate  tolerance limits,  etc., for marine and estuarine species in regard to chemical
pollutants. The flowing-seawater technique for both acute and chronic toxicity studies developed
at the Bureau  of Commercial Fisheries at Gulf Breeze,  Florida, as described by Lowe (1964)
comes closely  to  providing  the  necessary  data regarding  chemical toxicants  to marine  and
estuarine forms.

     In this  technique,  the chemical  solution  is  contained  in  a  stock solution  bottle and is
metered  by  means of a  stopcock into  a  slanted  mixing  trough which  contains running fresh
sea water.  The fresh seawater is kept in a holding tank at  a constant level and is siphoned at a
constant rate into the trough. From the trough, the toxicant-containing  water flows by gravity
over baffles into  the chamber containing the test animals. A drain is situated  at one end of the
chamber to allow overflow and maintenance of a constant level of toxicant-containing water. The
author states that this constant-flow system eliminated the need for aeration and that no attempt
was  made to control temperature  and salinity.  A  record  of the latter two values  was  kept
however.

     Data on marine studies are included in Appendixes A and B and may be identified by the
names of the marine species listed in the second (Organism) column. Further identification is
afforded by the Species Index (Appendix C).
     Marine species most frequently used in bioassay include:  :
     Algae
Fish
         Dunaliella euchlora
         Platymonas sp

     Crustacea
         Anemia salina  — brine shrimp
         Callinectes sapidus — blue crab
         Carcinus spp — decapod  crab
         Peneaus aztecus — brown shrimp
         P. duorarium — pink shrimp
         P. setiferus  — white  shrimp

     Molluscs
         Balanus spp — barnacle
         Crassostrea  virginica  — oyster
         Mercenia mercenia — hard clam
         Mya spp —  soft shell clam
         Ostreet spp — oyster

     References  to marine studies  are made throughout the  various sections of this report. It is
of some interest to  note that somewhat  less than  10 percent  of all papers  reviewed  were
concerned with studies on the  effect  of  chemicals on the marine organisms.
     Cyprinodon variegatus — sheepshead minnow
     Fundulus similis — longnose killifish
     Lagodon rhomboides — pinfish
     Leiostomus xanthurus — spot
     Mugil curema — white mullet
     M.  cephalus — striped mullet
     Oncorynchus  kisutch — coho salmon
     Petromyzon marinus — sea lamprey
     Salmo gairdneri — rainbow trout
     S. solar — Atlantic salmon
     S. trutta — brown trout
                                            25

-------
                                      SECTION VIII

                                   FIELD ASSESSMENT


     Many  ecological parameters  must  be taken  into  consideration  when field  studies  are
conducted.  Even  minor variations in most  environmental  factors such as temperature,  rainfall,
pH,  dissolved oxygen,  and  sunlight can  significantly affect  the toxicity  of  many chemical
compounds. Full  discussion of these factors is presented in texts by Hutchinson (1957, 1967),
Welch (1952), Ruttner (1953), and Odum  (1959). One consideration of major importance is the
food web.  The introduction of toxic substances at  any point in the web  may interfere with the
reproduction  and  well-being of higher animal forms.
                           Study of Residues in Aquatic Animals


     The transfer of food energy from plants (the producers) through various  animal  organisms
(the consumers) with repeated eating and being eaten is referred to as a food chain. The links in
the chain seldom number more  than five and usually many chains  are interconnected with one
another with the resulting pattern being  called a food web. Figure  1 is a simplified diagram of a
food  web in western Lake Erie  leading to the sheepshead. This diagram,  modified from Daiber
(1952) by Kendeigh  (1961)  shows the  producers and  consumers  organized into nutritional  or
trophic levels. The lowest level (P) is composed of the producers that are able to use solar energy
for the manufacture  of  food. At the  second level  (Cj)  are  the primary consumers or grazing
herbivores; at the  third level (€2)  the  secondary  consumers or small-size carnivores; and the
fourth level (€3) the larger carnivores.  It is  possible that additional consumers may be present
(€4). The consumer levels are not sharply defined  because feeding behavior of some  species may
involve  them in  more than one level. Generally,  the farther  removed from the producers  an
organism is, the greater the likelihood it  will  feed on more than one level. Bacteria and fungi act
as transformers (T) or decomposers and break down  dead organic matter into nutrients that may
be utilized by the producers (Ingols,  1959; Odum, 1959; Phillipson,  1966; and Welch,  1952).

     Food  webs are studied in a variety  of ways including direct observation which is probably
the least  reliable.  Stomach analysis of higher animal forms has been  widely used for a great  many
years and has provided some useful information. When using this method, a major problem arises
when plant juices and soft  tissues  must be  considered because  these are rapidly digested and
practically  impossible to identify. Precipitin  tests  have recently been  used. An extract  is  made
from  a  prey organism and this  is injected into a  rabbit which produces antibodies against this
foreign protein.  An extract is then  made  from a predator species and  mixed  with  the rabbit
antibodies. If this predator organism has been  feeding on the prey organism, a white precipitate
of antigen  and  antibody  will  be  formed.  In recent  years, radioactive isotopes  have also proven to
be a  most valuable  tool in the  study of the transfer of energy  through trophic levels  (Fujiya,
1965; Gakstatter and  Weiss, 1967; and Miller, et al,  1966).

     Meeks (1968)  studied food  chain organisms and how  chemical  contaminants can accumulate
in the various trophic levels.  A  marsh adjacent to  Lake Erie was treated with 3.9 millicuries of
chlorine-36, ring-labeled DDT at a rate of  0.2  Ib of technical DDT per  acre. Radiolabeled DDT
residues were traced until 1 5 months after the application. In his discussion  of the work, Meeks
stated that  plankton  and larger organisms rapidly removed the DDT  from the water. Producer
organisms contained their maximum residues between 1-3 days and most  invertebrates contained
their  maximum  residues  several  days later. These residues  could  have come  directly from the

                                            26

-------
          Deep bottom
   Open water
••••• Sheepshead •••••
Shallow  bottom
                                                                 • Greenside darter---*,

                                                                                   V
                                                                 	Fantail darter	«J
                                                                    •Log perch c
                                                                 	 Crayfish	


                                                                 	Beetle larvae-
                                                                •	Gammarus	


                                                                •• Baetinine mayflies-


                                                                	Ephemera	


                                                                •	Caddisflies	
                                                                	Midge flies	




                                                                Aquatic angiosperms-


                                                                Attached  thallophytes<
                                                                     •Detritus-
FIGURE 1.  FOOD WEB IN WESTERN LAKE ERIE LEADING TO THE SHEEPSHEAD FISH


            Species are separated into their different trophic levels (as modified from Daiber,
            1952, by Kendeigh, 1961).
                                            27

-------
water or could have been picked up through the food web. There are several factors that indicate
that the food web is the most important contributor. Herbivorous snails, at the second trophic level,
contained their maximum levels at the same time as most primary producers.  Odonata naiads and
backswimmers,  both carnivorous  invertebrates  occupying the  third trophic  level,  reached their
peak accumulation at 1 week.  The red leech was probably the invertebrate closest to a secondary
carnivore, fourth trophic level, and it had  the  latest and highest DDT levels  of any invertebrate.
Most vertebrates attained their maximum DDT residues after the invertebrates had their highest
levels.

     The DDT  applied in this  project would equal 0.07 ppm in water if all of the DDT had been
available at  the same time.  Meeks used this figure  as a base level for determining magnitudes of
accumulation and recorded  a sample of Cladophora collected at 3 days which exceeded this level
by  a factor of 3125.  For a  tadpole  at  4 hours and  a northern water snake  at  13 months
accumulation was over 500 times this  base level. Concentrations ranging from 200 to 500 times
occurred in  some duckweed and  bladderwort samples  during the first  week  as it  did in samples
of carp and tadpole tissues. Most plant and  invertebrate species exceeded  the 0.07  ppm by a
factor  of 50  during the  first week and  throughout the project,  vertebrate tissue  often con-
centrated DDT  more than  50 times the base level.

     Miller,  et al (1966) noted that molluscs characteristically  accumulate pesticidal compounds
at levels far above  those  present in the surrounding  water. In  laboratory experiments, Butler
(1966) showed that  oysters exposed to one ppb of DDT in flowing seawater may  store 25 ppm
in its tissues within  10 days. Terriere, et alj(1966) reported concentration factors from water to
plant of 500, water  to aquatic animals other than fish of  1,000 to 2,000, and for rainbow trout,
10,000  to 20,000. Odum, et al (1969) found that suspended particulate organic matter may be a
reservoir of DDT and some particles may  contain  residues thousands  of times greater than the
concentration occurring in the water. Fiddler crabs and other organisms that utilize  plant detritus
for food concentrate the pesticide in their tissues.

     Nicholson  (1967) stated that any DDT which is not excreted  or metabolized can accumu-
late in tissues to some degree.  It may then be passed on to the next higher trophic level by way
of the  food chain.   Pesticides have been  detected  in  aquatic  animal  tissues  far removed  from
where the chemicals were actually used. Sladen,  et al  (1966) cited  examples of Adelie penguins
and a crabeater  seal  whose tissues contained DDT residues. These species reportedly do not leave
the Antarctic ice pack. The pathway to these  animals is  probably the marine crustaceans  upon
which they feed.

     Cade,  et  al (1968) reported  finding  high  levels of pesticides in  the  eggs  and tissues of
fish-eating peregrine falcons of  the Yukon area of Alaska,  and  Enderson  and  Berge  (1968)
reported similar findings in peregrines in northern Canada.

     Hunt and  Bischoff (1960) believed that ODD residues in fish caused the deaths of grebes in
Clear Lake,  California. Investigations showed the following ODD  concentrations in  samples taken
13  months  after application of  the ODD: in  plankton,  10 mg/kg; in fat from  plankton-eating
fish, 902 mg/kg; in fat from carnivorous  fish, 2690 mg/kg;  and  in  fat  from fish-eating birds,
2134 mg/kg (Nicholson,  1967). It is believed that grebes  are unable to tolerate as high a  level of
DDD as some species of fish.

     Fay and Youatt (1967) concluded that various pesticide residues found  in tissues of aquatic
birds in  Lake Michigan did not  appear to be  an important factor in bird die-offs in this lake.
Studies  by Keith (1966), however, suggest that unusual  mortality  of aquatic birds in California
was  due to  pesticide poisoning. Pesticides  have also been  linked with the declining  population of
fish-eating ospreys in Connecticut (Ames, 1966).

-------
     Within a given species there may  be strains  or populations in existence  which are resistant
to,  or have  a greater  tolerance  for,  a  particular chemical  and,  therefore,  will  survive under
conditions that would  normally  prove fatal for  this species.  Populations of yellow  bullhead,
golden  shiner, green  sunfish,  and  bluegill  have been found that  were resistant to Endrin
(Ferguson  and  Bingham,  1966),  while some mosquito  fish (Ferguson and  Bingham, 1966;
Ferguson, et al, 1966; and Toohey, et al, 1965), and  black  bullhead (Ferguson,  1967) have been
found resistant to  DDT. The resistance  of fish  to these  chemicals  appears  to  be genetic, i.e.,
passed on from one generation to the  next. This  resistance, however, may be  lost unless the fish
are kept in continual contact with the chemical.  While  these populations are now geographically
limited, the  possibility  exists that eventually they could  become  widespread. Ferguson (1967)
concluded that although  selection  of a resistant fishery  may  permit  fish  exposed   to toxic
chemicals to survive, it may ultimately produce a biological product dangerous to consumers of
all sort, including man himself.

     In recent years,  numerous  investigations have  been carried  out on the  accumulation of
chemicals in both vertebrates and invertebrates. Emphasis has been placed primarily on  pesticides
(see Appendix B).
                                     Field Methodology
     Field assessment  studies may  be  divided  into  two general types  although  a clear-cut
distinction is not  always possible. The first type consists of field observations  made  on the
effects of chemicals on aquatic life with little prior manipulation or study of the environment by
the investigator.  In many cases, the exact concentration of the chemical is unknown and may
not be fully identified but may  be simply referred to as a pesticide, an  eradicant, an industrial
pollutant,  an organic pollutant, etc.  These  studies are  usually  made  when  a body of water
becomes polluted from a pesticide-spraying operation,  effluents from an  industrial site, or from
the application of chemicals directly into the  body of water.

     The  effects  of these chemicals are often expressed as a reduction in numbers of a particular
species or the total absence of a species or population. Dead  organisms are sometimes identified
and  counted, as  in fish kills, or estimations made of percent mortality of a  given population.
Effects  may sometimes be expressed  by noting the  presence of particular organisms,  usually
considered to  be  undesirable,  such  as Sphaerotilus,  Chironomus, and tubificids.  Sometimes
pre-pollution studies have  been made or comparisons made between similar bodies of water. This
type  of approach has been widely used in assessing the effect of thermal  pollution on  aquatic
life.

     The  second  type of  field assessment  consists of actual  toxicity studies  of the  effects of
known  chemical  concentrations  on  particular organisms.  The studies are  sometimes made in
conjunction  with laboratory toxicity tests and implies some prior manipulation of the environ-
ment.  Results  are  usually expressed  in lethal  concentrations  of the chemical  studied.  Field
assessments of  this type are conducted in various  sizes and types of water bodies. The smallest
are simple pools  or channels,  such as man-made troughs or tanks. Ponds, man-made or natural,
are widely used  for this type of  assessment. Lakes and reservoirs  are also used but allow the
minimum  control in a lentic environment due  to  size.  Streams  are used, but less  than lentic
bodies of  water.  The following discussion deals  with the methods used in these toxicity  studies.

     Chemicals are  applied to  bodies  of water for  the purpose of  assessing their  effects on
aquatic  organisms in several  different ways.  A uniform distribution is  of primary concern and,
therefore,  the size and depth of the body of water  will be a major factor in determining which
                                             29

-------
method to use.  Cloth bags containing  chemicals  may be  submerged at various depths and the
chemicals allowed to  diffuse out into  the water or the bags may be  towed from a boat. A
common method is  to pour or  drip chemicals from the stern of a power boat into the wake
caused by the motor. Power sprayers are used from boats in smaller bodies of water or from the
shore. In the largest bodies of water, airplanes or helicopters are used.

     Gjullin,  et  al (1949) studied the  effects  of  DDT on trout,  blackfly, and caddisfly larvae
from Alaskan streams  using 6-ft-long galvanized metal troughs set up adjacent to a stream. Water
from the stream was pumped into the troughs and DDT was administered by a  1-gallon aspirator
bottle calibrated with  a  stopcock to deliver the  desired concentration per minute. Darsie  and
Corriden (1959) used  bushel-sized galvanized tubs placed at various points along a stream filled
with  stream  water at  that  point. Fish  from the  stream  were placed in the tubs and the entire
area  was  sprayed with  Malathion by  plane.  Control tubs  were covered during  spraying  and
mortality of fish in  all tubs was recorded after 4 hours. A similar method using aquaria was  used
by Schouwenberg and Jackson (1966).  Snow (1963) treated pails of water from a stream  with
Simazine  and then  bass fry were placed  in the  pails  and mortality  recorded over a 96-hour
period.  Field studies were conducted on the toxicity of Lindane using 60 large  fish tanks (1.5 m
x  1.5 m x 30 cm)  made from corrugated  metal sheets.  Each contained  50 fish and a different
concentration of Lindane was used in each tank  (Kok and Pathak, 1966). Gannon, et al (1966)
used  an experimental  outdoor channel  640 feet long for water pollution studies. The channel
consisted of 4-feet-long aluminum units  that supported a waterproof plastic liner.

     Attempts to approach more natural conditions  in  man-made devices  have  been made by
other investigators. Applegate, et al (1961) and Howell, et al (1964) used running water raceways
with  an artificial stream bed constructed  of materials  from  local streams, to test sea lamprey
larvicides. These raceways were 6 feet  wide  and  over  60 feet long. Productivity  studies using
artificial streams, supplied  with  water  from  an underground spring, were reported by Haydu
(1968). The  streams were 4 feet wide and ranged up to 700  feet long. Yeo (1967) used plastic
pools (4 feet square by  2 feet deep) with  a 2-inch layer of clay on the  bottom.  The pools held
180 gallons of water  and aquatic plants,  clams, and fish were added. A liter of  natural pond
water  was added  to  introduce naturally-occurring  microorganisms. These pools were used to
study the influence  of water hardness  on  dissipation and  toxicity of Diquat.  Parka and Worth
(1965)  also used plastic pools (6 feet in diameter and 15 inches deep)  to study the  effects of
Trifluralin on fish. These pools were placed in form-fitting holes at the lowest point of a sloping
field to form a catch  basin.  The pools  were stocked  with  fish and the field was sprayed with a
known quantity of Trifluralin.  Over the next three days  a sprinkler system soaked the  field  with
ten inches of water which resulted in Trifluralin being carried into the basin in runoff water.

     A more direct  method, and one commonly used is to take qualitative and quantitative data
on biota,  apply the  chemical to the body of water, and resample the populations.  A control
body of water may  or may not be used. Numerous researchers have used this general approach
with  varied  modifications (Eipper,  1959;   Hoffman  and Drooz,  1953;  Hilsenhoff, 1966;  and
Surber,  1943).

     Some investigators desire more control  over the organisms being  used in  field assessments,
and various  methods are used to contain them. Live boxes or screened cages are commonly used.
Patterson  and Von  Windeguth  (1964)  confined  fish in live boxes and placed these in three
shallow ponds that were sprayed with Baytex. Additional live  boxes were placed in three control
ponds and mortality was recorded after 24 hours. Mulla, et al (1963) and Wollitz (1963) did
similar work in ponds using fish and  frogs.  The same  technique has  also been used in lakes
(Jackson,  1960;  Johnson, 1966; and Kallman,  et al, 1962) and streams  (Davis, 1954;  Elson and
Kerswill,  1967; Graham  and   Scott,  1958;  Kerswill,  1967;  Kerswill  and  Edwards,   1967;
Schoenthal,  1963; and  Schouwenberg and Jackson, 1966).
                                            30

-------
     Another method  used to restrict the movement of organisms is  to  enclose sections of the
body of water. Harp  and Campbell (1964) studied benthos in a  farm pond by using plastic
enclosures that divided the pond into sections measuring 12 by  18 feet. Different concentrations
of Silvex were  used in each section. Walker (1964) studied the effects  of  Dichlobenil  on fish and
aquatic plants in enclosures and open plots in selected farm ponds.  Copeland and Woods (1969)
also  studied herbicidal effects on aquatic plants and used plots staked out in shallow areas of a
lake. The plots were screened in with chicken wire to  prevent  plants from drifting away. Bonn
and  Holbert  (1961) blocked off entire coves in a Texas lake with  one-inch  mesh nylon net to
prevent movement  of fish into and out  of the cove. The coves were then treated with rotenone
products.

     A unique  method to assess industrial pollution in a stream was  used by Tatum (1966). A
sampler, similar to  the one designed by  Hester  and Dendy  (1962) consisting  of masonite plates,
was  placed in  a  fertilized  pond  for  about  one month to  accumulate a dense growth of
chironomid larvae  (Diptera). These samplers  were then placed in a river at  stations above and
below  the outfall of an industrial site. Counts of larvae were made on each sampler after 1  week
and  comparisons were made between the average number  of organisms on the samplers at
stations above  the  outfall and on  the samplers below the outfall.  Williams  and Mount (1965)
measured the effect of zinc on periphytic communities by using a glass slide method. Periphyton
populations were monitored  by allowing periphyton to accumulate  on glass slides submerged in
running water canals for  2-week periods. One canal was used as a control and three other canals
were treated with different concentrations of zinc.

     The effects of chemicals sprayed into streams  have been studied by monitoring the rate of
downstream drifting of aquatic insects  (Binns,  1967;  Burdick,  et al,  1960; Coutant,  1964; and
Reed,  1966).  Insects were continuously collected by Surber .square-foot bottom samplers  both
before and after  spraying and also  in control streams.  In another assessment,  the effects of  DDT
sprayed in a stream were studied by determining the abundance of aquatic insects (Reed, 1966).
An index was  developed for those benthic insects found attached on rocks  measuring  approxi-
mately 15.2 centimeters  in  diameter.  Butler  (1965)  studied the  toxicity of pesticides by
measuring  primary productivity. By mixing known amounts of Cl4 with two suspensions of
phytoplankton,  one of which contains a  known concentration of pesticide, it is  possible to
measure the interference  of  the  pesticide with growth in  a given period of time. Decreased
carbon fixation provides  an index  of productivity, from which  the  relative toxicities of various
pesticides may be  compared. Other field  methods used to  detect  the  effects of chemicals on
aquatic life include the use of other more specific radioactive  tracers, the measurement of the
effects of chemicals on the biochemical  oxygen demand (BOD), and the fish brain cholinesterase
inactivation technique. All of these  methods have been discussed previously.
                                    Sampling Equipment
     Quantitative population  samples taken to  determine the  effects  of external  factors are
difficult  to  obtain. The effects of the external factors must be great  enough  to  override the
natural  changing of the  population  brought  about by  migration, temperature, availability of
dissolved oxygen, food supply, etc. Studies that require collecting organisms for evaluation also
face the problem of valid sampling techniques because by definition a sample must be representa-
tive. Dimond (1967) stated that sampling procedures for stream insects are crude, and so much
variation in  the data results from their use that only major shifts in population size and structure
can be detected. Lauer, et al  (1966)  said it was difficult to collect water samples that are truly
representative of the concentration of the  toxic  agent to which the organism has been exposed.

                                            31

-------
 Ricker (1968)  in  reference to  collecting  fish for  productivity studies said that four truisms
 emerge: (1)  most collecting methods are selective, with respect to species and size of individuals;
 (2)  soundness of collecting procedures  has too often been  assumed and  has  too seldom been
 evaluated  experimentally;  (3) vast opportunities  remain for  discovering  and  developing  new
 methods; (4) there is no substitute for operation experience on the part of the collector.

     Several   books  provide  valuable  information  on  equipment  and collecting  procedures.
 Standard  Methods  for  the Examination of Water and  Wastewater (American  Public  Health
 Association,  1967), Limnological Methods  (Welch,  1948), and  Ecological  Methods (Southwood,
 1966) provide detailed information on the  physical and chemical examination of water, informa-
 tion on equipment and methods  for collecting biological material, and information on population
 sampling  in  freshwater habitats.  Books by Ricker (1968)  and Bennett (1962) give techniques for
 collecting  and examining fish.  The brief discussion that follows concerns only the most common
 methods used in the studies previously considered.

     Though  a  wide variety of  devices  exist for sampling stream and  lake  bottoms,  the three
 most  widely used  are  the Ekman and Peterson  dredges for  lake  bottoms,   and the  Surber
 square-foot  sampler  for shallow streams.  Dredges take  relatively shallow  samples which  are
 usually disturbed before they  reach the surface and, therefore,  the devices are  not suitable  for
 use  in stratification studies. After the  material is  brought  to  the surface it is washed  through a
 No. 30 mesh screen and the organisms sorted out. The screen collects only macroscopic bottom
 fauna. The Ekman dredge relies  on its own weight to sink, has a rather weak spring to close the
 jaws and is,  therefore, limited to  use on bottoms  which  are soft  and consist of finely divided
 mud.  Large  bivalves, sticks, or small rocks  interfere with the closing  of the jaws. The Peterson
 dredge is  heavier,  has additional attached  weights, and can  be used in sand  and  gravel. This
 dredge is sufficiently heavy, however,  that it must be raised by a  hoist. The Surber square-foot
 sampler is by far the  most widely  used stream sampler and is especially suitable  for sampling on
 rocky  bottoms  which  are  shallow  and  possess current  enough to  hold  the  net  in an open
 position. It has limited use in water deeper than three feet and again only macroscopic organisms
 are  collected (Libby,  1964; Mackenthun,  1966; Mackenthun  and Ingram,  1967; Southwood
 1966;  and  Welch, 1948).

     Benthic   and periphytic  organisms  are also  collected by emplacement  of a removable
 substrate.  According to Southwood (1966), this is one of the most accurate collection  methods.
 Collecting  devices  of  this type  are in various  forms including building bricks  (Elvins,  1962),
 asbestos-cement plates (Southwood, 1966),  Plexiglas substrata (King and Ball, 1967), glass slides
 (Welch, 1948), and wire boxes containing rocks and sticks  (Bull, 1968;  Mason, et al, 1967; and
 Scott,  1958). N. W.  Britt (1955)  used  concrete  blocks on  a rubble and gravel bottom  to collect
 mayfly naiads. Unattended concrete block  and  Hester-Dendy multiple plate samplers are  some-
 times  disturbed  by anglers. This  can  be a  problem  when  collecting devices  must be  left
 unattended in areas  where large numbers of people use the water  for recreational purposes. An
 additional  problem  encountered  using this type  of sampler  especially in deep water, is that
 organisms not firmly attached may be lost when  the sampler is raised.

     The Kemmerer water sampler  is probably  the most widely used  water  collecting device and
 is also  suitable for quantitative plankton samples.  An advantage  that  the Kemmerer  sampler has
 over the Juday plankton  trap is that nannoplankton as well  as net plankton  is  collected  A
possible disadvantage of the Kemmerer  is that  motile zooplankters  may tend  to avoid it. The
Juday  plankton  trap  is a commonly used quantitative sampler which collects and removes the
plankton in one  operation. When the  trap  is brought to  the surface, the  water drains out and
concentrates  the  plankters  in  a  small  net  container. This  collects  only net plankton  as  the
nannoplankton are so small they  pass through the  bolting cloth filter. The Juday trap is bulky,

                                            32

-------
awkward to handle, and usually must be raised  with a hoist.  Qualitative plankton samples may
also  be collected with a bolting cloth tow  net or with a plankton pump (Southwood, 1966; and
Welch, 1948).

     Ricker (1968) states that the use of electricity for capturing fish is one of the least selective
of all  active fishing methods.  Too strong  an electrical current, prolonged exposure, or contact
with the electrodes, however,  can kill fish,  or  cause  damage that  later proves fatal, and is of
potential danger to the operators. Electrofishing can be done in both lakes and streams but water
resistivity,  variations in  fish size,  shape, or  species, temperature, and  fish mortality factors all
have a bearing on the effectiveness of the shocker (Patten and Gillespie, 1966). Seining is the
most common way to collect fish but is limited to shallow waters and bottoms that have few
large boulders and few aquatic  plants.  Hoop  and fyke nets are commonly used and according to
Ricker  (1968) can be both strongly selective and differently  efficient in collecting  fish species.
For  example, a net set parallel to the shoreline  can be either more or less efficient than one
perpendicular to  it, depending on the species. Gill and trammel nets tend to be more efficient in
capturing fishes adorned with external roughnesses, teeth, etc.  Since these nets are stationary and
depend on the fish  moving  to them,  the  fishing  success may depend on abrupt changes in
barometric  pressure,  wind-driven currents, water-level  fluctuations,  turbidity,  and  transmitted
light. In very large bodies of water,  purse  seining  and trawling are the most practical collection
methods.

     Table 5 shows the most commonly used  items of collecting equipment, exclusive of dip nets
and  simple seines, with the general purpose for  each item indicated. Of course, the quantitative
samples may  also be  used to collect qualitative samples.  The  various traps  and nets used for
collecting fish result in acquiring qualitative information only. For fish population studies, some
form of the capture-mark-recapture method  must  be  used. There are many kinds of collecting
devices in  use though  no single  one is suitable for all types of habitats; a fact which complicates
attempts to make comparative determinations (Anderson, 1962).
                                     Indicator Organisms
     Thieneman  (Patrick,  1965)  was the  first  to  emphasize  the  fact  that  certain groups  or
associations of species  were characteristic of a given type of environment. This does not mean
however, that individual species are necessarily reliable indicators of environmental conditions in
a particular area. Various researchers (Beak,  1965;  Beck, 1957; Brinkhurst,  1966; Gaufin and
Tarzwell,  1956; Lackey, 1957; Lackey, 1961; Mackay, 1969,  Olson, 1957; Palmer, 1959; Palmer,
1963;  Patrick, 1957; and Patrick, et al,  1967) have concluded that few individual species  as
indicators of pollution  exist, but  when a number of kinds of organisms are used in conjunction
with chemical, physical, and bacteriological methods, the combination may be  a reliable index.
Table 6 is  a list  of organisms that have been associated  with  pollution  of various types. When
considering  this  table,  it  must  be borne  in  mind  that a  number  of ecological factors may
influence  the presence  or absence of an  organism and, therefore, changes in  distribution and
abundance of a species may not be related to pollution  (Paine and Gaufin, 1956; Patrick, 1965;
Lackey,  1957).  Lackey  (1957)  pointed   out  that  a cause  and effect relationship does not
necessarily exist  simply because  of abundance of  an organism  and occurrence  of a defined
pollutant.

     Beak (1965) proposed a biotic index  of water  pollution based  on presence and density  of
certain macrobenthic organisms. There were six  stages in the index from normal  fauna to total
absence of fauna corresponding to increasing degrees of pollution. In most cases organisms were

                                             33

-------
       TABLE 5  COLLECTING EQUIPMENT IN COMMON USAGE IN LIMNOLOGICAL STUDIES
                 AND THE GENERAL PURPOSE FOR WHICH EACH IS USED
                    (Bennett, 1962; Ricker, 1968; Southwood, 1966; and Welch, 1948)
       Equipment
                                                                  General Purpose
Ooze sucker
Ekman dredge
Peterson dredge
Triangle bottom dredge
Wilding square-foot sampler
Dendy inverting sampler
Surber square-foot sampler
Hess circular sampler
Hollow square-foot-sampler
Wisconsin trap
Kemmerer water sampler
Birge cone net
Wisconsin plankton net
Closing net
Juday plankton trap
Clarke-Bumpus sampler
Hoop and Fyke traps
Gill and tangle nets
Sunken trap nets
Electric shocker
Purse seine
Trawl
 Benthos
 Microfauna (qualitative) in uppermost layers
 Macrofauna (qualitative) on soft bottoms
 Macrofauna (quantitative) on hard bottoms
 Macrofauna (quantitative) on smooth bottoms
 Macrofauna (quantitative) on soft or hard bottoms
 Macrofauna (quantitative) shallow moving streams
 Macrofauna (quantitative) shallow moving streams
 Macrofauna (quantitative) shallow moving streams

Periphyton
 Macrofauna (qualitative) from hard objects having large areas
 Macrofauna (qualitative) from plants in shallow water

 Plankton
 Net and nannoplankton (quantitative)
 Net plankton (quantitative)
 Net plankton (quantitative)
 Net plankton (quantitative) from deep water verticle tows
 Net plankton (quantitative)
 Net plankton primarily deep water

   Fish

 Quiet shallow waters
 Pelagic fish, various depths
 Lower depths in relatively shallow waters
 Shallow streams and lakes
 Open water surface seining in large bodies of water
 Bottom, surface, or midwater depths in large bodies of water
                                                  34

-------
       TABLE 6. PARTIAL LISTING OF ORGANISMS COMMONLY ASSOCIATED WITH POLLUTION
         Organism
       Type of Pollution
           References
Insects
Chironomus riparius

C. plumosus
Culex pipiens
C. tentans
Eristalis bastardi
E. tenax
Glyptotendipes spp

Oligochaetes
Limnodrilus spp

Tubifex spp
Fungi
Fusarium aquaeductum
Geotrichum candidum
Leptomities lacteus
Penicillium lUacinum
P. ochrochloron

Bacteria
Aerobacter aerogenes
A. cloacae
Escherichia coli
Sphaerotilus natans

Streptococcus durans
S. faecalis
S. liquefaciens
S. zymogenes

Bryozoa
Ctenostomata sp

Protozoa
Bodo caudatus
Caenomorpha medusula
Chaenea spp
Colpoda spp
Colpidium spp
Dimastigamoeba gruberi
Diplophrys archeri
Organic
Organic
Organic
   51
   ))
   ,,

Copper



Fecal pollution
      ,,
      ))

Organic

Fecal pollution
Organic
Organic
Gaufin, 1957; Learner and Edwards,
 1966; Paine and Gaufin, 1956
Ingram, 1957
Gaufin, 1957; Ingram, 1957; Paine
 and Gaufin, 1956; and Gaufin, 1958
Gaufin and Tarzwell, 1952
Gaufin, 1957; Gaufin and Tarzwell,
 1952; and Paine and Gaufin, 1956;
 Gaufin, 1958
Ingram, 1957
Paine and Gaufin, 1956
Brinkhurst, 1966; Gaufin, 1957;
 1958; and Shrivastava, 1962
Brinkhurst, 1966; Gaufin, 1957,
 1958; and Gaufin and Tarzwell,
 1952
Cooke, 1957
Kabler, 1957, 1961
Kabler, 1961
Kabler, 1957, 1961
Curtis, 1969; Herbert and Richards,
 1963; and Patrick, 1968
Kabler, 1961
Lackey, 1961
Lackey, 1957
Lackey, 1961

Lackey, 1957
                                                 35

-------
                                        TABLE 6. (Continued)
         Organism
       Type of Pollution
                                                                                  References
Protozoa (Continued)
Enchelyomorpha vermicularis
Glaucoma pyriformis
G. schintillans
Hexamitus spp
H. crassus
H. inflatus
Loxodes vorax
Mastigamoeba spp
Mastigella spp
Metopus spp
M. sigmoides
Opercularia spp
Paramecium putrinum
Pelomyxa palustris
Polytoma uvella
Poteriodendron petiolatum
Saprodinium putrinum
Spirostomum spp
Strombidium spp
Tetramttus spp
T. pyriformis
Tillina magna
Trachelocerca coluber
Trepomonas spp
Trigonomonas compressa
Trimyema compressa
Uahlkampfia guttalu
U. Umax
Urocentrum turbo
Uroleptus spp
Urophagus rostratus
Urotricha spp
Urozona butschlii
Organic
Lackey,
Lackey,
Lackey,
Lackey,
Lackey,
1957
1961
1957
1961
1957
                                     Lackey, 1961
                                     Lackey, 1957
                                     Lackey,
                                     Lackey,
                                     Lackey,
                                     Lackey,
        1961
        1957
        1961
        1957
                                     Lackey, 1961
                                     Lackey,
                                     Lackey,
                                     Lackey,
        1957
        1957,1961
        1961
                                     Lackey, 1957, 1961
                                     Lackey, 1957
                                     Lackey,
                                     Lackey,
                                     Lackey,
                                     Lackey,
        1957,1961
        1961
        1957
        1961
Achanthes affinis
A. minutissima
Achnanthidium brevipes
  var intermedia
Actinastrum hantzschii
Actinella spp
Agrnenellum quadriduplicatum
Amphora coffeiformis
A. ovalis
Anabaena constricta
Anacystis spp
A. montana
Anomoeoneis serians var.
  brachipira
Arthrospira jinneri
Hydrogen sulfide
Calcium carbonate
Salt brine
 (principally NaCl)
       •>•>
High acidity
Organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Paper mill wastes, salt brine, oil
Organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Organic
Iron

Organic
Palmer, 1959
Patrick, 1965
Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959, and Patrick, 1957
Palmer, 1959
                                                  36

-------
                                           TABLE 6. (Continued)
         Organism
        Type of Pollution
            References
Algae (Continued)
Astasia spp
Asterionella formosa
Caloneis amphisbaena
Calothrix spp
C. braunii
Camphlodiscus spp
Carteria multifilis
Ceratoneis arcus
Chaetomorpha spp
Chlamydobotrys spp
Chlamydomonas spp
C. ehrenbergii
C. reinhardi
Chlorella pyrenoidosa
C. vulgaris
C. variegata
Chlorobrachis spp
C. gracillina
Chlorococcum botryoides
C. humicola
Chlorogonium euchlorum
Chromulina spp
C. ovalis
Closterium acerosum
Coccachloris elabens
  (Aphanothece halophytica)
Cocconeis diminuta
C. pediculus
C. placentula
Cryptoglena pigra
Cryptomonas erosa
Cyclotella kiitzingiana
C. meneghiniana
Cymatopleura solea
Cymbella lacustris
C. naviculiformis
C. ventricosa

Diatoma elongatum
D. vulgare
Diploneis elliptica
Dunaliella salina
Enteromorpha intestinalis
E, prolifeia
Entophy salts deusta
  (Aphanocapsa littoralis)
Euglena spp
E. acus
E. adhaerens
E. agilis
Organic
Copper
Paper mill wastes, hydrogen sulfide
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Copper
Hydrogen sulfide
Organic
Phenolic wastes
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Distillery wastes
High acidity
Salt brine
Organic
Iron
Organic
Distillery wastes
Copper
Organic
Distillery wastes, organic
Iron
High acidity
Chromium
Salt brine (principally NaCl)

Paper mill wastes
       5)
Phenolic wastes
Organic
High acidity
Phenolic wastes
Hydrogen sulfide, salt brine
Phenolic wastes, paper mill wastes
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Copper, phenolic wastes
Salt brine, paper mill wastes, copper,
 hydrogen sulfide
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Phenolic wastes, paper mill
Wastes, oil
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Lackey, 1957
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957
Palmer, 1959
Chromium
High acidity
Organic
                                                     37

-------
                                          TABLE 6. (Continued)
         Organism
        Type of Pollution
                                                                                    References
Algae (Continued)
E. deses
E. gracilis
E. hiemalis
E. mutabilis

E. oxguris
E. polymorpha
E. sociabilis
E. stellata
E. tatrica
E. viridis
Eunotia spp
E. exigua
E. lunaris
E. trinacria
Fragilaria virescens
Frustulia rhomboides var
  saxonica
Gomphonema spp
G. acuminatum
G. herculaneum
G. olivacuum
G. parvulum
Gyrosigma attenuatum
Hantzschia amphioxys
H. elongata
Lepocinclis ovum
L. text a
Lyngbya astuarii
L. digueti
Melosira  arenaria
M. varians
Meridian circulars
Microcoleus chthonoplastic
Navicula  anglica
N. atomus
N. cincta var heufleri
N. cryptocephala

N. gregaria
N. linearis
N. longirostris
N. minima
N. minuscula
N. palea
A', pygmaea
j\. radiosa
j\. salinamm
A', subtilissima
N. viridis
Organic
   11
High acidity
Organic, chromium
Organic
Chromium
Chromium, high acidity
High acidity
Chromium, high acidity, organic
Iron, high acidity
High acidity
Phenolic wastes
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Iron
Paper mill wastes, oil
Calcium
Phenolic wastes, organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Hydrogen  sulfide, organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
High acidity, organic
Organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Oil, organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Chromium
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Salt brine, organic, phenolic wastes,
 paper mill wastes
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Chromium
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Hydrogen sulfide
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Chromium, organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Paper mill wastes, oil
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
High acidity, salt brine
High acidity, copper
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957; Palmer, 1959; and
 Sundaresan, et al, 1965
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1959, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1959, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959, and Patrick, 1957
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Patrick, 1965
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959, and Patrick, 1957
Palmer, 1959
      •>•>

Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
                                                    38

-------
                                          TABLE 6. (Continued)
         Organism
       Type of Pollution
            Reference
Algae (Continued)
Neidium bisulcatum
Nitzschia acicularis
N. apiculata
N. epithemaides
N. frustulum
N. ignorata
N. palea

N. trybliowella var debilis
Ochromonas spp
Oscillatoria spp
0. chalybea
0. chlorina
O. formosa
O. lauterbornii
0. limosa
O. princeps
O. putrida
0. tenuis
Pandorina spp
P. momm
Pediastrum spp
P. simples
Penium cucurbitinum
Phacus parvulus
P. pyrum
Phormidium autumnale
P. tenue
P. uncinatum
Pinnularia spp
P. borealis
P. subcapitata var helseana
Platymonas spp
Polytoma citri
P. uvella
Pyrobotrys gracilis
P. stellata
Scenedesmus spp
S. bijugatus
S. obliquus
S. quadricauda
Spirogyra communis
Spirulina subsalsa
Spondylomorum spp
Stauroneis anceps
S. phoenicentem
Stenopterobia intermedia
Stephanaptera gracilis
Stichococcus bacillaris
Copper
Organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Hydrogen sulfide
Phenolic wastes, hydrogen sulfide,
 salt brine
Hydrogen sulfide
High acidity
Paper mill wastes, salt brine
Organic
Paper mill wastes
Organic
Paper mill wastes
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
High acidity
Organic
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Organic
High acidity, iron, salt brine
Phenolic wastes
Iron
Organic
Paper mill wastes
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Copper
Organic
   55

Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Paper mill wastes
High acidity
Iron
 55

Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Organic
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957
     5)


Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
              ))

Palmer, 1959
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
                                                    39

-------
                                          TABLE 6.  (Continued)
         Organism
        Type of Pollution
            References
Algae (Continued)
Stigeoclonium tenue
Surinella delicatissima
S. linearis
S. ovata

S. ovata var salina

Symploca erecta
Synedra acus
S. affinis
S. pulchella
S. ulna
Tabellaria flocculasa
Tetraedron muticum
Tetraspora spp
Trachelomonas spp
T. hispida
Trichodesmium spp
Ulothrix spp
U. zonata
Vanheurckia rhomboides var
  crassenervia
Xanthidium antilopaeum
Organic
Iron
Curtis, 1969, and Palmer, 1959
Palmer, 1959
Paper mill wastes, phenolic wastes,
 organic
Paper mill wastes, phenolic wastes,
 hydrogen sulfide, organic
Copper
Oil, salt brine
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Paper mill wastes, salt brine
Paper mill wastes, phenolic wastes, oil    Palmer, 1959
High acidity
Organic
Chromium
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Iron
Salt brine (principally NaCl)
Salt brine, paper mill wastes
High acidity
Palmer, 1959, and Patrick, 1957
Lackey, 1957, and Palmer, 1959
                                      Palmer, 1959
                                                    40

-------
identified only to  Family  and  were grouped  according  to  feeding type  and sensitivity  to
pollution.

     In using groups  of aquatic organisms as indicators of pollution, the absence or reduction in
numbers of "clean-water" species  may  be as important, if not  more so, than the presence of
known  pollutional forms  (Anderson, 1962;  Fremling,  1964; Gaufin, 1958,  1965; Gaufin and
Tarzwell, 1952; and  Leonard,  1965). Aquatic organisms usually considered to be "clean-water"
organisms include mayflies, stoneflies, caddisflies, molluscs of the family Unionidae, and beetles
of the  family  Elmidae. The absence  of these organisms  and the  presence  of physid snails,
tubificids, Eristdis tenax,  and Chironomus  pipiens  would indicate water highly degraded by
organic  wastes (Hinshaw,  1967;  Ingram, 1957;  Paine and  Gaufin, 1956; and Young, 1961).
Palmer  (1959)  lists over 40  species of algae that  he considers  "clean-water" forms. He also said
that blue-green algae and flagellates are the  algal  groups most  frequently encountered in  the
portion of a stream containing organic pollution. Palmer  (1963)  has compiled a listing  of more
than 600 species  that are said to be tolerant of pollution.

     The presence of large number of tubificids usually indicates a high concentration of organic
matter.  These worms  can  live in water low  enough  in oxygen that most other fauna will not
survive  (Brinkhurst,  1966, and  Curry,  1965). King and Ball (1964) used wet  weight ratios of
tubificids to aquatic insects  to indicate changes in water quality. Their results indicated that this
technique may  be useful in  measuring organic pollution. Among the mayflies, there seems to be
an order of sensitivity to organic  waste and as pollution  increases sensitivity declines in the
following order:  Rhithrogena,  Heptagenia, Ecdyonurus, Ephemerella, and Baetis. An  amphipod,
Gammarus pulex,  lives quite well  even in badly polluted  water as long as the oxygen content is
not greatly  lowered (Hynes, 1959). Ingram (1957)  in discussing clams and snails, said that not
enough is known  about molluscan ecology to  name any species a pollution indicator and though
species such as Psidium idanoensis, Physa Integra, P. heterosteopha,  and  Musculium transversum
are found associated with organic waste, they are  also found  in areas unpolluted by domestic
sewage or putrescible industrial waste.

     Coliform bacteria are constantly present in alimentary discharges, are comparatively easy to
enumerate, have long been considered indicative of  fecal pollution (Gilderhus,  1966; and Kabler,
1957,  1961).  Owing  to special  nutritional  requirements  a  few  species of  fungi  have  been
associated with certain types of pollution (Servizi, et  al, 1966). Generally, however, there has
been little correlation found between pollution and  populations  of aquatic fungi (Cooke and
Bartsch,  1959).

     Brinkhurst (1966) said  that fish are not particularly  easy  to use as indicators because they
are relatively difficult to sample,  and their mobility  makes it possible for them to avoid those
parts of the environment which become intolerable for short periods of time.  Katz and Gaufin
(1953)  studied the effects of organic pollution on fish distribution  in a small  Ohio stream.  No
species of fish  were regarded as indicators of  pollution although  several  were  relatively  tolerant
of unfavorable  conditions.  They concluded that the number of species present and their relative
abundance   are  the  most  important  considerations  when pollutional conditions  are being
evaluated.

     Williams (1964)  concluded that the  search for  biota  or communities of biota which might
be useful as indicators of water quality has been hampered by the lack of information on  the
environmental  requirements  of the various  species  and their resistance to  specific chemical
substances.
                                            41

-------
                                     Concluding Remarks
                                     (Field Assessment)
     The value of field  studies lies in the fact that more natural  conditions are approached in
the field than in  the  laboratory. This is important because  the  reaction  of  an organism  to  a
chemical in the laboratory is not necessarily the  same as it would be in nature.  A price is  paid
for these natural conditions, however, because it  is impossible to control or even to ascertain all
of the  variables  in  a field  study.  To  complicate this  further, in most field work  there  is  a
conspicuous lack of detailed water-quality data taken in support of the field observations. In this
report, for example, approximately  220 papers dealing with field projects were carefully studied
and  evaluated. Of these, only about  50 contained definitive water quality information.  It  has
long been recognized that the toxicity of a compound may depend on a number of interrelated
factors, including temperature, pH, water hardness, dissolved oxygen content, and exposure time.
For  example, Cairns (1957)  showed that  considerable increases in toxicity may result during
periods of  low dissolved oxygen  content, and  that this may occur even when the oxygen supply
is  not  low  enough to be directly harmful to the  organism. Burdick (1967)  states that toxicants
react with  detritus, and organic or inorganic materials in the water or bottom sediments and  that
bacterial decomposition   may  alter  chemicals  to substances  of  greater  or  less toxicity.  He
concluded that even light penetration may have an effect. Only rarely are all or even  a majority
of these factors taken into consideration in  conducting field studies  of water pollution.
                                            42

-------
                                       SECTION IX

                 FACTORS AFFECTING  CHEMICAL TOXICITY IN WATER
     Depending on the nature of a chemical, environmental factors influencing water quality may
also affect the inherent toxicity of that compound to aquatic biota.  Similarly, water quality
itself can affect chemical toxicity. For these reasons, chemical-physical characterization of water
is important  whether it is used in a bioassay or studied in the field. Experimentation may have
little  significance without  minimal characterization, that is, measurement of water temperature,
pH, dissolved oxygen (DO), conductivity, oxidation-reduction potential, dissolved chlorides, and
turbidity. Furthermore, when potentially toxic ions, e.g., heavy metals or halogens, are known or
suspected to be present, analysis for  these should be made. Without such data  for an aquatic
experiment, the toxicity of a chemical  to an aquatic organism means only that for the conditions
of  that experiment  is the chemical toxic at the concentration level reported,  i.e.,  the  toxicity
data cannot be extended to any other type of water.

     As pointed out previously in other sections of this report, this type of water characteriza-
tion data was seldom given in the publications reviewed. Use of an unspecified, "standard water"
throughout a bioassay study helps very little when an  attempt is made to  extrapolate from the
study and predict how a chemical may behave in  an entirely different water. If there is to be a
serious attempt to employ multivariate analysis or mathematical modeling in predictive studies of
chemical pollution problems, then the suggested type of water data must be taken, or completely
standardized  experimental conditions including chemically defined water must be employed. The
following discussions  concern the  more important water-quality  factors  that may affect the
toxicity of a chemical  in aquatic environments.
                                        Temperature
     The biological significance of temperature  in the aquatic environment has been recognized
for many years. It was once said that a limnologist could obtain more information about a body
of water with a thermometer than any other single instrument. Reid (1962) believes "from the
broad and  basically ecological  point of view,  the thermal properties  of water and the attending
relationships  are doubtless the  most important factors in maintaining the  fitness  of water as an
environment."  In several  limnology  texts  (Reid,  1961,  Ruttner,  1953,  and  Welch, 1952),
accounts are  given of thermal stratification, thermoclines, heat budgets, general thermal dynamics
of water bodies, and the effects these factors have  on aquatic  life. Hutchinson (1957)  gives an
in-depth account of the thermal  properties of lakes. In recent years as the use of streams  and
lakes by industry has  increased, more  investigators have  been concerned  with  the effects of
increased   temperatures  on  aquatic organisms.  There  are  several very recent, extensive
bibliographies (over  1500  references) available on heated effluents and  their effects on aquatic
life (American  Society of  Civil Engineers, 1967; Kennedy and Mihursky,  1967; and Raney  and
Menzel, 1967). A reference  manual  on  thermal effects on aquatic  organisms was  prepared by
Wurtz and  Renn (1965).

     A great  deal of attention has been placed on thermal effects on fish. Fish, like most aquatic
organisms,  are poikilotherms and therefore lack the means  of maintaining an independent body
temperature.  Needless to say,  water  temperature is  a critical factor  in the life  of a fish and in
fish  production. Each species has a thermal zone in which it can  function in a normal manner
with a higher and lower zone  in which it can survive for certain  lengths of time. The degree of

                                            43

-------
success the fish will have  in these less than optimal zones will depend on a multitude of factors
including the health of the fish, stage  of development,  sex, diet, season of the year, and various
water quality  parameters  (Alabaster, 1967; Alabaster and Welcomme, 1962; Brett, 1956;  Hoar,
1956; Huet, 1965; Mihursky and Kennedy,  1967; Tarzwell, 1957; and Tyler, 1966).

     A major  factor affecting the ability of an organism  to  adapt  to a new temperature is the
previous temperature to which it has been exposed.  Prosser and Brown (1961) define acclimation
as the compensation by animals to persistent  change in temperature, usually in the laboratory.
Though not all authors make the  distinction between  acclimation  and acclimatization, Prosser
and  Brown  refer  to acclimatization as compensations under  field conditions which come about
more slowly.  Upper lethal temperatures tend  to  be closer to the acclimation temperature  than
lower lethal temperatures (Colton, 1959). Upper or lower lethal temperatures obviously  have
more meaning when the  acclimation temperature is  indicated.  Table 7 lists the  thermal  death
points of a number of  species  of freshwater and marine fish  in  relation  to  the  acclimation
temperatures. The table is  a summary of work  conducted by Brett (1956) and Jones (1964).

     Laboratory studies conducted on  thermal death  points of various organisms may be of two
basic types. These  are acute or shock tests  in  which large temperature  increases  are usually
completed in a few  hours, and the chronic tests in which temperature increase is only a degree
or two a day  and the  overall  test lasts several months.  Shock tests  are of value in studying fish
movements or when thermal  loading is confined  to  a  limited area. In these situations fish are
likely to move rapidly from one  temperature zone to another. Chronic tests  are designed to
approximate a condition  of gradual exposure over considerable periods of time (Cairns,  1955,
1956).

     Generally, fish  of temperate regions are able to tolerate temperatures from  0  C to 30 C but
resistance  to the  highest  and lowest temperature varies with  different species. Salmonids and
other cold  water  fishes do not tolerate higher  temperatures while warm water forms, such as the
cyprinids, tolerate  higher  temperatures quite well. Marine  species may  be more sensitive to
temperature change  than freshwater  species and immatures of both types are  more sensitive than
adults. In general, all abrupt changes in temperature can be harmful even if  the changes are  short
lived.

     Temperature may affect the fish directly or  it may have an indirect effect. A change may
be within the  toleration limits of a fish but may alter the environment to the point  where it is
more suitable for another  species (Tarzwell, 1957). This may come  about  in a number of ways
including a reduction or an increase in food supply, interference with the  spawning process, or
alteration of the  dissolved oxygen content  of  the water. Though other factors are also involved,
fish  only spawn  when the water reaches a suitable  temperature and this varies  with different
species. Water  temperature may affect  growth. For example, carp growth is  very good  between
20 C and 28 C, average between 13 C  and  20  C, poor between 15 C and 13  C, and non-existent
below 5 C (Alabaster, 1967; Colton, 1959; Fry, 1960; Huet,  1965; and Swift, 1965).

     Though the  physiological effects  of heat on an organism are  discussed in some detail by
Brown (1957)  and Prosser and Brown  (1961),  the actual cause of death by  either heat or cold is
not well  understood. Various  theories have been  put forth concerning the  mechanism  of heat
death including coagulation of protoplasm, inactivation  of enzyme  systems, lack of oxygen due
to inactivation of the  respiratory  center,  and the release  of toxic  materials  from heat affected
cells  (Brett,  1956;  Brown, 1961; Cairns,  1955;  and  Jones,  1964). Though the exact causes of
death at  high  temperatures may not be clear,  most investigators agree that multiple  factors are
involved.
                                            44

-------
TABLE 7. THERMAL DEATH POINTS OF FISH ACCLIMIZED AT THE INDICATED TEMPERATURES
        (FRESHWATER = F, MARINE - ATLANTIC = A, PACIFIC = P)
                           (Brett, 1956; and Jones, 1964)
Fish
Atlantic salmon
Atlantic salmon (grilse)
Atlantic salmon (parr)
Blacknose dace
Blacknose dace
Bluegill
Bluegill
Bluegill
Bluntnose minnow
Brook stickleback
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brown bullhead
Brown bullhead
Brown bullhead
Brown trout
Brown trout (fry)
Brown trout (fry)
Brown trout (yearling)
Brown trout (parr)
Carp
Chinook salmon (fry)
Chinook salmon (fry)
Chum salmon (fry)
Chum salmon (fry)
Coho salmon (fry)
Coho salmon (fry)
Common shiner
Common shiner
Creek chub
Creek chub
Creek chub
Emerald shiner
Emerald shiner
Emerald shiner
Fathead minnow
Fathead minnow
Fathead minnow
Gizzard shad
Gizzard shad
Acclimation
Temperature, C
_
—
-
10
20
15
20
30
25
25-26
5
10
15
20
25
15
20
30
26
5-6
20
—
-
20
15
20
15
20
15
20
15
30
10
15
25
10
15
25
10
20
30
25
30
Thermal Death-
Point, C
29.5-30.5
32.5-33.8
29.8
28.8
29.3
30.7
31.5
33.8
33.3
30.6
23.7
24.4
25
25.3
25.3
31.8
33.4
36.5
26
22.5
23
25.9
29
31-34
25
25.1
23.1
23.7
24.3
25
30.3
31.0
27.3
29.3
30.3
26.7
28.9
30.7
28.2
31.7
33.2
34.3
35.9
Occurrence
A-F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
A-F
A-F
A-F
A-F
A-F
F
F
F
A-F
F
F
A-F
A-F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
A-F
A-F
                                     45

-------
TABLE 7. (Continued)
Fish
Golden shiner
Golden shiner
Golden shiner
Goldfish
Goldfish
Goldfish
Guppy
Largemouth bass
Largemouth bass
Largemouth bass
Mosquito fish
Mosquito fish
Mosquito fish
Opaleye
Opaleye
Perch
Perch
Perch
Perch
Pink salmon (fry)
Pink salmon (fry)
Pink salmon (fry)
Pumpkinseed
Rainbow trout
Rainbow trout (Kamloops var)
Roach
Roach
Roach
Sockeye salmon (fry)
Sockeye salmon (fry)
Sockeye salmon (fry)
Tench
White sucker
Yellow Perch
Acclimation
Temperature, C
15
25
30
10
20
30
30
20
25
30
15
20
30
20
30
—
10
15
25
5
10
20
25-26
—
11
20
25
30
5
10
20
-
25
15
Thermal Death-
Point, C
30.5
33.2
34.7
30.8
34.8
38.6
34
32.5
34.5
36.4
35.4
37.3
37.3
31.4
31.4
23-25
25.0
27.7
29.7
21.3
22.5
23.9
34.5
28
24
29.5
30.5
31.5
22.9
23.4
24.8
29-30
29.3
27.7
Occurrence
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
A-F
A-F
A-F
P
P
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
A-F-P
P-F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
        46

-------
     When the temperature goes beyond the thermal  zone optimal for the  organism, evidence
indicates the general resistance to other adverse conditions is reduced. Hynes (1959) stated that
several workers have shown that a rise of 10 C may halve the survival time of test animals. It has
been  reported that an  increase  in temperature  caused an  increase in toxicity  in  fluorides
(Angelovic,  et al,  1961),  cyanide  (Cairns  and Scheier, 1963),  sodium  pentachlorophenate
(Crandall  and Goodnight, 1959), phenol (Brown, et  al, 1967), various pesticides (Mahdi, 1966,
and  Macek, et al,  1969), as well as a  possible reduction in resistance to disease (Cairns, 1955,
and  Turnbull, et al, 1954). It has also been reported that anesthesia with alcohol  was induced
more rapidly in fish when the temperature was increased. Though it may not appreciably affect
the toxic threshold, an increase in temperature may affect the length of time required for a given
concentration to  kill an organism. Hester (1959)  found that if 40 F tests  were continued beyond
3 days, the kill of fish by the end  of the twenty-first day was approximately the same as 70 F
tests  conducted for 3 days. When  all  tests were run  at  3  days,  however,  more rotenone  was
required to kill fish at 40 F than at 70 F.  Similar findings were reported by Lloyd (1965)  and
Cairns and Scheier (1957). The rate of uptake of chemicals by aquatic organisms increases with
an  increase in temperature  (Das and  Needham, 1961).  This  occurs  probably  because of the
increase in metabolic rate  which accompanies the increase in temperature.

     An interesting  example  of the effects of temperature on fish behavior was  reported  by
Loeb,  et al (1966). Brown bullheads (Ictalurus nebulosus) were killed  when exposed to  50 ppb
of 4-iodo-3-salicylanilide at temperatures of 5 C or  21 C. When bottom sediments  were added,
the bullheads would bury themselves in the sediment at 5 C and thus escape the toxic chemical.
At 21 C, however, the  fish would not bury themselves and were killed by  the chemical.

     Results  of field studies conducted to determine the effects  of increased  temperatures  on
aquatic life are usually recorded as  a reduction in numbers of individual  organisms,  reduction in
species  (with or without  reduction in numbers of individuals),  or  the presence  of  indicator
organisms (Geen  and Andres,  1961; Mann,  1965; Trembley, 1960; and Wurtz and Dolan, 1961).
Various types of organisms are useful  in these studies.  Trembley (1965) conducted a  five year
study of heated discharges in a Pennsylvania river and outlined  the  types of useful organisms  and
made some brief remarks about each group. The numbers of species of periphyton tended to be
reduced in high  temperatures but individual species  were often present in great numbers. Most
aquatic invertebrates tended  to increase during winter months and  undergo reduction in  the
summer. Insect larvae of the family Tendipedidae were the most tolerant  invertebrates in the
heated water  areas.  A rooted aquatic plant, Potomogeton, was found  growing well in  tempera-
tures ranging from  35 C to  37 C.  Certain species of blue-green algae, primarily Oscillatoria, were
found to  be  the  most heat-tolerant  and were observed growing well in temperatures up to 45 C.
During the summer, fish left the heated-water zone and were apparently attracted to the heated
water areas during the winter months.  Plankters drifted  with  the current and  because of  this
were not considered suitable organisms to work with in lotic environments.

     The Aquatic Life Advisory Committee (1956) in discussing water quality requirements for
freshwater fish concluded that "any  change in the temperature of  the aquatic habitat will affect
the animals and plants living in it, even though the change remains within their ranges of thermal
tolerance. Because  there is  a relationship between temperature and the solubility, dissociation
and stability of the substances dissolved or suspended in water,  a change in temperature  will have
an  indirect effect  upon  aquatic organisms, entirely  apart  from any  direct  effect,  through
alteration of the  physical  and chemical characteristics of their environment. Since body tempera-
ture of a  fish or  lower  aquatic organism  is very  close to  that  of the water,  a change in
temperature will  have direct effect by action upon the metabolic rate, growth, reproduction and
other vital processes. It should be pointed out further that, as  a consequence of the temperature
effect upon one species,  a change in temperature might alter the biotic environment of another

                                            47

-------
species, thereby affecting the latter  indirectly through an increase or decrease in food or shelter.
The  complexity of the problem is increased by the fact that the nature and magnitude of the
effects upon aquatic  organisms are  related, not only to the temperature itself, but  also to the
rate  at which it is  changed and to the duration  of the altered level".
                                            pH


     The most frequently used index of hydrogen ion activity is pH. The pH of natural waters
may range from extremes of 1.7, found in an African lake, to  12.0 recorded from some Japanese
lakes. Normally however, surface water pH is  between 6.0 and 9.0. Factors influencing pH in
unpolluted  bodies  of water are  currents,  which  serve to  keep  the  waters mixed; biological
processes such as photosynthesis and respiration; and the composition of the rocks and sediments
of  the  substrate (Jordan and Lloyd, 1964;  National Technical Advisory Committee,  1968; and
Reid, 1961). Hutchinson  (1957)  states  that  in practically  every case where the water is neither
very  acid  nor  very  alkaline,  it  may  be   assumed  that  the  pH  is regulated by the carbon
dioxide-bicarbonate-carbonate system.

     Determination of pH  is  not  a  measure of total acidity or alkalinity in  water.  Many
compounds may be in water in unionized portions of weakly ionizing acids such as phosphoric,
carbonic,  fatty  acids,  protein compounds, or as hydrolyzing  salts such as ferrous  or aluminum
sulfate.  The latter are referred  to as  acid buffers. When acidity is measured by titration using a
dye like methyl orange with an end-point at pH 4.5, the  value is termed  "free acidity". If the
titration is  carried  by alkali addition to  the end point of phenolphthalein at a pH of 8.3, the
value is called "total  acidity" and will include the weak acids,  acid salts, and with sufficient time
for reaction between alkali additions,  some acidity due to slowly hydrolyzable compounds.

     Alkalinity is usually imparted by the bicarbonate, carbonate, and hydroxide components of
a  natural or treated  water supply.  These ions are the so-called alkali buffers.  In determining
alkalinity, if the solution is  titrated to  the phenolphthalein  end point  of 8.3, the alkali fraction
measured  is that contributed by  the  hydroxide and half of the carbonate. Indicators responding
in the pH  range of 4-5 are used  to measure  the "total alkalinity" contributed by the hydroxide,
carbonate,  and bicarbonate.

     Alkaline  buffering capacity  of water in some limestone areas, for example,  may partially
neutralize  acidic components  of  an effluent.  Where  carbon  dioxide  content is high,  alkali
components of  a waste  effluent may be  partially neutralized.  Total acidity and  alkalinity are
features of water quality that  are often  overlooked in considering effluent release, and also in
conducting bioassay or field studies of chemical  toxicity.

     When pH is the  only factor considered, the toleration  limit of most  organisms  falls in the
range of 5.0 to 9.0  (Jones, 1964; Doudoroff  and Katz,  1950; and Hynes,  1966). Fry (1960)
concluded  that  the general  range for good  fish production was 6.7 to  8.6.  McKse and  Wolf
(1963)  state that of waters which support a good fish fauna, only 5 percent have a  pH of less
than  6.7 and only  5  percent have  a pH over  8.3.  The permissible  range for fish depends on
several  factors  including temperature,  age,  dissolved  oxygen, prior  acclimatization, and the
content of various anions and cations.

     The  exact  cause of death of fish in low or high pH waters is unclear though Tarzwell
(1957)  has stated that an unsuitable  pH may interfere with oxygen uptake. It has been reported
(Jones,  1964, and Aquatic Life Com.,  1955) that  fish are  killed in acid waters by precipitation
and  coagulation of  the mucous on the gills and  by coagulation of the gill membranes  themselves
                                             48

-------
     The pH of water may have considerable influence on the toxicity of certain chemicals. The
pH value will determine the degree of dissociation of weak acids and bases, some of which may
be  more toxic in molecular than ionic form (McKee and Wolf, 1963; Hynes,  1966; and Cairns
and Scheier, 1963). Highly dissociated inorganic  acids do not appear to be toxic at pH values
above 5.0 and highly dissociated inorganic alkalies do not appear to be toxic below 9.0 (Aquatic
life Com.,  1955).

     The effect  of pH on the toxicity of specific compounds has been reported. An increase in
toxicity brought about by a  decrease in pH was reported for pentachlorophenol  and  sodium
pentachlorophenate  (Goodnight,  1942,  and  Crandall and Goodnight,  1959),  nickel  cyanide
(McKee and Wolfe,  1963), and sodium sulfide (McKee  and Wolfe,  1963, and Tarzwell, 1957).
Within certain ranges, pH may have little or no effect on toxicity. Henderson, et al (1958, 1959)
reported no differences in toxicity  for several chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticides when the pH
was varied  from 7.4  to  8.2.  Loeb, et al (1965)  conducted  studies  on  ergot  derivatives on
surfacing behavior of fish, and found no  change in response when pH was changed from 6.3 to
7.2. Marking and Hogan (1967)  found little difference in  toxicity of Bayer 73 to fish in a pH
range between 6.4  to 8.0. At a higher pH (10.0)  and  a lower pH (5.0), the toxicity of this
compound was  reduced.  Mount (1966) in  a flow-through study showed  that zinc was always
more toxic at  a high  pH than  at a  low pH, and  further  that  water hardness was  also an
important factor.
                                     Dissolved Oxygen
     The  amount  of dissolved  oxygen  (DO)  present is one of the most significant chemical
parameters in the  study  of surface waters. The amount of oxygen that can be dissolved in water
at any one time is dependent upon (1)  water temperature,  (2) partial pressure of the oxygen in
the atmosphere in contact with the water, and (3) salinity.

     Photosynthesis in algae and higher aquatic plants is one source of DO in natural waters. The
rate of photosynthesis depends on many factors but the major one is light. The depth that light
penetrates the water (euphotic zone) is determined by turbidity, color, and the absorptive effect
of the water itself. Another  important source  of oxygen is the atmosphere. Factors which will
influence  the rate at which oxygen will  dissolve into the water from the atmosphere include (1)
wave action, or other surface  disturbances,  (2)  the  difference in  partial  pressure  between  the
atmosphere and the water,  and (3) the moisture content of the atmosphere.

     There may be  considerable diurnal  and seasonal fluctuations in DO  in a stream  or  lake
primarily  due to changes in water temperature and photosynthetic rates. Water temperatures vary
from one season to another and deep lake water may vary  considerably from the surface to the
bottom,  e.g.,  during  thermocline formation. Though photosynthesis  does not occur at night,
aquatic plant respiration continues and oxygen is utilized. The amount of oxygen that is used in
aerobic biochemical  action in the  decomposition of organic matter (BOD) also causes extreme
fluctuations in DO available for aquatic organisms.

     Oxygen requirements of fish  and other aquatic organisms vary  with the species and  are
affected  by age,  degree of  activity,  size, prior acclimatization,  and  health  of the  organism.
Environmental  factors influencing DO  requirements or interfering  with oxygen uptake  are
temperature,  pH,  carbon dioxide,  and dissolved solids. Temperature  appears  to  be the major
factor because as the temperature increases, the metabolic rate of cold-blooded animals increases
along with oxygen uptake. At  the same time, the solubility of  oxygen  in water  decreases as

                                            49

-------
temperature  increases.  This is discussed in excellent  detail with  a tabulation of  the  water
solubility of oxygen in Standard Methods (American Public Health Association, 1967).

     Jones (1964)  summarized  the work  of  various  investigators  (Table 8) who  conducted
laboratory studies on DO requirements of fish at various temperatures.  Jones pointed out that
these figures  were  somewhat  low  compared with observations  made  in  the field  at  similar
temperatures.  It  follows,  however,  that while fish may survive  short  periods of  stress  under
laboratory conditions,  this  does not  mean they will be  able  to  survive  indefinitely, feed,
reproduce, grow,  and compete with other organisms.

     Doudoroff and  Warren (1962) found  that  sublethal  adverse  effects of low  DO on  fish
included reduction in swimming speed  and loss of weight. The gross efficiency of food conver-
sion was not greatly reduced in  fish  maintained  on  an unrestricted diet until the DO level
dropped below 4 ppm. The reduction  in growth  rate was attributed  to  loss of appetite. It  was
also found that sac fry hatched from eggs in waters with a low DO content were small  and weak.

     A  low level of DO may in itself be a lethal factor for various aquatic organisms and may
also cause an  increased toxicity in a variety of chemicals. Several investigators have reported an
increase  in the toxicity of chemicals due to decreased DO including various petroleum products
(Tagatz,   1961),  unionized  ammonia  (Downing  and  Merkens,  1955),  potassium dichromate
(Cairns,  1965), potassium  cyanide (Downing, 1954; and Cairns, 1965) zinc, lead and copper salts
(Reiff, 1964), and various other inorganic salts (McKee and Wolf,  1963).
                               Suspended Solids and Turbidity
     Turbidity  may be defined as the degree of opaqueness produced  in  water by  suspended
particulate matter.  In  much of the literature, turbidity and suspended solids (or suspensoids) are
used as synonyms.  The particle size, shape, and refractive index have more influence  on turbidity
than weight composition  (American Public  Health Association, 1967). The  interplay of light on
the suspended material along  with the reflection from the sky or bottom are also responsible for
the apparent color of the water. This is distinguished from true  color  which is derived from
substances in solution or in the colloidal state.

     Turbidity  is measured in Jackson turbidity units  (JTU) which is  the distance  through  a
column of water at which the image of a standard flame from a candle is no longer visible. The
standard unit is that condition produced  by 1 ppm Fullers earth in distilled water. Turbidity has
a  profound  effect on natural  light penetration which can be determined by  the use of  a
photronic cell or a Secchi disk. The measure of natural  light  penetration,  however, is not a good
measure  of turbidity  because other factors affect light penetration including intensity, cloud
cover, water disturbance, and direction of the sunlight.

     Suspended  solids  that  occur  naturally in  water  bodies  include  plankton,  organic and
inorganic  detritus, and silt. These suspended solids are augmented  by a multitude of materials in
discharges  from  population centers, agricultural,  and industrial  sites.  McKee and Wolfe (1963)
note that  differentiation between suspended and  settieable solids are often not clear because the
terms are  sometimes confused in the literature. Until settled to the bottom,  all settieable solids
are suspended solids and the  rate  of settling is  dependent on quiescence, temperature, density,
flocculation, and otlier factors.
                                             50

-------
TABLE 8. MINIMUM OXYGEN VALUES AT VARIOUS TEMPERATURES AT
        WHICH FISH CAN EXIST UNDER LABORATORY CONDITIONS
                       (Jones, 1964)
Fish
Bleak
Blunt-nosed minnow
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brook trout
Brown bullhead
Brown trout
Brown trout
Brown trout
Brown trout
Brown trout
Brown trout
Brown trout
Carp
Carp (mirror)
Coho salmon
Coho salmon
Coho salmon
Dace
Eel
Goldfish
Goldfish
Goldfish
Perch
Rainbow trout
Rainbow trout
Rainbow trout
Rainbow trout
Roach
Salmon parr
Smallmouth bass
Steel-colored shiner
3-spined stickleback
Tench
Yellow perch
Yellow perch
Oxygen, ppm
0.68-1.44
2.25
2.0
2.2
2.5
1.52
2.4
2.5
1.35-2.35
0.3
1.13
1.16
2.13
2.8
1.28-1.6
1.64-2.48
2.9
1.1
0.59-2.5
1.3
1.4
2.0
0.57-1.1
1.0
0.5
0.6
0.7
1.1-1.3
2.4-3.7
2.5
0.83-1.42
1.05-2.06
0.67-0.69
2.0-2.2
0.63-0.98
2.25
0.25-0.50
0.35-0.52
2.25
0.37-0.88
Temperature, C
16
20-26
10
15
20
3.5
23
19-20
15.6
30
6.4
9.5-10
18
24
9.4
17.2
-
30
16
16
20
24
16
17
10
20
30
16
16
19-20
11.1
18.5
16
8
15-16
20-26
-
16
20-26
15.5
                           51

-------
     Cairns  (1967)  described  the  adverse effects of  suspended  solids on  aquatic  biota and
acknowledged that  the  effects would  vary with the species and  stage of development. A brief
summary of this discussion follows:

     (1)  Reduction of  light penetration - This may restrict the  growth of photosynthetic
         forms  and, as they are the  base of the food  web, this could have widespread
         effects on all other organisms.

     (2)  Mechanical or abrasive  action -  This is of particular importance to gill-breathing
         organisms, such  as  fish and mussels,  because  gill impairment not only effects
         respiration and excretion but may have other widespread metabolic effects.

     (3)  Blanketing action  or  sedimentation  -  This  has  a  deleterious effect on fish
         spawning  sites and in  fact  may  make large areas useless for  spawning. Benthic
         organisms which are a valuable food source for fish may  be eradicated.

     (4)  Availability as a  surface for growth of fungi  and bacteria - The presence of
         particulate matter may  enable the  environment  to support substantially increased
         populations of microorganisms.

     (5)  Adsorption and/or absorption of various  chemicals —  This may lead to  a buildup
         of toxic substances in a limited area with a possibility of sudden release.

     (6)  Reduction of  temperature   fluctuations  — Probably  of  little importance  since
         particulate concentration would have to be extremely high.

     Reduced light  penetration  will  greatly influence  productivity.  Little   plant  or benthic
productivity can be  expected when the turbidity exceeds 200 JTU (National  Technical Advisory
Committee,  1968).  Buck (Tarzwell, 1957)  reported the average volume  of net plankton in clear
ponds  was eight times greater than  from  turbid ponds.  Buck  also stated  (Fry,  1960)  that
virtually  no  light is transmitted beyond three inches when suspended solids reach 150 ppm. Most
predacious fish feed by sight and in turbid waters have difficulty  competing  with such bottom-
feeder  fish as carp, buffalo, and carpsuckers.

     Heavier  particles of suspended material  will settle out and may in  this way  reduce benthic
production.   Generally,  benthic  productivity  increases  with a  change from  fine  to  coarse
substrates. Only small amounts of sand and  silt shifting in and around  the gravel will eliminate
much of an area suitable  for aquatic insects and other benthic organisms (Aquatic Life Advisory
Committee,  1956).  Spawning sites for fish are greatly altered by  silting, and  fish eggs may not
receive enough oxygen  when covered  with fine sediments. A covering  of silt may also prevent
metabolites from being washed away (Trama  and Benoit, 1960).

     Reviewing  data from  other  investigations,  Tarzwell (1957)  stated  that  in  order  for
suspended solids to be  directly  harmful  to fish  the  material  must be present in very large
amounts. Herbert and Merkens (1961)  exposed  trout to suspensions of  kaolin and diatomaceous
earth at  concentrations  of 270 ppm, and substantial numbers of the fish died. Concentrations of
90-100 ppm  were  less harmful and concentrations of 30 ppm had no observable effect.  Wallen
(Aquatic  Life Advisory  Committee,  1956)  reported that  fish lived  for at  least short  periods
(approximately a week) in silt concentrations of  100,000 ppm.  The fish died  in a few hours
when exposed to concentrations of 175,000 to 225,000 ppm.
                                             52

-------
     MacLeod and Smith (1966) found that the rate of metabolism  and swimming  endurance
were  reduced in minnows  exposed  to  sublethal concentrations (100-800 ppm)  of  suspended
wood  fibers.  Herbert and  Richards (1963)  reported  reduced  growth in trout  kept  in  pulp
suspensions of 50 and 100 ppm for 40 weeks, but concluded that streams containing  concentra-
tions  of these  suspended solids as  high  as  200 ppm and  sometimes higher  may  support a
"reasonable" fish population.  They also stated that  a fishery is likely to be seriously harmed if
the average concentration is greater than 600 ppm.

     Herbert, et al (1961) reported a reduction in  numbers of trout  in a stream  polluted with
suspended solids (1000 ppm)  which was the only polluting material in the stream.  He attributed
trout reduction  to effects on  spawning sites,  reduction  in  available food organisms, and some
harmful effects directly to the fish.

     Smith, et al (1963, 1965, 1966) and Kramer and  Smith (1966) have  conducted  a series of
studies on the effects of suspended material from industrial sites.  They stated that fish  in streams
receiving woodfiber wastes may suffer deleterious effects from exposure to sublethal  concentra-
tions of suspended fibers. They further concluded  that the effects of suspended  fibers on  fish
mortality would  depend  on  the species of fish, type  of wood  fiber, processing  method, DO,
concentration, and to a lesser degree,  temperature.

     When high concentrations of suspended solids  are present,  death  of fish  may  be  due to
clogging  of the gills (Brown,   1957;  Thompson, 1963;  and McKee  and Wolfe,  1935).  Large
populations of planktonic organisms  such  as diatoms and protozoans  may produce irritation of
fish gills, a condition referred to as sestonosis (Fry, 1960).

     There is little information on the effect of turbidity on the toxicity  of chemicals. Though
the effects of the turbidity are not known, many investigators acknowledge its importance and it
is often measured in  both laboratory and  field  studies (see Appendices A and B). Wallen, et al
(1957) conducted toxicity studies on a variety of chemicals and carefully measured the turbidity
both before and after the tests. They  concluded their  paper by  stating  that  it  would  be
important  to determine if variations in  turbidity   would significantly affect  the toxicity  of
chemicals,  especially  those  that  react to  reduce  turbidity.  Schoenthal (1963) found  that
mortality in  trout exposed to  DDT was  reduced when turbidity and alkalinity  were increased.
This may have been due to adsorption of the DDT  by the sediment. Brungs and  Bailey (1966)
have shown that Endrin toxicity to fish is not greatly reduced unless a highly absorptive material
such as activated carbon is present.
                                       Other Factors
     Among other water quality  factors affecting  chemical toxicity  in the aquatic environment,
water hardness and CO2 content are probably the most important.

     Hardness of water is chiefly attributed  to calcium  and magnesium ions. Water containing
more than 40 ppm total hardness is generally considered hard water while less than this amount
indicates soft  water. Hardness in natural water can also  be correlated with dissolved solids, and
sometimes with alkalinity. Increased toxicity of the following  chemicals has been reported for
hard water: antimony  potassium  tartrate (Tarzwell and Henderson,  1960), Dipterex (Henderson
and  Pickering,  1968),  and Fermate (Pickering and Henderson,  1966).  Soft  water increased the
toxicity  of the following chemicals: Sarin (Pickering and  Henderson,   1959), copper  and zinc
(Sprague  and  Ramsay,   1965),  fifteen metal  compounds  (Tarzwell  and  Henderson,  1960),

                                             53

-------
 hexavalent chromium (Trama and Benoit, 1960), methyl methacrylate, styrene and vinyl acetate
 (Pickering and Henderson,  1966),  zinc  (Mount,  1966,  and Cairns and Scheier,  1958), Cumate
 (Pickering and Henderson, 1966), and copper sulfate (McKee and  Wolfe,  1963).  Water hardness
 had little or no  effect  on the toxicity of the  following chemicals: antimony  trioxide (Tarzwell
 and Henderson,  1960), ten  organic phosphorus compounds  (Henderson and Pickering, 1958,
 1959),   twelve   petrochemicals  (Pickering  and  Henderson,   1966),  eight  organic cyanides
 (Henderson,  et  al,  1961),   cyanide  (Cairns  and  Scheier,  1963), and ten  phosphorus  and
 chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides (Pickering and  Henderson, 1966).

     Dissolved  carbon  dioxide  is important in  the  aquatic  environment, especially to plants.
 Although a product of respiration,  the amount of CO2 in the body of many animals determines
 respiration  rate.   Its primary role  in photosynthesis  has long  been  known  along with its
 importance in  the carbon-dioxide-bicarbonate  system  that  determines  the pH of many  natural
 bodies of water.  Carbon dioxide can also affect the toxicity of chemicals  in water. At concentra-
 tions below 30 ppm, carbon  dioxide is generally  not toxic to fish. Above this level, it may be
 limiting  in various  ways, or lethal at high concentrations depending on the fish species involved.
 The effect of carbon dioxide  on aquatic organisms is closely associated with DO and is mediated
 largely by ambient water temperature. The significance of carbon  dioxide in aquatic environs is
 discussed fully by Brown, 1957; Doudoroff and Warren, 1962; Fry, 1960; Tarzwell,  1957; and in
 Water  Quality Criteria,  1968.  No information was found on carbon dioxide enhancement of the
 toxicity  of chemicals, but when  carbon  dioxide is present in amounts sufficient to alter pH, this
 is a distinct possibility.

     Natural  environmental  factors  that  may affect chemical toxicity  directly or indirectly by
 contributing to water quality changes are:

     (1)   Air temperature - contributes to water temperature

     (2)   Solar irradiation and  cloud  cover  — affects surface evaporation rate and  water
          temperature as well  as varying incident ultraviolet which may photooxidize chemi-
          cals in water

     (3)   Precipitation - diluting factor

     (4)   Wind speed and  direction - affects  atmospheric C>2 uptake of water by surface
          roiling and also causes varied rates of  mixing

     (5)   Solids and rock substrata  -  provide dissolved chemicals  that  primarily constitute
          the chemical make-up of water

     (6)   Plant and animal detritus  present in a body  of water and from drainage  areas  -
          provide  suspended and dissolved solids and nutrients.

     Another important part of the  environment that may affect chemical toxicity but not  one
created by nature, is the extremely  wide  diversity  of water pollutants added to natural waters by
man.  Synergistic  or antagonistic effects  can and do  occur in dilute chemical concentrations.
Mixed pollutants are discussed  briefly in the section Industrial Wastes.
                                             54

-------
                                        SECTION X

                                  INDUSTRIAL WASTES
     The problem of maintaining desirable water quality increases with advancing technological
development. One of the  most serious  water quality problems facing industry with respect to
effluent discharges is the effect of toxic wastes on  aquatic life. The many substances carried in
solution  and  suspension  determine whether water  will  be  suitable  for supporting  aquatic
organisms.  Chemical contents of some wastes may be  freely soluble or miscible in water, such as
acids, alkalies, organic  solvents, etc.; or  nonsoluble,  such as slurries from mining operations, soil
washings,  or wood pulp fibers. Adverse effects  may  be direct and immediate or they  may be
chronic and deleteriously  affect  the environment  only  gradually over a long period  of  time.
Mixed, the wastes may be synergistic or they may  reduce the damaging effects each would have
individually (Garrett, 1957; Keup, et  al,  1967; and Neel,  1963).

     Complex wastes such  as pulp mill effluents,  wastes  from oil refineries, and chemical plants
are neither constant in content nor in  concentration  and  this further  complicates  tests to
determine their toxicities. Not only will  a waste vary in toxicological and chemical characteristics
from day  to day, but also  within  any given day variations will occur due to process changes, raw
materials,  and end products. These wastes contain many known but often many unknown  toxic
substances (Clemens and  Clough, 1965;  Keup,  et  al,  1967; and National Technical Advisory
Committee, 1968).  Ellis in 1937 summarized the hazards of 30 common types of municipal and
industrial  effluents.  This list was  republished 30 years later by Keup, et al (1967) as shown in
Table 9.  No updating   of  this  data  summary or anything  similar to it was  found. For  these
reasons, less emphasis was  placed  in  the  present  study  on  acquiring mixed effluent  data.
However,  during  the course of literature  acquisition, considerable information on this subject
area was obtained. These are briefly abstracted in Table 10.  Although merely a  token  selection of
papers on this subject, the abstracts serve to show the wide diversity of problems associated with
industrial  waste effluents.

     For research to be effective, the scientist must know the materials he works with. McKee
and Wolfe (1963) in their summaries of  potential  chemical  pollutants discuss 39  chemicals as
originating from textile wastes, while another (Anon., 1966) listed 386 compounds.  This type of
situation probably exists for most other industries.  In all likelihood, even the latter listing is not
complete  since some process changes have undoubtedly  been  made since  1966. One of the first
orders  of  business should be the establishment of listing of effluent components from industrial
plants. These listings should be continually updated.
                                              55

-------
TABLE 9.  USUAL FISHERIES HAZARDS OF 30 COMMON TYPES OF MUNICIPAL AND INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENTS(a) (ELLIS,  1937.  FROM KFUP. ET AL.  UUV7)
Changes in Water Affecting Fish
Hydrogen-Ion Concentration Increase in
Types of Wastes
Decrease in
Dissolved Oxygen
Increase in
Acidity
Increase in Specific
Alkalinity Conductance
Increase in
Turbidity
Increase in
Ammonia
Bottom Pollution Specilic Toxic
Blanket Action on Fishes
Mineral Wastes, Little Bacterial Action
I-rosion silt
Limestone sawmills
Asbestos works
Mine flotation
Coal- and iron-mine drains
(.rude oil
Salt water from oil wells
None


Possible


None
None


Possible
Critical
None

None
Possible


None

Possible
None
Moderate



None
Critical
Critical



None


None






Critical None

Possible
Possible to critical
Possible Possible
Possible to critical Possible to critical
None
Organic, Bacterial Action
Municipal sewage
Dairy industries
Packing plants
Canning factories
Breweries and distilleries
Beet sugar, pulp wastes
Paper pulp
Sawdust

Coal -gas wastes
Spent lubricants
Metal refineries
Laundries and wool washings
Steffens house waste
Sulphite pulp
Strawbound waste
Chemical works (1)
Chemical works (2)
Tanneries
Hye works
Bittern liquors
Tin-plate and wire mills
Starch factories
Cloth sizing
Critical





Possible to critical


Possible

None
Moderate

Moderate to critical

None
Possible
Moderate
Possible
None
None to possible
Possible to critical

Possible
Critical
Moderate
Critical
None to moderate
Critical
Possible


Possible


None

Possible
None

Critical
Possible to critical
None to moderate
Critical


Possible to critical
Possible
None

Possible
None to moderate
None
Possible

Chemical
Possible
None
Possible
Moderate to critical
Critical
Moderate to critical
Critical

None
Possible to critical
None to moderate
None



Possible
Moderate




Possible

Processes
Moderate
Possible

Moderate
Critical
Moderate





Critical
Moderate

Possible
Possible
Moderate


Possible




None

Possible
Moderate


1
Possible
None
Possible
None

None to possible
Possible
Moderate
Critical
Moderate
Critical

Possible




Critical
None
Possible
Moderate to critical
None
Possible


None
Possible to critical
None


Possible

Possible to critical Possible to critical
Possible
Critical
Possible to critical

Possible to critical
Critical Possible


Critical Critical
Possible to critical
Possible to critical Critical
Possible Possible
Critical
Possible to critical

None

Critical
Possible
None Possible to critical
Possible to critical

Possible
(a)  Increases in both acidity and alkalinity are noted in some cases,  due to the fact that two or more kinds of effluents are mixed,
    in the stream after the effluent is added.
                                                                                                      with one predominating at times, and to changes which take place

-------
             TABLE 10.  GENERAL COMMENTS ON SELECTED INDUSTRIAL EFFLUENTS
   Type of Waste
                        Remarks
  Reference
General
   Industrial wastes
   Organic wastes
   Unspecified chemical
    waste
   Industrial wastes
   Organic wastes
   Industrial wastes
   Organic wastes from
    industrial sites

   Industrial wastes
   Industrial wastes
   Various polluting
    agents in rivers
A discussion of methods for studying toxicities of industrial wastes.


Bottom communities found in streams show characteristics reac-
 tions to pollution, i.e., grossly polluted streams contain tubificid
 and chironomids, etc. Various streams in New Zealand were
 surveyed.

A complex chemical waste containing such toxicants as fluorides,
 arsenic, copper, zinc, tin, lead, and S02 was shown to lower pH
 and cause fish kill at a loading of about 0.5% of the waste in sea-
 water at pH 5.5 and lower. Maximum toxicity occurred when
 superphosphate was being produced.

Fifty percent reduction in photosynthesis in kelp resulted from
 exposures to the following chemicals in four days:
      Inorganic
         Mercury                     0.05 ppm
         Copper                     0.1 ppm
         Nickel                      2.0 ppm
         Chromium                  5.0 ppm
         Chlorine                     5.10 ppm
         Zinc                         10.0 ppm
      Organic
         Sodium pentachlorophenate    0.3 ppm
         Zephiran chloride             1.0 ppm
         Sodium dodecyl sulfate        5-10 ppm
         Cresols                      5-10 ppm
         Phenol                       10.0 ppm
         Emulsified fuel oils            10-100 ppm

Evaluation was made of the various approaches to the problems of
 organic  pollution in tidal estuaries.

A summary of the ways in which industrial wastes may affect
 aquatic  life.

Stream had DO depletion for about a 45-mile stretch with heavy
 loss of fish and plankton organisms.

Methods  of studying industrial wastes are described.
An attempt is made to estimate future industrial discharges into
 the Eems Estuary, The Netherlands.

A summary of problems arising from suspended solids, toxic
 materials and nutrients from sewage pollution.
Heukelekian
 (1948)

Hirsch
 (1958)
Chanin and
 Dempster
 (1958)
Clendenning
 and North
 (1960)
Pyatt
 (1964)

Neel
 (1963)

George, et al
 (1966)

Jackson and
 B rungs
 (1966)

Eggink
 (1967)

Patrick
 (1968)
                                                  57

-------
                                        TABLE 10. (Continued)
   Type of Waste
                                                  Remarks
                                                                                     Reference
Petroleum
   Refinery wastes from:
    Fractionation area
    Cracking area
    Lube oil treating area
    Paraffin treating area
    Acid plant area
    Naphtha treating area
    Fluid catalyst unit
    Sulfuric acid alkylation
     unit
    Combination unit
    Distillate tank drawoff

   Oil field brine water
   Oil field brine water



   Oil field brine water


   Petroleum products:
    Gasoline
    Diesel fuel oil
    Bunker oil


   Refinery effluent
   Refinery effluent
    (hydrogen sulfide
    and phenolics)


   Petroleum oil
                    Effects on bluegill, 24-hr TLm, % vol were:                          Turnbull, et al
                         Nontoxic:                                                   (1954>
                            31.0
                         Nontoxic:
                            37.0
                             3.1
                            75.0
                             3.1
                             0.4
                            29.0
                            12.0


                    Average number of aquatic species found in a stream with varying      Clemens and
                     chloride concentrations was:                                       Finnell
                           4-13,000-20,000 ppm                                     (1957)
                           6 - 10,000-13,000 ppm
                           7-  8,000-10,000 ppm
                           8 -  4,000- 8,000 ppm
                          10-  1,000- 4,000 ppm
                          13-  1,000 ppm

                    The 24-hr TLm of fish at various concentrations of chlorides showed   Wood
                     a marked reduction in deaths as the concentration neared 7,000 ppm.  (1957)
                     One test at 7,000 ppm for 192 hr showed 90% survival.

                    Fundulus and Lagodon may survive  salinities up to 2.7%. Leistomus    Cole, et al
                     did well above 2.0%.                                              (1958)

                    Effects on American shad, 48-hr TL^ (mg/1), were:                   Tagatz
                            91                                                       (1961)
                           167
                         2417
                    Lethality increase was  accompanied  by low DO.

                    Based on 24-hr TLm, Lebistes reticulatus was most resistant fish of    Bunting and
                     several tested.                                                    Irwing
                                                                                     (1965)

                    No correlation between sulfide concentration and lethal dosage to      Clemens and
                     fish was found.  For phenolics, the  LDso for goldfish was 33.1%,      Clough
                     LX>50 for red shiners  was 18.8%, and LDso forDaphnia was          (1965)
                     19.0% lower than that for red shiners.

                    Pollution resulted from an underground storage tank leak. At the      McCauley
                     beginning, the concentration in the water was 221.3 ppm and         (1966)
                     after  one year, 1.4 ppm.  Toxic effect was pronounced on micro-
                     fauna in sediments.
Note:
Further references on this general subject area includes papers by Copeland and Dorris (1964), Douglas, et al
(1960, 1962, 1963), Gould and Irwm (1965), Johnson (1968), Smith (1968), Tubb and Dorris (1965), Ward
and Irwin (1961), and Zobell (1964).
                                                   58

-------
                                        TABLE 10. (Continued)
   Type of Waste
                        Remarks
Reference
Pulp and Paper
   Sulfite waste liquor


   Sulfite waste


   Kraft mill effluent



   Sulphate waste liquor



   Kraft mill effluent
   Paper mill effluent
    (chlorine)


   Paper mill effluent
   Sulphite waste liquor




   Kraft mill effluent



   Kraft mill effluent


   Paper mill effluent
   Sulfite waste
   Pulp mill waste
Decrease in feeding rate in oysters was observed.
Marked avoidance by juvenile chinook salmon was observed with
 little or no avoidance by juvenile coho salmon.

A 100% survival of young salmon was recorded in seawater with
 effluent concentration under 4.8% with adequate oxygen.


Reduced DO in river water to  1.0 mg per liter was recorded.
 Prawns  and Apocryptes lanceolatus died in 3 minutes or less
 when exposed to the waste liquor.

Live car bioassays showed wastes were lethal to game fish during
 periods of high water temperature.  In mid-July, pollution-
 sensitive bottom fauna decreased from 54 to 17%.

A 13-hr TLm of 32% concentration of the effluent was obtained
 for Salmo salar.
Silver salmon did not avoid sulfite liquor or kraft wastes in low
  enough concentrations to be "safe". Toxicity data are too
  numerous to summarize here.

In fluviarum experiments, avoidance reactions were exhibited
  by Phoxinus phoxinus, Leuciscus rutilus, L. idbarus, Perca
 fluviatilis, Coregonus nasus, Salmo salar, and Gasterosteus
  aculeatus.

A significant decrease in Sphaerotilus natans growth was accom-
  plished by the intermittent discharge of the waste using a five-
  or six-day holding period with a one- or two-day release.

Induced spawning in mussels Mytilus edulis andM califomianus
  was observed.

Maximum survival of walleye eggs above mill:
   On bottom 1.2%; off bottom 49.1%
Maximum survival of walleye eggs below mill:
   On bottom 1.2%; off bottom 3.5%.
The principal cause of mortality below the mill was Sphaerotilus
  natans.

Regeneration studies of bisected planaria indicated:
   At 550 ppm — no regeneration occurred
   At  50 ppm - regeneration was 75% of control.

Histological examination of three species of fish showed decrease
  in RNA, glycogen in liver, necrosis in kidney, and accelerated
  secretion of mucus in gills.  In bivalve livers, decrease in RNA
  and glycogen occurred, and nuclei disappeared in kidney cells.
Galtsoff, et al
 (1947)

Jones, et al
 (1956)

Alderdice
 and Brett
 (1957)

Chowdhury
 (1957)


Spindler and
 Whitney
 (1960)

Betts  and
 Wilson
 (1966)

Holland, et al
 (1960)


Hoeglund
 (1961)
McKeown
 (1962)


Breese, et al
 (1963)

Smith and
 Kramer
 (1963)
Eng. Science,
  Inc.
  (1964)

Fujiya
  (1965)
                                                    59

-------
                                        TABLE 10. (Continued)
   Type of Waste
                                                  Remarks
                                                                                            Reference
Pulp and Paper (Continued)
   Sulfite wastes
   Neutralized kraft
    process effluents:
     Brown stock screen-
       ing and deckering
     Recausticizing
     Bleach plant
       acid sewer
     Bleach plant
       caustic sewer
     Neutralized whole
       effluent
     Unneutralized whole
       effluent

   Neutralized kraft pulp
    bleach waste

   Kraft effluent
Sewage
   Sewage
   Sewage



   Sewage



   Sewage


   Sewage
   Sewage
It was not clearly demonstrated that sulfite waste in the area
 studied was the only cause of deaths of oysters, but it was con-
 cluded that the amounts were sufficient to cause stresses which
 may have long-term adverse effects.

Effects on guppies were:  96-hr TLm, % vol of effluent -
     51.3

     92.5
     29.5

     41.1

     52.5

      9.2
Reduced growth in sockeye and pink salmon alevins was found in
 concentration of 1/10 to 1/20 the average 96-hr TLm.

A 75% concentration was required to kill 100% of Salmo salar in
 less than lOhr.
This is a summary of the problems of toxic materials and nutrients
 from sewage pollution.

A 10% concentration caused reduction on photosynthetic capacity
 of kelp. A concentration of 1% gave no such indication.
Flagellates, protozoa, diatoms, and filamentous green algae showed
 highest sensitivity to pollution while rotifers, Sarcodina, and
 Volvocales were most tolerant.

A resume of sewage pollution of streams and beaches on Oahu.
Low surface productivity at point of discharge was observed.
 Increase in productivity downstream in about 6 hr was recorded
 with maximum values in about 10 hi.  This was followed by a
 decrease toward normal levels.
In samples of surface water from marine stations, the numbers of
 Escherichia coli depended primarily on the amount of sewage
 and direction of flow.  Results varied enormously.
Woelke
 (1965)
Howard and
 Walden
 (1965)
Servizi, et al
 (1966)

Betts, et al
 (1967)


Lackey
 (1958)

Clendenning
 and North
 (1960)

Farmer
 (1960)
Lam
 (1964)

Calif. State
 Water
 Quality
 Control
 Board
 (1965)

Bonde
 (1967)
                                                   60

-------
                                       TABLE 10. (Continued)
   Type of Waste
                       Remarks
 Reference
Suspended Solids
   Suspended mineral
    solids
   China-clay
    suspended waste


   Suspended solids
   Pulpwood fibers
   Suspended conifer
    groundwood


   Suspended
    groundwood
   Conifer ground-
    wood fiber

   Suspended wood
    fibers
   Paper fiber sludge


Miscellaneous
   Unspecified chem-
    ical waste
   Electroplating
    wastes
Concentrations of 90 to 810 ppm made trout more susceptible to
 other adverse factors in the environment.
Concentrations of 1000 ppm reduced abundance of brown trout
 in an otherwise unpolluted stream.  Suspensions of 60 ppm had
 no observable adverse effects.

Laboratory experiments did not indicate that suspensions of
 30 ppm kaolin and diatomaceous earth and suspensions of 50 ppm
 wood fiber and coal-washery wastes make well-grown trout more
 susceptible to disease.

Significant changes occurred in blood of fathead minnows exposed
 to wood fibers.  Increased hematocrit was highest for conifer
 groundwood, followed by aspen groundwood, kraft conifer, and
 sulfite conifer.

Survival of walleye fingerlings decreased when DO was reduced.
Rainbow and brown trout eggs survived in suspensions of 60,125,
 and 200 ppm conifer groundwood. Trout alevins survival rate
 decreased to a minimum of 0 in 250 ppm. The growth rate of
 survivors was reduced.

Fathead minnows which were held for 96 hr in 0 to 2000 ppm
 of aspen groundwood showed no effects to this exposure.  A
 similar series run in conifer groundwood showed increased
 mortality at 738 and 2000 ppm.

Reduced growth was recorded for walleye fingerlings held in con-
 centrations of 50 to  150 ppm.

Walleye eggs survived  at concentrations of 250 ppm.
Low DO, high CO2, and presence of dissolved sulfides in streams
 were recorded.
A complex chemical waste containing such toxicants as fluorides,
  arsenic, copper, zinc, tin, lead, and S02 was shown to lower pH
  and cause fish kill at a loading of about 0.5% of the waste in
  seawater  at pH 5.5 and lower. Maximum toxicity occurred
  when superphosphate was being produced.

A midgefly, Cricotopus bicinctus, survived and matured in con-
  centrations of chromium as great as 25 ppm, in copper at 2.2
  ppm, and in cyanides at 3.2 ppm.
Herbert and
 Merkens
 (1961)

Herbert, et al
 (1961)


Herbert and
 Richards
 (1963)


Smith, et al
 (1965)
Smith and
 Kramer
 (1965)

Smith and
 Kramer
 (1965)
Smith, et al
 (1966)

Kramer and
 Smith
 (1966)

Colby, et al
 (1967)


Chanin and
 Dempster
 (1958)
Surber
 (1959)
                                                  61

-------
                                        TABLE 10. (Continued)
   Type of Waste
                                                   Remarks
                                                                                             Reference
Miscellaneous (Continued)
   Spent still liquors from
    coal distillation

   Smelter wastes
   Acid mine drainage
   Alkaline water
   Lurgi process wastes
    (bituminous coal)
   Uranium mill wastes
   Coal washer wastes


   Uranium mine



   Landfill pollution


   Sulfuric acid water



   Photographic wastes
Indications are that the toxicity of spent still liquors from the dis-
 tillation of coal is mainly due to ammonia and monohydric phenols.

Near the smelter, the aquatic flora and productivity was greatly
 reduced. Leptodictyum riparium and Eleocharis acicularis v.
 submersa appeared to be the most tolerant organisms.

Twenty states have streams affected by acid mine drainage.
 Pennsylvania has 2,906 miles of streams polluted with acid mine
 drainage, Virginia has 1,150, and Kentucky has 590.  The remain-
 ing states have less than 300 each.

The pH of water passing through asbestos-cement pipeline was
 increased to 9.5 with no immediate lethal effect on salmonids.

Treatment of effluent reduced permanganate value to less than
 50 ppm and BOD to less than 25 ppm.  The residual organic
 matter had little direct toxic effect on fish.

The radioactive element in this study was radium; the nonradio-
 active materials included sulfates, nitrates, chlorides, manganese,
 iron, lead, arsenic, and various organics. These wastes were im-
 portant in limiting aquatic biota below uranium mills.  Changes
 in composition of the wastes and water flow make it difficult to
 calculate the radioactive and nonradioactive components of the
 mill wastes.

As long as the coal washer wastes were intermittent, there was
 little effect on biological productivity.

The  effluent did not appear to have  any adverse effect on plankton,
 periphyton, benthos, and fish species other than trout (reduced
 numbers).

Groundwater was polluted with CO2 from decomposing refuse
 in a landfill.

Considerable reduction in survival percentage was found in
 herring eggs and embryos at dilutions of 1:32,000.
Common chemicals found in these wastes are potassium ferri-
  cyanide, sodium ferricyanide, boron, chromium, and sodium
  thiosulfate. Release of this type of waste into streams and the
  Los Angeles sewage system is discussed.
Herbert
 (1962)

Gorham and
 Gordon
 (1963)

Kinney
 (1964)
Sprague
 (1964)

Cooke and
 Graham
 (1965)

Sigler, et al
 (1966)
Charles
 (1966)

Mitchum
 and Moore
 (1967)

Bishop, et al
 (1967)

Kinne and
 Rosenthal
 (1967)

Hennessey and
 Rosenberg
 (1968)
                                                    62

-------
                                       SECTION XI

                          EXTRACTED DATA - THE EFFECT OF
                             CHEMICALS ON AQUATIC BIOTA
     Extracted information from originally published data  are  divided in two sections, both
alphabetically arranged by chemical name. One section (Appendix A) concerns listing by chemi-
cal name, and the other a similar listing by commercial  designation (Appendix B). In all cases,
the chemical names and names (common or scientific) of organisms designated by the authors
were  used in this compilation.  None of the  nomenclature was  changed or corrected  in any
manner, e.g., when authors used the common  name  of a fish, this and this alone was used. The
abbreviations and other  designations are discussed later  in this  report section and described in
footnotes to  the  Appendices.  In  using  the  data compilations,  care  should be  exercised in
searching varied alternative names  for a given compound.

     Since many  papers  contained large  amounts of data, the most significant toxicity level was
chosen for inclusion in this compilation.  In most cases, data presented at 96-hr TLm (designated
T4: T = TLm or TLso, and 4 =  four days or  96 hours) were selected when available. With few
exceptions, the T value at 4 days was lower than the values for  1  or 2 days. The T4 value is
generally accepted as a realistic indication of toxic effect and the best one to use (lacking data
from  chronic studies) in estimating safe  levels  for effluent release. Tl or T2  data were usually
not included unless these were the only data given. A and C following these designations indicate
acute or chronic bioassays, respectively.  Since the data  are  presented  as  brief summaries, the
reader is  referred  to  the original report for additional information. When  ECso,  LC5Q,  and
LDSO*> were known or described  as being concerned  with lethal effects, these abbreviations were
judged to  be essentially the same as TLm or TLso and designated as  such (T) in the data
extracts for consistency. We  acknowledge that this is not standard practice, and that  there are
important differences in  these designations.

     The  conditions noted by the researchers  are designated by  lower case  letters.  When the
conditions were  controlled,  these letters were underlined.  In some cases, the authors  briefly
referred  to  previous papers  as   a  simple means for describing  experimental conditions. No
underlines  were  made   in  these  instances,  although  in  all likelihood  some conditions  were
controlled.

     Comments, in general, are brief, with the  expectation that interested readers would consult
the original article for further information.

     Since the chemical  nature of most industrial effluents is very  complex and seldom analyzed
or reported, there is little information on the effect of mixed effluents or mixtures of chemicals
in the data presented. For this reason, this document must be described merely as pertaining to
the effect of single  chemicals or simple mixtures of chemicals  on aquatic life.

     There was  no  attempt to extract  data from various reviews available,  since these  rarely
contained descriptive  information  concerning experimental conditions. Among others, the  reader
is referred to:
*EC5o= median effective concentration, LCso = median lethal concentration, and LDso = median lethal dosage.


                                             63

-------
    American Public Health Assoc. (1960)
    Anon.(1968)
    Aquatic Life Advisory Committee (1955,
      I960,  1967)
    Averett  and Brinck (1960)
    Beak (1958)
    Bick(1963)
    Breidenback,  et al (1967)
    Breidenback and Lichtenberg (1963)
    Brown (1961)
    Burdick (1965)
    Butcher (1959)
    Butler (1966)
    Buzzell, et  al (1968)
    Byrd (1960)
    Carter (1962)
    Cope (1963, 1965)
    Cope and Springer (1958)
    Cottam  (1961)
    Delaporte (1958)
    Dewey (1958)
    Doudoroff  (1951)
    Doudoroff  and Katz (1950,  1953)
    Faust and Aly (1964)
    Ferguson (1967)
    Ferguson, et al (1966)
    Fromm  (1965)
    Fruh, et al  (1966)
    Ganelin, et al (1964)
    George (1959)
    Graham (1960)
    Hawkes (1963)
    Henderson  and Tarzwell (1957)
    Hirsch (1958)
    Hoffman (1960)
    Holden  (1964, 1965)
    Hughes  and Davis (1967)
    Hunt (1965)
    Hynes(1966)
Ingram and Towne (1960)
Jackson (1966)
Johnson (1968)
Johnson, et al  (1967)
Jones(1964)
Kerswill, et al (1960)
Keup, et al (1966,  1967)
King (1968)
Langer (1964)
Lawrence (1962)
Lloyd (1964, 1965)
MacMullen(1968)
Mackenthum and Ingram (1962,  1964)
Malina(1964)
McKee and Wolfe (1963)
McFarland (1959)
Moore (1967)
National Technical Advisory Committee
 (1968)
Neel (1963)
Newsom (1967)
Nicholson (1959, 1967)
Nicholson, et al (1964)
Patrick (1968)
Powers (1918)
Reymonds (1962)
Rudolphs, et al (1950)
Ryckman, et al (1966)
Schoettger (1967)
Skidmore (1964)
Snow (1958)
Spiller (1961)
Sproul and  Ryckman (1963)
Surber and Taft (1965)
Tarzwell (1959, 1962)
Water Pollution Control Federation
 Research Committee (1958-1968)
Weaver, et al (1965)
Webb (1961)
Wilson (1968)
    Doudoroff  (1951)  states that certain references with literature summaries are particularly
helpful in providing pertinent information published before 1954  on water  pollutants toxic to
fish. These references are:

    Redeke,  H. C, "Report on the Pollution of Rivers  and Its Relation  to  Fisheries",
      Rapp. Conseil  Permanent Intern. Exploration Mer, 43, 1 (1927).

    Steinmann,  P.,  "Toxikologie der Fische",  Handbuch Binnenfischerei  Mitteleuropas
      (Germany), 6,  289 (1928).
                                          64

-------
    Heifer,  H.,   "Giftwirkungen  auf  Fishe;  ihre  Ermittelung  der  Versuche und  die
      Bewertung der Ergebnisse", Kleine Mitt. Mitglied. Ver Wasser-Boden-u. Lufthyg.,  12,
      32 (1936).

    Cole,  A.  E.,  "The Effects of Pollutional Wastes  on Fish Life", in a  Symposium on
      Hydrobiology, University of Wisconsin Press, Madison, Wisconsin, 241  (1941).

    Southgate, B. A., "Treatment and Disposal of Industrial Waste Water", Department of
      Scientific and Industrial Research,  London, England, 23 (1948).

    Harnisch, O., "Hydrophysiologie der Tiere", in "Die Binnengewasser", Vol. 19, Ed. A.
      Thienemann, Schweizerbart'sche, Erwin  Nagele, Stuttgart, Germany (1951).

    "Water  Quality  Criteria", California  Water Pollution Control  Board, Pub.  No. 3,
      Sacramento,  California (1952). (Also,  Addendum No.  1,  1954,  and Pub.  No. 3,
      1963).

    Not to demean past contributions  from  ecological investigators, but rather to  suggest how
the data they develop in the  future can be made more valuable for engineering application,  it
may be stated that problems of interpretation encountered in this review would be minimized or
eliminated  by the following:

    • Positive identity of chemicals under test

    • Precise description of test organisms

    • Use of standard test  methods,  where  applicable, or  full details of procedure if
       standard methods are not used

    • Closer definition and control of test conditions.

    Apparent differences in results among investigators of the same chemical on the same  fish
species may have  resulted from different  methods  of handling  specimens  prior to  and during
tests,  different stages in the life cycle of  specimens, variations in physical and chemical properties
of the water, excursions in time-temperature pattern of exposures to the chemical, and different
methods of evaluating effects.

    We  believe the manner in which this  report is compiled will serve the industrial community
and others as  well. Since  each  reader will undoubtedly have a specific applied situation for using
the data, there was no attempt to summarize in narrative form  the  data for each compound. The
compilation gives pertinent data for each chemical for which information was  found, tempered
by the comments on bioassay or field conditions, as well as providing a bibliography  of the more
recent information available in  the  literature through 1968.  Additionally, a  Species Index  is
presented  in  Appendix C  and  the chemical  nature  of commercial  chemicals is  given  when
available in Appendix D.

    In  handling large numbers of references, an occasional document may be overlooked  and
not included.  The  authors would  sincerely appreciate being informed by  the readers  of  such
omissions for the principal time period covered (1958-1968). An  updating effort of this report  is
now under consideration and will likely be  completed by early  1972.
                                              65

-------
                                        SECTION XII

                              SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
     Fish,  representing  one of the highest trophic levels in the aquatic environment, are the
 animals  of choice  in  studying the  toxicity  of chemical  effluents  in  natural  waters.  Their
 importance is further emphasized since  man may be the  next  highest trophic level where edible
 fish are  concerned.  Furthermore, considering fish as indicator organisms, their presence probably
 indicates that the water in which they survive is suitable for consumption or other uses by man,
 except in  some situations,  for example, where  a  cumulatively  toxic material is present in small
 amounts and the fish develop resistance to that  material.

     With  the  magnitude of pollution problems  today,  standard fish bioassay procedures (par-
 ticularly, flow-through) are adequate for the task at hand. This is especially true  for evaluation
 of  chemicals that are acutely or immediately toxic although these procedures can also be used in
 studying the chronic toxicity of chemicals at sublethal levels. These standard procedures must be
 employed  in  conjunction  with other  evaluations,  especially specific residue analyses,  when a
 chemical or ion causes  a drastic problem such  as a large-scale  fish kill. The chronic continuous
 flow exposure  of fish is preferable for determining more  precisely acceptable  concentrations for
 chemical release. TLm  data should be  a baseline for comparison of data  from either type of
 evaluation.  Adequate reporting of  data and experimental conditions, especially  water quality
 data, would greatly enhance the value of published information.

     For field investigation  of chemical  toxicity in  the aquatic environment, the in situ bioassay
 is  desirable. Exposure of native  fish or highly sensitive  fish from  other sources  would give a
 better  representation of the toxicity  of a  given  chemical in a given situation. This should be
 supplemented  with  chemical  analysis of the  effluent in question as well  as  a  recording of
 receiving water quality  data. In situ evaluation  of water from above and immediately  below an
 effluent  addition  could provide an  elegant proof of lack  of complicity  in a fish  kill by a
 manufacturer.

     With  the  present  situation  of gross pollution in many localities, study of fish  responses
other than lethality are of little direct utility  except in  cases where  a chemical has long-term,
sublethal effects, such as DDT and other chlorinated  hydrocarbons. All such procedures would
be  best employed in conjunction with standard  bioassays so that appropriate comparisons can be
made. These procedures include:

     (1) Observations of abnormal behavior
     (2) Autopsy and histology
     (3) Avoidance
     (4) Growth retardation
     (5) Radiotracers
     (6) Effects on various life stages
     (7) Spawning
     (8) Swimming or cruising speed and oxygen consumption
     (9) Blood studies
    (10) Glucose transport
    (11) Environment stress
    (12) Thermal acclimitization
    (13) Fish  taste
    (14) Conditioned avoidance response.

                                              66

-------
     ror a careful limnological  approach in bioassay studies,  several researchers have suggested
toxicity evaluations of aquatic organisms representing at  least three trophic levels of the food
web.  Fish  would, of course, be  one level.  Another  could be  bioassay  using D.  magna and  the
techniques described by Anderson (1944-1946, 1948,  1960). The third type of bioassay could be
with algae, using the technique of Palmer and Maloney (1955) or of Fitzgerald and Faust (1963).
BOD  determination by the standard method (American Public Health Association, 1967) could
be another bioassay procedure.  More rapid, alternative methods (e.g., STOD) are also available
for estimating BOD. BOD  data alone  can  provide  a  useful  index of toxicity or  of oxygen
depletion in receiving water.

     Marine  bioassay  utilizing  various  organisms primarily including fish, oyster,  clams,  and
shrimp in a flow-through type of system lags considerably  behind reports of freshwater bioassays
in the amounts of data reported. The  procedure is  practical  but  could be improved upon by
maintenance  of water temperature, DO,  and other water factors. The sensitivity of shell regrowth
in bioassay and  field studies of oyster  (Crassostrea Virginia), clam  (Mercenaria mercenaria), and
related  marine  mollusks  to low concentrations of pesticides  suggests  that  a bioassay  using  a
freshwater mollusc should be developed.

     Reports  on  field  studies of pollution problems include  some of the classic examples  of
disruption  of the  aquatic environment by polluting effluents and pesticide applications. Although
the results of such research are irrefutable in most instances, improvement is needed in recording
and  reporting correlative  data,  e.g.,  water quality,  weather,  and  other environmental  factors.
Collecting devices are generally adequate for their designed purposes if used by experienced field
scientists, but some mechanical  changes  could improve collection and ease of manipulation in  the
field.

     Evaluation in the  field in a given pollution situation can yield more realistic results than
evaluation  by laboratory bioassay.  Consider,  for example, change  in chemical  toxicity due  to
seasonal temperature change.  This is the reason in situ bioassay (using live cars or wire cages and
plastic pools  or raceways with  suitable bioassay species  in conjunction with  automatic water
quality  monitoring) appears to be the  method  of choice  for an individual industry to evaluate
the effect of its particular effluent(s) on a given waterway.

     The complex, highly interrelated factors in the  aquatic  environment may  have  profound
effect on the toxicity  of a chemical. Of these, the  most important are temperature, dissolved
oxygen, pH, turbidity (suspended solids), and water hardness. Their importance in aquatic studies
and their effect on chemical toxicity were discussed in some detail.

     In  addition  to  conclusions and  comments  made throughout this report,  the  following
remarks are made in direct response to the objectives outlined earlier in this report:

     (1)  Collect and summarize in standardized format the available information from the
         scientific literature. The extracted data presented in Appendices  A and B show
         that there is a considerable lack of adequate reporting of experimental conditions
         concerning the  effect of chemicals on aquatic life. The complexity of factors in
         both laboratory  and field  studies  in  aquatic biology is such that  control  or
         description  of  them  is most difficult.  The specific effects of  chemicals on
         individual species of aquatic biota are voluminously  shown in  Appendices A and
         B in a standardized format. A Species Index  (Appendix C) facilitates  assembling
         all  data  for  any  given species.  Procedural  details  and  environmental factors
         important in  the observation or  measurement of these  effects are discussed  in
         appropriate sections of this  report.  Except for standard fish bioassays (static,

                                              67

-------
     continuous flow, and chronic exposures) and BOD, the wide variety of procedures
     utilized for these studies were  not discussed  in  detail.  References are cited to
     allow the  individual reader to obtain these procedures when needed.

(2)  Review the existing information on  aquatic life as  it is applicable or related to the
     study of water pollution. The existing, more recent information on aquatic life as
     it is applicable or related  to the study of water pollution was reviewed. Discussion
     of test species, lack  of species variety identification, short-comings of procedural
     details in  reporting bioassay and field results, etc., is  presented in various report
     sections.

(3)  Review the methodology  used in studying the effects of chemicals on aquatic life.
     Similarly,  a review of the more important  aspects of aquatic life methodology is
     presented. Briefly, except for the standardized bioassays, experimental procedures
     vary almost directly and specifically  with the number of researchers reporting data
     in the literature.

We believe the  requirements described in  the objectives for this study were fulfilled.
                                        68

-------
                                       SECTION XIII

                                   RECOMMENDATIONS
    We recommend:

    (1) Establishment of a chemical pollution effect information-analysis center as a means of
continuously updating the  information summarized here. This report has shown the large volume
of information available  on the effects  of chemicals  on aquatic life. The amount of information
is unwieldy and  difficult to work with.  A  computerized information-analysis center would be
capable of quickly identifying all pertinent  data and would allow rapid preparation of reports
summarizing  data on  any chemical or group  of chemicals  in given situations  for various aquatic
biota. Establishment of a prototype information  center on analytical methodology related to the
aquatic environment  is now in progress at Battelle's Columbus Laboratories. Bioassay  data not
now published  but  held  by  individual  manufacturers could  be anonymously submitted for
inclusion  into  the  information pool. Only  data  obtained by a standard procedure or a  well-
described  one would  be  included at the discretion of EPA and center personnel. We believe the
data base  would be greatly expanded in this manner. The information content of this prototype
center  is  to  be continually updated  so that  it would always be current  as well  as immediately
responsive as required.

    As data are accumulated, the chances  for  predicting potential  problems by mathematical
modeling  and simulation of the effect of chemicals on aquatic life will be improved. This report
should provide a sound base for pursuing this approach.

     (2) Preparation of listings of chemical constituents present  in effluents by cooperative input
from the  chemical industry. Data inputs could be submitted anonymously. The listings should be
continuously updated and made easily available to anyone who requests updated copies.

     (3) Development of  a standard  pattern of laboratory evaluations, not  limited to  but
primarily  based on fish bioassay, for  estimating more  accurately the effect of chemicals  on
aquatic life.  Data from  such  evaluations could  then be used in mathematical modeling studies
which  would be  used  for  predicting  chemical toxicity under widely varied environmental
conditions.

     (4) Development of in situ field  bioassay procedures for  more realistic results than those
obtained from laboratory bioassays.

    We suggest that  researchers publishing in this field be encouraged to positively identify the
chemicals  evaluated; to precisely describe test organisms; to use  standard methods, if possible, or
to fully describe experimental procedures; and to more closely  define and control experimental
conditions. This improved  reporting  would  greatly enhance the utility of the  data, and allow
more  precise  development  of  multivariate analyses  and mathematical  modeling for  predictive
assessments of chemical pollution problems.
                                            69

-------
                                                 SECTION XIV

                                               BIBLIOGRAPHY
Abedi, Z.  H. and  D. E.  Turton.  (1968).  Note  on the
response  of zebra fish larvae to Folpet and Difolatan. J.
Assoc. Ohio Anal. Chem. 51(5): 1108-1109.

Abram, F.S.H. (1964). An application of harmonics to fish
toxicology. Intern. J. Air Water Pollut. 8: 325-338.

Abram, F.S.H. (1967). The definition and  measurement of
fish  toxicity thresholds.  In: Advances in  Water Pollution
Research,  Proc.  3rd  International  Conference  held in
Munich,  Germany, Sept.  1966. Vol. 1. Washington, D.C.,
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed., pp. 75-95.

Alabaster, J. S. (1956). The toxicity of certain weed killers
to trout.  Proc. 3rd Brit. Weed Contr. Conf. 2: 807-808.

Alabaster, J. S. (1967). The survival of salmon (Salmo salar
L.) and sea  trout (S. trutta L.) in fresh and saline water at
high temperatures. Water Res. 1(10): 717-730.

Alabaster, J. S. and F.S.H. Abram. (1965). Development
and  use  of  a direct method of evaluating  toxicity to fish.
In: Advances in Water Pollution Research, Proc. 2d Inter-
national  Conference  held in Tokyo, August 1964. Vol. 1.
N.Y., Pergamon Press, pp. 41-60.

Alabaster, J. S. and D. M. Herbert. (1954). Influence of
carbon dioxide on the toxicity of ammonia. Nature  174:
404.

Alabaster, J. S. and A. Swain. (1963). Heater  water  and
fish. Ann. Rept. Challenger Soc. 3(15): 20.

Alabaster, J. S. and  R.  L. Welcomme, (1962). Effect of
concentration of dissolved oxygen on  survival of trout and
loach in lethal temperatures. Nature 194: 107.

Alderdice,  D. F. (1963).  Some  effects of simultaneous
variation  in salinity, temperature and dissolved  oxygen on
the resistance of young coho salmon  to a toxic substance. J.
Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 20: 525-550.

Alderdice, D. F and  J. R. Brett. (1957).  Some effects of
Kraft mill effluent on young Pacific salmon. J. Fish. Res.
Bd. Can.  14: 783-795.

Alderdice, D. F and M. E. Worthington. (1959). Toxicity
of a DDT forest spray to young salmon. Can. Fish Cult. 24:
41-48.

Allison, D., B. J. Kallman, 0.  B. Cope, and C. V. Valin.
(1964). Some chronic effects of DDT on  cutthroat trout.
U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv. Res. Rept.  No. 64, 30 p.

American Public  Health  Association,  American Water
Works Association and Water Pollution Control Federation.
(1971).   Bioassays to  evaluate toxicity  to fish. To  be
published in:  Standard  methods  for  the  examination of
water and wastewater. 13th ed., 23 p.
American  Public  Health  Association,  American Water
Works Association, and  Water Pollution  Control Federa-
tion.  (1967).  Standard methods for the examination of
water  and wastewater; including bottom sediments and
sludges. 12th ed. N.Y., American Public Health Association,
Inc., 769 p.

American Public Health Association. Water Supply Com-
mittee. (1960). What we do and do not know about chemi-
cal pollutants  in  water.  Public  works 91(8): 194, 196,
198-200.

American  Society of  Civil  Engineers.  Committee on
Thermal  Pollution, Sanitary Engineering Division. (1967).
Bibliography on thermal pollution. J. San. Eng. Div.,Proc.
Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. 93(SA3): 85-113.

Ames, P. L. (1966). DDT residues in the eggs of the osprey
in the north-eastern United States and their relation to nest-
ing success. J. Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl.): 87-97.

Anderson, B. G. (1944). The toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial  wastes as determined by the
use of Daphnia magna. Sewage Works J. 16: 1156-1165.

Anderson, B. G. (1945). The toxicity of DDT to  daphnia.
Science 102: 539.

Anderson, B. G. (1946). The toxicity thresholds of various
sodium  salts  determined  by the use of Daphnia magm
Sewage Works J. 18: 82-87.

Anderson,  B.  G. (1948).  The apparent  thresholds of
toxicity to Daphnia magna  for chlorides of various metals
when added to  Lake  Erie water. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
78:96-113.

Anderson, B. G. (1960). The toxicity of organic insecticides
to Daphnia. In: C. M. Tarzwell (comp.), Biological Prob-
lems in Water Pollution, Trans.  1959 Seminar. Cincinnati,
Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center. Tech. Rept. W60-3,
pp. 94-95.

Anderson, J. B. (1962). Evaluation of streams by biological
studies. Proc.  16th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 46(2):
1-7.

Anderson, J. M. and  M. R. Peterson. (1969). DDT:  Sub-
lethal  effects  on  brook  trout  nervous system.  Science
4(3878):  440-441.

Angelovic, J. W., W. F.  Sigler, and J. M. Neuhold. (1961).
Temperature  and  fluorosis in  rainbow  trout. J. Watfl
Pollut. Contr. Fed. 33: 371-381.

Anon (1958).  Toxicity index  proposed. Chem  Eng. News
36(52): 26.

Anon (1964).  Toxicity test on disinfectants Water Waste
Treat. 10: 210.
                                                       70

-------
Anon (1966). The BOD  textile chemicals, updated list  -
1966. Amer. Dyestuff Kept. 55(18): 39-41.

Anon (1967). Aquatic  life water quality criteria. Environ.
Sci.Tech.  1(11): 888-897.

Anon (1967). New York WPCF conference. Water  Sewage
Works 114(12): 483-485.

Anon (1968). Waste problems of agriculture and forestry.
Environ. Sci. Tech. 2(7): 498-503.

Anon (1968). Exploiting  and polluting oceans. Nature 219:
840-842.

Anon (1968). Pollution show sparks a debate. Chem. Week
102: 60-61.

Anon (1968). The cost of clean water. Environ. Sci. Tech.
2(4): 257-266.

Applegate, V.  C., J.  H. Howell,  J. W.  Moffett,  B.G.H.
Johnson, and M. A. Smith. (1961). Use of 3-trifluormethyl-
4-nitophenol  as  a  selective  sea lamprey larvicide. Ann
Arbor, Mich., Great Lakes Fish. Comm., Tech. Kept. No. 1,
35 p.

Applegate, V. C., J. H. Howell,  and M. A. Smith.  (1958).
Use  of mononitrophenols containing halogens as selective
sea lamprey larvicides. Science 127: 336-337.

Applegate, V.  C.  and E. L. King. (1962).  Comparative
toxicity of 3-trifluormethyl-4-nitrophenol (TFM) to larval
lampreys and eleven species of fishes.  Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 91: 342-345.

Aquatic Life  Advisory Committee of the Ohio River Valley
Water Sanitation Commission. (1955). Aquatic life water
quality criteria; First progress report. Sewage Ind. Wastes
27:321-331.

Aquatic Life  Advisory Committee of the Ohio River Valley
Water Sanitation Commission. (1956). Aquatic life water
quality criteria; Second progress report. Sewage Ind. Wastes
28: 678-690.

Aquatic Life  Advisory Committee of the Ohio River Valley
Water Sanitation Commission. (1960). Aquatic life water
quality  criteria; Third progress  report.  J. Water  Pollut.
Contr. Fed. 32(1): 65-82.

Arnold, G.   E.  (1962).   Thermal  pollution  of  surface
supplies. J. Amer. Water Works Assoc. 54: 1332-1346.

Averett,  R.  C.  and  C. W.  Brinck.  (1960).   Macro-
invertebrates  of the Clark Fork River, Montana; a pollution
survey. Helena, Montana  State Bd. Health and Montana
State Fish and Game Dept., Water Pollut. Contr. No. 61-1,
27 p.

Bagenal, T.  B. (1963).  Propylene  phenoxetol as  a  fish
anaesthetic, Nature 197: 1222-1223.

Ball, I. R. (1966). Toxicity of dimethyl sulphoxide to the
goldfish, Carassius auratus. Nature 210(5036): 639-640.
Ball, I. R.  (1967).  The relative susceptibilities of some
species of freshwater fish to poisons. I. Ammonia. Water
Res. 1: 767-775.

Ball, I. R.  (1967).  The relative susceptibilities of some
species of freshwater fish to poisons. II. Zinc. Water Res. 1:
777-783.

Ball, I. R.  (1967). The  toxicity of cadmium to rainbow
trout  (Salmo  gairdnerii Richardson).  Water  Res.  1:
805-806.

Barnhart, R. A. (1958). Chemical factors affecting the sur-
vival of game fish in a Western Colorado reservoir. (Abstract
of thesis.) Colorado Cooperative Fish. Unit, Quart. Rept. 4:
25-27.

Bartsch, A. F. and W. M. Ingram. (1959). Stream life and
the pollution environment. Public Works 90(7): 104-110.

Bartsch, A.  F. and W. M. Ingram. (1966). Biological analysis
of  water  pollution  in North  America. Verh. Internat.
Verein. Limnol. 16: 786-800.

Batte, E. G. L. E. Swanson, and J. B. Murphy. (1951). New
molluscicides for the control of freshwater snails. Amer. J.
Vet. Res. 12(43):  158-160.

Beak, T. W. (1957). Industrial aqueous pollution problems.
Chem.  Can. 9: 38-40.

Beak, T. W. (1958). Toleration offish to toxic pollution. J.
Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 15: 559-572.

Beak, T. W. (1965). A biotic index of polluted streams and
its relationship to fisheries. In: Advances in Water Pollution
Research, Proc. 2d International Conference held in Tokyo,
August 1964. Vol. 1.  N.Y.,Pergamon Press, pp. 191-219.

Beauchamp, R.S.A. (1967). The effect of biological factors
on  the design  and  operation of power  stations.  In: M.
Brook  (ed.), Biology  and the Manufacturing  Industries,
Proceedings of a Symposium held at the Royal Geographi-
cal  Society,  London, 29-30  September 1966. London,
Academic Press, pp. 43-52.

Beck,  W.   M. (1957). The use  and  abuse  of indicator
organisms.  In:  C.  M. Tarzwell (ed. & comp.), Biological
problems in water  pollution,  Trans, of a Seminar on
Biological Problems in Water Pollution, April 23-27, 1956.
Cincinnati,  Ohio,  Robt.  A.  Taft San. Eng. Center, pp.
175-177.

Bedford, J. W., E. W. Roelofs, and M. J. Zabik. (1968). The
freshwater mussel as  a biological monitor of  pesticide con-
centrations  in  a  lotic environment,   Limnol.  Oceanogr.
13(1):  118-126.

Bennett, G. W. (1962). Management of artificial lakes and
ponds. N.Y., Reinhold Publ. Corp. 283 p.

Benville, P. E., C. E. Smith, and W. E. Shanks. (1968).
Some toxic effects of dimethyl  sulfoxide in salmon and
trout. Toxicol. Appl. Pharm.  12:  156-178.
                                                       71

-------
Belts, J.  L., T. W. Beak, and G. G. Wilson. (1967). A pro-
cedure for small-scale laboratory  bioassays. J. Water Pollut.
Contr. Fed. 39(1): 89-96.

Betts, J.  L. and G. G. Wilson. (1966). New methods for
reducing  the toxicity  of  Kraft  mill bleachery wastes  to
young salmon. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 23: 813.

Beyerle,  G.  B. and J. E. Williams. (1967). Attempted con-
trol of bluegill reproduction in lakes by the application of
copper sulfate crystals to  spawning nests. Prog. Fish-Cult.
29(3): 150-155.

Bhatla, M. N. and A. F. Gaudy. (1965). Role of protozoa in
the diphasic exertion  of  BOD.  J.  San. Eng.  Div., Proc.
Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. 91(SA3): 63-87.

Bick,  H.  (1963). A review of Central European methods for
the biological estimation  of water  pollution  levels. Bull.
World Health Organ. 29: 401-413.

Binns, N. A. (1967). Effects of rotenone treatment on the
fauna of the Green River, Wyoming. Wyoming Game Fish
Comm., Fish. Res. Bull. No. 1,  114 p.

Bishop, E. L. (1947). Effects of DDT mosquito larviciding
on wildlife.  Pt. III. The effects on the plankton population
of routine larviciding  with DDT. Public Health Repts.  62:
1263-1268.

Bishop, W.  D., R.  C.  Carter  and  H.  F.  Ludwig. (1967).
Water  pollution  hazards  from  refuse produced  carbon
dioxide.  In: Advances  in  Water  Pollution Research, Proc.
3rd International Conference  held  in Munich, Germany,
Sept.  1966. Vol. 1. Washington, D.C.,pp. 207-225.

Blackburn, R. D. and L. W. Weldon. (1965). The sensitivity
of duckweeds  (Lemnaceae)  and Azolla  to  Diquat and
Paraquat. Weeds  13: 147-149.

Blumenkrantz, B. L. (1956). The effects of Chloreton on
developing fish embryos.  Proc. Oklahoma Acad.  Sci.  35:
62-65.

Bohmont, B. L. (1967). Toxicity of herbicides to livestock,
fish,  honey bees, and wildlife.  Proc. West. Weed Contr.
Conf. 21: 25-27.

Bond, C. E., J. D. Fortune, and F. Young. (1965). Results
of preliminary bioassays with Kurosal SL and Dicamba.
Progr. Fish-Cult.  27: 49-51.

Bond, C. E., R. H. Lewis and J. L. Fryer. (1960). Toxicity
of various herbicidal materials  to fishes. In:  C. M. Tarzwell
(comp.),  Biological Problems  in Water Pollution, Trans.
1959  Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng.
Center. Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. 96-101.

Bonde, G. J. (1966). Bacteriological methods for estimation
of water pollution. Health Lab. Sci. 3(2): 124-128.

Bonde, G. J. (1967).  Heterotrophic bacteria in a  polluted
marine environment. In: Advance in Water Pollution, Proc.
3rd International Conference  held  in Munich, Germany,
Sept.  1966.  Vol. 3.  Washington, D.C., Water Pollut. Contr.
Fed..pp. 87-103.
Boni, P. (1965). Acute toxicity and elimination ot phenol
injected into fish  (Carassius  auratus  L.). Experientia 21:
222-223.

Bonn, E. W. and B. J. Follis. (1967). Effects of hydrogen
sulfide on channel catfish (Ictalurus punctatus): Proc. 20th
Ann.  Conf., Southeast Assoc.  Game  Fish Comm., pp.
424-432.

Bonn, E. W. and L. R. Holbert.  (1961).  Some effects of
rotenone products on  municipal water  supplies.  Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 90: 287-297.

Boschetti, M. M. and T. F. McLougnlin. (1957). Toxicity of
sodium arsenite to minnows. Sanitalk 4: 14-18.

Boudreaux,  J., K. Strawn and G.  Callas. (1959). Fire ants,
Heptachlor, & fish kill. Southwest. Natur. 3: 7-12.

Bower, B. T. (1965). Industrial water utilization. Ind. Water
Eng. 2(9): 10-15.

Boyd, C. E.  and D. E. Ferguson. (1964). Spectrum of cross-
resistance  to insecticides in the mosquito fish, Gambusia
affinis. Mosquito News 24: 19-21.

Boyd, C. E.  and D. E. Ferguson. (1964). Susceptibility and
resistance  of mosquito  fish to several insecticides. Econ.
Entomol.57: 430-431.

Boyd, C. E., S. B.  Vinson, and  E. E. Ferguson. (1963).
Possible DDT resistance in two species  of frogs. Copiea,No.
2: 426-429.

Breese, W. P.,  R.  E. Millimann and R. E. Dimic. (1963).
Stimulation  of spawning  in  the  mussels, Mytilus  edulis
Linnaeus and Mytilus californianus  Conrad, by Kraft mill
effluent. Biol. Bull. 125: 197-205.

Breidenbach, A. W.,  C. G. Gunnerson, F. K.Kawahara, J. J.
Lichtenberg, and R. S. Green. (1967). Chlorinated hydro-
carbon pesticides  in  major river basins,  1957-65.  Public
Health Repts. 82(2): 139-156.

Breidenbach, A. W. and J. J. Lichtenberg. (1963). DDT and
Dieldrin in rivers:  A  report of the National Water Quality
Network. Science 141: 899-901.

Brett, J. R. (1956). Some  principles in the thermal require-
ment of fishes. Quart. Rev. Biol. 31(2): 75-87.

Bridges, W.  R. (1958). Sodium cyanide as a fish poison.
U.S. Fish Wild. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept., Fish. No. 253,11 p.

Bridges, W.  R.  (1961). Disappearance of Endrin from fish
and  other materials  of a pond environment. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 90: 332-334.

Bridges,  W.  R. and 0.  B.  Cope.  (1965). The  relative
toxicities  of  similar formulations  of  pyrethrum  and
rotenone to fish and immature stoneflies. Pyrethrum Post
8: 3-5.

Bridges, W. R., B.  J. Kallman, and A.  K. Andrews. (1963).
Persistance of DDT and its  metabolites  in a farm pond.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92: 421-427.
                                                       72

-------
Brinkhurst,  R. O.  (1966).  Detection  and assessment of
water pollution using oligochaete worms. Part 1.  Water
Sewage Works 113: 398-401.

Brinkhurst,  R. O.  (1966).  Detection  and assessment of
water pollution using oligochaete worms. Part 2.  Water
Sewage Works 113: 438-441.

Britt, N. W. (1955).  New methods  of collecting bottom
fauna from shoals or rubble bottoms  of lakes and streams.
Ecology 36(3): 524-525.

Brown, A. C. (1964). Effect of hydrogen sulfide on Bullia
(Gastropoda). Nature 203: 205-206.

Brown, A.W.A. (1961). The effect of chemical control of
insects on wildlife conservation: evaluation of the present
in the light  of past experience. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Ont.
91:40-46.

Brown, M. E. (ed.) (1957). The physiology of fishes. Vol. I.
Metabolism. N.Y., Academic Press, 447 p.

Brown, M. E. (ed.) (1957). The physiology of fishes. Vol.
II. Behavior, Academic Press, 500 p.

Brown, V. M. (1968). The calculation of the acute toxicity
of mixtures  of poisons to rainbow trout. Water Research 2:
723-733.

Brown, V. M., V.  V. Mitrovic, and G.T.C. Stark. (1968).
Effects of chronic exposure to zinc on toxicity of a mixture
of detergent and zinc. Water Res. 2: 255-263.

Brown, V. M., D.H.M. Jordan,  and B. A. Tiller. (1967). The
effect of temperature on the  acute toxicity of phenol to
rainbow trout in hard water. Water Research 1: 587-594.

Brown, V. M., D. G. Shurben, and J. K. Fawell. (1967). The
acute toxicity of phenol  to rainbow trout  in saline waters.
Water Research 1: 683-685.

Brungs, W.  A.  and G.  W. Bailey.  (1966).  Influence of
suspended solids on the acute toxicity of Endrin to fathead
minnows. Proc. 21st Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 50(2):
4-12.

Brungs, W. A. and  D. I. Mount. (1967).  Lethal Endrin con-
centration in the blood of gizzard shad. J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 24: 429-432.

Bull, C. J. (1968). A bottom fauna samples for use in stony
streams. Prog. Fish-Cult. 30(2): 119-120.

Bunting,  D. W. and  W.  H. Irwin.  (1965).  The relative
resistances   of  seventeen species  of fish to  petroleum
refinery  effluents  and  a comparison  of some possible
methods  of ranking resistances. Proc.  17th Annu. Conf.,
Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 293-307.

Burden, E.H.W.J. (1956). A case of DDT poisoning in fish.
Nature 178:  546-547.

Burdick,  G. E. (1957). A graphical  method for deriving
threshold  values  of  toxicity  and  the equation  of the
toxicity curve. N.Y. Fish Game J. 4(1): 102-108.
Burdick, G. E. (1960). The use of bioassays by the Water
Pollution  Control  Agency.  In: C.  M. Tarzwell (comp.),
Biological  Problems  in  Water  Pollution,  Trans.  1959
Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center,
Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. 145-148.

Burdick, G. E. (1965). Some problems in the determination
of the cause of fish kills. In: Biological Problems in Water
Pollution. Third Seminar, 1962. U.S. Public  Health Serv.
Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp. 289-292.

Burdick, G. E. (1967). Use of bioassays in determining
levels of toxic  wastes harmful to aquatic organisms. In: A
symposium on water quality criteria to protect aquatic life.
Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc., Spec. Publ. No. 4, pp. 7-12.

Burdick, G. E., H.  J. Dean, and  E. J.  Harris. (1956).
Toxicity of emulsifiable  rotenone to yellow perch. N.Y.
Fish Game J. 3: 75-80.

Burdick, G. E., H.  J. Dean, and  E. J.  Harris. (1958).
Toxicity of cyanide to brown trout and smallmouth bass.
N.Y. Fish Game J.  5: 133-163.

Burdick, G. E., H.  J. Dean, and E. J. Harris. (1960). Effect
of Sevin upon the  aquatic environment. N.Y. Fish Game J.
7: 14-25.

Burdick, G. E., H. J. Dean, and  E. J.  Harris. (1964).
Toxicity of Aqualin to fingerling brown trout and bluegills.
N.Y. FishGameJ.il: 106-114.

Burdick, G. E., H.  J. Dean, E. J.  Harris,  J. Skea, and
D. Colby. (1965). Toxicity of Sevin (Carbaryl) to fingerling
brown trout. N.Y. Fish and Game J. 12: 127-146.

Burdick, G. E., E. J.  Harris, H.  J.  Dean, T.M. Walker,
J. Skea, and D. Colby. (1964). The accumulation of DDT in
lake trout  and the effect on reproduction. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 93:  127-136.

Burke, W.  D.  and D.  E. Ferguson. (1968).  A simplified
flow-through apparatus for maintaining fixed concentra-
tions of toxicants  in water. Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 97(4):
498-501.

Burlington, R. F. (1962). Quantitative biological assessment
of pollution. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 34(2):  179-183.

Burman, N. P. (1966). Recent advances in the bacteriologi-
cal  examination of water. In: C. H. Collins, (ed.), Progress
in Microbiological Techniques. N.Y., Plenum Press,  pp.
185-212.

Butcher, R. W. (1959). Biological assessment of river pollu-
tion. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 170: 159-165.

Butler,  P.  A.  (1965).  Effects of herbicides  on  estuarine
fauna. Proc. Southern Weed Conf. 18: 576-580.

Butler, P. A. (1965). Commercial fishery investigations. In:
Effects  of pesticides on  fish  and  wildlife, 1964 research
findings of the Fish and Wildlife  Service.  U.S. Fish Wildl.
Serv., Circ. 226, pp. 65-77.

Butler, P. A. (1966). Pesticides in the marine environment.
J. Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl.): 253-259.
                                                        73

-------
Butler, P. A. (1966). The problem of pesticides in estuaries.
In:  A symposium on Estuarine Fisheries. Amer. Fish. Soc.,
Spec. Publ. No. 3, pp. 110-115.

Butler, P. A. (1966). Fixation of DDT in estuaries. Trans.
31st N. Amer. Wildl. Conf., pp. 184-189.

Butler,  P. A. (1967).  Pesticide residues  in  estuarine
mollusks. In:  P. L. McCarty & R. Kennedy. Proceedings of
the National Symposium on Estuarine Pollution.  Stanford,
California,  Stanford University, Department of Civil Engi-
neering, pp. 107-121.

Butler, P. and R. F. Johnson. (1967). Report of the Bureau
of  Commercial   Fisheries  Biological  Laboratory,  Gulf
Breeze,  Florida;  Fiscal Year  1966. Washington, D.C., U.S.
Fish Wildl.  Serv., Bur. Comm. Fish. Circ. 160. iii, 15 pp.

Buzzell, J.  C., R.H.F. Young, and D. W. Ryckman. (1968).
Behavior of organic chemicals in the aquatic environment.
Part II.  Behavior  in dilute systems. Research report from
the Environmental  and Sanitary Engineering Laboratories
of .Washington University, St. Louis, Mo.,  for the Manu-
facturing Chemists  Association.  Washington, D.C., Manu-
facturing Chemists Association, 81 pp.

Byrd, I. B. (1960). What are the side effects of the im-
ported  fire ant  control programme?  In: C, M. Tarzwell
(comip.), Biological Problems in Water Pollution, Trans.
1959 Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio,  Robt. A. Taft  San. Eng.
Center. Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. 46-50.

Cade, T. J.,  C.  M.  White, and J. R. Haugh. (1968).
Peregrines and pesticides in Alaska. Condor 70(2): 170-178.

Cairns, J. (1955). The  effects of increased temperatures
upon aquatic organisms.  Proc.  10th  Ind.  Wastes  Conf.
Purdue Univ. 40(1): 346-354.

Cairns, J. (1956). Effects  of heat on fish. Ind. Wastes 1:
180-183.

Cairns, J. (1957). Environment and time in fish toxicity.
Ind. Wastes 2:  14.

Cairns, J. (1965). Biological concepts and industrial waste
disposal  problems.  Proc.  20th Ind. Waste  Conf. Purdue
Univ. 49(4): 49-59.

Cairns, J. (1965). Pollution's eternal triangle. ASB Bull.
12(2): 35-37.

Cairns, J. (1966). Don't be half-safe. The current revolution
in bioassay techniques. Proc.  21st Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue
Univ. 50(2): 559-567.

Cairns, J. (1967). The use  of quality  control techniques in
the management of aquatic ecosystems.  Water Resour. Bull.
3(4): 47-53.

Cairns, J. (1967). Suspended solids standards for the pro-
tection of aquatic organisms. 22nd Purdue Industrial Waste
Conference, May 24,1967,Purdue University, 21 pp.

Cairns,  J.  (1968).  The effects  of Dieldrin  on  diatoms.
Mosquito News 28(2): 177-179.

Cairns,  J. and J. J. Loos. (1966). Changes in guppy popula-
tions resulting from exposure to Dieldrin. Progr.  Fish-Cult.
28: 220-226.
Cairns, J., N. R. Foster, and J. J. Loos. (1967). Effects of
sublethal concentrations of Dieldrin on laboratory popula-
tions  of guppies, Poecilia  reticulata  Peters. Proc.  Acad.
Natur. Sci. Phila. 119: 75-91.

Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (Feb. 1955). Bioassay studies for
the Manufacturing Chemists'  Association; the relationship
of body size of the bluegill sunfish to the acute toxicity of
some  common chemicals. Philadelphia, Penn., Acad. Natur.
Sci. Phila., Dept. of Limnol., 49 pp. (Unpubl. rept.).

Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1957). The effects of tempera-
ture and hardness of water  upon the toxicity of zinc to the
common bluegill  (Lepomis  macrochirus  Raf.)  Notulae
Natur., No. 299,12pp.

Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1958). The effects of tempera-
ture and hardness of water  upon the toxicity of zinc to the
pond  snail, Physa heterostropha (Say). Notulae Natur., No.
308,11pp.

Cairns J. and A. Scheier. (1958). The effects of periodic
low oxygen upon the  toxicity  of various chemicals to
aquatic organisms. Proc.  12th  Ind. Waste  Conf.  Purdue
Univ.  42(3): 165-176.

Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1959). The effects of tempera-
ture and hardness of water  upon the toxicity of potassium
dichromate  to  the  common bluegill sunfish.  In:  Trans.
Northeast Wildl. Conf., 10th Ann. Meeting, Jan. 4, 5,6, and
7, 1958. Montreal, Quebec,  Canada, pp. 86-98.

Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1959). The relationship of blue-
gill sunfish body size to tolerance for some common
chemicals. Proc. 13th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 43(3):
243-252.

Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1962). The effects of tempera-
ture and water hardness upon the toxicity of  naphthenic
acids  to the common bluegill  sunfish, Lepomis macrochirus
Raf.,  and the pond snail,Physa heterostropha Say. Notulae
Natur., No. 353, 12pp.

Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1963). The acute and chronic
effects of standard sodium alkyl benzene sulfonate upon
the pumpkinseed sunfish, Lepomis gibbosus (Linn.) and the
bluegill sunfish L. macrocjoris Raf. Proc. 17th Ind. Waste
Conf. Purdue Univ. 47(2): 14-28.

Cairns,  J. and  A. Scheier. (1963). Environmental effects
upon  cyanide toxicity to fish. Notulae Natur., No. 361,11
pp.

Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1964). The effects of sublethal
levels in zinc and of  high temperature upon the toxicity of
a  detergent  to the  sunfish  Lepomis  gibbosus  (Linn.).
Notulae Natur., No. 367,3 pp.

Cairns,  J.  and A. Scheier. (1964). The effect upon the
pumpkinseed sunfish Lepomis gibbosus  (Linn.) of chronic
exposure to lethal and sublethal concentrations of Dieldrin.
Notulae Natur., No. 370,10 pp.

Cairns, J. and A. Scheier. (1966). The influence of exposure
to ABS detergent upon the blood chloride regulation of the
pumpkinseed. Progr.  Fish-Cult. 28: 128-132.
                                                       74

-------
Cairns, J. and  A. Scheier. (1968). A comparison of the
toxicity  of some common industrial waste components
tested individually and  combined. Progr. Fish-Cult. 30(1Y
3-8.

Cairns, J., A. Scheier, and N. E. Hess. (1964). The effects of
alkyl benzene sulfonate on aquatic organisms.  Ind. Water
Wastes 9(1): 22-28.

Cairns, J., A. Scheier, and J. J. Loos. (1965). A comparison
of the  sensitivity to certain chemicals of adult zebra danios,
Brachydanio rerio  (Hamilton-Buchanan) and  zebra  eggs
with that of adult  bluegill sunfish, Leponds macrochirus
Raf. Notulae Natur., No. 381, 9 pp.

California State Water Quality Control Board. (1964). An
investigation of the effects of discharged wastes on kelp.
Sacramento, Calif.,  State  Water  Quality  Control Board,
Publ. No. 26, 125 pp.

California State Water Quality Control Board. (1965). An
investigation on  the fate of organic and inorganic wastes
discharged into the marine environment and their effects on
biological  productivity.  Sacramento,  Calif., State Water
Quality Control Board, Publ. No. 29, 118  pp.

Carlson, C. A.  (1966).  Effects of three organophosphorus
insecticides on immature Hexagenia and Hydropsyche of
the Upper Mississippi River. Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc.  95:
1-5.

Carpenter, R. A. (1968). Federal policy and environmental
chemistry. Environ. Sci. Tech. 2(7): 518-523.

Carter,  L. (1962).  Bioassay of trade  wastes. Nature 196:
1304.

Carter, L. J. (1968). Water Pollution:  officials goaded into
raising quality standards. Science 160(3283): 49-51.

Casper, V.  L.  (1967). Galveston Bay pesticide  study —
water and oyster samples analyzed for  pesticide  residues
following mosquito control program. Pestic. Monit. J. 1(3):
13-15.

Chadwick, G. G. and U. Kiigemagi. (1968). Toxicity evalua-
tion of a technique  for introducing Dieldrin into water. J.
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 40(1): 76-82.

Chadwick,  H.  K.  (1960). Toxicity  of tricon  oil  spill
eradicator  to striped bass (Roccus saxatilis).  Calif.  Fish
Game 46(3): 371-372.

Chang, P. S. (1965). Effects of pollution on oysters and  fish
in Taiwan.  In:  Biological Problems  in  Water Pollution.
Third Seminar,  1962. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ.  No.
999-WP-25, pp. 368-369.

Chanin, G. and R. P. Dempster. (1958). A complex chemi-
cal waste and its toxicity to fish. Ind. Wastes 3: 155-158.

Charles,  J.  R.  (1966).  Effects of coal-washer wastes  on
biological productivity  in Martin's Fork of  the upper
Cumberland River. Kentucky Dept. Fish Wildl.  Resour.,
Fish. Bull. No. 27-B, 48 pp. (Kentucky Proj. F-18-R).
Chen, C. W. and R. E. Selleck. (1968). A kinetic model of
fish  toxicity threshold.  A paper  presented  at the 41st
Annual Conference of the Water Pollution Control Federa-
tion in Chicago, Sept. 22-27, 1968, 29 pp.

Chin, E.  and D. M. Allen. (1957). Toxicity of an insecticide
to two  species of shrimps, Penaeus aztecus  and Penaeus
setiferus. Texas J. Sci. 9: 270-278.

Chowdhury,  S.  H.  (1957).   An  investigation  of  the
Karnaphuli paper mill effluent and its detrimental effects of
fish and other aquatic life of the river. Agr. Pakistan 8:
138-153.

Claffey,  F. J. and J. E. Ruck. (1967).  The effect  of
rotenone on certain fish  food organisms. Proc. 20th Ann.
Conf., Southeast. Ass. Game Fish Comm., pp. 278-283.

Clarke, G.  L. (1947). Poisoning and recovery in barnacles
and mussels. Biol. Bull. 92: 73-91.

Clean Water  Restoration Act  of  1966.  (PL89-753),
approved 11/3/66.

Clemens, H. P., S. Bhinyoying, and N. Youngstead. (1966).
An evaluation of Dylox  medication on growth and  repro-
duction  of the goldfish  and guppy. Progr. Fish-Cult. 28:
159-161.

Clemens, H. P. and C. Clough. (1965). Check  effluent with
bioassay. Petrol. Refiner 35(6): 197-201.

Clemens, H. P. and J. C.  Finnell. (1957). Biological condi-
tions in a brine-polluted stream in Oklahoma. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 85: 18-27.

Clemens, H. P. and K. E. Sneed.  (1958). The chemical con-
trol of some diseases and parasites of channel catfish. Progr.
Fish-Cult. 20: 8-15.

Clemens, H. P. and K. E. Sneed. (1958). Effect of tempera-
ture and physiological condition on tolerance of channel
catfish to  pyridylmercuric acetate. Progr. Fish-Cult.  20:
147-152.

Clemens, H. P. and K. E. Sneed. (1959). Lethal  doses of
several commercial chemicals for fingerling channel catfish.
U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept.: Fish. No. 316,
10pp.

Clendenning, K. A. and  W. J. North. (1960). Effects of
wastes on  the giant kelp, Macrocystis  pyrifera. In:  E. A.
Pearson  (ed.), Proc. of the 1st International Conference on
Waste Disposal in the  Marine Environment. Univ. of Calif.,
Berkeley, July 22-25, 1959.  N.Y., Pergamon Press, pp.
82-91.

Cohen, J. M., L. J. Kamphake, A. E. Lemke, C. Henderson,
and R. L. Woodward.  (1961).  Effect  of  fish poisons  on
water supplies. Pt. 1. Removal of toxic materials.  J.  Amer.
Water Works Assoc. 52(12): 1551-1566.

Colby, P. J. and  L. L. Smith. (1967). Survival of walleye
eggs and fry on paper fiber sludge deposits in Rainy River,
Minnesota. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 96: 278-296.
                                                        75

-------
Cole,  B.  T.,  H. J. Bennett, and  J. D. Miller. (1958).
Tolerance of euryhaline fish  forms  to dilution of oil field
bleed water. Proc. La. Acad. Sci. 20:  13-23.

Cole, H., D. Barry, D.E.H. Frear, and A. Bradford. (1967).
DDT  levels in fish, streams, stream  sediments,  and soil
before and after DDT aerial  spray  application for fall
cankerworm  in Northern Pennsylvania. Bull.   Environ.
Contam. Toxicol.2: 127-146.

Colton, J.  B. (1959). A field observation of mortality of
marine fish larvae due to warming. Limnol. Oceanogr. 4:
219-222.

Colvin,  H.  J. and  A. T. Phillips.  (1968). Inhibition of
electron transport enzymes and cholinesterases by Endrin.
Bull. Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 3(2): 106-115.

Cook, S. F. and J. D. Corners. (1963). The short-term side
effects of  the  insecticidal treatment of Clear Lake, Lake
County,  California  in 1962. Ann.  Entomol.  Soc.  Amer.
56(6): 819-824.

Cooke, W. B. (1957).  Use and value of fungi as  biological
indicators of pollution. In: C. M. Tarzwell (ed. and comp.),
Biological problems in water  pollution. Trans, of  a Seminar
on  Biological Problems in Water Pollution,  April  23-27,
1956. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center, pp.
84-93.

Cooke, W. B. and A. F. Bartsch. (1959). Aquatic fungi in
water with high waste loads. Sewage  Ind. Wastes 31(11):
1316-1322.

Cooke, R.  and P. W. Graham. (1965). The biological purifi-
cation  of  the effluent  form a  lurgi  plant   gasifying
bituminous coals. Int. J. Air Water Pollut.  9(3): 97-112.

Cooke, W. B.,  H. J. Phaff, M. W. Miller, M.  Shifrine, and
E. P. Knapp. (1960). Yeasts in polluted water and sewage.
Mycologia  52: 210-230.

Cope, O.  B. (1960). The  retention of DDT by  trout and
whitefish.  In: C. M. Tarzwell (comp.), Biological Problems
in Water Pollution,  Trans. 1959 Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio,
Robt.  A. Taft San. Eng.  Center. Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp.
72-75.

Cope,  0. B. (1961). Effects of DDT spraying for  spruce
budworm on fish in the  Yellowstone  River system. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 90: 239-251.

Cope,  0.  B. (1961). Standards for  reporting fish toxicity
tests. Progr. Fish-Cult. 23: 187-189.

Cope,  0.  B.  (1963). Sport  fishery investigations. In:
Pesticide-wildlife studies, a review of Fish and Wildlife Ser-
vice investigations during 1961 and 1962. U.S. Fish Wildl.
Serv.,Circ. 167, pp. 26-42.

Cope,  0. B. (1965). Some responses  of freshwater  fish to
herbicides. Proc. Southern Weed Conf. 18: 439-445.

Cope, 0. B. (1965). Sport fishery investigation. In: Effects
of pesticides on fish and  wildlife, 1964 research findings of
the Fish and Wildlife  Service. U.S. Fish  Wildl. Serv., Circ.
226, pp. 51-63.
Cope,  O. B.  (1966). Contamination of the  freshwater
ecosystem by pesticides. J. Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl.): 33-44.

Cope,  0. B. and P. F. Springer.  (1958). Mass control of
insects: The effects offish and wildlife. Bull. Entomol. Soc.
Amer. 4(2):  52-56.

Copeland, B.  J.  and T.  C.  Dorris.  (1964). Community
metabolism  in ecosystems receiving oil refinery effluents.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 9: 431-447.

Copeland, J. B.  and J.  W.  Woods.  (1959).  Preliminary
results of  several  herbicides  on aquatic vegetation in
Florida.  Proc. 12th  Ann. Conf.  Southeast.  Assoc. Game
FishComm.,pp. 199-205.

Corbet,  P.  S.  (1958). Effects of Simulium  control  on
insectivorous fishes. Nature 181(4608): 570-571.

Corner, E.D.S. (1959). The  poisoning of Maria squinado
(Herbst)  by certain  compounds  of mercury. Biochem.
Pharmacol. 2: 121-132.

Corner, E.D.S.  and B. W. Sparrow. (1956). The modes of
action  of toxic agents. I.  Observations on the poisoning of
certain crustaceans by copper and mercury. J. Mar. Biol.
Assoc. U.K. 35: 531-548.

Costa,  H. H. (1965). Responses of freshwater animals to
sodium cyanide solutions. I. Fish. Ceylon J. Sci. (Biol. Sci.)
5(2): 41-87.

Costa,  H. H. (1965). Responses of freshwater animals to
sodium cyanide solutions. II. Gammarus pulex. Ceylon J.
Sci. (Biol. Sci.) 5(2): 88-96.

Costa,  H. H. (1965). Responses of freshwater animals to
sodium   cyanide   solutions.  III.  Tadpoles  of  Rana
temporaria.  Ceylon J. Sci. (Biol. Sci.) 5(2): 97-104.

Cottam,  C.  (1961). Pesticides,  chemicals and water pollu-
tion. Public  Works 92: 206-209.

Cottam,  C.  and E. Higgins. (1946). DDT and its effect on
fish and wildlife. J. Econ. Entomol. 39: 44-52.

Coutant,  C. C. (1964). Insecticide Sevin: Effect of aerial
spraying on drift of stream insects. Science 146: 420-421.

Cowell, B. C. (1965). The effects of sodium arsenite and
Silvex  on the plankton populations in farm ponds. Trans.
Amer.  Fish. Soc. 94: 371-377.

Crance,  J.  H.  (1963). The  effects of copper sulfate on
Microcystis  on zooplankton in ponds. Progr. Fish-Cult. 25:
198-202.

Crandall, C. A. and C. J. Goodnight. (1959). The effect of
various factors  on the  toxicity  of  sodium  pentachloro-
phenate to fish. Limnol. Oceanogr. 4: 53-56.

Crandall, C. A. and  C.  J. Goodnight. (1962). Effects of
sublethal concentrations  of several toxicants on growth of
the common guppy, Lebistes reticulatus. Limnol. Oceanogr.
7: 233-239.
                                                        76

-------
Crosby, D.  G. and R. K. Tucker. (1966). Toxicity of
aquatic herbicides to Daphnia magna. Science 54: 289-291.

Curry, L. L. (1965). A survey  of  environmental require-
ments for the midge (Diptera: Tendipedidae). In: Biological
Problems  in Water  Pollution.  Third Seminar,  1962. U.S.
Public Health Serv. Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp. 127-141.

Curtis, E.J.C. (1969). Sewage fungus: Its nature and effects.
Water Res. 3(5): 289-311.

Gushing,  C.  E.  and  J.   R.  Olive.  (1957).  Effects of
Toxaphene  and rotenone  upon the macroscopic  bottom
fauna  of two Northern Colorado reservoirs. Trans. Amer.
Fish.  Soc. 86:294-301.

Daiber, F. C. (1952). The food and  feeding relationships of
the freshwater drum, Aplodinotus grunniens Rafmesque in
western Lake Erie. Ohio J. Sci. 52: 35-46.

Darsie, R. F. and F. E. Corriden. (1959). The  toxicity of
Malathion to kill fish (Cyprinodontidae) in Delaware. J.
Econ. Entomol. 52(4):  696-700.

Das,  M. and P. H. Needham. (1961).  Effect of time and
temperature on toxicity of insecticides to insects. I. Tests
on DDT  on larvae of Aedes aegypti L.  Ann.  Appl. Biol.
49(1): 32-38.

Daugherty, F. M. and J. T. Garrett. (1951). Toxicity levels
of hydrocyanic acid and some industrial by-products. Texas
J. Sci. 3: 391-396.

Davis, A.  N., J. B. Gahan, J. A. Fluno, and D. W. Anthony.
(1957). Larvicide tests against  blackflies in slow-moving
streams. Mosquito News 17: 261-265.

Davis, J. T. and W. S. Hardcastle. (1959). Biological assay
of herbicides for fish toxicity. Weeds 7:  397-404.

Davis, J. T.  and J. S. Hughes. (1963). Further observations
on the toxicity of commercial herbicides to bluegill sunfish.
Proc. Southern Weed Conf. 16: 337-340.

Davis, R.  C. (1954). Gambusia-industnal effluent monitors.
Water Sewage Works 111: 259-261.

Dawood, I.  K. and  B. C. Dazo. (1966). Field tests on two
new molluscicides (Molucid and  WL 8008) in the Egypt-49
project area. Bull. World Health Org. 35: 913-920.

de Calventi, I. B. (1965). Copper  poisoning in the snail
Helix pomatia  and its  effect  on mucous secretion. Ann.
N.Y. Acad. Sci. 118(24): 1015-1020.

Degani, J. G. (1943). Studies of the toxicity of ammunition
plant wastes to fishes. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 73: 45-51.

Delaporte, A. V.  (1958). Pollution  of waters by industrial
wastes. Can. J. Public Health 49:  154-156.

Dewey, J. E. (1958). Utility of bioassay in the  determina-
tion of pesticide residues. J. Agr. Food Chem. 6: 274-281.

Dimond, J. B. (1968).  Persistence of DDT in crayfish in a
natural environment. Ecology 49(4): 759-762.
Dimond, J. B. (1967). Pesticides and stream insects. Maine
Forest  Serv.   [and  The  Conservation  Foundation
(Washington, D.C.)] Bull. No. 23,21 pp.

Dobbins, W. E. (1964). BOD and oxygen relationships in
streams.  J.  San.  Eng.  Div., Proc. Amer.  Soc.  Civil Eng.
90(SA3): 53-78.

Domogalla, B. (1935).  Eleven years of chemical treatment
for Madison Lakes:—Its effect on fish and fish foods. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 65: 115-121.

Doudoroff, P. (1951). Biological observations and toxicity
bioassays in the control of industrial waste disposal. Proc.
6th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 35(6): 88-104.

Doudoroff, P. (1956). Some experiments on the toxicity of
complex cyanides to  fish. Sewage  Ind.  Wastes 28(8):
1020-1040.

Doudoroff,  P.,  B.  G.  Anderson,  G. E.  Burdick,  P. S.
Galtsoff, W. B. Hart, R. Patrick, E. R. Strong, E. W. Surber,
and W. M.  Van  Horn.  (1951).  Bioassay  methods for the
evaluation of  acute toxicity  of industrial wastes to fish.
Sewage Ind. Wastes 23:  1380-1397.

Doudoroff, P. and M. Katz. (1950). Critical review of litera-
ture on the toxicity of industrial wastes and their com-
ponents  to  fish. I.  Alkalies,  acids  and inorganic  gases.
Sewage Ind. Wastes 22(11): 1432-1458.

Doudoroff, P. and M. Katz. (1953). Critical review of litera-
ture on the toxicity of industrial wastes and their com-
ponents to fish. II. The metals, as salts. Sewage Ind. Wastes
25(7): 802-839.

Doudoroff,  P., G. Leduc, and C. R.  Schneider.  (1966).
Acute  toxicity to fish of solutions  containing complex
metal cyanides, in relation to concentrations of molecular
hydrocyanic acid. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95: 6-22.

Doudoroff, P. and C. E. Warren. (1962). Dissolved oxygen
requirements of fishes.  In: Biological  Problems in  Water
Pollution. Third Seminar, 1962. U.S. Public Health Serv.
Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp. 145-156.

Douglas, N.  H. (1960). A  study of the comparative use of
different species of  fish in  the  toxicity  bioassay  of
petroleum refinery effluent. Proc. 14th Ann. Conf. South-
east. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 215-222.

Douglas, N. H. and W. H. Irwin. (1962). Relative resistance
of fish  species to petroleum refinery. Part I. Ind.  Water
Wastes 7(6): 171-175.

Douglas, N. H. and  W. H. Irwin. (1962) Evaluation  and
relative  resistance of sixteen species of fish as test animals
in toxicity bioassays of petroleum refinery effluents. Proc.
17th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 47(2): 57-76.

Douglas, N. H. and W. H. Irwin. (1963). Relative resistance
of fish  to petroleum refinery wastes.  Part II. Ind. Water
Wastes 8: 23-27.

Douglas, N. H. and W. H. Irwin. (1963). Relative resistance
of fish to petroleum refinery wastes. Part III. Ind  Water
Wastes 8: 22-25.
                                                        77

-------
Dowden, B. F.  (1962). Toxicity of commercial waste-oil
emulsifiers  to Daphnia magna.  J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
34(10): 1010-1014.

Dowden, B.  F.  and  H.  J. Bennett. (1965). Toxicity of
selected  chemicals  to certain animals. J. Water  Pollut.
Contr. Fed. 37(9):  1308-1316.

Downing, K. M.  (1954). The influence of dissolved oxygen
concentration on the toxicity of potassium cyanide to rain-
bow trout. J. Exp. Biol. 31: 161-164.

Downing, K.  M. and J. C. Merkens. (1955). The influence
of dissolved-oxygen concentration on the toxicity of un-
ionized  ammonia  to  rainbow  trout  (Salmo gairdnerii
Richardson). Ann. Appl. Biol. 43(2): 243-246.

Duffy, J. R.  and D. O'Connell. (1968). DDT residues and
metabolites in Canadian Atlantic Coast fish.  J. Fish. Res.
Bd. Can. 25(1): 189-195.

Dugal, L. C. (1968). Pesticide residue in freshwater fish oils
and meals. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 25(1): 169-172.

Dugan, P.  R. (1967). Influence of chronic  exposure to
anionic detergents on toxicity of pesticides to goldfish. J.
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 39(1): 63-71.

Dupree,  H. K.  (1960).  The  arsenic  content of water,
plankton, soil and  fish  from  ponds treated  with sodium
arsenite for weed control. Proc. 14th Ann. Conf., South-
east. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 132-136.

Edwards, R. W., H. Egan, M.  A. Learner,  and P. J. Maris.
(1964). The control of chironomid larvae in ponds, using
the TDE (ODD). J. Appl. Ecol .1:97-117.

Eggink, H. J.  (1967). Predicted effects of future discharges
of industrial wastes into the  Eems estuary. In: Advances in
Water  Pollution  Research, Proc.  3rd International Confer-
ence  held  in  Munich,  Germany,  Sept.  1966. Vol.  3.
Washington, D.C., Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. pp. 1-27.

Eggler, W.  A. (1953). The use of 2,4-D in the control of
water hyacinth and alligator weed in the Mississippi Delta,
with certain ecological implications. Ecology 34: 409-414.

Eide, P. M.,  C. C. Deonier, and R. W.  Burrell. (1945).
Toxicity of DDT to certain forms of aquatic life. J. Econ.
Entomol. 38:  492-493.

Eipper, A.  W. (1959). Effects of five herbicides on  farm
pond plants and fish. N.Y. Fish Game J. 6(1): 46-56.

Eisler,  R. (1967).  Acute toxicity of zinc  to  the killifish,
Fundulus heteroclitus. Chesapeake Sci. 8: 262-264.

Eisler,  R. and M. P. Weinstein. (1967). Changes in metal
composition of the Quahaug clam, Mercewria mercenaria,
after  exposure  to insecticides.  Chesapeake  Sci.  8(4):
253-258.

Elson,  P. F. (1967). Effects on  wild young salmon of spray-
ing DDT over New Brunswick forests. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
24:  731-767.
Elson, P. F. and C. J. Kerswill. (1967). Impact on salmon of
spraying insecticide  over forests.  In:  Advances in Water
Pollution Research, Proc. 3rd International Conference held
in Munich, Germany, Sept. 1966. Vol. 1. Washington, D.C.,
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. pp. 55-74.

Elvins, B. J. (1962).  Investigation of the animal population
in polluted streams. J. Proc. Inst. Sewage Purif. London. 6:
569.

Enderson, J. H.  and D. D.  Berge.  (1968).  Chlorinated
hydrocarbon residue in  peregrines and their  prey species
from Northern Canada. Condor 70(2): 149-153.

Engdahl, R. B. and  F. C. Croxton. (1962).  Pollution-a
problem in economics.  Pulp Pap. Mag. Can. 63(12): 75-78.

Engineering-Science,   Inc.   (1964).  Toxicant-induced
behavioural  and  histological  pathology.  A  quantitative
study of sublethal toxication in the aquatic environment.
Final   Report,  Project  Year  1962-63.  Arcadia,  Calif.,
Engineering-Science, Inc. 128 pp.

Ettinger, M. B. and D. I. Mount. (1967). A wild fish should
be safe to eat. Environ. Sci. Tech. 1(3): 203-205.

Everhart,  W. H.  and W. W.  Hassler. (1945). Aquarium
studies  on the  toxicity  of DDT  to  brown trout, Salmo
trutta. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 75: 59-64.

Fairchild, E. J. (1955). Low dissolved oxygen: Effect upon
the toxicity of  certain  inorganic  salts  to  the  aquatic
invertebrate Daphnia magna.  In:  Proc.  4th  Ann. Water
Symp.,  Mar. 22-23, 1955. Baton Rouge, La. Eng.  Exp.
Station, Bull. No.  51, pp. 95-102.

Farmer, J. A. (1960). The effects of industrial and domestic
pollution  of the Black Warrior River on the net-plankton
population. J. Ala. Acad. Sci. 31(6): 447-458.

Faust,  S.  D. and 0. M. Aly.  (1964). Water pollution by
organic  pesticides. J. Amer. Water. Works  Assoc. 56(3):
267-279.

Fay,  L.  D. and W.   G. Youatt.  (1967).  Residues of
chlorinated  hydrocarbon  insecticides in  loons, grebes, a
gull, and a sample of ale wives from Lake Michigan. Mich.
Dept. Conserv., Res. Develop. Rept. No. 109, 7 pp.

Federal Water Pollution Control Act (PL84-660), approved
7/9/56.

Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1961
(PL87-88), approved  7/20/1961.

Ferguson, D. E.  (1963). Notes concerning  the effects of
Heptachlor  on  certain  poikilotherms.  Copeia, No. 2:
441-443.

Ferguson, D. E.  (1967). The ecological  consequences of
pesticide resistance in fishes. Trans. N. Amer. Wildl. Conf.
32: 103-107.

Ferguson, D. E. and  C.  R. Bingham. (1966). The effects of
combinations of  insecticides  on  susceptible  and resistant
mosquito fish. Bull.  Environ.  Contam. Toxicol. 1:  97-103.
                                                        78

-------
Ferguson, D. E.  and C. R. Bingham. (1966). Endrin re-
sistance  in the yellow  bullhead, Ictalwus natalis.  Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 95: 325-326.

Ferguson, D. E., W. D. Cotton, D. T. Gardner, and D. D.
Culley. (1965). Tolerances to five chlorinated hydrocarbon
insecticides in two species of fish from  a  transect  of the
lower Mississippi River. J. Miss. Acad. Sci. 11: 239-245.

Ferguson, D. E., D. D. Culley, and W. D. Cotton. (1965).
Tolerances of two populations of fresh water shrimp to five
chlorinated hydrocarbon insecticides. J. Miss.  Acad.  Sci.
11:235-237.

Ferguson, D. E.,  D.  D. Culley, W. D. Cotton, and R. P.
Dodds.  (1964).  Resistance of chlorinated  hydrocarbon
insecticides in three species of fresh-water fish. BioScience
14(11): 43-44.

Ferguson, D. E., D. T. Gardner, and A. L. Lindley. (1966).
Toxicity  of  Dursban  to  three  species of fish. Mosquito
News 26(1): 80-82.

Ferguson, D. E. and C. P. Goodyear. (1967). The pathway
of Endrin entry in black bullheads, Ictalurus melas. Copiea,
No. 2: 467-468.

Ferguson, G. E., L. W. Grayson, C. M. Ogborn, and P. Weir.
(1966). Oil pollution water supplies. J. Amer. Water Works
Assoc. 58:813-821.

Ferguson, D. E., J. L.  Ludke, and G. G. Murphy. (1966).
Dynamics of Endrin uptake and release by  resistant and
susceptible strains  of mosquito fish. Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc.
95: 335-344.

Ferguson, D. E., J. L. Ludke, J. P. Wood,  and J. W. Prather.
(1965). The effects of mud on the bioactivity of pesticides
on fishes. J. Miss. Acad. Sci. 11: 219-228.

Fitzgerald, G. P. (1958). Control of growth of algae  with
CMU. Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 46: 281-294.

Fitzgerald, G.  P.  and  S. L. Faust. (1963).  Bioassay for
algicidal  vs.  algistatic chemicals. Water Sewage Works  110:
296-298.

Fitzgerald, G. P. and S. L. Faust. (1963). Factors  affecting
the  algicidal and algistatic properties  of copper. Appl.
Microbiol. 11:345-351.

Fitzgerald, G. P., G. C. Gerloff,  and F. Skoog. (1952).
Studies on chemicals with selective toxicity to blue-green
algae. Sewage Ind.  Wastes 24(7): 888-896.

Foster, N. R., A. Scheier, and J. Cairns. (1966). Effects of
ABS on  feedings behavior of flagfish, Jordanella  floridae.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95: 109-110.

Foster, R. F. (1967). Problems of water  pollution asso-
ciated with thermal  energy industries.  Richland,  Wash.
Battelle  Memorial  Institute, Pacific Northwest  Laboratory,
BNWL-SA-1546, 8pp.

Foster, R. F. and P. A.  Olson. (1951). An incident of  high
mortality among large rainbow trout  after  treatment with
pyridylmercuric acetate. Progr. Fish-Cult. 13: 129-130.
Frank, P. A., N. E. Otto, and T. R. Bartley. (1961). Tech-
niques for evaluating aquatic weed herbicides. Weeds 9(4):
515-521.

Frear, D.E.H. (1965). Pesticide index, 3rd ed. State College,
CPa., College Sci. Publ. 295 p.

Frear, D.E.H. (1968). Pesticide handbook-Entoma. 20th ed.
State College, Pa., College Sci. Publ. 323 p.

Freeman, L. (1953). A standardized method for determin-
ing toxicity of pure compounds to fish. Sewage Ind. Wastes
25: 845-848.

Freeman, L. (1953). Toxicity thresholds of certain sodium
sulfonates for Daphnia magna Straus. Sewage Ind. Wastes
25: 1331-1335.

Freeman, L. and I. Fowler.  (1953). Toxicity  of combina-
tions of certain inorganic compounds to Daphnia magna
Straus. Sewage Ind. Wastes 25: 1191-1195.

Fremling, C. R. (1964). Mayfly distribution indicates water
quality  on  the  Upper  Mississippi River.  Science 146:
1164-1166.

Fribourgh, J. H. (1965). The effects of potassium tellurite
on goldfish spermatozoan activity. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
94: 399-402.

Fromm,  P.   0. (1965). Physiological considerations  in
studies of the action of pollutants on aquatic animals. In:
Biological Problems  in  Water Pollution. Third  Seminar,
1962. U.S. Public Health Serv.  Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp.
316-319.

Fromm, P. O. and J. R. Gillette. (1968). Effect of ambient
ammonia on blood ammonia and nitrogen excretion of rain-
bow  trout (Salmo gairdneri). Comp. Biochem.  Physiol. 26:
887-896.

Fromm, P. 0. and R. H. Schiffman. (1958). Toxic action of
hexavalent chromium on largemouth bass. J. Wildl. Manage.
22(1): 4044.

Fromm, P. 0. and R. M. Stokes. (1962). Assimilation and
metabolism  of chromium by trout. J. Water Pollut. Contr.
Fed. 34(11): 1151-1155.

Fruh, E. G., K. M. Stewart, G. F. Lee, and G. A. Rohlich.
(1966). Measurements of eutrophication  and  trends.  J.
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 38(8): 1237-1258.

Fry,  F.E.J. (1960). The oxygen requirements of fish. In:
C. M. Tarzwell (comp.), Biological Problems in Water Pollu-
tion,  Trans. 1959 Seminar.  Cincinnati, Ohio, R. A. Taft,
San.  Eng. Center, Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. 106-109.

Fry,  F.E.J. (1960). Requirements  for the  aquatic habitat.
Pulp Pap Mag. Can. 61: T.61-T.66.

Fujiya, M. (1965). Physiological estimation on the effects
of pollutants  upon  aquatic  organisms. In: Advances in
Water Pollution Research, Proc. 2nd International Confer-
ence held in Tokyo, August  1964. Vol. 3. N.Y., Pergamon
Press, pp. 315-331.
                                                        79

-------
Fukano,  K.  G. and  F.  F. Hooper.  (1958).  Toxaphene
(chlorinated camphene) as a selective fish poison. Progr.
Fish-Cult. 20(4): 189-190.

Gakstatter,  J.  H.  (1968).  Rates of  accumulation  of
14c-dieldrin residues  in  tissues of goldfish exposed to a
single sublethal dose of 14c-aldrin. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
25(9): 1797-1801.

Gakstatter, J. H. and C. M. Weiss. (1967). The elimination
of DDT-C14, dieldrin-Cl4, and Iindane-Cl4, from fish fol-
lowing a single  sub-lethal exposure in aquaria. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 96: 301-307.

Galtsoff, P. S., W. A. Chipman,  J.  B. Engle, and H. N.
Calderwood. (1947). Ecological and physiological studies of
the effect of sulfate pulp mill wastes on oysters in the York
River, Virginia. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Fish. Bull. 51:
59-186.

Ganelin,  R. S.,  C. Cueto, and G. A. Mail. (1964). Farm use
of pesticides not to blame for massive river fish kills. Chem.
Eng. News 42(23): 23-24.

Gannon, J. J. (1966). River and laboratory BOD rate con-
siderations. J. San.  Eng.  Div., Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil Eng.
92(SA1): 135-161.

Gannon, J. J.,  H. A. Dirasian, and J.  D. Phaup. (1966). A
versatile  outdoor channel for water pollution investigations.
Proc. 21st Ind.  Waste  Conf., Purdue Univ. 50(2): 234-247.

Garrett,  J.  T. (1957). Toxicity considerations  in pollution
control. Ind. Wastes 2(1): 17-19.

Garrett, J. T. (1957). Toxicity investigations on aquatic and
marine life. Public Works  88(12): 95-96.

Garrison, R. L. (1968).  The  toxicity of pro-nox fish to
salmonid eggs and fry. Prog. Fish-Cult.  30: 35-38.

Gaufin, A.  R. (1957). The use and value of aquatic insects
as indicators  of organic enrichment. In: C. M. Tarzwell (ed.
and comp.), Biological problems in water pollution. Trans.
of a  Seminar on Biological Problems in Water Pollution,
April 23-27,  1956.  Cincinnati, Ohio,  R. A. Taft San. Eng.
Center, pp. 136-143.

Gaufin, A. R. (1958). The effects of pollution on a mid-
western stream. Ohio J. Sci. 58(4):  197-208.

Gaufin, A. R. (1961). Bioassays to determine  the toxicity
of pesticides  to aquatic invertebrates. Proc. 15th Ind. Waste
Conf. Purdue Univ. 45(2): 94-98.

Gaufin,  A. R. (1965).   Environmental  requirements  of
plecoptera.  In: Biological Problems  in  Water Pollution.
Third  Seminar, 1962. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No.
999-WP-25, pp. 105-110.

Gaufin, A. R.,  L. D. Jensen, A. V. Nebeker, T. Nelson, and
R. W. Teel. (1965). The toxicity of ten organic insecticides
to various aquatic invertebrates. Water Sewage Works 112:
276-279.
Gaufin, A. R., L. Jensen, and T. Nelson. (1961). Bioassays
determine pesticide toxicity to aquatic invertebrates. Water
Sewage Works 108:355-359.

Gaufin,  A.   R.  and  C.  M.  Tarzwell. (1952).  Aquatic
invertebrates   as  indicators of  stream  pollution.  Public
Health Repts. 67(1): 57-64.

Gaufin, A. R. and C. M. Tarzwell. (1956). Aquatic macro-
invertebrate communities as indicators of organic pollution
in Lytle Creek. Sewage Ind. Wastes 28(7): 906-924.

Gaylord, W. E. and B. R. Smith. (1966). Treatment of East
Bay, Alger County, Michigan, with Toxaphene for control
of sea lampreys. In: Investigations in fish control.  No. 7.
U.S. Fish and Wildl.  Serv., Bur. Sport Fish, and  Wildl.,
Resour.Publ. 11, 7 p.

Geen, G. H. and F. J. Andres. (1961). Limnological changes
in Seton Lake resulting  from  hydroelectric diversions. New
Westminster,  B.C., Int.  Pac.  Salmon Fish.  Comm., Progr.
Rept. No. 8, 76 p.

George, J. L. (1959). Effects on fish and wildlife of chemi-
cal treatments of large areas. J. Forest. 57: 250-254.

George,  J. L., R. F. Darsie, and P. F. Springer. (1957).
Effects on wildlife of aerial applications of Strobane, DDT,
and BHC to  tidal marshes in Delaware. J.  Wildl. Manage.
21:42-53.

George, J. L. and D.E.H. Frear.  (1966). Pesticides in  the
Antarctic. J. Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl.): 155-167.

George, M. G., S. Z. Qasim, and A. Q. Siddipi. (1966). A
limnological survey of the River Kali with reference to fish
mortality. Environ. Health 8:  262-269.

Gersdorff, W. A. (1943). Effect of introducing the carboxyl
group  into the phenol  molecule on toxicity to goldfish.
Amer. J. Pharm.  115: 159-167.

Gersdorff, W. A.  and  L. E. Smith. (1940).  Effect  of
halogenation   of  phenol  on its toxicity  to goldfish. I.
Monchlorophenols. Amer.  J. Pharm. 112: 197-204.

Gersdorff, W. A.  and  L. E. Smith. (1940).  Effect  of
introduction  of the halogens into the phenol molecule on
toxicity  to   goldfish. II.   Monobromophenols.  Amer.  J.
Pharm. 112:316-322.

Gersdorff, W. A.  and  L. E. Smith. (1940).  Effect  of
introduction  of the halogens into the phenol molecule on
toxicity to goldfish. HI.  Monoiodophenols. Amer. J. Pharm.
112:389-394.

Gilderhus, P. A. (1966). Some effects of sublethal concen-
trations  of sodium arsenite  on bluegills and the aquatic
environment. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95: 289-296.

Gilderhus, P. A. (1967). Effects of Diquat on bluegills and
their food organisms. Progr. Fish-Cult. 29: 67-74.

Gillespie, D.  M. (1964).  Some toxic effects of Malathion on
Daphnia. Proc. Montana Acad. Sci. 24: 11-17.
                                                        80

-------
Gillette, L.  A., D. L. Miller, and H. E. Redman. (1952).
Appraisal of a chemical waste problem by fish toxicity test.
Sewage Ind. Wastes 24: 1397-1401.

Ginsburg,  J. M. (1945). Toxicity of DDT to fish. J. Econ.
Entomol. 38: 274-275.

Ginsburg,  J. M.  (1947).  Results from feeding  mosquito
larvae, killed by DDT, to goldfish. J. Econ. Entomol. 40:
276-276.

Gjulian, C. M., 0. B. Cope, B. F. Quisenberry,  and F. R.
DuChanois.  (1949).  The  effects of  some  insecticides  on
black fly larvae in Alaskan streams. J. Econ. Entomol. 42:
100-105.

Godsil, P. J. and W. C. Johnson. (1968). Pesticide monitor-
ing of the aquatic biota at the Tule Lake National Wildlife
Refuge. Pestic. Monit. J. 1(4): 21-26.

Gohar,  H.A.F. and  H.  El-Gindy.  (1961). Tolerance  of.
vector snails of bilharziasis and fascioliasis to some chemi-
cals. Proc. Egypt.  Acad. Sci. 16: 37-48.

Goodman, A. S. and W. E. Dobbins. (1966). Mathematical
model for pollution control programs. J. San. Eng. Div.,
Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. 92(6): 1-19.

Goodman, J. R. (1951). Toxicity of zinc for rainbow trout
(Salmo gairdnerii). Calif. Fish Game 37(2): 191-194.

Goodnight,  C. J.  (1942).  Toxicity of sodium pentachloro-
phenate and pentachlorophenol to fish. Ind. Eng. Chem.
34: 868-872.

Gorham, E.  and  A. G. Gordon. (1963). Some  effects of
smelter pollution upon aquatic vegetation near Sudbury,
Ontario. Can. J. Bot. 41: 371-378.

Gould, W. R. and W. H. Irwin. (1965). The suitabilities and
relative  resistances  of twelve species of fish  as bioassay
animals for  oil-refinery effluents. Proc. 16th Ann.  Conf.,
Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., Charleston,  South
Carolina, pp. 333-348.

Graham, J. E. and R. D. Anderson. (1958). The  effects of
mosquito  larviciding  on  other organisms  in  Slat  Lake
County. Utah Acad. Sci. Arts Lett., Proc. 35: 43-48.

Graham, R.  J. (1960). Effects of forest insect spraying on
trout and aquatic insects in some  Montana streams. In:
C. M. Tarzwell (comp.), Biological Problems in Water Pollu-
tion,  Trans.  1959 Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, R. A. Taft
San. Eng. Center,  Tech. Rept. W60-3. pp. 62-65.

Graham,  R.  J. and D. 0.  Scott. (1958). Effects of forest
insect spraying  on trout  and  aquatic  insects  in  some
Montana streams. Final report. Helena, Mont., Montana
Fish and Game Dept., 40 p.

Graham, R. J. and D.  0. Scott. (1959). Effects of an  aerial
application of DDT  on fish and aquatic insects in Montana.
Final report.  Helena, Mont., Montana State Fish and Game
Dept., 35 p.
Grande, M. (1967). Effect of copper and zinc on salmonid
fishes. In: Advances in Water Pollution Research, Proc. 3rd
International Conference held  in Munich, Germany, Sept.
1966. Vol. 1. Washington, D.C., Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
pp. 97-111.

Gray, L. (1950). The toxicity of  Aldrin and Dieldrin to
goldfish, Carasius auratus,  and bluegill  sunfish, Lepomis
macrochirus.  Little Rock, Ark., Arkansas Game Fish Com-
mission. 4 p. (unpubl.)

Greenbank,  J. (1940). Selective poisoning of fish. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 70: 80-86.

Greer, G. L. and U. Paim. (1968). Degradation of DDT in
Atlantic  salmon  (Salmo salar). J. Fish.  Res.  Bd.  Can.
25(11):  2321-2326.

Grenier, F. (1960). A  constant flow apparatus for toxicity
experiments on fish. J. Water  Pollut. Contr. Fed. 32(10):
1117-1119.

Grindley, J. (1946).  Toxicity to  rainbow  trout  and
minnows of some substances known to be present in waste
waters discharged to rivers. Ann. Appl. Biol. 33:  103-112.

Grzenda, A. and H. P. Nicholson. (1965). Distribution and
magnitude  of insecticide residues among  various  com-
ponents of a stream system.  Proc. S. Water Resour. Pollut.
Contr. Conf. 14: 165-174.

Harp, G. L.  and R. S.  Campbell.  (1964). Effects of the
herbicide  Silvex on  benthos  of a farm pond.  J. Wildl.
Manage. 28: 308-317.

Harrington, R. W. and W. L. Bidlingmayer. (1958). Effects
of Dieldrin on fishes  and invertebrates  of a  salt marsh. J.
WUdl. Manage. 22:76-82.

Harrison, J.W.E. and E. W. Rees. (1946). 2,4-D toxicity. I.
Toxicity towards certain species of fish. Amer.  J. Pharm.
118:422-425.

Harukawa, C. (1922-23). Preliminary report on the toxicity
of colloidal sulphur to fish. Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc.  52:
219-224.

Hasler, A. D. and W. J. Wisby. (1949). Use of fish for the
olfactory  assay  of  pollutants  (phenols) in water. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 79: 64-70.

Hassall,  K. A. (1962). A specific effect of copper on the
respiration of Chlorella vulgaris. Nature 193: 90.

Hastings, E., W. H. Kittams,  J. H.  Pepper. (1961).  Re-
population by aquatic insects in streams sprayed with DDT.
Ann. Entomol. Soc. Amer. 54: 436-437.

Hatch,  R. W. (1957). Relative sensitivity of salmonids to
DDT.Progr. Fish-Cult. 19: 89-91.

Hawkes,  H.  A. (1963). Effects of domestic and industrial
discharges on the ecology of riffles  in midland streams  Int
J. Air Water Pollut. 7:  565-586.

-------
Hawksley, R. A. (1967). Advanced water pollution analysis
by a water laboratory. Analyzer 8(1): 13-15.

Haydu, E. P. (1968). Biological concepts in pollution con-
trol. Ind. Water Eng. 5(7): 18-21.

Haydu, E. P., H. R. Amberg, and R. E. Dimick. (1952). The
effect of Kraft mill waste components on certain salmonoid
fishes of the Pacific Northwest. Tappi 35: 545-549.

Hayes, M. L. (1955). Evaluation of Ryania and Malathion
as fish  toxins. Colorado  Cooperative  Fish. Unit, Quart.
Rept. 1(3): 40-42.

Haynes, H. L., H.  H. Moorefield, A. J. Borash, and J. W.
Keays. (1958). Toxicity of  Sevin to  goldfish.  J. Econ.
Entomol.51: 540.

Hayton,  W. L. and N. A. Hall. (1968). Apparent pH de-
pendence of ethanol absorption rate in the common guppy.
J.Pharm. Sci. 57(1): 158-161.

Hazeltine, W. E. (1963). The development of a new concept
for control of the  Clear Lake gnat. J. Econ. Entomol. 56:
621-626.

Helms, D. R. (1967). Use of formalin for selective control
of tadpoles  in the  presence of fishes. Progr. Fish-Cult. 29:
43-47.

Hemens, J. (1966). The toxicity of ammonia solutions to
the mosquito fish  (Gambusia affinis Baird and Girard). J.
Proc. Inst. Sewage Purif. 3: 265-271.

Hemphill, J. E. (1954). Toxaphene as  a fish toxin. Progr.
Fish-Cult. 16: 41-42.

Henderson,  C. and Q. H. Pickering. (1958). Toxicity of
organic phosphorus insecticides to fish.  Trans. Amer.  Fish.
Soc. 87:39-51:

Henderson, C. and Q.  H. Pickering. (1963). Use of fish in
the detection of contaminants in water supplies. J. Amer.
Water Works Assoc. 55(6):  715-720.

Henderson, C., Q.  H. Pickering, and J. M. Cohen. (1959).
The toxicity of synthetic detergents  and soaps  to  fish.
Sewage Ind. Wastes 31(3): 295-306.

Henderson, C., Q.  H. Pickering, and A. E.  Lemke. (1961).
The effect of some organic cyanides (nitriles) on fish. Proc.
15th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 45(2): 120-130.

Henderson, C., Q. H. Pickering, and C. M. Tarzwell. (1959).
Relative  toxicity  of   ten   chlorinated  hydrocarbon
insecticides to four species of fish. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
88(1): 23-32.

Henderson, C., Q. H. Pickering, and C. M. Tarzwell. (1960).
The toxicity of organic phosphorus and chlorinated hydro-
carbon  insecticides to fish.  In: C. M. Tarzwell (comp.),
Biological Problems in Water Pollution, Cincinnati, Ohio,
Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center,  Tech. Rept.  W60-3, pp.
76-88.
Henderson, C. and C. M. Tarzwell. (1957). Bio-assays for
control of industrial  effluents. Sewage  Ind. Wastes 29(9):
1002-1017.

Hendrick, R. D., F. L. Bonner, T. R. Everett,  and J. E.
Fahey. (1966). Residue studies on Aldrin and Dieldrin in
soils, water and crawfish from rice fields having insecticide
contamination. J. Econ. Entomol. 59: 1388-1391.

Hendrick, R. D. and  T. R. Everett. (1965). Toxicity to the
Louisiana red crawfish of some pesticides used  in rice
culture. J. Econ. Entomol. 58: 958-961.

Hendrick, R. D., T.  R. Everett, and H. R. Caffey. (1966).
Effects of some insecticides on the survival, reproduction,
and  growth  of the Louisiana red  crawfish.  J.  Econ.
Entomol. 59: 188-192.

Henegar, D. L. (1966). Minimum lethal levels of toxaphene
as a piscicide in North Dakota lakes. In: Investigations in
fish control. No. 3. Washington, U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv.,
Bur. Sport Fish, and Wildl., Resour. Publ. 7, 16 p.

Hennessey, P.  V.  and D.  G.  Rosenberg. (1968). Photo-
graphic wastes laboratory  treatment.  Water  and  Sewage
Works, 115: 131.

Hepworth, W. G. (n.d.). Toxicity of the  non-ionic detergent
Kyro-eo  to brook trout, rainbow trout and nymphal may-
flies,  stoneflies, damselflies and larval midges.  Wyoming
Game  and  Fish Comm., Federal Aid  in Fish and Wildl.
Restoration, Project  No. FW-3-R-8,  Analysis No. 21, pp.
40-44.

Herbert,  D.W.M. (1955). Measuring the toxicity of effluents
to fish. Analyst 80: 896-898.

Herbert,  D.W.M. (1961). Freshwater fisheries and pollution
control. Proc. Soc. Water Treat. Exam. 10: 135-161.

Herbert,  D.W.M. (1962). The toxicity to  rainbow trout of
spent still liquors from the  distillation of coal. Ann. Appl.
Biol. 50: 755-777.

Herbert,  D.W.M., J. S. Alabaster, M. C.  Dart, and  R. Lloyd.
(1961). The effect of china-clay wastes on trout streams.
Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 5: 56-74.

Herbert,  D.W.M. and K. M. Downing. (1955). A further
study of the toxicity  of potassium cyanide to rainbow trout
(Salmo  gairdnerii Richardson). Ann.  Appl.  Biol. 43(2):
237-242.

Herbert,  D.W.M., D.H.M. Jordan, and R. Lloyd. (1965). A
study of some  fishless rivers in the industrial Midlands. J.
Proc.  Inst. Sewage Purif. London 6: 569-582.

Herbert, D.W.M. and J. C. Merkens. (1952). The toxicity of
potassium cyanide to trout. J. Exp.  Biol. 29: 632-649.

Herbert, D.W.M. and J. C.  Merkens.  (1961). The effect of
suspended mineral solids on the survival of trout.  Int. J. Air
Water Pollut. 5:46-55.
                                                       82

-------
Herbert, D.WJM. and J. M.  Richards. (1963). The growth
and survival of fish in some suspensions of solids of in-
dustrial origin. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 7: 297-302;

Herbert, D.W.M. and D. S. Shurben. (1963). A preliminary
study of the effect of physical activity on the resistance of
rainbow trout  (Salmo  gairdnerii Richardson)  to  two
poisons. Ann. Appl. Biol. 52: 321-326.

Herbert, D.W.M. and D. S.  Shurben. (1964). The toxicity of
fluoride to rainbow  trout. Water  Waste  Treat. J.  10:
141-142.

Herbert, D.W.M. and D. S.  Shurben. (1964). The toxicity to
fish of mixtures of poisons. I. Salts of ammonia and zinc.
Ann. Appl. Biol. 53: 33-41.

Herbert, D.WM. and A. C. Wakeford. (1962). The effect ofJ
calcium sulfate on the survival of rainbow  trout. Water \
Waste Treat. J. 8: 608-609.

Hermann,  E.  R.  (1959). Toxicity  index  for  industrial
wastes. Ind. Eng. Chem. 51: 84A-87A.

Hervey, R. J. (1949). Effect of chromium on the growth of
unicellular  chlorophyceae  and diatoms. Bot. Baz. 111(1):
1-11.

Hess, A. D. and G. G. Keener. (1947). Effect  of airplane
distributed DDT  thermal  aerosols on  fish and fish food
organisms. J.Wildl. Manage.  11(1): 1-10.

Hester, F.  E. (1959). The  tolerance of eight species of
warm-water fishes  to  certain rotenone formulations. Proc.
13th Ann.  Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp.
121-133.

Hester, F.  E.  (1959).  The  toxicity  of Noxfish and  Pro-
noxfish to eggs of common carp and fathead minnows.
Proc.  13th Ann.  Conf.,  Southeast.  Assoc.  Game  Fish
Comrn., pp. 325-331.

Hester, F.  E.  and J. S. Dendy.  (1962). A  multiple-plate
sampler for aquatic macro-invertebrates. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 91:420-421.

Heukelekian, H. (1948). Method  for studying the toxicity
of industrial wastes. Water  Sewage Works 95:  285-287.

Hickey,  J.  H.,  J.  A.  Keith,  and F.  B. Coon (1966). An
exploration of pesticides in a Lake Michigan ecosystem. J.
Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl): 141-154.

Hicks,  C. E. and  J. M. Neuhold. (1966). Alkyl  benzene
sulfonate effects  on  stream  algae  communities.  Bull.
Environ. Contam. Toxicol. 1: 225-236.

Hildebrand, E. M. (1946). Herbicidal action of 2,4-dichloro-
phenoxyacetic  acid  on   the  water  hyacinth, Eichornia
crassipes. Science 103: 477-479.

Hilsenhoff,  W. (1966). Effect of diquat on aquatic insects
and related  animals. J. Econ.  Entomol. 59: 1520-1521.

Hilsenhoff,  W. L. (1962). Toxicity of granular Malathion to
walleyed pike fingerlings. Mosquito News 22:  14-15.
Hilsenhoff, W. L. (1965). The effect of Toxaphene on the
benthos in a thermally-stratified lake.  Trans. Amer.  Fish.
Soc. 94: 210-213.

Hiltibran,  R. C. (1965).  The effects of Diquat on aquatic
plants in Central Illinois. Weeds 13: 71-72.

Hiltibran,  R. C. (1967). Effects  of some herbicides  on
fertilized fish eggs  and fry.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 96:
414416.

Hinshaw, R. N. (1967). The pollutional degradation of the
Jordan River as shown by aquatic invertebrates. Utah  State
Dept. Fish Game, Publ. No. 66-11, 121 p.

Hirsch,  A.  (1958).  Biological  evaluation of organic pollu-
tion of New Zealand streams. N. Z. J. Sci. 1(4): 500-553.

Hisaoka, K.  K. (1958).  The effects of 2-acetylamino-
fluorene on the embryonic  development of the zebrafish. I.
Morphological studies. Cancer Res. 18: 527-535.

Hisaoka, K.  K. (1958).  The effects of 2-acetylamino-
fluorene on the embryonic development of the zebrafish.
II. Histochemical studies. Cancer Res. 18: 664-667.

Hoar, W. S. (1956). Photoperiodism and thermal resistance
of goldfish. Nature 178: 364-365.

Hoeglund, L. B. (1961). The reactions of fish in concentra-
tion gradients.  A comparative study  based on fluvarium
experiments with  special  reference to oxygen, acidity,
carbon  dioxide, and  sulphite waste  liquor (SWL).  Inst.
Freshwater Res., Drottningholm, Rept. No.  43, 147 p.

Hoff, J. G. and J. R. Westman. (1965). Experiments  with
Dibrom-Malathion formulation as a selective piscicide.  N.Y.
Fish Game J. 12: 99-107.

Hoffman,  C. H. (1960).  Are the  insecticides required for
insect control hazardous to aquatic life? In: C. M. Tarzwell
(comp.), Biological Problems  in  Water Pollution, Trans.
1959 Seminar.  Cincinnati,  Ohio, Robt. A. Taft  San.  Eng.
Center, Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. 51-61.

Hoffman, C. H. and A. T. Drooz. (1953). Effects of a  C47
airplane application of DDT on fish-food organisms in two
Pennsylvania  watersheds.  Amer.  Midland  Natur.  50:
172-188.

Hoffman,  D. A. and  J.  R. Olive. (1961). The  effects  of
rotenone and Toxaphene upon plankton of two Colorado
Reservoirs.  Limnol. Oceanogr. 6: 219-222.

Hoffman,  C. H. and E. W. Surber. (1945). Effects of  an
aerial application of wettable DDT on fish and fish-food
organisms in Back Creek, West Virginia. Trans. Amer.  Fish.
Soc. 75: 48-58.

Hoffman, C. H. and E. W. Surber. (1949).  Effects of  feed-
ing DDT-sprayed insects to fresh-water fish. U.S. Fish Wildl.
Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept.-Fish., No. 3, 9 p.

Hoffman,  R. A. (1957). Toxicity of three phosphorus
insecticides to  cold water game  fish. Mosquito News 17:
213.
                                                        83

-------
Holden,  A. V.  (1962). A study of  the  absorption  of
14C-labelled DDT from water by fish. Ann. Appl. Biol. 50:
467-477.

Holden,  A. V. (1964). The possible  effects on  fish of
chemicals used in agriculture. J. Proc.  Inst.  Sewage Purif.
London 4: 361-368.

Holden,  A. V. (1965).  Contamination of fresh water  by
persistent insecticides and their  effects on fish. Ann. Appl.
Biol. 55: 332-335.

Holden, A. V. (1966). Organochlorine insecticide residues
in salmonid fish. J. Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl.): 45-53.

Holland, H. T., D. L. Coppage, and  P. A. Butler. (1966).
Increased sensitivity  to  pesticides in  sheepshead minnows.
Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95(1): 110-112.

Holland, H. T., D. L. Coppage, and  P. A. Butler. (1967).
Use of fish brain acetylocholinesterase to monitor pollution
by organophosphorus pesticides. Bull. Environ. Contam.
Toxicol. 2: 156-162.

Holland, G. A., J. E. Lasater, E. D. Neumann, and W. E.
Eldridge.  (1960). Toxic effects of organic  and inorganic
pollutants on young salmon  and trout. Wash. Dept. of
Fish., Res. Bull. 5, 264 p.

Hooper, F. F. and  A. R.  Grzenda.  (1955). The use of
Toxaphene as a fish  poison. Trans. Amer.  Fish. Soc. 85:
180-190.

Hopkins, C. L., H.  V. Brewerton, and H.J.W. McGrath.
(1966). The effect'on a stream fauna of an aerial applica-
tion of DDT prills to pasture land. N. Z. J. Sci. 9: 236-248.

Houser,  A. (1962).  Loss in weight of sunfish following
aquatic vegetation control using the herbicide Silvex. Proc.
Okla. Acad. Sci. 43: 232-237.

Howard,  T. E. and  C.  C.  Walden. (1965). Pollution and
toxicity characteristics of kraft pulp mill effluents. Tappi
48: 136-141.

Howell, J. H., E. L. King,  A. J. Smith, and L. H. Hanson.
(1964).  Synergism  of 5,2'-dichloro-4'-nitro-salicylanilide
and  3-trifluormethyl-4-nitrophenol in a selective lamprey
larvicide. Ann Arbor,  Mich., Great Lakes  Fish. Comm.,
Tech. Rept.No. 8, 21 p.

Howell, J. H. and W. M. Marquette. (1963). Use of mobile
bioassay equipment in the chemical control of sea lamprey.
U.S.Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec.  Sci. Rept.-Fish., No. 418,9 p.

Hubble,  D. R. and  B. Reiff. (1967). Reproduction  of
guppies  (Lebistes  reticulatus)  after  a single exposure  to
Dieldrin-a 12 months' study.  Bull. Environ.  Contam.
Toxicol. 2: 57-63.

Hubschman, J. H. (1967). Effects of copper on the crayfish
Orconestes rusticus (Girad). I. Acute toxicity. Crustaceana
 12: 33-42.
 Huet,  M. (1965). Water quality criteria  for fish life. In:
 Biological  Problems in Water Pollution. Third  Seminar,
 1962.  U.S. Public Health Serv.  Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp.
 160-167.

 Hughes, J. S. (1966). Use of the red crawfish, Procambarus
 clarki  (Girad), for herbicidal assays. Proc. 20th Ann. Conf.,
 Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 437-439.

 Hughes, J. S. and J. T. Davis. (1963). Variations in toxicity
 to  bluegill sunfish of phenoxy herbicides. Weeds. 11(1):
 50-53.

 Hughes, J. S. and J. T. Davis.  (1965). Comparative toxicity
 to  bluegill sunfish of granular and liquid herbicides. Proc.
 16th Ann. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp.
.319-323.

 Hughes, J. S. and J. T. Davis. (1967). Effects of selected
 herbicides on  bluegill  sunfish.  Proc.  18th Ann. Conf.,
 Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 480-482.

 Huish, M. T.  (1961).  Toxaphene as a fish eradicant in
 Florida. Proc.  15th Ann.  Conf., Southeast. Assoc.  Game
 Fish Comm., pp. 200-205.

 Hunn, J. B., R. A. Schoettger, and E. W. Whealdon. (1968).
 Observations on the handling  and maintenance  of bioassay
 fish.Progr. Fish-Cult. 30(3): 164-167.

 Hunn, J. B., R. A. Schoettger, and W. A. WiUford. (1968).
 Turnover and urinary excretion of free and acetylated M. S.
 22 by rainbow trout,Salmo gairdneri. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
 25(1): 25-31.

 Hunt, E. G.  and A. I. Bischoff. (1960). Inimical effects on
 wildlife of periodic DDD applications to Clear  Lake. Calif.
 Fish Game 46(1): 91-106.

 Hunt, G. S.  (1965). The direct  effects on some plants and
 animals of pollution in the  Great Lakes. BioScience 15:
 181-186.

 Hutchinson, G. E. (1957). A  treatise on limnology. Vol. 1.
 Geography,  physics, chemistry. N.Y., Wiley and Sons, 1015
 P-

 Hutchinson, G. E. (1967). A  treatise on limnology. Vol. 2.
 Introduction to lake biology  and the limnoplankton. N.Y.,
 Wiley and Sons, 1115 p.

 Hynes, H.B.N. (1959). The biological effects of  water pollu-
 tion. In: W.B. Yapp (ed.), The effects of pollution on living
 material. London, Institute of Biology, pp. 11-24.

 Hynes,  H.B.N.  (1959).  The   use  of  invertebrates as
 indicators of river pollution. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 170:
 165-169.

 Hynes,  H.B.N. (1961). The effect of sheep-dip containing
 the insecticide BHC on the fauna of a small stream, includ-
 ing Sirwlium and its predators. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol.
 55(2): 192-196.

 Hynes,  H.B.N. (1966). The biology of polluted  waters.
 Liverpool University Press, 202 p.
                                                        84

-------
Hynes, H.B.N. and F. W. Roberts. (1962). The biological
effects  of   synthetic  detergents  in  the  River  Lee,
Hertfordshire. Ann. Appl. Biol. 50: 779-790.

Hynes, H.B.N. and T. R. Williams.  (1962). The effect of
DDT on the fauna of a Central African stream. Ann. Trop.
Med. Parasitol. 56: 78-91.

Ide, F. P. (1957). Effect  of forest spraying with DDT on
aquatic  of salmon streams.  Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc. 86:
208-219.

Ide, F. P. (1967). Effects of forest spraying with DDT on
aquatic  insects of salmon streams in New Brunswick. J.
Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 24: 769-802.

Ingols, R. S. (1954). Toxicity of mercuric chloride, chromic
sulfate,  and sodium  chromate in the dilution B.O.D. test.
Sewage Ind. Wastes 26: 536-538.

Ingols, R. S. (1955). Evaluation of toxicity.  Sewage Ind.
Wastes 27: 26-33.

Ingols, R. S. (1956). Toxicity of copper and zinc ions in the
dilution B.O.D. tests. Sewage  Ind. Wastes 28:  1168-1169.

Ingols, R. S. (1959). Effect of impoundment on  down-
stream water quality, Catawba River, S. C. J. Amer. Water
Works Assoc. 51(1): 42-46.

Ingols,  R.  S. and   R.  H.  Fetner.  (1961).  Toxicity of
chromium compounds under aerobic conditions. J. Water
Pollut. Contr. Fed. 33(4): 366-370.

Ingols, R. S. and P.  E. Gaffney. (1965). Biological studies
of halophenols. Proc. S. Water Resour. Pollut. Contr. Conf.
14: 175-181.

Ingram, W.  M. (1957). Use and value of biological indi-
cators of pollution:  Fresh water  clams and snails. In: C. M.
Tarzwell,  (ed., comp.), Biological problems in water pollu-
tion. Trans, of a Seminar on Biological Problems in Water
Pollution, April  23-27,  1956. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A.
Taft San. Eng. Center, pp. 94-135.

Ingram, W. M. and W. W.  Towne. (1960).  Effects of indus-
trial wastes  on stream life.  Proc. 14th Ind.  Waste Conf.
Purdue Univ. 44(5): 678-710.

Irukayama, K. (1966). The pollution of Minamata Bay and
Minamata disease. Adv. Water Poll. Res. 3:  153-180.

Irwin, W. H. (1965).  Fifty-seven species of  fish in oil-
refinery waste bioassay. Trans. N. Amer. Wildl. Conf. 30:
89-99.

Ishio, S. (1965). Behavior of fish exposed to toxic sub-
stances.  In: Advances in Water Pollution Research, Proc. 2d
International Conference  held in  Tokyo, August 1964. Vol.
1. N.Y.,Pergamon Press, pp. 19-40.

Isom, B. G. (1960).  Toxicity of elemental phosphorus. J.
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 32(12): 1312-1316.
lyatomi, K., T. Tamura, Y.  Itazawa, I. Hanyu,  and S.
Sugiura.  (1958).  Toxicity  of Endrin  to  fish.  Progr.
Fish-Cult. 20(4): 155-162.

Jackson, C.  F. (1956). Control of the common sunfish or
pumpkinseed, Lepomis gibbosus, in New Hampshire. N. H.
Fish Game Dept., Tech. Circ. 12: 16 p.

Jackson, K.  J. (1960). A field experiment to determine the
effect  upon  coho  salmon fry (Onchorhynchus kisutch)
from  spraying  sawlogs  with  an emulsified  mixture  of
benzene hexachloride. Can. Fish Cult. 27: 33-42.

Jackson, K.  J.  (1966).  The role  of the Department of
Fisheries of  Canada in dealing with problems presented by
the use of pesticides in British Columbia. Can. Fish Cult.
37: 45-50.

Jackson, H.  W. and W.  A. Brungs. (1966). Biomonitoring
industrial effluents. Ind. Water Eng. 3(7): 14-18,45.

Jamnback, H. and H. S. Eabry.  (1962). Effects of DDT, as
used in black fly larval  control, on stream arthropods. J.
Econ. Entomol. 55(5): 636-639.

Jamnback,  H. and  J.  Frempong-Boadu. (1966). Testing
blackfly  larvicides in the laboratory  and  in streams. Bull.
World Health Organ. 34(3): 405-421.

Jensen, L. D. and  A.  R. Gaufin. (1964).  Effects  of ten
organic insecticides  on  two species  of  stonefly  naiads.
Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 93: 27-34.

Jensen, L. D. and A. R. Gaufin. (1966). Acute and long-
term effects  of organic insecticides on two species of stone-
fly naiads. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 38(8): 1273-1286.

Johnels,  A. G., T. Westermark,  W. Berg, P. I. Persson, and
B. Sjoestrand. (1967). Pike (Esox lucius L.) and some other
aquatic organisms in Sweden as  indicators of mercury con-
tamination in the environment. Oikos  18(2): 323-333.

Johnson, D. W. (1968). Pesticide and  fishes—a review of
selected  literature.  Trans. Amer.  Fisheries Soc.  97(4):
398-424.

Johnson, M. W. (1959). The  effectiveness of Toxaphene at
low temperatures. Minn. Dept.  Conserv.,  Div. Game Fish,
Invest. Rept. No. 197, 3 p.

Johnson, W. C.  (1966). Toxaphene  treatment of Big Bear
Lake, California. Calif. Fish Game 52: 173-179.

Johnson,  W. D. (1968). Identification of  residual  oil
pollutants in surface waters  of southern end of Lake
Michigan. Chicago, 111., U.S. Federal  Water  Pollution Con-
trol Administration, Great Lakes Region, Chicago Program
Office, 32 p.

Johnson, W.  D., F. D.  Fuller,  and L. E. Scarce. (1967).
Pesticides in the Green Bay  area. Conf. Great Lakes Res
Proc. 6: 262-374.
                                                       85

-------
Jones, B.  F., C. E. Warren, C. E. Bond and P. Doudoroff.
(1956). Avoidance reactions of salmonid fishes to pulp mill
effluents.  Sewage Ind. Wastes 28(11): 1403-1413.

Jones, B.  R.  and  J. B.  Moyle. (1963). Populations of
plankton  animals and residual chlorinated hydrocarbons in
soils  of  six  Minnesota  ponds  treated  for control of
mosquito  larvae. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92(3): 211-215.

Jones, J.R.E. (1938). The  relative toxicity of salts and lead,
zinc and copper to the stickleback (Gasterosteus aculeatus
L.) and the effect  of calcium on the toxicity of lead and
zinc salts. J. Exp. Biol. 15: 394-407.

Jones, J.R.E. (1939). The relation between the electrolytic
solution pressures  of the  metals and their  toxicity to the
stickleback (Gasterosteus  aculeatus L.). J.  Exp. Biol.  16:
425-437.

Jones, J.R.E.  (1941).  A study in the  relative toxicity of
anions, with Polycelis nigra as test animal. J. Exp. Biol. 18:
170-181.

Jones, J.R.E. (1947). The reactions  of Pygosteus pungitius
L. to toxic solutions. J. Exp. Biol. 24: 110-122.

Jones, J.R.E. (1948). A further  study  of the reactions of
fish to toxic solutions. J. Exp. Biol. 25:  22-34.

Jones,  J.R.E.  (1951).  The reactions of  the minnow,
Phoxinus  phoxinus  (L.),  to solutions of  phenol,  ortho-
cresol and para-cresol. J. Exp. Biol. 28: 261-270.

Jones, J.R.E. (1958). A further study of the  zinc-polluted
River Ystwyth. J. Anim. Ecol. 27: 1-14.

Jones, J.R.E.  (1964). Fish  and  river  pollution. London,
Butterworths, 203  pp.

Jones, R. 0.  (1965). Tolerance of the fry of common
warm-water fishes  to  some chemicals employed  in  fish
culture. Proc.   16th Ann.  Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game
Fish. Comm. 1962, pp. 436-445.

Jordan, H. D. (1955). Control of crabs with crude BHC.
Nature 175(4460): 734-735.

Jordan, D.H.M. and R. Lloyd. (1964). The  resistance of
rainbow  trout  (Salmo gairdnerii Richardson)  and loach
(Rutilus rutilus (L.)) to alkaline solutions. Int. J. Air Water
Pollut.8:  405-409.

Joyner, T. (1961). Exchange of zinc with environmental
solutions by the brown bullhead. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
90: 444-448.

Kabler, P. W. (1957). Use  and value of  bacterial indicators
of pollution. In: C. M. Tarzwell  (ed. & comp.), Biological
problems in water  pollution. Transactions of a Seminar on
Biological  Problems in Water Pollution,  April 23-27, 1956.
Cincinnati,  Ohio,  Robt. A.  Taft San. Eng.  Center,  pp.
43-49.
Kabler, P. W. (1961). Bacterial parameters of water quality.
In: Water Quality Measurement and Instrumentation. Proc.
of  the  1960 Seminar at Cincinnati,  Ohio, August 29-31,
1960.  Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center,
SEC-TR-W61-2, pp. 45-50.

Kallman, B. J.  and 0. B. Cope, and R. J. Navarre. (1962).
Distribution  and  detoxication of  Toxaphene  in Clayton
Lake, New Mexico. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 91:  14-22.

Kaplan, H. M. and J.  G. Overpeck.  (1964). Toxicity of
halogenated hydrocarbon insecticides for  the  frog, Rana
pipiens. Herpetologica 20: 163-169.

Kaplan, H. M. and L. Yoh. (1961). Toxicity of copper for
frogs. Herpetologica 17: 131-135.

Katz,  M. (1961).  Acute  toxicity of some  organic in-
secticides  to  three  species of salmonids and to the  three-
spine stickleback. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 90: 264-268.

Katz, M. and G. G. Chadwick. (1961). Toxicity of Endrin
to some Pacific Northwest fishes. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
90: 394-397.

Katz, M. and A. R. Gaufin. (1953). The effects of sewage
pollution on  the fish population of a midwestern stream.
Trans. Amer.  Fish. Soc. 84: 157-165.

Katz, M. and C. E. Woelke. (1967). Water quality require-
ments  of  estuarine organisms.  In:  Water  quality criteria.
Philadelphia,  Pa., Amer. Soc. Testing and  Materials, Spec.
Tech. Publ. No. 416, pp. 90-99.

Keenleyside,  M.H.A.  (1958). Comparative  effects of  the
insecticides DDT and  Malathion on young Atlantic salmon.
In:  Progress Reports  of  the Atlantic  Coast Stations, Fish.
Res. Bd. Can., No. 69, pp. 3-6.

Keenleyside,  M.H.A. (1967). Effects of forest spraying with
DDT in New  Brunswick on food of young Atlantic salmon.
J. Fish.  Res. Bd. Can. 24: 807-822.

Keith,  J. 0. (1966). Insecticide contaminations in wetland
habitats and their effects on fish-eating birds. J. Appl. Ecol.
3(Suppl.): 71-85.

Kemp,  H. T.,  R.  G.  Fuller, and R. S. Davidson. (1966).
Potassium permanganate  as  an  algicide.  J. Amer. Water
Works Assoc.  58(2): 255-263.

Kendeigh, S.  C. (1961). Animal Ecology. Englewood Cliffs,
N.J., Prentice-Hall, Inc., 468 p.

Kennedy,  V.  S. and J.  A. Mihursky.  (1967). Bibliography
on  the  effects  of temperature in  the aquatic environment.
University  of  Maryland, Natural  Resources   Institute,
Contrib. No. 326, 89 p.

Kerswill, C. J. (1967). Studies on effects of forest sprayings
with insecticides, 1952-63, on fish and aquatic invertebrates
in  New Brunswick streams: Introduction and summary. J.
Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 24: 701-708.
                                                        86

-------
Kerswill, C. J. and H. E. Edwards. (1967). Fish losses after
forest  sprayings  with  insecticides  in New  Brunswick,
1952-62, as  shown by caged specimens and other observa-
tions. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 24: 709-729.

Kerswill, J. C., P. J. Elson, M.H.A. Keenleyside, and J. B.
Sprague. (1960). Effects of young salmon of forest spraying
with DDT. In: C. M. Tarzwell (comp.), Biological Problems
in Water Pollution, Trans.  1969 Seminar.  Cincinnati, Ohio.
Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center, Tech. Rept. W60-3, 71 p.

Ketchum, B. H. (1960). Marine pollution problems in the
North Atlanta area. In:  C. M. Tarzwell (comp.), Biological
Problems in  Water Pollution,  Transactions of the  1959
Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft  San. Eng. Center,
Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. Ill-Ill.

Keup, L. E.,  W. M. Ingram, and K. M. Mackenthun. (1966).
The role of bottom-dwelling macrofauna in water pollution
investigations.  U.S.  Public  Health  Serv.  Publ.  No.
999-WP-38, 23 pp.

Keup, L. E.,  W. M. Ingram and K. M. Mackenthun. (1967).
Biology  of water pollution a collection of selected papers
on stream pollution, waste water,  and  water treatment.
Cincinnati, Ohio, Federal Water Pollut. Control Administra-
tion, CWA-3, 290 p.

Khan, K. R.  (1964). Potentialities of algae in the bio-assay
of microchemical pollutants in  water systems.  Environ.
Health 6:274477.

King, D. L. and R. C. Ball. (1964). A quantitative biological
measure of stream pollution. J. Water Pollut.  Contr. Fed.
36(5): 650-653.

King, D. L. and R. C. Ball. (1967).  Comparative energetics
of a polluted stream. Limnol. Oceanogr. 12(10): 27-33.

King, S. F. (1962). Some  effects of DDT on the guppy and
the  brown   trout. U.S.  Fish  Wildl. Serv.,  Spec.  Sci.
Report.-Fish., No. 399,22 p.

King, P. H. (1968). Distribution of pesticides in California.
J. San. Eng. Div., Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. 92(SA2): 444446.

Kinne, 0. and H. Rosenthal. (1967). Effects of sulfuric
water  pollutants  on  fertilization, enbryonic development
and larvae of the herring, Clupea harengus. Marine Biol.
(Berlin) 1(1): 65-83.

Kinney, E. C. (1964). Extent of acid mine pollution in the
United States affecting  fish and wildlife. U.S. Fish Wildl.
Serv.,  Bur. Sport  Fish. Wildl., Fish and Wildl. Cir. 191. iii,
27 p.

Kiser,  R. W., J. R. Donaldson, and P. R. Olson.  (1963). The
effect  of rotenone on  zooplankton populations in fresh-
water lakes. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92(1):  17-24.

Klassen, C. W., W. A. Hasfurther, and M. K. Young. (1948).
The toxicity  of hexavalent chromium to sunfish and blue-
gills.  Proc.  4th  Ind. Waste  Conf.  Purdue  Univ. 33(4):
229-237.

Klock, J. W. (1956). A field technique for quantitative esti-
mation of the molluscicide  sodium pentachlorophenate
based  on fish mortality  rates.  Amer. J. Trop. Med.  5:
286-289.
Knoll, J. and P.  0. Fromm. (1960).  Accumulation and
elimination  of hexavalent chromium  in  rainbow trout.
Physiol. Zool. 33(1): 1-8.

Knowles, F.  L., W. V. Parker, and H. A. Johnson. (1941).
Observations  on   the   use  of  "phenol"  larvicides  for
mosquito control. Public Health Rep. 56: 1627-1641.

Koeman,  J. H.  and H.  van  Genderen. (1966). Some
preliminary  notes on residues of chlorinated hydrocarbon
insecticides  in birds and mammals in the Netherlands. J.
Appl. Ecol. 3(Suppl.): 99-106.

Kok,  L. T. and M. D. Pathak. (1966). Toxicity of Lindane
used for Asiatic rice borer control to three species of fish. J.
Econ. Entomol. 59: 659-663.

Konar, S. K. (1968). Experimental use of Chlordane  in
fishery management. Progr. Fish-Cult. 30(2): 96-99.

Kott, Y., G. Hershkovitz, A. Shemtob, and  J. B. Sless.
(1966). Algicidal  effect  of bromine  and chlorine  on
Chorella pyrenoidosa. Appl. Microbiol. 14(1): 8-11.

Kramer, R. H. and L. L. Smith. (1966). Survival of walleye
eggs in suspended wood  fibers. Progr. Fish-Cult. 28: 79-82.

Krombach, H.  and J. Barthel.  (1963). Investigation of a
small  watercourse  accidentally  polluted   by   phenol
compounds. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 7: 3946.

Krumholz,  L. A.  and W. L. Minckley. (1964). Changes in
the fish  population in  the Upper  Ohio River following
temporary  pollution abatement. Trans.  Amer.  Fish. Soc.
93: 1-5.

Lackey, J. B. (1957). Protozoa as indicators of the ecologi-
cal condition of a body of water. In: C. M. Tarzwell (ed.
and comp.), Biological Problems in Water Pollution. Trans.
of a  Seminar on Biological Problems in Water Pollution,
April  23-27, 1956. Cincinnati,  Ohio,  Robt. A. Taft San.
Eng. Center, pp. 50-59.

Lackey, J.  B. (1958). Effects of fertilization  on receiving
waters. Sewage Ind. Wastes 30(11): 1411-1416.

Lackey, J. B. (1961). Aquatic organisms. In: Water Quality
Measurement  and  Instrumentation.  Proc.  of  the 1960
Seminar  at  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  August  29-31,  1960.
Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A. Taft San. Eng. Center, SEC-TR-
W61-2, pp. 3744.

Lam,  R. (1964). A resume of pollution of streams, ponds,
and ocean  water  on Oahu. J. Water Pollut.  Contr. Fed.
36(9): 1152-1158.

Lammering, M. W. and N. C. Burbank. (1961). The toxicity
of phenol, o-chlorophenol, and  o-nitrophenol to bluegill
sunfish. Proc. 15th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 45(2):
541-555.

Langer, E. (1964). Pesticides: Minute quantities linked with
massive fish kills; federal policy still uncertain. Science 144:
35-37.
                                                        87

-------
Lauer, G. J., H. P. Nicholson, W. S. Cox, and J. T. Teasley.
(1966). Pesticide contamination of surface waters by sugar
cane  farming in Louisiana.  Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc.  95:
310-316.

Lawrence, H. M. (1950). Toxicity of some new insecticides
to  several  species of  pondfish. Progr.  Fish—Cult.  12:
141-146.

Lawrence, J. M. (1962). Aquatic herbicide data. U.S. Dep.
Agr., Agr. Handb. No. 231, 133 p.

Lawrence, J.  M. (1958). Further investigations on the use
of Delrad  as an algaecide in fishponds. Progr. Fish-Cult. 20:
89-91.

Lawrence, J. M. (1958). Recent investigations on the use of
sodium arsenite as  an algicide and its effects on fish produc-
tion in ponds. Proc. llth. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game
FishComm.,pp. 281-287.

Lawrence, J.  M., H. H. Funderburk, R. D. Blackburn,  and
P. G. Beasley. (1965). The status of Diquat and Paraquat as
aquatic herbicides.  Proc. 16th Ann.  Conf., Southeast.
Assoc. Game  Fish  Comm., Charleston, South Carolina, pp.
247-257.

Learner, M. A. and R. W. Edwards, (1963). The toxicity of
some substances  of Nais (Oligochaeta). Proc. Soc. Water
Treat. Exam.  12(3):161-168.

Learner, M. A. and R. W. Edwards. (1966). The distribution
of the midge Chironomus riparius in a polluted river system
and its environs. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 10: 757-768.

Lemke, A. E. and D. I. Mount. (1963).  Some effects of
alkyl benzene sulfonate on  the bluegill,  Lepomis macro-
chirus. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92(4): 372-378.

Lennon, R. E. (1967). Selected strains offish as bioassay
animals. Progr. Fish-Cult. 29:129-132.

Lennon, R. E. and C. R. Walker. (1964).  Laboratories and
methods for screening fish-control chemicals. In: Investiga-
tions in Fish Control. No. 1. Washington,  D.C. (GPO), U.S.
Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish, and Wildl., Cir. 185.

Leonard, J. W. (1938). Notes on the use of derris as a fish
poison. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 68: 269-280.

Leonard, J. W.  (1965). Environmental  requirements of
Ephemeroptera. In: Biological Problems in Water Pollution.
Third Seminar, 1962.  U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ.  No.
999-WP-25,PP. 110-117.

Lewallen,  L.  L.  (1959). Toxicity of several  organophos-
phorus insecticides to Gambusia afflnis (Baird and Girard)
in laboratory tests. Mosquito  News 19(1):  1-2.

Lewallen,  L.  L. and  W. H. Wilder.  (1962).  Toxicity of
certain  organophosphorus and  carbamate insecticides to
rainbow trout. Mosquito News 22: 369-372.

Lewallen, L. L. and W. H. Wilder. (1963). Laboratory tests
of  insecticides on  mosquito larvae in polluted and  tap
water. J. Econ. Entomol. 56:  834-835.

Lewis, W.  M. (1968). Isobornyl thiocyanoacetate as a  fish
drugging agent and selective toxin. Progr.  Fish-Cult.  30:
29-31.
Libby, R. W. (1964). Methods and facilities for conducting
water quality studies in the Great Lakes Conf. Great Lakes
Res., Proc. 7: 100-109.

Lichtenstein, E. P., K. R. Schulz,  R. F. Skrentny,  and Y.
Tsukano.  (1966). Toxicity and fate of insecticide residues
in water. Arch. Environ. Health 12: 199-212.

Lindgren, P. E. (1960). About the  effect of rotenone upon
benthonic   animals  in  lakes.  Inst.  Freshwater  Res.,
Drottningholm, Rept. No. 41, pp. 172-184.

Linduska, J. P. and E. W. Surber.  (1948). Effects of DDT
and other insecticides on fish  and wildlife. Summary of
investigations during  1947. U.S.  Fish Wildl. Serv., Circ. 15,
19 p.

Lipschuetz,  M.  and  A. L.  Cooper.  (1955). Comparative
toxicities   of  potassium   cyanide   and  potassium
cuprocyanide   to    the  western   black-nosed   dace.
(Rhinichthys atratulus meleagris).  N.Y.  Fish  Game J. 2:
194-204.

Lloyd, R. (1960). The toxicity of zinc sulphate to rainbow
trout. Ann. Appl. Biol. 48(1): 84-94.

Lloyd, R. (1961). Effect of dissolved oxygen concentra-
tions  on the toxicity  of several  poisons  to rainbow trout
(Salmo gairdnerii Richardson). J. Exp. Biol. 38: 447-455.

Lloyd, R. (1961). The toxicity of mixtures  of zinc and
copper  sulphates  to  rainbow  trout  (Salmo gairdnerii
Richardson). Ann. Appl. Biol. 49: 535-538.

Lloyd, R. (1964). Sewage effluents  and their effects on
fisheries. Ann. Appl. Biol. 53: 508-509.

Lloyd, R. (1965). Factors that affect  the tolerance offish
to heavy metal  poisoning.  In: Biological Problems in Water
Pollution. Third. Seminar, 1962. Washington, D.C. (GPO),
Public Health Serv. Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp. 181-187.

Lloyd, R. and  D.W.M. Herbert.  (1960). The influence of
carbon dioxide on the toxicity  of un-ionized  ammonia to
rainbow  trout  (Salmo gairdnerii Richardson). Ann. Appl.
Biol. 48(2):  399-404.

Lloyd, R. and D.H.M.  Jordan. (1964). Some factors affect-
ing the  resistance  of rainbow trout  (Salmo gairdnerii
Richardson) to  acid waters. Int. J.  Air Water Pollut. 8:
292-403.

Lloyd,  R.  and D.H.M.  Jordan.  (1964).  Predicted  and
observed toxicities of  several sewage  effluents to rainbow
trout: A further study. J.  Proc. Inst. Sewage Purif. London
2: 183-186.

Loeb, H.  A., H. H. Gettner, and H. A. Abramson. (1965).
Effect of 48 derivatives of d-lysergic acid on the surfacing
behavior of laboratory fish. N.Y. Fish Game J. 12:  79-98.

Loeb, H.  A. and P. J. Starkey.  (1966). Survival of buried
bullheads subjected  to 4'-iodo-3-nitrosalicylanilide  N Y.
Fish Game J. 13(2): 196-205.
                                                       88

-------
Louder, D.  E. and E. G. McCoy.  (1965). Preliminary in-
vestigations of the use of Aqualin for collecting fishes. Proc.
16th Ann. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp.
240-242.

Lowe, J. I.  (1964). Chronic exposure of spot, Leiostomus
xanthurus, to sublethal concentrations of Toxaphene in sea
water. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 93(4): 396-399.

Lowe, J.  I.  (1966). Some effects  of Endrin on estuarine
fishes. Proc.  19th Ann. Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish.
Comm., pp.  271-276.

Lowman,  F. G. (1965). A control for crayfish. Progr. Fish-
Cult.  27: 184.

Ludke, J. L., D. E. Ferguson, and W.  D. Burke. (1968).
Some Endrin relationships in  resistant  and susceptible
populations  of golden shiners, Notemigonus crysoleucas.
Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 97(3): 260-263.

Ludzack,  F. J. and M. B. Ettinger.  (1963). Estimating  bio-
degradability and treatability of organic water pollutants.
Biotechnol.  Bioeng. 5: 309-330.

Macek, K.   J.  (1968).  Reproduction in   brook trout
(Salvelinus fontinalis) fed sublethal concentrations of DDT.
J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 25(9): 1787-1796.

Macek, K. J., C. Hutchinson, and 0.  B.  Cope. (1969).  The
effects of temperature on the susceptibility of bluegills and
rainbow trout to selected pesticides. Bull. Environ. Contam.
Toxicol. 4(3): 174-184.

Mack, G.  L.,   S.  M.  Corcoran,  S.  D.  Gibbs,  W. H.
Gutenmann, J.S. Reckahn, and D. J.  Lisk. (1964).  The
DDT  content of some  fishes  and surface waters of New
York State.  N.Y. Fish Game J.  11: 148-153.

Mackay, R. J.  (1969).  Aquatic insect  communities of a
small stream on  Mont. St. Hilaire, Quebec. J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 26(5):  1157-1183.

Mackenthun, K. M. (1962). A review  of algae, lake weeds,
and  nutrients.  J.  Water  Pollut.  Contr.   Fed.  34(10):
1077-1085.

Mackenthun, K. M. (1965). Nitrogen and phosphorus in
water, an annotated selected bibliography  of their biologi-
cal effects. U.S.  Public Health  Serv. Publ. No. 1305, 111 p.

Mackenthun, K. M. (1966). Biological  evaluation of  pol-
luted streams. J. Water Pollut.  Contr. Fed. 38(2): 241-247.

Mackenthun, K.  M. and H. L. Cooley. (1952). The biologi-
cal effect of copper sulfate treatment on  lake ecology.
Trans. Wis. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 41: 177-187.

Mackenthun, K. M. and W. M. Ingram. (1964). Limnologi-
cal aspects of recreational lakes. U.S. Public Health Serv.
Publ.  No.  1167, 176 p.

Mackenthun, K. M. and  W. M. Ingram. (1964).  Pollution
and the life in  water. U.S. Public  Health  Serv. Publ.  No.
999-WP-20, 16 p.
Mackenthun, K. M. and W.  M. Ingram. (1967). Biological
associated  problems  in  freshwater environments,  their
identification, investigation and control. Washington, D.C.
(GPO), U.S. Dept. Int., Fed. Water Pollut. Contr. Admin.,
287 pp.

Mackereth, F. J. and W.J.P. Smyly. (1951). Toxicity of
copper in solution to the stone-loach. Nature 168: 1130.

MacLeod, J. C. and L. L. Smith. (1966). Effect of pulp-
wood  fiber   on  oxygen  consumption   and  swimming
endurance  of  the  fathead minnow, Pimephales promelas.
Trans. Amer. Fish.  Soc. 95: 71-84.

MacMullan, R. A. (1968). The case against hard pesticides.
Mich. Conserv. Dept., 6 p.  [Repr.  from  Mich. Conserv.,
Jan-Feb.].

MacPhee, C. and R. Pruelle. (1968).  Fish culture by squaw-
fish population eradication. U.S. Patent 3,389,685, 5 p.

Mahdi, M.  A.  (1966). Mortality of some species of fish to
Toxaphene at  three temperatures. In: Investigations in fish
control. No. 6. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish, and
Wildl. Resour. Publ. 10, 10 p.

Malaney, G. W., W. D. Sheets, and R. Quillin. (1959). Toxic
effects of metallic  ions on sewage microorganisms. Sewage
Ind. Wastes 31(11): 1309-1315.

Malina, J.  F. (1964). Toxicity of petrochemical  in the
aquatic  environment. Water  Sewage  Works  111(10):
456-560.

Maloney,  T. E.  (1966). Detergent  phosphorus effect on
algae. J. Water Pollut. Contr.  Fed. 38(1): 3845.

Maloney, T. E. and C. M. Palmer. (1956). Toxicity of six
chemical compounds  to thirty  cultures  of algae. Water
Sewage Works 103: 509-513.

Mann,  K. H. (1965). Heated effluents and their effects on
the invertebrate fauna of rivers.  Proc. Soc. Water Treat.
Exam.  14: 45-53.

Manufacturing  Chemists  Association.  Water  Resources
Committee.  1967. Source  materials  on water quality
criteria. (Rev.) Washington,  D.C., Manufacturing Chemists
Association, Water  Resources Committee, 35 p.

Marchetti,  R.  (1965).  The  toxicity  of  nonyl  phenol
ethoxylate to the  developmental stages  of the rainbow
trout, Salmo gairdnerii, Richardson, Ann. Appl. Biol. 55:
425-430.

Marking, L. L. (1966). Evaluation of p,p'-DDT as a refer-
ence toxicant in bioassays. In: Investigations in fish control.
No.  10.  U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish.  Wildl.,
Resour. Publ. 14, 10 p.

Marking, L.  L.  (1967). Toxicity of MS-222  to selected
fishes.  In: Investigations in Fish Control. No. 12. U.S. Fish
Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 18,  10 p.
                                                        89

-------
Marking, L. L. and J. W. Hogan. (1967). Toxicity of Bayer
73  to fish. In: Investigations in Fish Control. No. 19.  U.S.
Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish. Wildl. Resour. Publ. 36,
13  p.

Martin, W. E.  (n.d.).  Fish-pesticide acute  toxicity  test
method. U.S. Dep.  Agr. Res. Serv., Pestic. Regul. Div.,
Animal Biol. Sect. (Fish), lip. (unpubl.)

Mason, W. T., J. B. Anderson, and G. E. Morrison. (1967).
A limestone-filled, artificial substrate sampler-float unit for
collecting macroinvertebrates in large streams. Progr. Fish-
Cult. 29: 74.

Mathur, D. S. (1963).  Observations of  the  toxicity of
Dieldrin and  Lindane  to  certain fishes.  Zool. Pol.   13:
99-108.

Mathur, D. S. (1964). Determination of the accumulation
of DDT and BHC in the liver and intestine  of certain fishes.
Proc.  Nat.  Acad. Sci.  India Sect.  B,  Biol.  Sci.  34(4):
337-338.

Mawdesley-Thomas, L. E. and J. S. Leahy. (1967). Organo-
chlorine pesticide residues in pike. Progr. Fish-Cult. 29:  64.

McCall, G. W. (1961).  Bioassay  of an industrial  waste.
Sanitalk9: 18-20.

McCauley, R. N. (1966). The biological effects of oil pollu-
tion in a river. Limnol. Oceanogr. 11: 475-486.

McDonald,  S.  (1962).  Rapid  detection  of  chlorinated
hydrocarbon  insecticides  in   aqueous  suspension  with
Gammams  lacustris  lacustris  (Sars.). Can.  J.  Zool.  40:
719-723.

McFarland,  W.  N. (1959).  A  study  of the  effects of
anaesthetics on the behavior and physiology of fishes. Publ.
Inst. Mar. Sci. 6: 23-55.

McKee, J. E. and H. W. Wolf (eds.). (1963). Water quality
criteria. 2d ed. Sacramento, Calif. State Water Quality Con-
trol Board, Resources Agency of California, Publ. No. 3-A,
548 p.

McKeown, J. J. (1962).  The control of Sphaerotilus natans
by  a southern Kraft mill. Proc.  17th  Ind.  Waste  Conf.
Purdue Univ. 47(2): 440-453.

McLean, L.  A. (1968). DDT residues and Bermuda petrels.
Science 161: 397.

Meehan, W. R.  and  W. L. Sheridan. (1966).  Effects of
Toxaphene on fishes and bottom fauna of Big Kitoi Creek,
Afognak Island, Alaska. In:  Investigations in fish control.
No.  8.  U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport  Fish. Wildl.,
Resour. Publ. 12, 9 p.

Meeks, R. L. (1968). The accumulation of 36ci ring-labeled
DDT  in a  freshwater  marsh. J.  Wildl.  Manage. 32(2):
376-398.

Merkens, J. C.  (1957).  Controlled  aqueous  environments
for bioassay. Lab.  Pract. 6(8): 456-459, 471.
Merkens, J. C. (1958). Studies on the toxicity of chlorine
and chloramines to the rainbow trout. Water Waste Treat. J.
7: 150-151.

Merkens, J. C. and K. M. Downing. (1957).  The effect of
tension of dissolved oxygen on the toxicity  of un-ionized
ammonia to several species of fish.  Ann. Appl. Biol. 45(3):
521-527.

Meyer, F. P. (1965). The experimental use of Guthion as a
selective fish eradicator.  Trans.  Amer.  Fish.  Soc. 94:
203-209.

Meyer, F. P. (1965). The effect of formulation differences
on the toxicity of benzene hexachloride to golden shiners.
Proc.   17th Ann.  Conf.,  Southeast.  Assoc. Game  Fish
Comm.,pp. 186-190.

Mihursky, J.  A. (1962). Patuxent River study with special
reference to  the effects of heated  steam electric station
condenser water upon estuarine ecology. Prince Frederick,
Md., Natur. Res. Inst., 29 p.

Mihursky, J. A. and V. S. Kennedy.  (1967). Water tempera-
ture criteria to protect aquatic life.  Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec.
Publ. 4, pp. 20-32.

Miller, C. W.,  B. M. Zuckerman, and A. J. Chang. (1966).
Water translocation of Diazinon-Cl4 and Parathion-S35 of
a model cranberry bog and subsequent occurrence in fish
and mussels. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 95: 345-349.

Mitchum,  D.  L. and T. D. Moore. (1967). Study  of water
pollution  problems which affect  fish  and other aquatic
forms. Wyoming Game and  Fish Comm., Federal Aid in
Fish and Wildl. Restoration, Project No. FW-3-R-13,  32 p.

Mitrovic, V. V., V. M. Brown, D. G. Shurben, and M. H.
Berryman.  (1968). Some pathological effects of sub-acute
and acute  poisoning of rainbow trout  by phenol in hard
water. Water Res. 2: 249-254.

Montgomery,  H.A.C. (1967). The  determination of bio-
chemical oxygen demand by respirometric methods. Water
Res. 1: 631-662.

Moore, N. W. (1967). A synopsis of the pesticide  problem.
Advan. Ecol. Res. 4: 75-129.

Moore,  N.  W. and  J. 0. Tatton. (1965). Organochlorine
insecticide  residues in the eggs  of  sea birds. Nature 207:
42-43.

Moore,  S.  L.  and S. R. Kin. (1969). Train  wreck causes
cyanide pollution. Water Sewage Works 116: 35-40.

Morrill, J.  B.  (1963). Morphological effects of cobaltous
chloride  on the development  of Limnaea  stagnalis and
Limnaea palustris. Biol. Bull. 125(3): 508-522.

Morrison, S. M. and J. F. Fair. (1966). Influence of environ-
ment  on stream microbial dynamics. Ft. Collins,  Colorado
State Univ., Hydrology Pap. No.  13, 21 p.
                                                       90

-------
Moubry, R. J., J. M. Helm, and G. R. Myrdal.  (1968).
Chlorinated pesticide residues in an aquatic environment
located adjacent to a commercial orchard. Pesticides Monit.
J. 1(4): 27-29.

Mount, D. I. (1962). Chronic effects of Endrin on blunt-
nose minnows and guppies. U.S. Fish and Wildl. Serv., Bur.
Sport Fish, and Wildl. Res. Rept. 58, 38 p.

Mount, D. I. (1964). An autopsy technique for zinc-caused
fish mortality. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 93(2): 174-182.

Mount, D. I. (1966). The effect of total hardness and pH on
acute toxicity of zinc to fish. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 10:
49-56.

Mount, D. I. (1967). Considerations for  acceptable concen-
trations of pesticides for fish production. Amer. Fish. Soc.,
Spec. Publ. 4, pp. 3-6.

Mount, D. I. (1968). Test animals for water quality. Amer.
Fish. Soc. Newslett. 12(54): 3, 6.

Mount, D. I. (1968). Chronic toxicity of copper to fathead
minnows (Pimephales promelas, Rafinesque). Water Res. 2:
215-223.

Mount, D. I. and W. A. Brungs. (1967). A simplified dosing
apparatus for fish toxicology studies. Water Res. 1: 21-29.

Mount, D. I.  and C. E. Stephan. (1967). A method for
detecting  cadmium  poisoning  in  fish.  J.  Wildl. Manage.
31(1): 168-172.

Mount, D. I.  and C. E. Stephan. (1967). A method for
establishing acceptable toxicant limits for fish — Malathion
and  the butoxyethanol ester of 2,4-D. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 96(2): 185-193.

Mount, D.  I., L. W. Vigor, and M.  L. Schafer.  (1966).
Endrin: Use of concentration in blood to diagnose acute
toxicity to fish. Science 152: 1388-1390.

Mount, D. I. and R. E. Warner.  (1965). A serial-dilution
apparatus for continuous delivery of various concentrations
of materials in water. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No.
999-WP-23, 16 p.

Moye, W. C. and  W.  H. Luckmann. (1964). Fluctuations in
populations of certain aquatic insects following application
of Aldrin granules to Sugar Creek, Iroquois County, Illinois.
J. Econ. Entomol. 57(3): 318-322.

Mulla, M. S. (1963). Toxicity of organochlorine insecticides
to the  mosquito fish Gambusia  affinis and the bullfrog
Rana catesbeiana.  Mosquito News 23: 299-303.

Mulla,  M.  S. (1966). Toxicity of new organic insecticides to
mosquito  fish and some other aquatic organisms. Mosquito
News 26: 87-91.

Mulla,  M. S. and  L. W. Isaak. (1961). Field studies on the
toxicity of  insecticides  to the mosquito fish, Gambusia
affims. J. Econ. Entomol. 54: 1273-1242.
Mulla, M. S., L. W. Isaak, and H. Axelrod. (1963). Field
studies on the effects  of insecticides on some aquatic wild-
life species. J. Econ. Entomol. 56: 184-188.

Mulla, M. S., J. St. Amant, and L. D. Anderson. (1967).
Evaluation  of organic pesticides for  possible use as fish
toxicants. Progr. Fish-Cult. 29: 36-42.

Muncy, R. J. and A. D. Oliver. (1963). Toxicity of ten
insecticides  to  the  red  crawfish,  Procambarus  clarki
(Girard). Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 92(4): 428-431.

Murphy, S. D. (1966). Liver  metabolism and toxicity of
thiophosphate insecticides in mammalian,  avian, and piscine
species. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med. 123: 392-398.

Murphy, S. D., R. R. Lauwerys, and K. L. Cheever. (1968).
Comparative anticholinesterase action of organophosphorus
insecticides  in  vertebrates. Toxicol.  Appl.  Pharm.  12:
22-35.

National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council.
Committee on  Pollution. (1966). Waste  management and
control. A  report to the Federal Council for Science and
Technology. Nat. Acad. Sci.-Nat. Resour. Counc. 257 p.

National Technical  Advisory Committee. (1967). Interim
Report  on  Water Quality Criteria, Federal Water Pollution
Control Administration, 766 p.

National Technical Advisory  Committee.  (1968).  Water
quality  criteria.  Report to the Secretary of  the Interior.
Washington,  D.C.,  Federal  Water   Pollution  Control
Administration, 234 p.

Naylor, E. (1965).  Biological effects of a heated effluent in
docks at Swansea, S. Wales. Proc. Zool. Soc. London 144:
253-268.

Nebeker, A.  V. and A. R. Gaufin.  (1964).  Bioassays to
determine pesticide toxicity to the amphipod crustacean,
Gammarus lacustris. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci.  41(1): 64-67.

Needham, R. G. (1966). Effects of Toxaphene on plankton
and aquatic invertebrates in North Dakota lakes. In: Investi-
gations  in fish control. No. 4. U.S. Fish  Wildl. Serv., Bur.
Sport Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 8,16 p.

Neel, J. K.  (1963).  Industrial  wastes and  pesticides -
avenues  through which they  affect  water  quality  and
aquatic life. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 66: 42-48.

Nejedly, A.  (1967).  An explanation of the  difference
between the rate of the BOD progression under laboratory
and  stream  conditions. In: Advances in  Water Pollution
Research, Proc. 3rd   International   Conference  held in
Munich, Germany, Sept. 1966. Vol.  1. Washington,  D.C.,
Water Pollut. Contr. Fed., pp. 23-53.

Neuhold, J. M. and W. F.  Sigler. (1962). Chlorides affect
the toxicity of  fluorides to rainbow trout. Science 135:
732-733.

Newsom, L. D. (1967). Consequences of  insecticide use on
nontarget organisms. Ann. Rev. Entomol.  12: 257-286.
                                                        91

-------
Nicholson,  H. P. (1959).  Insecticide pollution  of water
resources. J. Amer. Water Works Assoc. 51(8): 981-986.

Nicholson,  H.  P.  (1967).  Pesticide  pollution  control.
Science 158:871-876.

Nicholson,  H. P., A. R. Crzenda, G. J.  Lauer, W. S. Cox,
and J. I. Teasley.  (1964). Water pollution by insecticides in
an agricultural river basin.  I. Occurrence of insecticides in
river and treated municipal water.  Limnol. Oceanogr. 9:
310-317.

Nicholson,  H. P. and J. R. Thoman. (1964). The problem of
pesticides  as  pollutants of  water.  Mosquito News 24:
169-172.

Nightingale, H. W. and V. L. Loosanoff. (1928). The effects
of waste sulphite liquor on the  early stages  of chinook
salmon,  and means of prevention  by  disposal  methods.
Trans.  Amer. Fish. Soc. 58: 232-244.

Norris,  L. A. (1967). Chemical brush control and herbicide
residues in  the forest environment. In: Symposium Proceed-
ings: Herbicides  and  Vegetation  Management  in Forests,
Ranges, and  Noncrop Lands. Oregon State University, pp.
103-123.

North, W. J., K. A. Clendenning, and H. L. Scotten. (1960).
The effects of waste discharges on kelp. Quarterly Progress
Report 1 July 1959 - 30 September 1959. San Diego, Univ.
of Calif., Inst. Mar. Resour., IMR Ref. 60-4,  54 p.

Oberton, A.C.E.  and V.  T. Stack.  (1957). Biochemical
oxygen demand  of organic chemicals. Sewage  Ind. Wastes
29(11): 1267-1272.

O'Connell, R. L. and N.  A. Thomas.  (1965).  Effect of
benthic algae on stream  dissolved oxygen. J. San. Eng. Div.,
Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil Eng. 91(SA3): 1-16.

Odum,  E.  P. (1959). Fundamentals of ecology. 2nd ed.
Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders Co., 546 p.

Odum,  E.  P. and W. T. Sumerford. (1946). Comparative
toxicity of DDT and four analogues to goldfish, Gambusia,
and Culex larvae.  Science 104(2708): 480-482.

Odum, W.  E., G.  M. Woodwell, and  G.  F Winster. (1969).
DDT  residues absorbed from organic  detritus by fiddler
crabs. Science 164: 576-577.

Ogilvie, D.  M. and J. M. Anderson. (1965). Effect of DDT
on temperature selection by young Atlantic salmon, Salmo
salar. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 22: 503-512.

Oglesby,  L.  C.  (1964).  Mortality   of  a  freshwater
polychaete,  Nereis  limnicola  Johnson,   attributed  to
rotenone. Calif. Fish Game 50: 268-270.

Ohio  River Valley  Water  Sanitation Commission. (1956).
Aquatic  life  water  quality  criteria.  2d Progress Report.
Sewage Ind. Waste 28(5): 678-690.

Okum,  D.  A. (1968).  The  hierarchy  of  water quality.
Environ. Sci.  Tech. 2(9): 672-675.
Olsen, P. A. and R. F. Foster. (1958). Effect of Separan on
rainbow  trout.  Richland,  Wash., General  Electric  Co.,
HW-55292, 5 p.

Olson.  T.  A.  (1957).  Biological  indicators  in stream
ecology.  Proc. llth Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 41(2):
601-610.

Olson, T. A. and F. J. Burgess, (eds.). (1967). Pollution and
marine ecology, N.Y., Interscience Publ. 364 p.

Pagan,  C. and R.  H. Hageman. (1950). Determination of
DDT by bioassay. Science 112: 222-223.

Paine, G. H. and A. R. Gaufin. (1956). Aquatic  diptera as
indicators of pollution  in a midwestern stream. Ohio J. Sci.
56: 291-304.

Palmer,  C.  M. (1959).  Algae in water supplies. U.S. Public
Health Serv. Publ. No. 657, 88 p.

Palmer, C. M. (1963). The effect of pollution on river algae.
Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci. 108: 389-395.

Palmer,  C.  M. and  T. E. Maloney. (1955). Preliminary
screening for potential algicides. Ohio J. Sci. 55(1): 1-8.

Parka, S. J. and H. M.  Worth. (1965). Effects of Trifluralin
on fish. Proc. S. Weed Conf. 18: 469474.

Parkhurst, Z. E. and H. E. Johnson. (1955). Toxicity of
Malathion 500 to fall  chinook salmon fingerlings. Progr.
Fish-Cult. 17: 113-116.

Patrick,  R.  (1957). Diatoms as indicators of changes in
environmental conditions. In: Biol.  Probl. Water Pollut.,
Trans,  of the 1956 Seminar. Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A.
Taft San. Eng. Center, pp. 71-83.

Patrick,  R.  (1965). Algae  as  indicators  of  pollution. In:
Biological Problems  in Water  Pollution.  Third Seminar,
1962. U.S. Public  Health  Serv. Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp.
225-231.

Patrick,   R.  (1968).  Effect of suspended  solids,  organic
matter and toxic materials on aquatic life in rivers. Water
Sewage Works 115: 89-92.

Patrick,  R., J. Cairns,  and  S. S. Roback. (1967). An eco-
systematic  study of the fauna  and  flora of the  Savannah
River.  Proc.  Acad.   Natur.  Sci.  Philadelphia   118(5):
109-407.

Patrick,  R., J. Cairns, and A. Scheier. (1968). The relative
sensitivity of diatoms,  snails, and fish to twenty common
constituents  of industrial wastes. Progr.  Fish-Cult. 30(3):
137-140.

Patten, B. G. and  C. C. Gillaspie. (1966). The Bureau of
Commercial  Fisheries  type IV electro  fishing shocker-its
characteristics and operations. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec.
Sci. Report-Fish., No.  529, 15 p.

Patterson, R. S.  and D. L. Von  Windeguth. (1964). The
effects of  Baytex on  some aquatic organisms.  Mosquito
News 24: 46-49.
                                                       92

-------
Phillippy, C. L. (1961). Preliminary results of herbicides
tested on certain aquatic plants in Florida, Proc. 15th Ann.
Conf., Southeast. Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 288-295.

Phillips, A. M.  (1944). The physiological effect of sodium
chloride  on  brook  trout. Trans.  Amer. Fish.  Soc. 74:
297-309.

Phillipson,  J.  (1966).  Ecological  Energetics. N.Y.,  St.
Martins Press, 57 p.

Piavis, G. W. (1962). Exposure of several developmental
stages of the sea lamprey, Petromyzon marinus, to selective
larvicides. Copeia, No. 3: 652-653.

Pickering, Q. H. (1966). Acute toxicity  of alkyl benzene
sulfonate and linear alkylate sulfonate the eggs of the fat-
head  minnow,  Pimephales  promelas.  Int.  J.  Air Water
Pollut. 10:385-391.

Pickering. Q. H. (1968). Some effects of dissolved oxygen
concentrations  upon the toxicity  of zinc to the bluegill,
Lepomis macrochirus, Raf. Water Res. 2: 187-194.

Pickering, Q. H. and C.  Henderson. (1959). Monitoring for
BW and CW Agents in Water With Fish. In: R. L. Woodward
and G. G. Robeck, Removal of Radiological, Biological, and
Chemical Contaminants From Water,  Cincinnati,  Ohio,
Robert A.  Taft San. Eng.  Ctr.,  Tech. Rpt.  W59-2, pp.
119-133.

Pickering,  Q. H. and C. Henderson.  (1965). The  acute
toxicity of some heavy metals to different species of warm
water fishes. In: Proc. 19th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ.
49(2): 578-591.

Pickering,  Q. H. and C. Henderson.  (1966). The  acute
toxicity  of some pesticides to fish. Ohio. J. Sci. 66(5):
508-513.

Pickering, Q. H. and C.  Henderson. (1966). Acute toxicity
of some important petrochemicals to fish. J. Water Pollut.
Contr. Fed. 38(9): 1419-1429.

Pickering, Q. H., C. Henderson, and A. E. Lemke.  (1962).
The toxicity of organic phosphorus insecticides to different
species of warm-water fishes.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 91:
175-184.

Pickering,  Q.   H. and W. N.  Vigor. (1965).  The  acute
toxicity  of zinc to eggs and fry  of the  fathead minnow.
Progr. Fish-Cult. 27(3): 153-157.

Pomelle, C. S.  (1953). Toxicity of beryllium. Sewage Ind.
Wastes 25:  1424-1428.

Portmann, J. E. and P. M. Connor. (1968). The toxicity of
several oil-spill  removers to some  species of fish and shell-
fish. Marine Biol. (Berlin) 1(4): 322-329.

Post,  G. (1959).  A  preliminary  report on  the  use of
Nitrofuran  compounds   for   furunculosis  of  trout, with
special emphasis on  Furoxone. Progr. Fish-Cult. 21: 30-33.
Post, G. and R. E. Keiss. (1962). Further laboratory studies
on the use of Furazolidone for the control of furunculosis
of trout. Progr. Fish-Cult. 24: 16-21.

Powers, E. B. (1918). The goldfish (Carassius carassius) as a
test animal in the study of toxicity. 111. Biol. Monogr. 4(2):
123-193.

President's  Science Advisory Committee. Environmental
Pollution  Panel.  (1965).  Restoring  the quality  of  our
environment. Report of the Environmental Pollution Panel,
President's Science Advisory Committee, Washington, B.C.,
The White House, 317 p.

Proffitt, M. A. (1966). Some factors affecting the toxicity
ofAldrinto fishes. Proc. Indiana  Acad. Sci. 75: 325-329.

Prosser, C. L. and F. A. Brown. (1961). Comparative animal
physiology. 2nd ed. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders Co.,  688
P-

Pyatt,  E. E. (1964). On determining pollutant distribution
in tidal estuaries.  Hydrology of tidal streams. U.S. Geol.
Surv., Water-Supply Pap. 1586-F, 56 p.

Rabinowitz, J. L. and R. M. Myerson. (1966). Exposure of
aquarium fish to dimethyl  sulfoxide  (DMSO) with special
reference to toxicity and effects  on uptake of radioactive
dyes. Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol. Med.  121: 1065-1067.

Rachlin,  J.  W. and  A. Perlmutter. (1968).  Fish cells in
cultures for the study  of aquatic toxicants. Water Res. 2:
409414.

Randall,  C.  W. (1966). Toxicity of organophosphate in-
secticides to freshwater microorganisms.  In: K. L. Bowden
(ed.),  Proceedings of  the  2nd  Annual American  Water
Resources Conference at Univ. of Chicago, Center for Con-
tinuing Education,  Chicago,  Illinois,  November  21-22,
1966. Urbana, Illinois.  American Water Resources Associa-
tion, Proc. Ser. No. 2, pp. 352-364.

Raney, E. C. and B. W. Menzel.  (1967). A  bibliography:
Heated effluents and effects on aquatic life with emphasis
on fishes. Philadelphia Electric  Company and Ichthyologi-
cal Associates, Bull. No. 1,90 p.

Rao, T. S., S. Dutt, and K. Mangaiah. (1967). TLm values
of some modern pesticides to the fresh-water fish — Puntius
puckelli. Environ. Health 9(2): 103-109.

Raymont, J.E.G. and J. Shields.  (1964). Toxicity of copper
and chromium in the marine environment. In: Advances in
Water  Pollution Research,  Proc. International Conference
held in London, Sept.  1962. Vol. 3. N.Y., MacMillan, pp.
275-290.

Reed, R. J. (1966). Some effects of DDT on the ecology of
salmon streams  in Southeastern  Alaska. U.S. Fish Wildl.
Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept.-Fish. 542,15 p.

Reich, K. (1955). The effect of cyanide and azide on the
respiration of the amoeba, Mayorella palestinensis. Physiol.
Zool. 28: 145-151.
                                                        93

-------
Reid, G. K. (1961). Ecology of inland waters and estuaries.
N.Y., Reinhold Publ. Co. 375 pp.

Reiff, B. (1964). Factors influencing the testing of chemi-
cals  and effluents  for toxicity to  fish.  J.  Sci.  Technol.
10(4): 167-171.

Renn, C. E. (1955). Biological properties  and behaviors of
cyanogenic wastes. Sewage Ind. Wastes 27: 297-310.

Reymonds, T. D. (1962). Pollutional effects of agricultural
insecticides and  synthetic detergents. Water Sewage Works
109: 352-355.

Ricker, W. E. (ed.). (1968). Methods for assessment offish
production in fresh waters. Oxford, Blackwell Sci. Publ.
313 p. (IBP Handbook No. 3.)

Roback, S. S.  (1965).  Environmental  requirements  of
Trichoptera.  In: Biological Problems in  Water Pollution.
Third Seminar,  1962. U.S. Public Health Serv. Publ. No.
999-WP-25, pp. 118-126.

Roberts, H.  (1963).  Cadmium toxic  to rainbow  trout.
Progr. Fish-Cult. 25: 216.

Robinson,  J.  (1967).  Dynamics of  organochlorine  in-
secticides  in  vertebrates  and  ecosystems.  Nature 215:
33-35.

Robinson, J., A. Richardson, A. N. Crabtree, J. C. Coulson,
and G. R. Potts. (1967). Organochlorine residues in marine
organisms. Nature 214: 1307-1311.

Rodgers, E. 0., B. H. Hazen, S.  B.  Friddle, and S. F.
Sneiszko. (1951). The  toxicity of pyridylmercuric acetate
technical (PMA) to rainbow trout (Salmo gairdnerri). Progr.
Fish-Cult. 13(2): 71-73.

Rosato, P.  and  D. E.  Ferguson.  (1968). The toxicity of
Endrin-resistant  mosquitofish   to  eleven   species   of
vertebrates. BioScience  18(8): 783-784.

Rose, E. T. (1958). Further notes  on toxaphene in fish
population control. Iowa State.Conserv. Comm., Fish Game
Div., Quart. Biol. Rept. 10(2): 5-7.

Royer, L. M.  (1966). Bioassay method for the determina-
tion  of Toxaphene in lake  water. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 23:
723-727.

Rudolfs, W., G. E. Barnes, G. P. Edwards, H. Heukelekian,
E. Hurwitz, C. E. Renn,  S. Steinberg and W. F. Vaughan.
(1950). Review  of literature on  toxic materials affecting
sewage treatment processes, streams, and B.OD. determina-
tions. Sewage Ind. Wastes 22:1157-1191.

Ruttner, F.  (1953).  Fundamentals of limnology.  Univ.
Toronto Press. 242 p.
Ryckman, D. W., A.V.S. Prabhakara-Rao, and J. C. Buzzell.
(1966).  Behavior  of organic chemicals  in the aquatic
environment; a literature critique. Research report from the
Environmental and Sanitary  Engineering  Laboratories of
Washington  University,  St. Louis,  for the Manufacturing
Chemists  Association. Washington,  D.C.  Manufacturing
Chemists Association, 164 p.

Sanborn, N. H. (1945). The lethal effect of certain chemi-
cals on freshwater fish. Canner 101(5): 13.

Sanders,  H. 0. and O. B. Cope. (1966). Toxicities of several
pesticides to two species of cladocerans. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 95:  165-169.

Sanders,  H.  0. and 0.  B.  Cope.  (1968). The relative
toxicities of several pesticides to naiads of three species of
stoneflies. Lirnnol. Oceanogr. 13(1): 112-117.

Sanders,  R. L. and J. B. Sprague. (1967). Effects of copper-
zinc mining pollution on a spawning migration of Atlantic
salmon. Water Res. 1: 419-432.

Schaumburg, F. D.,  T.  E. Howard, and  C. C. Walden.
(1967).  A  method  to  evaluate  the  effects  of  water
pollutants on  fish respiration. Water Res.  1(10): 731-737.

Scheier, A. and J. Cairns. (1967). Persistence of gill damage
in Lepomis  gibbosus following a brief exposure to alkyl
benzene sulfonate. Notulae Natur., No. 391,7 p.

Scheier,  A.  and J. Cairns. (1968). An apparatus for esti-
mating  the  effects  of toxicants  on  the critical  flicker
frequency response of the bluegill sunfish. Proc. 23rd Ind.
Waste Conf. Purdue Univ. 10 p.

Schiffman, R. H.  and P. 0. Fromm. (1959). Chromium-
induced  changes in the blood  of rainbow trout,  Salmo
gairdnerii. Sewage Ind. Wastes 31(2): 205-211.

Schmid,  O. J. and H. Mann. (1961). Action of a detergent
(dodecylbenzene-sulfonate) on the gills of the trout. Nature
192: 675.

Schmidt, C. H. and D. E. Weidhaas. (1961). The toxicologi-
cal action of three  organophosphorus insecticides with
three  species  of mosquito larvae.  J.  Econ. Entomol. 54:
583-586.

Schoenthal,  N. D. (1963). Some effects of DDT on cold
water fish and fish-food organisms.  Proc. Montana Acad.
Sci. 23: 63-95.

Schoettger,  R.  A. (1967).  Annotated  Bibliography  on
MS-222.   In:  Investigations  in  Fish  Control. No. 16,
Washington, D.C., U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish.
Wildl., Resour. Publ. 22,15 p.

Schoettger,  R. A. and  A. M. Julin.  (1967).  Efficacy of
MS-222  as an anesthetic on four salmonids. In: Investiga-
tions in  Fish Control. No. 13. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur.
Sport Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 19,15 p.
                                                       94

-------
Schoettger, R. A. and J. R. Olive. (1961). Accumulation of
Toxaphene by fish-food organisms. Limnol. Oceanogr. 6:
216-219.

Schoettger, R. A., C. R. Walker, L. L. Marking, and A. M.
Julin. (1967). MS-222 as an anesthetic for channel catfish:
Its toxicity, efficacy, and muscle residues. In: Investigations
in Fish Control. No. 17. Washington, U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv.,
Bur. Sport Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 33, 14 p.

Schouwenberg,  W.  J. and  K. J. Jackson.  (1966). A field
assessment of the effects of spraying a small coastal coho
salmon  stream  with Phosphamidon. Can.  Fish Cult. 37:
35-43.

Scott, D. C.  (1958). Biological balance in  streams. Sewage
Ind. Wastes 30(9): 1169-1173.

Seiffer, E. A. and H. F. Schoof. (1967). Tests of 15 experi-
mental molluscicides against Australorbis glabratus. Public
Health Report 82(9): 833-839.

Servizi,  J. A., E. T.  Stone, and R. W. Gordon. (1966).
Toxicity and treatment of Kraft  pulp bleach plant waste.
New Westminster,  B.C., Int.  Pac.  Salmon  Fish.  Comm.,
Progr. Rept. No. 13, 34 p.

Shane, M. S. (1948). Effect of  DDT spray on  reservoir
biological  balance.   J.  Amer.  Water Works  Assoc.  40:
333-336.

Shaw, W.H.R. and  B. Grushkin. (1967).  The toxicity of
metal ions to aquatic organisms. Arch. Biochem.  Biophys.
67(2): 447-452.

Sheets, W. D. (1957). Toxicity studies of metal-finishing
wastes. Sewage Ind.  Wastes 29: 1380-1384.

Shrivastava, H. M. (1962). Oligochaetes as indicators of pol-
lution. Water Sewage Works 109: 387-890.

Sigler, W. F., W. T.  Helm, J. W. Angelovic, D. W. Linn, and
S. S. Martin.  (1966). The effects of uranium mill wastes on
stream biota. Utah Agr. Exp. Sta., Bull. 462, 76 p.

Skidmore, J. F. (1964). Toxicity of zinc compounds to
aquatic animals with special reference to fish. Quart. Rev.
Biol. 39(3): 227-248.

Skidmore, J. F. (1965). Resistance to zinc sulphate of the
zebrafish  (Brachydanio  rerio Hamilton-Buchanan) at dif-
ferent phases of its life history. Ann. Appl. Biol. 56: 47-53.

Skidmore, J. F.  (1966).  Resistance  to zinc  sulphate of
zebrafish  (Brachydanio  rerio) embryos after  removal or
rupture of the outer egg membrane. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
23: 1037-1041.

Skidmore, J. F. (1967).  Oxygen uptake by  zebrafish
(Brachydanio rerio)  of  different  ages in relation to  zinc
sulphate   resistance.  J.  Fish.  Res.  Bd.  Can.  24(6):
1253-1267.

Sladen, W.J.L., C. M. Menzie, and W. L. Reichel. (1966).
DDT residues in adelie penguins and a crabeater seal from
Antarctica. Nature 210(5037): 670-673.
Smith, A. J. (1967). The effect of the lamprey larvicide,
3-trifluoromethyl-4-nitrophenol,  on   selected  aquatic
invertebrates. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 96(4): 410-413.

Smith, A. L., J. Layell,  and J. C. Grey. (1962). How to
predict downstream DO drop. Wastes Eng. 33: 456458.

Smith, A. O. and B. R. Woodson. (1965). The effects of
fluoride on the growth of Chlorella pyrenoidosa. Va. J. Sci.
16(1): 1-8.

Smith, G.  E.  and  B.  G. Isom. (1967). Investigation  of
effects of large-scale applications of 2,4-D on aquatic fauna
and water quality. Pestic. Monit. J. 1(3): 16-21.

Smith, J. E. (ed.). (1968). 'Torrey Canyon' pollution and
marine life. A report by  the Plymouth Laboratory of the
Marine  Biological  Association  of the United Kingdom.
Cambridge, University Press,  196 p.

Smith, J. W. and S. G. Grigoropoulos. (1968). Toxic effects
of odorous trace organics. J.  Amer. Water Works Assoc. 60:
969-979.

Smith, L. L. (1961). Water quality data and sustained fish
harvests.  In: Water Quality Measurement and Instrumenta-
tion. Proc. of the 1960 Seminar at Cincinnati, Ohio, August
29-31, 1960.  Cincinnati,  Ohio,  Robt. A. Taft San.  Eng.
Center, SEC-TR-W61-2, pp. 97-102.

Smith, L. L. and R. H. Kramer. (1963). Survival of walleye
eggs in relation to wood fibers and Sphaerotilus natans in
the Rainy River, Minnesota. Trans. Amer.  Fish. Soc. 92:
220-234.

Smith, L. L. and R. H. Kramer. (1965). Survival of walleye
fingerlings in conifer ground wood fiber. Trans. Amer. Fish.
Soc. 94: 402-404.

Smith, L. L. and R. H. Kramer. (1965). Some effects  of
paper fibers in fish eggs and small fish. Proc. 19th Ind.
Waste Conf. Purdue Univ.  49(2): 369-378.

Smith, L. L., R. H. Kramer, and J. C. MacLeod. (1965).
Effects  of pulpwood  fibers  on  fathead  minnows and
walleye fingerlings. J.  Water Pollut. Contr.  Fed. 37(1):
130-140.

Smith, L. L., R. H. Kramer, and D. M. Oseid. (1966). Long-
term  effects   of  conifer-groundwood   paper  fiber  on
walleyes. Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 95: 60-70.

Smith, M. W. (1939). Copper sulfate and rotenone as fish
poisons. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 69: 141-157.

Snow, J.  R.  (1958).  A  preliminary report on the  com-
parative testing of some of the newer herbicides. Proc. llth
Ann.  Conf.,  Southeast.  Assoc.  Game  Fish Comm., pp.
125-132.

Snow, J. R. (1963). Simazine as an algicide for bass ponds.
Progr. Fish-Cult. 25: 34-36.
                                                       95

-------
Sollman, T. (1949).  Correlation of the  aquarium goldfish
toxicities  of some phenols, quinones, and other benzene
derivatives with their inhibition of autooxidative reactions.
J. Gen. Physiol. 32: 671-679.

Solon, J.  M., J. L. Lincer, and J. H. Nair. (1968). A con-
tinuous flow,  automatic device for short-term toxicity
experiments. Trans. Amer. Fish Soc. 97(4): 501-502.

Southwood, T.R.E. (1966). Ecological methods.  London,
Methuen and and Co., p. 391.

Sparr, B.  I., W. G. Appleby, D. M. DeVries, J. V. Osmun,
J.M.   McBride, and G. L.  Foster.  (1966).  Insecticide
residues in  waterways  from  agricultural use.  In: Organic
Pesticides  in the Environment. Advan. Chem. Ser. No. 60:
146-162.

Spiller, D. (1961). A digest of available information on the
insecticide Malathion. Advan. Pest Contr. 4: 249-335.

Spindler,  J.  C. and  A.  M.  Whitney. (1960).  Changes in
bottom fauna composition and a fish kill resulting from
pulp mill wastes. Proc. Montana Acad. Sci. 19: 107-111.

Sprague, J. B. (1964). Lethal concentrations of copper and
zinc  for  young Atlantic salmon.  J. Fish.  Res.  Bd.  Can.
21(1): 17-26.

Sprague,  J. B.  (1964).  Highly  alkaline water caused  by
asbestos-cement pipeline. Progr. Fish-Cult. 26: 111-114.

Sprague, J.  B. (1964). Avoidance of copper-zinc solutions
by young  salmon in the laboratory. J. Water Pollut. Contr.
Fed. 36: 990-1004.

Sprague, J.  B. (1965). Effects of sublethal concentrations
of zinc and copper  on  migration  of Atlantic  salmon. In:
Biological Problems  in  Water  Pollution.  Third  Seminar,
1962. U.S. Public  Health Serv. Publ.  No. 999-WP-25, pp.
332-333.

Sprague, J.  B., P. F. Elson,  and R. L. Saunders. (1965).
Sublethal  copper-zinc pollution in a salmon river — a field
and laboratory  study.  In: Advances in Water  Pollution
Research,  Proc. 2d International Conference held in Tokyo,
August 1964. Vol.  1.  N. Y.,Pergamon Press, pp. 61-82.

Sprague, J. B. and B. A. Ramsay. (1965). Lethal levels of
mixed copper-zinc solutions  for juvenile salmon. J. Fish.
Res. Bd. Can. 22(2): 425-432.

Sproul,  0.  J. and D.   W.  Ryckman. (1963). Significant
physiological characteristics of organic pollutants. J. Water
Pollut. Contr. Fed. 35(9): 1136-1145.

Sreenivasan, A. and G.  K. Swaminathan. (1967).  Toxicity
of six organophosphorus insecticides  to  fish. Curr.  Sci
36(15): 397-398.

Srivastava, U. S. and  S. K. Konar. (1966). DDVP as a selec-
tive toxicant for the control of fishes and insects. Progr.
Fish-CuJt.  28: 235-238.

St. Amant, J. A., W.  C. Johnson, and M. J. Whalls. (1964).
Aqualin as a fish toxicant. Progr. Fish-Cult. 26:  84-88.
Starkey, R.  J.  and  J.  H.  Howell. (1966).  Substituted
nitrosalicylanilides: A new class  of selectively toxic sea
lamprey larvicides. Ann Arbor, Mich. Great Lakes Fishery
Commission, Tech. Rept. No. 11, pp. 21-29.

Stewart, J. W. and J. W. Comick. (1964). Lobster (Homana
americanus) tolerance for tris buffer, sodium fluoride, and
sea water extracts of various woods. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can.
21: 1549-1551.

Stickel,  L.  F.  (1968). Organochlorine  pesticides  in the
environment. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci. Rept., Wildl.
No. 119, 32 p.

Stokes,  R.  M.  and  P.  0.  Fromm.  (1965).  Effects of
chromate on glucose transport by  the gut of rainbow trout
(Pisces). Physiol. Zool. 38: 202-205.

Stringer, G. E. and R. G. McMyrm. (1958). Experiments
with Toxaphene as fish poison. Can. Fish-Cult. 23: 39-47.

Stroud,  R.  H. (1967). Water quality  criteria  to protect
aquatic life: A summary. Amer. Fish. Soc., Spec. Publ. 4,
pp. 33-37.

Strufe, R. (1968). "Problems and results of residue studies
after application  of molluscicides."  Farbenfabriken Bayer
AG, Pharma Wiss. Abteilung, Leverkusen, Germany, 168 p.

Summerfelt, R. C. and W. M. Lewis (1967). Repulsation of
green  sunfish by certain chemicals. J. Water Pollut. Contr.
Fed. 39(12): 2030-2038.

Sundaresan, B. B., E. C. Bovee,  D. E. Wilson, and J.B.
Lackay. (1965). Effects of wood reduction waste pollution
on the microbial ecology of a small creek. J. Water Pollut.
Contr.  Fed. 37(11): 1536-1544.

Surber, E.  W. (1943). Weed control in hard-water ponds
with copper sulfate and sodium arsenate. Trans. N. Amer.
Wildl. Conf. 8: 132-141.

Surber, E. W.  (1959). Cricotopus  bicinctus,  a midgefly
resistant to electroplating wastes.  Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc.
88(2):  111-116.

Surber, E. W. and M. H. Everhart. (1950). Biological effects
of Nigrosine used for control  of weeds  in hatchery ponds.
Progr. Fish-Cult. 12: 135-140.

Surber, E. W. and D. D.  Friddle. (1946).  Relative toxicity
of suspension and oil  formulations of DDT to native fishes
in Back  Creek, West Virginia. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 76:
315-321.

Surber, E. W. and C. H. Hoffman. (1949). Effects of various
concentrations of DDT on several  species of fish of differ-
ent sizes. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Spec. Sci.  Rept.-Fish.,No.
4(1), 19 p.

Surber, E. W. and O.  L. Meehan. (1931). Lethal concentra-
tions of arsenic for certain aquatic organisms. Trans. Amer.
Fish. Soc. 61: 225-239.

Surber, E. W. and Q. H.  Pickering. (1962). Acute  toxicity
of Endothal, Diquat, Hyamine, Dalapon, and Silvex to fish.
Progr. Fish-Cult. 24: 164-171.
                                                       96

-------
Surber, E. W. and R. A. Taft. (1965). Water quality criteria
for  freshwater fishes. Proc.  16th Ann.  Conf., Southeast.
Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 435-436.

Surber,  E. W.  and T. 0. Thatcher. (1963). Laboratory
studies of the effects of alkyl benzene sulfonate (ABS) on
aquatic  invertebrates.  Trans.  Amer. Fish.  Soc.  92(2):
152-160.

Swift, D.  R. (1965). Effect of temperature on mortality
and rate of development of the eggs of the Windermere char
(Salveliws alpinus). J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 22: 913-917.

Swisher,  R. D., J. T. O'Rourke,  and H.  D. Tomlinson.
(1964).  Fish bioassays of  linear alkylate sulfonates (LAS)
and  intermediate biodegradation  products. J. Amer. Oil
Chem. Soc. 41:  746-752.

Tagatz,  M.  E.   (1961). Reduced  oxygen tolerance  and
toxicity of petroleum products to juvenile American shad.
Chesapeake Sci. 2: 65-71.

Tang, Y. (1961). The use of saponin to control predaceous
fishes in shrimp ponds. Progr. Fish-Cult. 23: 43-45.

Tarpley,  W. A.  (1958). Studies on  the  use  of the brine
shrimp Anemia salina (Leach) as  a test organism for
bioassay. J. Econ. Entomol. 51(6): 780-783.

Tarzwell,  C. M. (1957). Water quality criteria for aquatic
life. In: C. M. Tarzwell (ed. and comp.), Biological Prob-
lems in water pollution. Trans, of a Seminar on Biological
Problems in Water Pollution, April 23-27, 1956. Cincinnati,
Ohio, R. A. Taft San. Eng.  Center, pp. 246-272.

Tarzwell,  C. M. (1959). Pollutional  effects of organic
insecticides. Trans. N. Amer.  Wildl. Conf. 24: 132-142.

Tarzwell,  C.  M. (1959).  Disposal  of toxic  wastes. Ind.
Wastes 4(5): 136-139.

Tarzwell,  C.  M. (1959).  The toxicity   of some organic
insecticides to  fishes.  Proc. 12th  Ann.  Conf., Southeast
Assoc. Game Fish Comm., p. 233-239.

Tarzwell, C. M.  (1962). The need and value of water quality
criteria with  special  reference to aquatic life. Can.  Fish-
Cult. 31: 35-41.

Tarzwell,  C.  M. (1962).  Development  of water quality
criteria for aquatic life. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed. 34(11):
1178-1185.

Tarzwell,  C.  M. and C. Henderson. (1957). Toxicity of
Dieldrin to fish. Trans. Amer. Fish. Soc. 86: 245-257.

Tarzwell, C. M.  and C. Henderson. (1960). Toxicity of less
common metals to fishes. Ind. Wastes  5:12.

Tatum, W. M. (1966). Bioassay of industrial pollution by
use of masonite  plate samplers populated with chironomids.
Proc.  19th  Ann.  Conf.,  Southeast.  Assoc.  Game  Fish
Comm., pp. 253-258.
Tatum,  W. M.  and R. D. Blackburn. (1965). Preliminary
study of the effects of Diquat on the natural bottom fauna
and plankton in two subtropical ponds. In: Proc. 16th Ann.
Conf. Southeast. Assoc. Game  Fish. Comm.  1962,  pp.
301-307.

Teeter, J. W. (1965). Effects of sodium chloride on the sago
pondweed. J. Wildl. Manage. 29: 838-845.

Terriere, L.  C., U.  Kiigemai,  A.  R. Gerlach,  and R. L.
Borovicka. (1966). The persistence of Toxaphene in lake
water and its uptake  by aquatic plants and animals. J. Agr.
Food Chem. 14: 66-69.

Thatcher,  T. 0. (1966). The comparative lethal toxicity of
a mixture  of hard ABS detergent products to eleven species
of fishes. Int. J. Air Water Pollut. 10: 585-590.

Thatcher, T. 0. and J. F. Santner. (1967). Acute toxicity of
LAS  to various fish species. Proc. 21st Ind. Waste Conf.
Purdue Univ. 50(2): 996-1002.

Thomaston, W. W., P. C. Pierce, and H.  N. Wyatt. (1959).
Experimental use of Silvex and other aquatic herbicides in
Georgia farm ponds. Proc.   13th  Ann.  Conf. Southeast.
Assoc. Game Fish Comm. pp.  101-107.

Thompson, J. M. 1963. Mortality thresholds of fish in fly
ash suspensions. Aust. J. Sci. 25: 414-415.

Toohey, J.  L, C. D. Nelson,  and G.  Krotkov. (1965).
Toxicity of phenazine carboxylic acids  to some bacteria,
algae,  higher  plants, and  animals.  Can.  J.  Bot. 43:
1151-1155.

Trama,  F. B. (1954). The acute toxicity of some common
salts of sodium, potassium  and calcium to  the common
bluegill  (Lepomis macrochirus Rafinesqu). Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Philadelphia 106:  185-205.

Trama,  F. B. (1954). The acute toxicity of copper to the
common  bluegill  (Lepomis  macrochirus  Rafinesque).
Notulae Natur. No. 257: 1-13.

Trama,  F. B. (1955). The acute toxicity of phenol of the
common  bluegill  {Lepomis  macrochirus  Rafinesque).
Notulae Natur., No. 269: 1-10.

Trama,  F. B.  and  R. J.  Benoit. (1960). Toxicity  of
hexavalent chromium to bluegills. J. Water Pollut. Contr.
Fed. 32(8): 868-877.

Trembley,  F. J.  (1960). Research project on  effects  of
condenser discharge water on aquatic life. Progress Rept.
1956-1959. Bethlehem,  Penn., Lehigh Univ., Inst. of Res.
154 p.

Trembley,  F. J.  (1965). Effects of  cooling water from
steam-electric power  plants  on stream biota.  In: Biological
Problems  in Water Pollution. Third Seminar,  1962. U.S.
Public Health Serv. Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp. 334-345.

Tubb, R.  A.  and T.  C.  Dorris. (1965). Herbivorous insect
populations  in  oil refinery  effluent holding pond  series.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 10: 121-134.
                                                       97

-------
Turnbull,  H.,  J. G.  DeMann, and R. F Weston. (1954).
Toxicity of various  refinery materials to freshwater fish.
Ind. Eng. Chem. 46: 324-333.

Turnbull-Kemp,  P.St.J.  (1958).  Trout   in   Southern
Rhodesia. V.  On the toxitity of copper sulfate to trout.
Rhodesia Agr. J. 55(6): 637-640.

Turner, N. (1965). DDT in Connecticut wildlife. Conn. Agr.
Exp. Sta. Bull. 672, 11  p.

Tyler,  A.  V. (1966). Some lethal temperature relations of
two minnows of  the genus  Chrosomus. Can. J. Zool. 44:
349-364.

Ukeles, R.  (1962).  Growth of pure cultures  of marine
phytoplankton in   the  presence  of  toxicants.  Appl.
Microbiol. 10(6):  532-537.

Ukeles, R.  (1965).  Inhibition of unicellular  algae  by
synthetic surface-active agents. J. Phycol. 1:  102-110.

Ullman, W. W.,  R.  W.  Schaefer, and  W. W. Sanderson.
(1961). Arsenic accumulation by fish in lakes treated with
sodium arsenite.   J.  Water  Pollut.  Contr.  Fed. 33(4):
416-418.
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Circular 185 (1964). See Lennon and
Walker (1964).

Van Overbeek, J., W. J. Hughes, and R.  Blondeau. (1959).
Acrolein  for  the  control  of  water  weeds  and disease-
carrying water snails. Science 129: 335-336.

Van Valin, C. C., A. K. Andrews, and L. L. Eller. (1968).
Some effects of Marex on two warm-water fishes. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 97(2): 185-196.

Velsen, F.J.P. and D.  F. Alderdice. (1967). Toxicities of
two insecticides to young coho salmon. J. Fish. Res. Bd.
Can. 24: 1173-1175.

Vernimmen, A. P., E. R. Henken, and J. C. Lamb. (1967).
A  short-term biochemical oxygen demand test. J. Water
Pollut. Contr. Fed. 39(6): 1006-1020.

Vinson, S. B., C. E. Boyd, and D. E.  Ferguson. (1963).
Resistance to DDT in the mosquito fish, Gambusia affinis.
Science 139: 217-218.

Vivier,  P. and M.  Nisbet.  (1965).  Toxicity  of some
herbicides, insecticides  and industrial wastes. In: Biological
Problems  in Water Pollution. Third Seminar, 1962. U.S.
Public Health Serv. Publ. No. 999-WP-25, pp. 167-169.

Von Windeguth, D.  L. and R. S. Patterson. (1966). The
effects of two  organic  phosphate insecticides on segments
of the aquatic biota. Mosquito News 26: 377-380.

Waldichuk, M. (1960). Effects of  pulp and paper mill
wastes  on the marine  environment.  In:  C. M. Tarzwell
(comp.), Biological Problems in Water Pollution, Trans-
actions  of the  1959 Seminar.  Cincinnati, Ohio, Robt. A.
Taft San. Eng. Center, Tech.  Rept. W60-3, pp. 160-176.

Walker, C.  R. (1963).  Endothal derivatives as aquatic
herbicides in fishery habitats. Weeds 11: 226-332.
Walker, C. R.  (1964).  Dichlobenil as a  herbicide in fish
habitats. Weeds 12:267-269.

Walker,  C.  R.  (1965).   Diuron,   Fenuron,  Monuron,
Neburon,  and TCA mixtures as aquatic  herbicides in fish
habitats. Weeds 13: 297-301.

Walker, C. R., R. E. Lennon, and  B. L. Berger. (1964).
Preliminary observations on the toxicity of Antimycin A to
fish  and other aquatic  animals. In:  Investigations in Fish
Control. No. 2. U.S. Fish  Wildl. Serv.,  Bur. Sport Fish.
Wildl.,Circ. 186, 18 p.

Walker, C. R.  and R. A. Schoettger. (1967). Method for
determining MS-222  residues in fish. In:  Investigations in
Fish Control. No. 14.  U.S. Fish Wildl.  Serv., Bur.  Sport
Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 20, 10 p.

Walker, C. R. and R. A. Schoettger. (1967). Residues of
MS-222 in four salmonids following anesthesia. In: Investi-
gations in Fish  Control. No. 15. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur.
Sport Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 21, 11 p.

Walker, C. R., P. J. Starkey, and L. L.  Marking. (1966).
Relation of chemical structure  to fish toxicity  in  nitro-
salicylanilides and related compounds. In: Investigations in
fish control. No. 9. U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish.
Wildl. Resour. Publ. 13,  12 p.

Wallen, I.  E., W. C. Greer, and R. Lasater. (1957). Toxicity
to Gambusia affinis of certain  pure chemicals in turbid
waters. Sewage Ind. Wastes 29(6): 695-711.

Ward, C. M. and W. M. Irwin. (1961). The relative resistance
of thirteen species of fishes  to petroleum refinery effluent.
Proc. 15th Ann.  Conf., Southeast.  Assoc.  Game Fish
Comm.,pp. 255-275.

Ware, G. W., M. K. Dee, and W. P. Cahill. (1968). Water
flora  as indicators of irrigation  water contamination by
DDT. Bull. Environm. Contam. Toxicol. 3(6): 333-338.

Warner, K. and 0. C. Fenderson. (1962). Effects of DDT
spraying for forest insects on Maine trout streams. J. Wildl.
Manage. 26: 86-93.

Warner, R. E., K. K. Peterson, and L. Borgman. (1966).
Behavioural pathology in fish: A quantitative study of sub-
lethal pesticide  toxication. In: N. W. Moore (ed.), Pesticides
in the Environment and Their Effects on Wildlife. Oxford,
Blackwell   Scientific  Publ.  and J. Appl.  Ecol. 3(Suppl.):
223-247.

Wamick, D. C. (1966). Gro\vth rates of yellow perch in two
North  Dakota  lakes   after population  reduction with
Toxaphene. In: Investigations in  fish control. No. 5. U.S.
Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish. Wildl., Resour. Publ. 9,9
P-

Warren, C. E. and P. Doudoroff. (1958).  The development
of methods for using bioassays in the control of pulp mill
waste disposal. Tappi 41(8):  211A-216A.

Warren, J. W. (1963). Toxicity tests  of erythromycin
thiocyanate in  rainbow  trout. Progr.  Fish-Cult. 25: 88-92.
                                                       98

-------
Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1958). A review of the literature of 1957 on sewage, waste
treatment, and water pollution. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
30(7): 839-873.

Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1959). A review of the literature of 1958 on sewage, waste
treatment, and water pollution. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.
31(7): 763-803.

Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1960).  A review of the literature  of 1959 on wastewater
and water pollution  control. J.  Water  Pollut. Contr. Fed.
32(7): 681-720.

Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1961). A review of the literature  of 1960 on wastewater
and water pollution  control. J.  Water  Pollut. Contr. Fed.
33(7): 681-710.

Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1962). A review of the literature  of 1961 on wastewater
and water pollution  control. J.  Water  Pollut. Contr. Fed.
34(7): 629-703.

Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1963). A review of the literature  of 1962 on wastewater
and water pollution  control. J.  Water  Pollut. Contr. Fed.
35(7): 819-876.

Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1964). A review of the literature  of 1963 on wastewater
and water pollution  control. J.  Water  Pollut. Contr. Fed.
36(7): 791-863.

Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1965). A review of the literature  of 1964 on wastewater
and water pollution  control. J.  Water  Pollut. Contr. Fed.
37(7): 887-979.

Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1966). A review of the literature  of 1965 on wastewater
and water pollution  control. J.  Water  Pollut. Contr. Fed.
38(7):  1049-1137.

Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1967). A review of the literature  of 1966 on wastewater
and water pollution  control. J.  Water  Pollut. Contr. Fed.
39(7):  1049-1154.

Water Pollution Control Federation Research Committee.
(1968). A review of the literature  of 1967 on wastewater
and water pollution  control. J.  Water  Pollut. Contr. Fed.
40(6): 897-1219.

Water   Quality  Act   of   1965  (PL89-234),  approved
10/2/1965.

Weatherholtz, W. M., G. W. Cornwell, R. W. Young, and
R. E. Webb. (1967). Distribution of Heptachlor residues in
pond ecosystems in southwestern  Virginia. J. Agr. Food
Chem. 15: 667-670.
Weaver, L. C., G. Gunnerson, A. W. Breidenbach, and J. J.
lichtenberg. (1965). Chlorinated hydrocarbon pesticides in
major  U.S.  River  basins.  Public Health  Rept.  80(6):
481-493.

Webb,  F. E. (1960). Aerial  forest spraying in Canada in
relation  to effects  on aquatic life. In: C. M.  Tarzwell
(comp.), Biological  Problems in Water  Pollution, Trans.
1959 Seminar,  Cincinnati, Ohio,  R. A. Taft  San. Eng.
Center, Tech. Rept. W60-3, pp. 66-70.

Webb, W. E. (1961). Toxicity of certain  pesticides to fish.
Idaho Fish Game Dept. D-J Prog. Rept. F-34-R-2 (2), 36 p.

Webbe, G. and G. T. Shute. (1959). A further note on the
action  of fish of chlorinated hydrocarbons when used as
larvicides. Ann. Trop. Med. Parasitol. 53(1): 47-50.

Wedemeyer, G. (1968). Uptake and distribution of Zn65 in
the  coho  salmon  egg (Oncorhynchus  kisutch).  Comp.
Biochem. Physiol. 26: 271-279.

Weiss,  C.  M.  (1959). Response  of fish to  sublethal
exposures of organic phosphorus insecticides. Sewage Ind.
Wastes 31(5): 580-593.

Weiss,  C.  M.  (1961). Physiological  effect  of  organic
phosphorus insecticides on several species of fish. Trans.
Amer. Fish. Soc. 90(2):  143-152.

Weiss, C. M. (1964). Organic pesticides and water pollution.
Public Works 95(12): 84-87.

Weiss,  C.  M.  (1965). Use  of fish  to detect  organic
insecticides in water. J. Water Pollut. Contr. Fed.  37(5):
647-658.

Weiss, C. M. and J. L.  Botts.  (1957). Factors affecting  the
response of  fish to toxic materials.  Sewage Ind.  Wastes
29(7): 810-818.

Weiss, C. M. and J. L. Botts. (1957). The response of some
freshwater fish  to  isopropyl methylphosphorofluoridate
(Sarin) in water.  Limnol. Oceanogr. 2: 363-370.

Weiss, C. M. and J. H. Gakstatter. (1964). Detection of
pesticides in  water by  biochemical assay. J. Water Pollut.
Contr. Fed. 36(2): 240-253.

Welch, E. B. and J.  C. Spindler. (1964). DDT persistence
and  its  effect on aquatic  insects  and fish after  an aerial
application,  J.   Water   Pollut.  Contr.  Fed.  36(10):
1285-1292.

Welch, P. S. (1948).  Limnological methods. N.Y., McGraw-
Hill Book Co., Inc., 381 p.

Welch, P. S. (1952). Limnology, 2nd ed. N.Y., McGraw-Hill
Book Co., Inc., 538 p.
                                                        99

-------
Weston, R. F. (1964). The value and use of water quality
criteria  to protect aquatic life. Ind. Water Wastes  9(1):
14-17.

Whitley, L. S. (1968). The resistance of tubificid worms to
three common pollutants. Hydrobiologia 32(1 -2): 193-205.

Whitten, B. K. and C. J. Goodnight. (1966).  Toxicity of
some common insecticides to  tubificids. J. Water Pollut.
Contr. Fed. 38(2): 227-235.

Wilber,  C. G. (1965). A mathematical description of the
toxicity of Sernyl to goldfish. Ohio J. Sci. 65: 43-46.

Wilber,  C. G. (1965). The  biology  of water toxicants in
sublethal  concentrations.  In:  Biological Problems in Water
Pollution. Third  Seminar, 1962. U.S. Public Health Serv.
Publ. No.  999-WP-25, pp. 326-331.

Wilhm,  J. L. and T. C. Dorris. (1968). Biological parameters
for water  quality criteria. BioScience  18(6):  477-481.

Willford,  W.  A. (1966). Toxicity of 22 therapeutic com-
pounds to six fishes. In:  Investigations in Fish Control. No.
18.  U.S. Fish Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish Wild!., Resour.
Publ. 35,  10 p.

Willford,  W.  A.  (1967). Toxicity of dimethyl  sulfoxide
(DMSO) to  fish.  In: Investigations in fish control. No. 20.
U.S. Fish  Wildl. Serv., Bur. Sport Fish. Wild!., Resour. Publ.
37, 8 p.

Williams,  L.  G.   (1964). Possible  relationships  between
plankton  diatom  species  numbers and  water-quality esti-
mates. Ecology 45: 809-823.

Williams,  L. G. and D. I. Mount. (1965). Influence of zinc
on periphytic  communities. Amer. J.  Bot. 52(1): 26-34.

Wilson, B.  R.  (ed.). (1968).  Environmental problems;
Pesticides,   thermal   pollution,   and  environmental
synergisms. Philadelphia,  J. B. Lippincott Co., 183 p.

Wisniewski,  T. F. (1958). Algae and their effects on dis-
solved  oxygen  and  biochemical  oxygen demand.  In:
Oxygen relationships in  streams. Cincinnati, Ohio, U.S.
Public Health  Serv. Robt. A. Taft Eng. Center, Tech.  Rept.
W58-2,  pp. 157-180.

Wisniewski, T. F. (1958). Algae and  the effect on D.O. and
B.O.D. Part II. Water Sewage Works 105: 300-305.

Woelke, C. E. (1965). Bioassays  of  pulp mill  wastes with
oysters. In:  Biological  problems in water pollution.  Third
Seminar,  1962.   U.S.  Public   Health  Serv.  Publ.  No.
999-WP-25, pp. 67-77.

Woelke, C. E. (1967). Measurement of water quality with
the  Pacific  oyster embryo  bioassay. In:  Water  quality
criteria. Philadelphia, Pa., Amer. Soc. Testing and Materials.
ASTM Spec. Tech. Publ. No. 416, pp. 112-120.

Wollitz, R. E. (1963). Effects  of certain commercial fish
toxicants  on  the  limnology of  three cold-water ponds,
Montana.  Proc. Montana Acad. Sci. 22: 54-81.
Wood, M. L. (1957). Biological aspects of stream pollution
control in Arkansas. Proc.  10th Ann.  Conf., Southeast
Assoc. Game Fish Comm., pp. 136-138.

Woodwell, G. M., C. F. Wurster, and P. A. Isaacson. (1967),
DDT residues in an east coast estuary: A case of biological
concentration   of  a  persistent   insecticide.  Science
156(3776): 821-824.

Workman, G. W. and J. M. Neuhold. (1963). Lethal concen-
trations of Toxaphene for goldfish, mosquito fish, and rain-
bow trout, with notes on detoxification. Progr. Fish-Cult.
25:23-30.

Wuhrmann,  K.  (1959). Concerning some principles of the
toxicology of fish.  Transl. from: Bulletin du Centre Beige
d'Etude  et  de  Documentation  des Eaux 15:  49,  1952.
Nanaimo, B. C., Fish. Res. Bd. Can., Biol. Station Transl.
Ser.No. 243, 19 p.

Wuhrmann, K. and H. Woker. (1955). Influence of tempera-
ture and oxygen tension  on the toxicity of poisons to fish.
Int. Ver. Theor. Angew. Limnol. Verh. 12: 795-801.

Wurster,  C. F.  (1968).  DDT reduces photosynthesis by
marine phytoplankton. Science 159:  1474-1475.

Wurtz, C. B. (1962). Zinc effects on fresh-water mollusks.
Nautilus 76(2):  53-61.

Wurtz, C. B. and C. H. Bridges. (1961). Preliminary results
from macroinvertebrate bioassays. Proc. Pa. Acad. Sci. 35:
51-56.

Wurtz, C. B. and T. Dolan. (1961). A biological method
used in the evaluation of effects of thermal discharge in the
Schuylkill River. Proc. 15th Ind. Waste Conf. Purdue Univ.
45(2): 461-472.

Wurtz, C. B. and C. E. Renn. (June  1965). Water tempera-
ture and aquatic life. (The Johns Hopkins University, Cool-
ing water studies  for Edison Electric Institute, Research
Project RP-49.)  N.Y.,  Edison  Electric Inst. EEI  Publ.
65-901, 99 p.

Yeo, R. R. (1967). Dissipation of Diquat and Paraquat, and
effects on aquatic weeds and fish. Weeds 15: 4246.

Young, F. N. (1961). Effects of pollution on natural asso-
ciations  of  water beetles.  Proc.  15th Ind.  Waste  Conf.
Purdue Univ. 45(2): 373-380.

Zintgraff, G. D.,  C.  H. Ward  and  A.W.  Busch. (1968).
Cyanide   inhibition  of  mixed   microbial   populations.
Presented in part at the Annual Meeting of the Society for
Industrial Microbiology held at the  Ohio State University,
Sept.  3-6, 1968. Columbus, Ohio,  34 p.

ZoBell, C. E. (1964). The occurrence, effects, and fate of
oil polluting the  sea.  In:  Advances  in  Water  Pollution
Research, Proc. International Conference  held in London,
Spet.  1962.  Vol. 3. N.Y., MacMillan,  pp. 81-118.
                                                        100

-------
                SECTION XV

                APPENDICES


A. EXTRACTED DATA FROM ORIGINAL PAPERS -
  CHEMICALS AND MIXTURES OF CHEMICALS

B. EXTRACTED DATA FROM ORIGINAL PAPERS -
  COMMERCIAL CHEMICAL PRODUCTS

C. SPECIES INDEX FOR APPENDICES A AND B

D. IDENTIFICATION OF COMMERCIAL CHEMICALS

-------
Note: Both scientific and common names should
      be checked for complete retrieval of infor-
      mation for a given organism.

-------
             APPENDIX A
EXTRACTED DATA FROM ORIGINAL PAPERS -
 CHEMICALS AND MIXTURES OF CHEMICALS

-------
Note: Names of chemicals and organisms are as given by the various authors.  Readers should search for alternate, common, and/or scientific names of both
      chemical and aquatic species; and refer to report section on Extracted Data for further discussion of this appendix.
Footnotes for Appendices A and B:
(1) Letters represent:
        B = bioassay, used in combination with S = static, CF = continuous flow, A = acute, and CH = chronic.
        L = laboratory bioassay.
     BOD = biochemical oxygen demand.
        F = field study, used in combination with R = river, stream, creek, etc., L = lake or pond, M = marine, E = estuarine, and O = other
            (port facility, flooded area, etc.).
(2) Field location is indicated by abbreviation of the state or country.
(3) The number indicates ppm (mg/1), unless otherwise indicated by appropriate designations or (0). The letters within parentheses following indicate
    T = TLm, K = kill, SB = sublethal effects, NTE = no toxic effect, or 0 = other.  The number following these indicates the time in days at which
    observations were made.  ECso, LC5Q, and similar designations for 50 percent lethality were all considered as TLm and designated as such. The
    numbers within parentheses following these designations indicate the time in days when the effect was observed.
(4) The following indicate (when underlined the variable was controlled):
        a = water temperature
        b = ambient air temperature
        c = PH
        d = alkalinity (total, phenolphthalein or caustic)
        e = dissolved oxygen
        f = hardness (total, carbonate, Mg, or CaO)
        g = turbidity
        h = oxidation-reduction potential
        i = chloride as Cl
        j = BOD, 5 day; (J) = BOD, short-term
        k = COD
        1 = nitrogen (as NO2 or NOs)
       m = ammonia nitrogen as NH3
        n = phosphate (total, ortho-, or poly)
        o = solids (total, fixed, volatile, or suspended)
        p = C02

-------
CHEMICALS
>
2
Q

X
H
3D
m
en
O
Tl
O
I
m

O
r-








3>
KJ


















Chemical
Acetaldehyde


Acetaldehyde

Acetaldehyde





Acetaldehyde


Acetaldehyde





Acetaldehyde (al-
acetone (bl-
copper (c)-
acetic acid (d)
mixture
Acetamide


Acetanilide





Acetic
acid





Organism
Lagodon
rhomboides

Lagodon
rhomboides
Sewage
organisms




Lepomis
macrochirus

Nitzschia
linearis
Lepomis
macrochirus


Lepomis
macrochirus



Gambusia
affinis

Sewage
organisms




Daphnia
magna





Bioassay
or Field
BSA


BSA

BOD





BSA


BSA





BSA




BSA


BOD





BSA






Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location (2) ppm'3)
70.0 (T1 A)


70.0 (T1 A)

230 (TC5Q)





53.0 (T4A)


236.6-
249.1 (T5A)
53.0 (T4A)



(a) 5.2 (T4A)
(b) 5.2 (T4A)
(c) 1.04 (T4A)
(d) 26.0 (T4A)

26,300 (T2A)


(NTE)





150(0)






Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
a Aerated sea water was used.


— Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water.

a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxy-
gen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
a c d e All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic dilution
water.

ace The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
a c d e All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic
dilution water.



a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
— The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsg) of oxy-
gen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
a e This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use
of D. magna, Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Reference
(Year)
Daugherty and
Garrett
(1951)
Garrett
(1957)
Hermann
(1959)




Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Patrick, et al
(1968)




Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)


Wallen, et al
(1957)

Hermann
(1959)




Anderson
(1944)

























>
•o
m
z
__
X
>
















-------
    Acetic
     acid
    Acetic
     acid
    Acetic
     acid

    Acetic
     acid

    Acetic
     acid

    Acetic
     acid
g
I
O
s
Acetic
 acid

Acetic
 acid
m
O)
Acetic acid (a)-
 acetaldehyde (b)-
 acetone (cl-
 copper (d)-
 mixture
Semotilus             BSA
 atromaculatus
Cylindrospermum      L
 lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
 aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
 obliquus (So)
Chlorella
 variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
 parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
 palea (Np)

Gambusia             BSA
 affinis

Ictalurus              BSA
 punctatus

Channel               BSA
 catfish
 (fingerlings)
Cu/ex sp              BSA
 (larvae)
Daphnia
 magna
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lepomis              BSA
 macrochirus

Nitzschia             BSA
 linearis
Lepomis
 macrochirus
                      Lepomis              BSA
                       macrochirus
                                                                       100 to 200 (CR)
                                                                       2.0(0)
251 (T2A)
388 (T2A)
629 (K2)

446 (K1A)
1500 (T1A)

47 (T1A)

100 (T1A)

75 (T4A)


74 (T5A)

75 (T4A)
                                                 (a) 26.0 (T4A)
                                                 (b) 5.2 (T4A)
                                                 (c) 5.2 (T4A)
                                                 (d) 1.04 (T4A)
                                    Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
                                     typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
                                     "critical  range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
                                     tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr
                                     and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
                                     presented.
                                    Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and  21st days
                                     to give the following (T=toxic, NT=nontoxic, PT= partially
                                     toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
                                     indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
                                        Cl  -NT
                                        Ma -NT
                                        So -NT
                                        Cv -NT
                                        Gp-NT
                                        Np-NT
                                                                                            a c d e g        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
                                                                                            ~~               studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
                                                                                                            turbidity.  Additional data are presented.
                                                                                             a c f i         The experiment was conducted at 77 C.
                                                                                                           Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
                                                                                                            presented.

                                                                                                           "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
                                                                                                            as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
                                                                                                            tions were made in various types of water.
                                                                                             a c d e        All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic
                                                                                                            dilution water.
                                                                                             ace          The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
                                                                                                            there was a constant relationship between the responses of
                                                                                                            these organisms.  From the data presented, there was no
                                                                                                            apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
                                                                                                            advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
                                                                                                            web be made in any situation.
                                                                                             a c d e         All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic
                                                                                                            dilution water.
                                                                                                                                                                  Gillette, et al
                                                                                                                                                                   (1952)
                                                                                                                                                                  Palmer and
                                                                                                                                                                   Maloney
                                                                                                                                                                   (1955)
                                                                                                                                                                 Wallen, et al
                                                                                                                                                                   (1957)

                                                                                                                                                                 Clemens and
                                                                                                                                                                   Sneed
                                                                                                                                                                   (1958)
                                                                                                                                                                 Clemens and
                                                                                                                                                                   Sneed
                                                                                                                                                                   (1959)
                                                                                                                                                                 Dowden and
                                                                                                                                                                   Bennett
                                                                                                                                                                   (1965)
                                                                                                                                                                  Cairns and
                                                                                                                                                                   Scheier
                                                                                                                                                                   (1968)
                                                                                                                                                                  Patrick, et al
                                                                                                                                                                   (1968)
                                                                                              Cairns and
                                                                                               Scheier
                                                                                               (1968)
                                                                                                                                                                                  m
                                                                                                                                                                                  z
                                                                                                                                                                                  O

-------
CHEMICALS
>
0
S
X
-i
3D
m
O
-n
O
m
3
o
r









^
























Chemical
Acetone






Acetone


Acetone





Acetone


Acetone


Acetone





Acetone (al-
copper (bl-
acetic acid (c)-
acetaldehyde (d)-
mixture
Acetonitrile





2-acetylamino-
fluorene (AAF)






Organism
Daphnia
magna





Gambusia
af finis

Sewage
organisms




Daphnia
magna

Lepomis
macrochirus

Nitzschia
linearis

Lepomis
macrochirus

Lepomis
macrochirus



Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Zebrafish







Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'1' Location'2) ppm'3) or Noted'4'
BSA - 9280(0) ae






BSA - 1 3,000 (T2A) acdeg


BOD - (NTE) a





BSA - 10(T2A) ac


BSA - 8300 (T4A) a c d e


BSA - 1 1 ,493 to ace
11,727
(T5A)
8,300 (T4A)


BSA - (a) 5.2 (T4A) a c d e
(b) 1.04 (T4A)
(c) 26.0 (T4A)
(d) 5.2 (T4A)

BSA - (H+S) 1000 (T4A) cdef

(S) 1850IT4A)

(S) 1650 (T4A)

BSA - (0)







Comments
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams depict-
ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
each chemical classified.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic
dilution water.

The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses
of these organisms. From the data presented, there was
no apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic
dilution water.



(H) Value in hard water
(S) Value in soft water


The chemical caused no change in flavor of the cooked
bluegill.
The results of this investigation show that definite changes in
the concentration of RNA and glycogen accompany the cell-
ular disorganization in abnormal embryos induced by AAF.
In embryos treated with AAF, there was a consistent decrease
of RNA content of the liver, nervous tissue, sense organs, and
the mucosal lining of the digestive tract. In general, this only
occurred when concentrations of the chemical exceeded
O.O3 percent.
Reference
(Year)
Anderson
(1944)





Wallen, et al
(1957)

Hermann
(1959)




Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Patrick, et al
(1968)




Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)


Henderson, et al
(1960)




Hisaoka
(1958)


























^
•o
m
g


^






















-------
    Acetyl phenyl-
     hydrazine

    Acrolein
    Acrolein

    Acrolein


    Acrolein



    Acrolein
    Acrolein

    Acrylaldehyde
     (acrolein)
O
m
5
_l  Acrylonitrile
C
30
m
O  Acrylonitrile
-n
O
m
§
o

£
Microcystis
 aeruginosa

Sewage
 microorganisms
Oyster

Fundulus
 similis
 (juvenile)
Penaeus
 aztecus

Crassostrea
 virginica
Penaeus
 aztecus
Fundulus
 similis
Phytoplankton
Salmon
                      Potamogeton
                       modosus
                      Potamogeton
                       pectinatus
                      Elodea
                       canadensis
                      Lagodon
                       rhomboides
                      Lepomis
                       macrochirus
                      Pomoxis
                       annularis
BOD



BCF

BSA
                                           BCFA&
                                             BSA
                      BSA

                      BSA
                      BSA
                                            BSA & CH
100 (K)


1.5(0)



0.055 (O)

0.24 (O)



0.19(0)



0.05 (O)

0.1 (O)

0.24 (T2CFA)
                           0.08 (T2A)
                                                 100(0)

                                                 100 (0)

                                                 100 (K4wk)

                                                 24.5(T1A)
                                                 0.05-0.1
                                                  (100%KS)
                                                 0.1-1.0
                                                  (100%KCH)
                                                 6.0-10.0
                                                  (100%KCH)
                                                                                              a, etc         The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 106
                                                                                              ~~             to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75-ml total volume. Chu No. 10
                                                                                                            medium was used.
                                                                                                —          The chemical was studied as to how low levels (ppm) may
                                                                                                            affect BOD in domestic sewage. The chemical was toxic
                                                                                                            to sewage microorganisms at the level stated. To acclimated
                                                                                                            organisms the toxicity was 1 8 ppm.
                                                                                                a           The value reported is a 96-hr ECgrj (decreased shell growth).

                                                                                                a           Water temperature was 21 C. The figure reported is a
                                                                                                            48-hr EC50.
                                                                                                           Toxicant chemicals were evaluated in seawater at tempera
                                                                                                            tures averaging about 28 C.  The values are for 24-hr
                                                                                                            or enough to cause loss of equilibrium or mortality.

                                                                                                           Seawater was pumped continuously into test aquaria.
                                                                                                            Salinity, temperature, and plankton fluctuated with tide,
                                                                                                            and ambient weather conditions.  Some bioassays with
                                                                                                            fish were static. Toxicity was reported for the following:
                                                                                                              Oyster -        96-hr ECgrj — Cone, which decreased
                                                                                                                             shell growth.
                                                                                                              Shrimp —       48-hr ECgrj — Cone, which killed or
                                                                                                                             paralyzed 50% of test animals.
                                                                                                              Fish —          48-hr ECgg — Cone, which killed
                                                                                                                             50%.
                                                                                                              Phytoplankton — Percent decrease of CO2 fixation to a
                                                                                                                             4-hr exposure at 1 .0 ppm chemical
                                                                                                                             concentration.
                                                                                                           Data are given as
                                                                Experiments were conducted in standing water.  Results
                                                                 were rated on a scale of 0 to 10, 0 standing for no toxic
                                                                 effect and 10 signifying a complete kill.  Evaluation was
                                                                 based on visual observation of the plant response at
                                                                 weekly intervals for 4 weeks.
                                                                Injury rating of 8.3.

                                                                Injury rating of 9.6.
                                                                Aerated seawater was used.
                                                               Additional data are presented for less than 24 hr.
Fitzgerald, et al
 (1952)

Oberton and
 Stack
 (1957)

Butler
 (1965)
Butler
 (1965)
                                                                                                                         Butler
                                                                                                                           (1965)

                                                                                                                         Butler
                                                                                                                           (1965)
                                                                                              Bohmont
                                                                                               (1967)
                                                                                              Frank, et al
                                                                                               (1961)
                                                                                                                                                                                     •o
                                                                                                                                                                                     m
                                                                                                                                                                                     D
                                                                                                                                                                                     X
                                                                                              Daugherty and
                                                                                               Garrett
                                                                                               (1951)
                                                                                              Renn
                                                                                               (1955)

-------
n
i
m
S
0
P Chemical
> Acrylonitrile
Z
O
S Acrylonitrile
X
C
3D
m

0
o Adipicacid
I
m
S

5
r- Adiponitrile





Alkyl aryl
bromide

!**
ON







Alkyl-dimethyl-
ammonium
chlorides









Alkyl
sulfate

Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study 11)
Lagodon BSA
rhomboides
Pimephales BSA
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Lepomis BSA
macrochirus



Pimephales BSA
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Cylindrospermum L
licheniforme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (Sol
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum \_
licheniforme (Cl)
Gleocapsa
sp(G)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzchia
palea (Np)
Pimephales BSA
promelas
(juveniles)
Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location^2) ppm<3) or Noted<4)
24.5(T1A)

(S) 18.1 (T4A) cdef
(H) 14.3 (T4A)
(S) 11.8 (T4A)

(S) 33.5 (T4A)

330 (T1A) a c




(S)1250(T4A) cdef
(H)820 (T4A)
(S) 720 (T4A)

(S) 775 (T4A)

2.0 (O) a_











2.0 (0) a_











- (5)5.1-5.9 acdf
(T1^A)
(H) 5.9-6.1
Comments
Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water.

(H) Value in hard water
(S) Value in soft water
The chemical did not change the flavor of the cooked
bluegill.


"Standard reference water" was described and used as
well as lake water. Varied results were obtained
when evaluations were made in various types of
water.

(H) Value in hardwater
(S) Value in softwater


The chemical produced no change in the flavor of the
cooked bluegill.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic,
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl -NT
Ma -T
So - NT
Cv -NT
Gp- NT
Np-NT

Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic.
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days) :
Cl -PT(7)
G -NT
So - PT (7)
Cv - PT (3)
Gp- NT
Np - PT (3)

Syndets and soaps were of nearly equal toxicity in soft
water (S) but syndets were approximately 40X more
toxic than soap in hard water (H). The surfactant
Reference
(Year)
Garrett
(1957)
Henderson, et al
(1960)




Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)


Henderson, et al
(1960)




Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Henderson,
et al
(1959)
                                                                                                                                                                                     •o
                                                                                                                                                                                     m
                                                                                                                                                                                     Z
                                                                                                                                                                                     O
                                                                     (T1-4A)
                                                                                                          rather than the builder contained the toxicant.
Alkyl benzene sullste — See ABS in Appendix B.

-------
    Aluminum
     ammonium
     sulfate
    Aluminum
     chloride


    Aluminum
     chloride


    Aluminum
     nitrate
    Aluminum
     potassium
     sulfate
Daphnia
 magna
BSA
                            190 (O)
    Aluminum
     sulfate
_  Aluminum
S   sulfate
3D
O
•n
O
m
Gambusia
 affinis


Daphnia
 magna


Gasterosteus
 aculeatus
Daphnia
 magna
BSA
BSA
BSA
                            135IT2A)
                                                                        <6.7 (S)
                                                                        0.07 (K10)
BSA
                            206 (O)
Daphnia
 magna
                      BSA
                            136(0)
                       Micropterus
                        salmoides
                       Lepomis
                        machrochirus
                       Goldfish
                      BSA
                            100(0)

                            100 (O)

                            100(0)
  a e           This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various         Anderson
                substances found in industrial wastes as determined by          (1944)
                the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
                used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration
                was defined as the highest concentration which would
                just fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged
                (theoretically infinite) exposure.

a c d e g       The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals         Wallen, et al
                was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with             (1957)
                "high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
   a_           Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as          Anderson
                threshold concentration producing immobilization              (1948)
                for exposure periods of 64 hr.

   —           Solutions were made up in  tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm           Jones
                stickleback fish were used as experimental animals.              (1939)
                This paper points out that there is a  marked
                relationship between the toxicity of the metals and
                their solution pressures. Those with low solution
                pressures were the most toxic.

  a_ e           This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various        Anderson
                substances found in industrial wastes as determined             (1944)
                by the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie
                water was used as a diluent in the bioassay.
                Threshold concentration was defined as the  highest
                concentration which would just fail to immobilize
                the animals under prolonged (theoretically infinite)
                exposure.

  a_ e           This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various         Anderson
                substances found in industrial wastes as determined             (1944)
                by the use of D. magna.  Centrifuged Lake Erie
                water was used as a diluent in the bioassay.  Threshold
                concentration was defined as the highest concentration
                which  would just fail to immobilize the animals under
                prolonged (theoretically infinite) exposure.

£ c f p i        The disposal of cannery wastes frequently involves the          Sanborn
                use of  chemicals for treatment purposes. Ferrous               (1945)
                sulphate, alum, and lime are used in  chemical
                coagulation ; sodium carbonate for acidity control in
                biological filters; and sodium nitrate in lagoons for
                odor control.  Lye (sodium hydroxide) peeling of
                certain fruits and vegetables is not uncommon.
                These chemicals, in whole or part, are discharged
                in most cases to a stream.  The concentrations
                listed permitted all fish to survive indefinitely.
                                                                                                                                             I
                                                                                                                                             m
                                                                                                                                             O

-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
£
X
H
3)
m
C/)
O
•n
O
I
m
2
g
£i







^
oo



















Chemical
Aluminum
sulfate







Aluminum
sulfate

p-aminodi-
ethylaniline
HCI
p-aminodi-
methylaniline
p-aminodi-
methylaniline
HCI
T?-(3-amino-
propyl)
rosinamine
D diacetate
(28 percent
active)






p-aminophenol





4-amino-m
toluene-
sulfonic
acid
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study C"
Sewage BOD
organisms







Gambusia BSA
aff/nis

Microcystis L
aeruginosa

Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Microcystis L
aeruginosa

Cylindrospermum L
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Mai
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Daphnia BSA
magna




Gambusia BSA
affinis


Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location'?) ppm(3)
18.0 (0)








240 (T2A)


100 (K)


100 (K)

100 (K)


2.0 (O)











2 (K2A)





- 410(T2A)



Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
— Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as
well as how they affected the processing of sewage
in the treatment plant. BOD was used as the
parameter to measure the effect of the chemical.
The chemical concentration cited is the ppm required
to reduce the BOD values by 50%. This chemical
was tested in an unbuffered system.

a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity on the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a , etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture.
1 x 1Q6 to 2 x 10^ cells/ml, 75 ml total volume.
Chu No. 10 medium was used.
a , etc Comment same as above.

a , etc Comment same as above.


a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic,
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl -T(14)
Ma-T
So - PT
Cv -T(14)
Gp-T
Np-T

a An attempt was made to correlate the biological
action with the chemical reactivity of selected
chemical substances. Results indicated a considerable
correlation between the aquarium fish toxicity and
antiautocatalytic potency of the chemicals in marked
contrast to their toxicity on systemic administration.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.

Reference
(Year)
Sheets
(1957)







Wallen, et al
(1957)

Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)

Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)

Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Sollman
(1949)




Wallen, et al
(1957)






















^
TJ
m
Z
O
X


















-------
    Ammonia
                       Trout
                                            BSA
                                                                        (O)
    Ammonia

    Ammonia
      (unionized)
    Ammonia
    Ammonia
    Ammonia
 m
    Ammonia
X
C
•3)
m
o
m
2
9
Pimepha/es
 promelas

Salmo
 gairdnerii
                      Salmo
                        gairdnerii
                       Gambusia
                        affinis
BSA


BSA
(H) 8.2 (T4A)
(S) 5.9 (T4A)

0.4 (T1A)
 cdef


a b c d e
                      BSA
                                                 100-200 (O)
                                                                       a c e p
                      BSA
                                                 (O)
                                                 a cd i
                       Green
                        sunfish
Abramis
 brama
Perca
 fluviatillis
Flu til is
 ru tilis
Scardinius
 erythrophthalmus
Salmo
 gairdnerii
                      BSA
                           (O)
                                            BCF
                           0.41 (T7CF)

                           0.29 (T7CF)

                           0.35 (T5CF)

                           0.36 (T6CF)

                           0.41 (T2CF)
                                                                                             a cd e f
No quantitative data are reported. 30 ppm of
 nitrogen was added as ammonium chloride.
 Carbon dioxide in concentrations up to 30 ppm
 reduced the toxicity of the ammonia by lowering
 the pH of the water.  Concentrations of 60 ppm of
 CO2 were toxic but not lethal when the
 concentration of dissolved oxygen was low. A
 concentration of 240 ppm of CO2 was lethal to
 trout in little more than one hour.
(H) Value in hardwater
(S) Value in softwater

Toxicity of ammonia or of ammonium salts was
 increased by a rise in  pH  value from 7.0 to 8.2.
 Toxicity of such solutions to fish apparently
 depended upon the concentration of the un-
 ionized ammonia molecule present.  Variation
 was attributed to the  increase in the concen-
 tration of free carbon dioxide at the gill surfaces.
The major factor determining the toxicity of ammonia
 is the pH of the water. Temperature, dissolved  oxygen,
 and bicarbonate alkalinity are also important.  Only
 unionized ammonia was toxic to fish.
At a pH of 7.0 the threshold value for ammonia ranges
 between 100 and 200 ppm (as N), depending on the
 bicarbonate hardness.
The pH value and temperature had a marked effect
 upon the toxicity of ammonia solutions. As the
 pH was raised, the toxicity increased markedly.
 The concentration of  unionized ammonia present
 in each test was calculated using the mean temper-
 ature and the pH value.  The absence of toxic action
 by tests at a total ammonia concentration equivalent
 to 120 mg/IN.
Ammonia or ammonium hydroxide was found to repel
 fish at 8.5,  10, and 20 mg/l. At 1.7 mg/l no repellency
 was noted.  In concentrations of 10 and 22 mg/l,
 ammonia killed the fish in repellent studies before they
 had the opportunity to move out of the area containing
 the substance.

The T at LC5Q values are asymptotic values of undissociated
 ammonia (mgN/l).  Additional data are presented.
                                                                                                                                               Herbert
                                                                                                                                                (1955)
Henderson, et al
 (1960)
Lloyd and
 Herbert
 (1960)
                                                                                                                          Lloyd
                                                                                                                           (1961)
                                                                                                                          Hemens
                                                                                                                           (1966)
                                                                                                                                               Summerfelt
                                                                                                                                                and Lewis
                                                                                                                                                (1967)
                                                                                                                                                                      Ball
                                                                                                                                                                       (1967)

-------
CHEMICALS
Z
0
5
X
C
3)
m

O
Tl
O
m
3
o
£








^>
,* .
0




















Chemical
Ammonia







Ammonia




Ammonia
(unionized)




Ammonia
(unionized)






Ammonia plus
carbon
dioxide


Ammonium
acetate

Ammonium
borofluoride





Ammonium
carbonate

Organism
Salmo
gairdneri






Salmo
gairdneri



Salmo
gairdnerii




Salmo
gairdnerii
Perca
fluviatilis
Rutilus
rutilus
Gobio
gobio
Rainbow
trout



Gambusia
af finis

Sewage
organisms





Gambusia
affinis

Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study!"1' Location(2) ppm*3) or Noted<4' Comments
BSA — (O) a c 1 m After 24-hr exposure the mean blood levels for total ammonia
showed a direct linear correlation with ambient ammonia
and ranged from 38 to 70 g/ml. Fish exposed to 0-1 g/ml
nonionic ammonia had mean blood levels which ranged
from 0.6 to 1 .3 g/ml. Ammonia in concentrations up to
10 g NH3/ml was found to have no significant effect on the
ability of hemoglobin to combine with oxygen in vitro.

BSA - 34-47 (T2A) acdefo The concentration killing a half batch of fish in 2 days pro-
vides a reasonable estimate of the threshold concentra-
tion. The lethality of this chemical depends upon all the
experimental variables listed and the concentration of
undissociated ammonia which is present.
FR Stevenage (O) acelm Survival of rainbow trout in concentrations of unionized
Herts. ammonia in the range of 0.86-1 .96 ppm of nitrogen in-
creased as the concentration of dissolved oxygen was
raised from 1 .5 to 8.5 ppm. The effect of dissolved oxy-
gen in increasing survival time was greater in the lower
concentrations of unionized ammonia.
BSA — (O) a c e o p The resistance to rapidly lethal concentrations of un-
ionized ammonia ranging from about 2.0 to 8.8 ppm
nitrogen was determined in tensions of dissolved oxygen
53.4 and 96.7% of air saturation value at 1 5.2 C.
Period of survival decreased with rise in concentration of
unionized ammonia. The effect of oxygen tension on
period of survival was greatest in the lowest concentra-
tions of unionized ammonia.
BSA — (O) a e m n The reduction of toxicity of ammonia solutions by the
addition of carbon dioxide, was due to lowering the
pH of the solution. 60-240 ppm CO2 in solution was
toxic within 1 2 hr. 30 ppm ammonia nitrogen was
toxic, but up to 30 ppm CO2 increased fish survival time.
BSA - 238 (T2A) a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
BOD — 87.0(0) — Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
as how they affected the processing of sewage in the
treatment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to mea-
sure the effect of the chemical. The chemical concentra-
tion cited is the ppm required to reduce the BOD values
by 50%. This chemical was tested in an unbuffered system.
BSA — 238 (T2A) a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Reference
(Year)
Fromm and
Gillette
(1968)





Brown
(1968)



Downing and
Merkens
(1955)



Markens and
Downing
(1957)





Alabaster and
Herbert
(1954)


Wallen.et al
(1957)

Sheets
(1957)





Wallen, et al
(1957)






















^
•o
m
Z
g
X
j,,



















-------
    Ammonium
     chloride
    Ammonium
     chloride
    Ammonium
     chloride
    Ammonium
     chloride


    Ammonium
     chloride
    Ammonium
     chloride
o
m
D
2
C
3D

w  Ammonium
°   chloride
O
m  Ammonium
M   chloride
Carass/us
 carass/us
Daphnia
 magna
BSA
BSA
Salmo
 gairdnerii
BSA
Daphnia
 magna

Lepomis
 macrochirus
                       Daphnia
                        magna
                                            BSA
BCFA
                                            BSA
Gambusia
 affinis

Lepomis
 macrochirus
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                                                        (O)
                                                                        <134(O)
                                                   a e
                                                                        (O) Tap water
                                                                        1000 ppm —
                                                                         27.3 min
                                                                        1000 ppm —
                                                                         52.5 min
                                                                        50 ppm —
                                                                         >1000 min
                                                                        Distilled water
                                                                        3000 ppm —
                                                                         292 min
                                                                        1000 ppm —
                                                                         725 min
                                                                        100 ppm >
                                                                         4320 min

                                                                        91 (S)
                                                                        6.0 (T4A)
                                                  a c e f
                                                  a ce f
                                                 246,6 (O)
                                                                        510 (T2A)
                                                 7.7 (T4A)
                                                                       a cd e g
                                                                                             a cd e i
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chem-
 icals, possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of
 temperature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of
 the goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with
 earlier work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.224N solution, fish survived 99 minutes.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
 substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
 use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
 a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
 fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
 immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
 infinite) exposure.
Tap or distilled water used as diluent.  Toxicity defined as
 the average time when the fish lost equilibrium when
 exposed to  the test chemical  (ppm ammonia).
Lake Erie water was used as diluent.  Toxicity given as
 threshold concentration producing immobilization for
 exposure periods of 64 hr.
Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade
 chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour
 exposure period.
Toxicity was dependent upon the concentration of un-
 dissociated NH4OH which is dependent upon pH.  The
 initial pH was 9.0 and after four days it was 7.5.
The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects
 of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an
 aquatic invertebrate when exposed to solutions of in-
 organic salts known to be present in various industrial
 effluents.  Analysis of data conclusively shows the
 D. magna tested under lowered oxygen tension exhibited
 lower threshold values for the chemicals studied than
 when tested  at atmospheric dissolved oxygen.
The effect of  turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
 was studied. Test water was from a farm pond  with
 "high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals
 to distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data
 reported are for larger fish, 14.24 cm in length. Data
 for smaller fish are  also in the report.
                                                                                                                          Powers
                                                                                                                            (1918)
                                                                                                                                                Anderson
                                                                                                                                                 (1944)
                                                                                                                                                Grindley
                                                                                                                                                 (1946)
                                                                                                                                                Anderson
                                                                                                                                                 (1948)

                                                                                                                                                Cairns and
                                                                                                                                                 Scheier
                                                                                                                                                 (1955)
                                                                                                                           Fairchild
                                                                                                                            (1955)
                                                                                                                          Wallen,et al
                                                                                                                            (1957)

                                                                                                                          Cairns and
                                                                                                                            Scheier
                                                                                                                            (1959)

-------
CHEMICALS
>
0
s
x
c
3)
m
en
O
T
O
I
m
3
5
c;









j





















Chemical
Ammonium
chloride
(as N)
Ammonium
chloride
(as N)

Ammonium
chloride








Ammonium
chromate

Ammonium
dichromate
Ammonium
hydroxide





Ammonium
hydroxide

Ammonium
hydroxide
(as ammonia)



Ammonium
hydroxide

Ammonium
hydroxide


Organism
Rainbow trout


Salmo
gairdnerii


Carassius
carassius

Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)

Gambusia
affinis

Gambusia
affinis
Daphnia
magna





Gasterosteus
aculeatus

Semotilus
atromaculatus




Gambusia
affinis

Fish



Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'1) Location'2) ppm'3) or Noted'4)
BSA - (O) acd


BSA - 24.6 (T2A) a c d f



BSA - 202 (T1 A) ac
161 (T2A)
50 (T4A)
139 (T4A)

725 (T1-4A)

241 (T1A)
173 (T2A)
70 (T4A)
BSA - 270 (T2A) a c d e g


BSA - 212IT2A) acd eg

BSA - <8.75 (O) a e






BSA - (O) ce


BSA - 5to15(CR) ae





BSA - 37 (T2A) a c d e g


BSA - 4.3 x 10'5 M (K) ac



Comments
The 48-hour LD$Q of ammonium chloride (as N) as interpo-
lated from three graphs may be 30, 24, or 12 ppm. The
effect of dissolved oxygen is also discussed.
A mathematical equation was derived to explain the com-
bined toxicities of this salt and zinc sulfate.


"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.







The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Comment same as above.

This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Tap water was used to make up the solutions. The fish
avoided concentrations of 0.04 and 0.01 N, but seemed
attracted to concentrations of 0.001 and 0.0001 N.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water.
A typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that con-
centration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for
24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional
data are presented.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given.
Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar).
Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentration are
presented and discussed.
Reference
(Year)
Herbert
(1961)

Herbert and
Shurben
(1964)

Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)







Wallen, et al
(1957)

Wallen, et al
(1957)
Anderson
(1944)





Jones
(1948)

Gillette, et al
(1952)




Wallen, et al
(1957)

Ishio
(1965)























^
•o
m
z
g
x

^



















-------
    Ammonium
     hydroxide

    Ammonium
     nitrate
    Ammonium
     salt
    Ammonium
     salts
Ammonium
 sulfate
    Ammonium
2   sulfate
m
5

2
z
o
g  Ammonium
JJ   sulfate

C
3
m
w
O
-n
Daphnia
 magna

Caress/us
 carassius
Nitzschia
 linearis
Physa
 heterostropha
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Salmo
 gairdnerii
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
Daphna
 magna
                                            BSA
                      Daphnia
                       magna
                                            BSA
                      Salmo
                       gairdnerii
                                            BSA
                                                                    60 (T1A)
                                                                    32 (T2A)
                                                                    20 (T4A)
                                                                    (O)
                                                                    420 (T5A)

                                                                    90.0 (T4A)

                                                                    3.4 (T4A)

                                                                    (0)
                                                 <106(O)
                                                 288.5 (O)
                                                  (O) Tap water
                                                  1000 ppm —
                                                  29.8 min
                                                  Distilled water
                                                  3000 ppm —
                                                  318 min
                                                  1000 ppm —
                                                  847 min
                                                  100 ppm
                                                  >5760 min
                                                                                              a c e f
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well      Dowden and
 as lake water.  Varied results were obtained when evalua-        Bennett
 tions were made in various types of water.                     (1965)
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chem-        Powers
 icals, possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of       (1918)
 temperature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of
 the goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with
 earlier work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.213N solution, fish survived 78 minutes.
The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether       Patrick, et al
 there was a constant relationship between the responses         (1968)
 of these organisms. From the data presented, there was
 no apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the
 authors advise  that bioassays on at least 3 components of
 the food web be made in any situation.
This is a study of the effect of varying dissolved oxygen         Lloyd
 concentrations on the toxicity of selected chemicals.            (1961)
The toxicity of heavy metals, ammonia, and monohydric
 phenols increased  as the dissolved oxygen in water was
 reduced. The most obvious reaction of fish to increase
 the volume of water passed over the gills, and this may
 increase the amount of  poison reaching the surface of
 the gill epithelium.
The concentration of the chemical in the water was not
 specified.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various          Anderson
 substances found in industrial wastes as determined by          (1944)
 the use of D. magna.  Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
 used as a diluent in the  bioassay. Threshold concentra-
 tion was defined as the  highest concentration which
 would just fail  to immobilize the animals under prolonged
 (theoretically infinite) exposure.
The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects      Fairchild
 of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an             (1955)
 aquatic invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inor-
 ganic salts known  to be present in various industrial
 effluents. Analysis of data conclusively shows the
 D. magna tested under lowered oxygen tension exhibited
 lower threshold values for the chemicals studied than
 when tested at atmospheric dissolved oxygen.
Tap or distilled water used as diluent. Toxicity defined as       Grindley
 the avg. time when the fish lost equilibrium when ex-            (1946)
 posed to the test chemical (ppm ammonia).
                                                                                                                                                                                       m
                                                                                                                                                                                       O
                                                                                                                                                                                       X

-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
5
X
c
-»1
JU
m
en
O
-n
O
m
S
O
>
{/>








1
-f^






















Chemical
Ammonium
sulfate

Ammonium
sulfate


Ammonium
sulphate



Ammonium
sulfide

Ammonium
sulfite
Ammonium
sulfite

Ammonium
thiocyanate

Amyl acetate





N-amyl-acetate


n-amyl alcohol





t-amyl alcohol

Aniline






Organism
Gambusia
affinis

Daphnia
magna


Biomorpholaria
a. alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus

Gambusia
affinis

Gambusia
affinis
Daphnia
magna

Gambusia
affinis

Semotilus
atromaculatus




Gambusia
affinis

Semoti/us
atromaculatus




Semoti/us
atromaculatus
Daphnia
magna





Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'1' Location'2' ppm'3' or Noted'4'
BSA - 1 ,400 (T2A) a c d e g


BSA - 423 (T1 A) ac
433 (T2A)
292 (T4A)

BSA - 800 (K1 A) a

300 (K1A)


BSA - 248 (T2A) a c d e g


BSA - 240 (T2A) a c d e g

BSA - 299 (T1 A) ac
273 (T2A)
203 (T4A)
BSA - 420 (T2A) a c d e g


BSA - 50to120(CR) ae





BSA - 65 (T2A) acdeg


BSA - 350 to 500 (CR) a e





BSA — 1 ,300 to 2,000 a e
(CR)
BSA - 279 (O) a c






Comments
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.

The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis chem-
icals is somewhat dependent upon temperature. The tem-
perature at which (K1 A) occurred was 28 C.


The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Comment same as above.

"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water.
A typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that con-
centration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for
24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional data
are presented.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water.
A typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that con-
centration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for
24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional data
are presented.
Comment same as above.

This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used
as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just
fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoreti-
cally infinite) exposure.
Reference
(Year)
Wallen, et al
(1957)

Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)

Gohar and
EI-Gindy
(1961)


Wallen, et al
(1957)

Wallen, et al
(1957)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Wallen, et al
(1957)

Gillette, et al
(1952)




Wallen, et al
(1957)

Gillette, et al
(1952)




Gillette, et al
(1952)
Anderson
(1944)


























>
TJ
m
z
D

X
>





















-------
    Aniline
    Aniline
     hydrochloride
°  Barium
3   chloride
c
3)
in
O  Barium
jrj   chloride
Microcystis
 aeruginosa

Daphnia
 magna
BSA
Antimony
potassium
tartrate
Antimony
trichloride
Antimony
trichloride
Antimony
trioxide
, Arsenite
*
i
Barium
carbonate
Barium
;» chloride
Pimephales
promelas
Daphnia
magna
Pimephales
promelas
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
(eggs)
L. cyanellus
(eggs)
Micropterus
dolomieui
(eggs)
Gambusia
affinis
Carassius
carassius
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
Daphnia
 magna
                      BSA
                                                                        50 (K)
5.5 (K2)
                                                  12 (T4A) H
                                                  20 (T4A) S

                                                  37 (S)
                                                  17 (T4A) H
                                                  9  (T4A) S

                                                  >80 (T4A) H
                                                  >80 (T4A) S

                                                  15/7 (O),
                                                  8 (NTE)

                                                  15 (NTE),
                                                  8 (NTE)
                                                  15/6(O),
                                                  8 (NTE)

                                                  10,000 (T2A)
                                                                        (O)
                                                  <83 (O)
Daphnia
 magna
                                             BSA
                                                                        29(0)
  a            The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1x10^
  ~~             to 2 x TO*3 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume.  Chu No. 10
                medium was used.
  a            An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
                the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
                Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
                aquarium fish  toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
                the chemicals  in marked contrast to their toxicity on
                systemic administration.
a c d f          Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.
                                                    a            Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
                                                                  threshold concentration producing immobilization for
                                                                  exposure periods of 64 hr.
                                                  a c d f          Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.
                                                                                              acdf         Comment same as above.
                                                    —           Fertilized fish eggs of indicated species were placed in
                                                                  1 liter of test solution and allowed to hatch. Toxicity
                                                                  data are presented as concentration in ppm/number of
                                                                  days survival.  Maximum length of test was 8 days. No
                                                                  food was added. Small bluegill were tested to find the
                                                                  highest  concentration of chemical which did not cause
                                                                  death in 12 days (O).

                                                 a_C d e g        The effect of turbidity  on the toxicity of the chemicals
                                                                  was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
                                                                  "high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.

                                                    a            This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
                                                    ~~            possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
                                                                  perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
                                                                  goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
                                                                  work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
                                                                 In 0.172N solution, fish survived 169 minutes.
                                                   a c           This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
                                                                  substances found in industrial wastes determined by the
                                                                  use of D. magna.  Centrif uged Lake Erie water was used
                                                                  as a diluent in  the bioassay.  Threshold concentration was
                                                                  defined as the  highest concentration which would just fail
                                                                  to immobilize  the animals under prolonged (theoretically
                                                                  infinite) exposure.

                                                    a_           Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
                                                                  threshold concentration producing immobilization for
                                                                  exposure periods of 64 hr.
Fitzgerald, et al
 (1952)

Sollman
 (1949)
                                                                                               Tarzwell and
                                                                                                 Henderson
                                                                                                 (1960)
                                                                                               Anderson
                                                                                                 (1948)

                                                                                               Tarzwell and
                                                                                                 Henderson
                                                                                                 (1960)
                                                                                               Tarzwell and
                                                                                                 Henderson
                                                                                                 (1960)
                                                                                               Hiltibran
                                                                                                 (1967)
                                                                                                                                                                                        m
                                                                                                                                                                                        O
                                                                                                                                                                       Wallen.et al
                                                                                                                                                                        (1957)
                                                                                                                                                                       Powers
                                                                                                                                                                         (1918)
                                                                                               Anderson
                                                                                                 (1944)
                                                                                               Anderson
                                                                                                 (1948)

-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
s.
X
c
3)
m
Q
-n
O
X
m
•£
O
[n









£
Os






















Chemical
Barium
chloride

Barium
chloride

Barium
nitrate



Benzanilide











Benzene


Benzene







Benzidine


Benzoic
acid
Benzoic
acid





Organism
Gambusia
af finis

Rana sp
(eggs)

Gasterosteus
aculeatus



Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius

auratus







Gambusia
af finis

Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Microcystis
aeruginosa

Carassius
auratus
Daphnia
magna





Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study!1) Location'2) ppm<3)
BSA - 3,200 (T2A)


BSA - 24,430 K


BSA - 400 (K10)




BSA - (O)











BSA - 395 (T2A)


BSA - 31 (T4A)

22 (T4A)

32 (T4A)



L 50 (K)


BSA - 0.165(K)

BSA - 146(0)






Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted!4' Comments
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
— Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity
and selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their rela-
tive position(s) in the molecule. At 10 ppm, there was no
toxicity to goldfish or trout.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
~~ was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c d e f Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one
~~ half , or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt
was made to estimate 100 percent survival.





a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1x10^
~ to 2 x 10^ cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10
medium was used.
a Goldfish weighed between 2 and 4 g. Temperature was
~ maintained at 27.0 ±0.2 C.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Reference
(Year)
Wallen, et al
(1957)

Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Jones
(1939)



Walker, et al
(1966)










Wallen, et al
(1957)

Pickering and
Henderson
(1966)





Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)

Gersdorff
(1943)
Anderson
(1944)





>
TJ
•o
m
z
o

-------
D
2
x

30
m
CO
O
-n
O
m
§
o
     Benzole
     acid

     Benzonitrile
     2-benzoyl-1,3-
      dichloropropane
    3-ben zy 1-5,5-
     dimethyl-2-
     imidazolinethione

    bis-benzyl
     ethylene
     diamine
     diacetate
                   Gambusia             BSA
                    affinis

                   Pimephales            BSA
                    promelas
                   Lepomis
                    macrochirus
                   Lebistes
                    reticu/atus
                   Cylindrospermum      L
                    licheniforme (CD
                   Microcystis
                    aeruginosa (Ma)
                   Scenedesmus
                    obliquus (So)
                   Chlorella
                    variegata (Cv)
                   Gomphonema
                    parvu/um (Gp)
                   Nitzschia
                    palea (Np)
                   Microcystis            L
                    aeruginosa


                   Semotilus             BSA
                    atromaculatus
    Beryllium
     chloride
9
m
2  Beryllium
O   nitrate
    Beryllium
     sulfate
Beryllium
 sulfate plus
 sodium
 tartrate
 Pimephales            BSA
 promelas


Pimephales            BSA
 promelas

Pimephales            BSA
 promelas
Lepomis
 macrochirus
 Goldfish              BSA
 Minnow
 Snails
 Water
 plants
                                                 225 (T2A)


                                                 (S) 135.0 (T4A)
                                                 (H) 78.0 (T4A)
                                                 (S) 78.0 (T4A)

                                                 (S) 400.0 (T4A)

                                                 2.0 (O)
a c d e g       The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals         Wallen, et al
~               was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"     (1957)
                turbidity. Additional data are presented.
 cdef         (H) Value in softwater                                      Henderson, et al
               (S) Value in softwater                                       (1960)
                                                 10.0 (K)
                                                 5 to 20 (CR)
                                                                   (H)15(T4A)
                                                                   (S)0.15 (T4A)

                                                                   (H) 20 (T4A)
                                                                   (S)0.15 (T4A)

                                                                   (H)11 (T4A)
                                                                   (S) 0.2 (T4A)
                                                                   (H)12(T4A)
                                                                   (S) 1.3 (T4A)
                                                                   (O)
               The chemical did not change the flavor of the cooked
                bluegill.
               Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
                to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially
                toxic with number of days in parentheses.  No number indi-
                cates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
                 Cl  -T (7),PT (21)
                 Ma-T
                 So  - PT (7)
                 Cv  -T
                 Gp-T
                 Np-T
a, etc          The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^
~               to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume.  Chu No. 10
                medium was used.
  a e           Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water.
  "~             A typical water analysis is given.  Toxicity is expressed as
                the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that con-
                centration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr
                and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
                presented.
 a c d f         Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.
 a c d f         Comment same as above.
 a c d f         Comment same as above.
               After 10 days of incremental additions of the chemicals to
                the aquarium, the final concentrations were: beryllium —
                28.5 ppm; sulfate — 302 ppm; sodium tartrate — 664 ppm.
                No toxic effect to the animals or plants was observed after
                10 days of exposure.
Palmer and
 Maloney
 (1955)
Fitzgerald, et al
 (1952)
Gillette, et al
 (1952)
Tarzwell and
 Henderson
 (1960)
Tarzwell and
 Henderson
 (1960)
Tarzwell and
 Henderson
 (1960)
Pomelee
 (1953)
                                                                                                                                                               m

-------
CHEMICALS
>
0
s
X
c
3D
rn
co
O
O
I
m
S
o
r
\Ji







;>
, ' -
oo























Chemical
Boric acid






Boric acid


Boric acid





Bromine








3'-bromo-3,
5-dinitro-
benzanilide










4'-bromo-3,
5-dinitrobenz-
anilide


4'-bromo-2-
nitrobenz-
anilide

Organism
Sewage
organisms





Gambusia
af finis

Sewage
organisms




Chlore/la
pyreno/dosa







Salmo
gairdnerii

Carassius
auratus








Salmo
gairdnerii

Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study<1' Location^) ppm'3) or NotedW Comments
BOD — 480(0) - Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
as how they affected the processing of sewage in the
treatment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to mea-
sure the effect of the chemical. The chemical concentra-
tion cited is the ppm required to reduce the BOD values
by 50%. This chemical was tested in an unbuffered system.
BSA — 10,500 (T2A) acdeg The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
BOD — >1000 (TCgrj) a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC5g) of oxy-
gen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
BSA - 0.18(0) At 0.18 ppm, 2,100 cells/mm3 remained at the end of 4 days
as compared with a count of 2,383 cells/mm3 in control.
0.42 (O) At 0.42 ppm, 270 cells/mm3 remained at the end of 4 days
as compared with 2,383 cells/mm3 in controls.
Bromine showed no inhibitory effect in the first 48 hr.
Experiments were carried out in seven-liter containers of
tap water.
By maintaining a constant level of 0.2 ppm of bromine, it
would be possible to kill algae in water.
BSA — (O) a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biolog-
ical activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule. At 1.0 ppm, this chemical was
toxic to 4 out of 10 trout; but at the concentrations (.1 ,
1.0, 10.0) there was no toxicity to goldfish.
BSA — (O) a Comment same as above except that at 10 ppm the chem-
ical was not toxic to trout or goldfish.

(0)

BSA — 10 (K2) a Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm, this chem-
ical was toxic to 2 out of 10 goldfish in 48 hours.
(0)

Reference
(Year)
Sheets
(1957)





Wallen, et al
(1957)

Hermann
(1959)




Kott, et al
(1966)







Walker, et al
(1966)











Walker, et al
(1966)



Walker, et al
(1966)


TJ
TJ
m
Z
D

-------





















>•
— t
•o






o
X
m

5
K
z
o
5
^
c
30
m
in
O
Tl
o
X
m
2
£
£
2*-bromo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide


3'-bromo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide


4'-bromo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
aniline


4'-bromo-5-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide

3-bromo-4-
nitrophenol
(free phenol)



2-bromo-4-
nitro phenol
(free phenol)



2-bromo-4-
nitrophenol
(Na salt)

2-bromo-4-
nitrophenol

3-bromo-4-
nitrophenol









Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo gairdneri
(fingerling)
Petromyzon
marinus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Petromyzon
marinus
Salmo
gairdnerii
S. trutta

Petromyzon
marinus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Petromyzon
marinus
(larvae)
Petromyzon
marinus
(embryos and
prolarvae)
(larvae)






BSA




BSA




BSA




BSA



BSA

BSA

BSA

BSA

BSA

BSA

BSA

BSA

BSA


BSA










1.0 (K)





0.3 (K)


(O)



0.3 (K)


(O)



0.5 (K)


(O)


5 (K 100%)


15 (K 10%)


11 (K 10%)


5(K 100%)


13 (K 10%)


11 (K 10%)

7 (K 100%)


15 (K 10%)


10 (K14)
10 (K5-18)

10(K2-4hr)
See
 Applegate,
                                   This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-     Starkey and
                                    salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout      Howell
                                    as a function of substituent loci.                            (1966)
                      Ditto
                                   Comment same as above.


                                   1.0 ppm killed 25%.



                                   Comment same as above.


                                   1.0 ppm killed 25%.



                                   Comment same as above.


                                   1.5 ppm killed 25%.


                                   Mortality occurred in approximately 24 hr. This was a
                                    study on controlling sea lamprey larvae.
                                   Comment same as above.
                                   Comment same as above.
                                   Additional data are presented.
                                   Comment same as above.
                                                                         Starkey and
                                                                           Howell
                                                                           (1966)
                                                                         Starkey and
                                                                          Howell
                                                                          (1966)
                                                                         Starkey and
                                                                          Howell
                                                                          (1966)
                                                                         Ball
                                                                          (1966)
                                                                                           Ball
                                                                                            (1966)
                                                                                           Ball
                                                                                            (1966)
                                                                         Piavis
                                                                          (1962)

                                                                         Piavis
                                                                          (1962)
                                                                                                          m
                                                                                                          O

-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
s
X
c
3)
m
0
•n
O
m
S
o
>
£







>£*
0





















Chemical
4'-bromo-3-
nitro-o-sali-
cylotoluidide







3'-bromo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide

4'-bromo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide

2-butanone


n-butyl
alcohol




t-butyl
alcohol
Butyric
acid


Cadmium









Organism
Sa/mo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus






Sa/mo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Gambusia
affinis

Semotilus
atromaculatus




Semotilus
atromaculatus
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Bufo
valliceps
(tadpoles)
Daphnia
magna



Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study'1) Location'?) ppm'3)
BSA - 1.0(K3hr)

1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3 hr)






BSA - 1.0(K3hr)

1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3hr)
BSA - 1.0(K3hr)

1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3hr)
BSA - 5,600 (T2A)


BSA - 1 ,000 to
1,400 (CR)




BSAq - 3,000 to
6,000 (CR)
BSA - 61 (T2A)

200 (T1A)

BSA - 1.0 (K)

1.0 (K)


0.01 (K)




Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4) Comments
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity to
rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the sali-
cylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Sim-
ilar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule.
a Comment same as above.
—


a Comment same as above.
~


a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a e Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water.
~~ A typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that con-
centration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for
24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional data
are presented.
a e Comment same as above.

a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.

ace It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulfides are
the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal
ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product con-
stant of the metal sulfide — a treatment that does not lend
itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only an
approximate concentration interpolated from a graph.
Time of death was not specified.
Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)








Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)


Wallen, et al
(1957)

Gillette, et al
(1952)




Gillette, et al
(1952)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)

Shaw and
Grushkin
(1967)

























^
TJ
m
Z
O
X
^




















-------
    Cadmium
    Cadmium
    Cadmium
    Cadmium
    Cadmium
     chloride
    Cadmium
     chloride

    Cadmium
     chloride

s
ni  Cadmium
?   chloride
O
>
W  Cadmium
>   chloride
X

3D
m

O  Cadmium
_   cyanide
X   complex
m
S
                      Salmo
                       gairdnerii
                      Lepomis
                       macrochirus
                      Ictalurus
                       nebulosus
Salmo
 gairdnerii


Salmo
 gairdnerii


Carassius
 carassius
                      BCFA
                                                 (O)
                      BSCFCH
                                           BCFA
                                           BCFA
BSA
Daphnia
 magna


Pimephales
 promelas


Limnaea
 palustris
 (eggs)

Pimephales
 promelas
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lebistes
 reticulatus
Green
 sunfish

Lepomis
 macrochirus
 (juveniles)
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
                                           BSA
                                                 0.1-100.0
                           0.008-
                            0.01 (T7A)
                           30mg(T1A)
                           30(T1A)
                           (O)
<0.0026 (S)
5 (T4A) H
0.9 (T4A) S
   •\
6x10-6m
 (K1)


(S) 1.05(T4A)
(H) 72.6 (T4A)
(S) 1.94(T4A)

(S) 1.27(T4A)

(S) 2.84 (T4A)
(H) 66.0 (T4A)

0.64 (O)
                                                                                               —           A small, cone-shaped, cadmium-plated metal screen was used
                                                                                                            to cover a 2-inch pipe outlet.  Recirculating 2,500 gallons of
                                                                                                            water through the screen at the rate of 50 gallons per min-
                                                                                                            ute killed 16-per-pound rainbow trout  in 24 hours. Rainbow
                                                                                                            trout placed in a 15-gallon tub of water, with recirculation
                                                                                                            through the cadmium screen were dead within 10 hours.
                                                                                            a c d e f        Fish were exposed to 8, 16, and 20 ppm of cadmium for
                                                                                                            varying periods of time (up to 90 days). In living fish the
                                                                                                            accumulation of cadmium never exceeded 130 /Jg/g of gill
                                                                                                            tissue, based on dry weight. In fish that died of poisoning,
                                                                                                            the accumulation of cadmium was a maximum of 634/Jg/g
                                                                                                            of gill tissue. The authors state that high cadmium content
                                                                                                            (3-400 fJglg) in the liver of a fish would indicate a past
                                                                                                            history of exposure.
                                                                                             a b f          The data show that even at high concentrations, the toxic
                                                                                                            effect to the fish was very slow. Experiments were con-
                                                                                                            ducted in hard water.
                                                                                             a b f          A 7-day TLm may be between 0.008 and 0.01 ppm.  Despite
                                                                                                            this high toxicity, the response of the fish to the poison
                                                                                                            was initially very slow, even at high concentrations.

                                                                                               £           This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemi-
                                                                                                            cals, possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of
                                                                                                            temperature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency
                                                                                                            of the goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with
                                                                                                            earlier work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
                                                                                                           In a 0.157N solution, fish survived 70 minutes; in a solu-
                                                                                                            tion of 0.000000037N, they survived 442 minutes.
                                                                                               £           Lake Erie water was used as diluent.  Toxicity given as
                                                                                                            threshold concentration producing immobilization for
                                                                                                            exposure periods of 64 hr.
                                                                                            a c d f         Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.
                                                                                             £C           Toxicity is given in molar concentrations for maximum
                                                                                                            direct mortality (kill) in 4 hours.


                                                                                             c d e f         (S) Soft water
                                                                                                           (H) Hard water
                                                                                                           Values are expressed as mg/l of metal.
                                                a_c d f £       For the concentration given, the median resistance time
                                                                was 134 minutes.
                                                                                                                         Roberts
                                                                                                                          (1963)
                                                                                                                                              Mount and
                                                                                                                                               Stephan
                                                                                                                                               (1967)
                                                                                              Ball
                                                                                               (1967)

                                                                                              Velsen and
                                                                                               Alderdice
                                                                                               (1967)

                                                                                              Powers
                                                                                               (1918)
                                                                                                                                         I
                                                                                                                                         m
                                                                                                                                         O
                                                                                                                                         X
Anderson
 (1948)


Tarzwell and
 Henderson
 (1960)
Morrill
 (1963)


Pickering and
 Henderson
 (1965)
                                                                                                                                                                    Doudoroff,
                                                                                                                                                                     etal
                                                                                                                                                                     (1966)

-------
CHEMICALS
2
0
s
X
-1
c
3D
m
in
0
•71
O

m
S
o
P
to







j>
K)
to



















Chemical
Cadmium cya-
nide complex.
sodium cya-
nide (439 ppm
CN), and cad-
mium sulfate
(528 ppm Cd)
Cadmium
nitrate



Cadmium
sulfate




Caffeine





Calcium
c Tbonate

Calcium
chloride




Calcium
chloride





Calcium
chloride

Organism
Pimephales
promelas





Gasterosteus
aculeatus



Sewage
organisms




Carassius
carassius




Gambusia
affinis

Carassius
carassius




Daphnia
magna





Daphnia
magna

Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Studyd) Location<2) ppm(3) or Noted**) Comments
BSA — 0.17 (T4A) ac Synthetic soft water was used. Toxicity data given as number
~~ of test fish surviving after exposure at 24, 48, and 96 hr.
TLm values were estimated by straight-line graphical inter-
polation and given in ppm CN".



BSA — 0.2 (K10) — Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
BOD — 142 (TCsfj) a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
~~ industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams de-
picting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
BSA — (O) a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
~~ possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a concentration of 0.285 g/liter, fish survived 94 minutes.
BSA - 56,000 (T2A) a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity on the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
BSA — (O) a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals.
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.249N solution, fish survived 174 minutes.
BSA — 1332(0) ac This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
BSA — 920 (S) a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
Reference
(Year)
Doudoroff,
et al
(1956)




Jones
(1939)



Hermann
(1959)




Powers
(1918)




Wallen, et al
(1957)

Powers
(1918)




Anderson
(1944)





Anderson
(1948)





















^
TJ
T)
m
z
D
X
^


















-------
to
OJ
      Calcium
       chloride
      Calcium
       chloride
      Calcium
       chloride
      Calcium
       chloride

      Calcium
       chloride
      Calcium
       chloride
  m
  2
  O
      Calcium
       chloride
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Daphnia
 magna
BSA
BCFA
BSA
Gambusia
 affinis

Lepomis
 macrochirus
Daphnia
 magna
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
 (eggs)

Nitzschia
 linearis
Lepomis
 macrochirus
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
                            10,650 (T4A)
9,500 (T4A)
 small
11,300 (T4f)
 large
3,972 (O)
                            13,400 (T2A)
                            11,300 (T4A)
3,526 (T1 A)
3,005 (T2A)
8,350 (T1 A)

4,485 (T1A)
3,094 (T2A)
2,373 (T3A)
3,130 (T5A)

10,650 (T4A)
 a d e f         This paper reports the LDgg in 96 hours for 8 common in-     Trama
                organic salts. A synthetic dilution water of controlled          (1954)
                hardness was prepared for use in the experiments. Among
                other variables, specific conductivity, as mhos at 20 C,
                was measured. If this salt is toxic to fish, this experiment
                did not demonstrate it.
 a c e f         Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade      Cairns and
                chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour ex-          Scheier
                posure period.                                              (1955)

  a c           The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects     Fairchild
                of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an             (1955)
                aquatic invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inor-
                ganic salts known to be present in various industrial
                effluents.  Analysis of data conclusively shows the
                D. magna tested under lowered  oxygen tension exhibited
                lower threshold values for the chemicals studied than
                when tested at atmospheric dissolved oxygen.
£ c d e g        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity on the chemicals        Wallen, et al
                was studied. Test water was from a farm  pond with "high"      (1957)
                turbidity.  Additional data are presented.

£5^-£_L        ^ "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to      Cairns and
                distilled water, and this was constantly aerated.  Data           Scheier
                reported are for larger fish, app 14.24 cm  in length. Data        (1959)
                for smaller fish are also in the report.
  £C           "Standard reference water" was described and used as well      Dowden and
                as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-        Bennett
                tions were made in various types of water.                     (1965)
                                                                The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether       Patrick, et al
                                                                 there was a constant relationship between the responses         (1968)
                                                                 of these organisms. From the data presented, there was
                                                                 no apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the
                                                                 authors advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of
                                                                 the food web be made in any situation.
I
m
a
x
  o
  5
  3]
  m
  CO
 o

-------
0
m
S
o
P Chemical
^ Calcium
O hydroxide
S
X
H
X
m
w
O
•n
O
m
2
5 Calcium
J* hydroxide
E>
Calcium
hydroxide




Calcium
^ hypochlorite
"i
to
.p..








Calcium
hypochlorite














Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study C"
Micropterus BSA
salmoides
Lepomis
machrochirus
Goldfish







Gambusia BSA
affinis

Biomorpholaria BSA
alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus
Lymnaea
caillaudi
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Blue-green algae L
Cylindrospermum
Anabaena
Anacystis
Calothrix
Nostoc
Oscillatoria
Plectonema
Green algae
Ankistrodesmus
Chlorella
Closterium
Oocystis
Scenedesmus
Stigeoclonium
Zygnema
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location (2) ppm(3)
100 (O)

100 (O)

100 (O)







220 (T2A)


300 (K1)

300 (K1)

300 (K1)

2.0 (O)











2.0 (0)















Experimental
Variables
Controlled Reference
or Noted*4* Comments (Year)
acfpi The disposal of cannery wastes frequently involves the use Sanborn
~~ of chemicals for treatment purposes. Ferrous sulphate, (1945)
alum, and lime are used in chemical coagulation; sodium
carbonate for acidity control in biological filters; and
sodium nitrate in lagoons for odor control. Lye (sodium
hydroxide) peeling of certain fruits and vegetables is not
uncommon. These chemicals, in whole or part, are dis-
charged in most cases to a stream.
The concentration listed permitted large mouth bass to sur-
vive 3 to 5 hours, bluegills to survive 2 to 4.5 hours, and
goldfish to survive 3 to 3.5 hours.

a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was Wallen, et al
~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high" (1957)
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a The degree of tolerance for vector snails of bilharziasis to Gohar and
various chemicals is somewhat dependent upon tempera- EI-Gindy
ture. The temperature at which (K1) occurred was 28 C. (1961)



a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days Palmer and
~~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially Maloney
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number indi- (1955)
cates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -T(3)
Ma - T (3)
So -T(3),PT(7)
Cv - T (3)
Gp-T(3)
Np - T (3)


— Ca(OCI)2 was toxic or partially toxic to all of the algae Kemp, et al
species at the indicated concentration for 28 days. (1966)



































^
^0
m
Z
g
x

^






















-------
;>
to
     Calcium
       nitrate
      Calcium
       nitrate
     Calcium
       nitrate
     Calcium
      nitrate
     Calcium
      sulfate
     Calcium
      sulfate

     Calcium
      sulphate
H  Calcium

-------
n
I
m
S
o
£ Chemical
M
> Calcium
O sulphate
S
X
-t
c.
n
m
w Capric
0 ac.d
O
m
§
^ Caproic
r acid
w
Caprylic
acid

Carbon
chloroform
extract (CCE)


>
K)
ON




Carbon
chloroform
extract (CCE)/
carbon alcohol
extract (CAE)
1/1.48




Carbon
chloroform
extract (CCE)/
carbon alcohol
extract (CAE)
1/1.56
Organism
Nitischia
linearis
Lepomis
macrochirus



Lepomis
macrochirus



Lepomis
macrochirus

Lepomis
macrochirus

Trout



Golden
Shiner


Sunfish



Trout



Red
Shiner
Sunfish



Trout



Red
Shiner
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Studyd) Location^2) ppm<3> or Noted^
BSA - 3,200 (T5A) ace

2,980 (T4A)




BSA - (O)




BSA - 150-200IT1A) ac


BSA - (O)


BSA - 36(T1A) acdefim
32 (T2A)
28 (T4A)
24 (T5A)
59 (T1A)
52 (T2A)
39 (T4A)
33 (T5A)
56(T1A)
49 (T2A)
45 (T4A)
39 (T5A)
BSA - 130 (T1 A) acdefim
125IT2A)
95 (T4A)
82 (T5A)
No effect up
to 305 (T5A)
166 (T1A)
144IT2A)
1 1 5 (T4A)
103(T5A)
BSA - 138 (T1A) acdefim
130 (T2A)
96 (T4A)
92 (T5A)
No effect up
to 24O (T5A)
Comments
The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.

"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Chemical is only slightly soluble in water. No toxicity data
were obtained.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Comment same as above except that compound was very
insoluble in water. No toxicity data were obtained.

The objects of this investigation were the recovery of or-
ganic micropollutantsfrom subsurface and surface
Missouri waters, characterization and identification of these
substances, and evaluation of their toxic effects, both
acute and long-term, in order to develop methods for their
destruction or removal.






Comment same as above.









Comment same as above.





Reference
(Year)
Patrick, et al
(1968)





Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)


Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Smith and
Grigoropoulos
(1968)









Smith and
Grigoropoulos
(1968)







Smith and
Grigoropoulos
(1968)
























5
•o
m
z
o
X





















-------
    Carbon
     dioxide
Trout
                      BSA
                                                 (O)
    Carbon
     dioxide
     plus
    Carbon
     disulfide
    Carbonic
     acid
m
w
m
Rainbow
 trout
Gambusia
 affinis
Fish
BSA
BSA
                      BSA

*l
to
— 3








S
m
2
O
£
>
z
O
5
X
Cetyldimethyl
ammonium
bromide plus
alkylate ether
alcohol







Cetylpyridinum-
bromide

Cetyltrimethyl-
ammonium
bromide

Chlorauric
acid
Cylindrospermum
lichen/forme (Cl)
Gleocapsa
sp(G)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Mlcrocystis
aeruginosa

Microcystis
aeruginosa


Gasterosteus
aculeatus
(O)
135 (T2A)
                           6.5 x 10'4M
                             (K)
                                                                       2.0 (O)
                                                 a cd eg
    Chloride plus
     fluoride
Rainbow
 trout
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                                                       2.0 (K)
                                                                       2.0 (K)
                                                                       0.4 (K10)
                                                                       (O)
                                                                                             a, etc
                                                                                             a, etc
No quantitative data are reported. 30 ppm of nitrogen was     Herbert
 added as ammonium chloride. Carbon dioxide in concen-      (1955)
 trations up to 30 ppm reduced the toxicity of the ammonia
 by lowering the pH of the water. Concentrations of
 60 ppm of CC-2 were toxic but not lethal when the concen-
 tration of dissolved oxygen was low. A concentration of
 240 ppm of CO2 was lethal to trout in little more than
 one hour.
The reduction of toxicity of ammonia solutions by the addi-    Alabaster and
 tion of carbon dioxide was due to lowering the pH of the      Herbert
 solution.  60-240 ppm CC"2 in solution was toxic within        (1954)
 12 hr.  30 ppm ammonia nitrogen was toxic, but up to
 30 ppm CO2 increased fish survival time.

The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was     Wallen, et al
 studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"         (1957)
 turbidity.  Additional data are presented.

Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given.      Ishio
 Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar).     (1965)
 Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentration  are
 presented  and discussed.

Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days    Palmer and
 to give the following (T = toxic, NT  = nontoxic, PT = par-      Maloney
 tially toxic with number of days in parentheses.  No num-      (1955)
 ber indicates observation is for entire test period of
 21 days):
   Cl  -NT
   G  -NT
   So -NT
   Cv -NT
   Gp-NT
   Np-NT

The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 106       Fitzgerald, et al
 to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75ml  total volume.  Chu No. 10           (1952)
 medium was used.

Comment same as above.                                    Fitzgerald, et al
                                                           (1952)

Solutions were made up in tap water.  3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-     Jones
 back fish were used as experimental  animals.  This paper        (1939)
 points out that there is a marked relationship between the
 toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
 with low solution pressures were the most toxic.

When trout were exposed to 30 ppm CI" for 48 hours and       Neuhold and
 then challenged with fluoride, the LC^Q of the fluoride was     Sigler
 6 ppm.  No exposure to CI" resulted  in an LCgo of             (1962)
 22 ppm Fl'.
                                                                                                                                                                                      m
                                                                                                                                                                                      O

-------
n
I
m
2
o
£ Chemical
V)
^ Chlorinated
O benzene
S
X
H
3)
m
en
O
Tl
O
m
S
> Chlorinated
[o camphene
(60 percent)









to
00 Chlorine
(from mono-
and di-
chloramines)

Chlorine




Chlorine








Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Organism Study 'D Location^) ppm(3)
Cylindrospermum L — 2.0 (O)
lichen/forme ICII
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
varihgata (Cv)
Gomphoiiema
parvulum {^p)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum L — 2.0 (O)
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Salmo BCFA - 0.08 (T7A)
gairdnerii



Naisspp BSA - 1.0 (K)




Chlorella BSA - 0.18(0)
pyrenoidosa
0.42 (O)







Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted W Comments
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
~~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par-
tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No num-
ber indicates observation is for entire test period of
21 days):
Cl -T
Ma -T
So -T (3),PT (21)
Cv -T
Gp-T
Np-T

a Comment same as above except that:
Cl - PT
Ma-T (14), PT (21)
So -PT (14), NT
Cv -PT
Gp-T (3)
Np-PT (7)





ace The purpose of this paper was to investigate the toxicity of
chlorine to the rainbow trout in solutions containing
ammonia. The toxicity of residual chlorine was dependent
upon the relative proportions of free chlorine and
chloramines.
a f All tests were conducted in hard water. At 1 .0 ppm of chlo-
rine, 95% of the worms were killed after 35 minutes. There
was considerable variation in chlorine tolerance below
2 ppm and contact times from 1-3 hours may be necessary
for a complete kill.
a c i At 0.18 ppm, 1,900 cells/mm^ remained at the end of 4 days
as compared with a count of 2,383 cells/mm^ in controls.
At 0.42 ppm, 500 cells/mm^ remained at the end of 4 days
as compared with a count of 2,383 cells/mm^ in controls.
Chlorine showed an inhibitory effect in 48 hr.
Experiments were carried out in seven-liter containers of
tap water.
By using 0.2 ppm of free chlorine, one might expect not to
reduce the numbers of algae appreciably but to keep the
population constant.
Reference
(Year)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Merkens
(1958)



Learner and
Edwards
(1963)


Kott, et al
(1966)




























>
TJ
-g
m
Z
O
X
>

















-------
30
m
w
o
    3'-chloro-5-
     acetamidosali-
     cylanilide
    p-chlorobenz-
     anilide
    Chlorobenzene
Chlorobenzilate

Chlorobenzilate
4'-chloro-2,5-
 dihydroxy
 diphenyl
 sulphone
S  4 chlorohexyl-
fi   2,6-dinitro-
>   phenol, tech.
E>
Sal mo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
                                         BSA
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
Pimephales
 promelas
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Carassius
 auratus
Lebistes
 reticulatus
Daphnia
 magna
Simocephalus
 serrulatus
Daphnia
 pulex
                                         BSA
                                             BSA
                                              BSA

                                              BSA

O
m
O
^
z
o
4'-chloro-5-
bromo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide



Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus



                                              BSA
                       Daphnia
                        magna
                       Lymnaeid
                        snails
                                              BSA
                       BSA
                                                                      10.0 (K 3 hr)

                                                                      10.0 (K2)
                                                                      (O)

                                                                      (O)

                                                                      29 (T4A)

                                                                      20 (T4A)

                                                                      45 (T4A)

                                                                      44 (T4A)

                                                                      1.4(0)

                                                                      0.550 (SB)

                                                                      0.870 (SB)
                                                   0.1 (K2)
                                                   1.0 (K 3 hr)
                                                   1.0 (K2)
                                                   10.0 (K3hr)
                                                                                                 a c d
                                                   28.9 (K2A)
                                                                      (0)
 This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
  tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity to
  rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
  salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
  selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish.  Salicylanilides
  were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
  hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
  activity against fish.  Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
  anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
  findings are reported for halogens and their relative
  position(s) in the  molecule.
 Comment same as above except that at 10 ppm this chemi-
  cal was not toxic to trout or goldfish.
 Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one half,
  or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt was made
  to estimate 100 percent survival.
                                                                                                                                                                            Walker, et al
                                                                                                                                                                             (1966)
.The indicated concentration immobilized Daphnia in
  50 hours.
 Concentration reported is for immobilization.
 Time for immobilization was 48 hr.
 Data cited are for 60 F, but assays were performed at varied
  temperatures.
 "Water Chemistry" (Unspecified) was "controlled" during
  the assay period.
 This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
  tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
  to rainbow trout and  goldfish.  The chemical structure of
  salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
  selectivity  to rainbow trout and goldfish.  Salicylanilides
  were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes.  The ortho
  hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biologi-
  cal activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
  salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
  Similar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
  position(s) in the molecule.
 An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
  the chemical reactivity of selected  chemical substances.
  Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
  aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
  the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
  systemic administration.
 Each test container, 500-ml beaker, was filled with ditch
  water. 100% mortality occurred in concentrations of
  1:400,000 and greater.
                                                                                                                                                                           Walker, et al
                                                                                                                                                                             (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                           Pickering and
                                                                                                                                                                             Henderson
                                                                                                                                                                             (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                           Anderson
                                                                                                                                                                             (1960)
                                                                                                                                                                           Sanders and
                                                                                                                                                                             Cope
                                                                                                                                                                             (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                           Walker, et al
                                                                                                                                                                            (1966)
o
X
                                                                                                                                                    Sollman
                                                                                                                                                    (1949)
                                                                                                                                                    Batte, et al
                                                                                                                                                     (1951)

-------
o
I
m
P
r- Chemical
^ 2'-chloro-5'-
O methyl-3-nitro-
2 salicylanilide
X
C
m 2'-chloro-3-
w nitrosalicyl-
^ anilide
O
I
m
§ 2'-chloro-5-
0 nitrosalicyl-
p anilide


3'-chloro-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide


3'-chloro-5-
-^ nitrosalicyl-
' anilide
O

4'-chloro-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide


4'-chloro-5-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide


m-chlorophenol



o-chlorophenol




Organism
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Carassius
auratus


Carassius
auratus



Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study*1) Location<2) ppmO)
BSA - 0.7 (LD10rj)

1.0 (LD25)


BSA - 3.0 (K)

(0)


BSA - 0.9 (K)

(0)


BSA - 0.3 (K)

(0)


BSA - 15.0IK)

(0)


BSA - 0.3 (K)

(0)


BSA - 0.5 (K)

(0)


BSA - 70.5 to 219
(K8hr)
61.7 (O)
20.6 (O)
BSA - 142 to 311
(K8hr)
104 (O)
82.8 (O)
10.0 (O)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted (4) Comments
See This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
Applegate, salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout
et al as a function of substituent loci.
(1957-1958)

Ditto Comment same as above.

70 ppm killed 25%.


' Comment same as above.

3.0 ppm killed 25%.


' Comment same as above.

0.9 ppm killed 25%.


Comment same as above.

15.0 ppm killed 25%.


" Comment same as above.

0.7 ppm killed 25%.


" Comment same as above.

1.0 ppm killed 25%.


a Temperature in test containers was maintained at 27 ± 0.2 C.
~~ Goldfish tested weighed between 2 and 4 g.
m-chlorophenol, 61.7 mg per liter, killed 93% of the fish
in 8 hr; 20.6 mg per liter killed 62% in 8 hr.
a Comment same as above except that o-chlorophenol,
~ 104 mg per liter, killed 83% of the fish in 8 hr; 82.8 mg
per liter killed 64% in 8 hr; and 10.0 mg per liter
killed 20% in 8 hr.

Reference
(Year)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)


Starkey and
Howell
(1966)


Starkey and
Howell
(1966)


Starkey and
Howell
(1966)


Starkey and
Howell
(1966)


Starkey and
Howell
(1966)


Starkey and
Howell
(1966)


Gersdorff and
Smith
(1940)

Gersdorff and
Smith
(1940)






















>
•o
m


X
>



















-------
p-chlorophenol
4'-chloro-2',
 5'-dimethoxy-
 3-nitrosali-
 cylanilide
Carassius
 auratus
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus





>
O
_1







O
m
5
g
J*
>
Z
O
2
*
c
3D
m
CO
O
T*
O
X
m
2
5'-chloro-3,
5-dinitro-2-
benzanilide

2'-chloro-3,
5-dinitro-
benzanilide

3'-chloro-3,
5-dinitro-
benzanilide

3'-chloro-3,5-
dinitro-o-
benzotoluidide

S'-chloro-3,
5-dinitro-p-
benzotoluidide

5'-chloro-3,
5-dinitro-3-
benzotoluidide

2'-chloro-3',
4'-dinitro-
salicylanilide

Chloroform



Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Pygosteus
pungitius


                                         BSA
BSA
                                         BSA
                                         BSA
                                         BSA
                                         BSA
                                         BSA
                                         BSA
                                         BSA
                                         BCF
54.3 to 190
 (KShr)
47.5 (O)
12.7 (O)
6.3 (O)
1.0 (KShr)

1.0 (K2)
10.0 (KShr)
                                                  (O)

                                                  (O)

                                                  (O)

                                                  (O)

                                                  (O)

                                                  (O)

                                                  10.0 (K 3 hr)

                                                  (O)

                                                  (O)

                                                  (O)

                                                  10.0 (K 3 hr)
                                                   (KSmin.)
                                                  (O)

                                                  1.0 (KShr)

                                                  1.0 K (K2)
                                                  10.0 (KShr)
                                                  (O)
                                                                                                         Comment same as above except that p-chlorophenol, 47.5 mg   Gersdorff and
                                                                                                          per liter, killed 85% of the fish in 8 hr; 12.7 mg per liter        Smith
                                                                                                          killed 75% in 8 hr; and 6.3 mg per liter killed 54% in 8 hr.       (1940)
                                                                This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-      Walker, et al
                                                                  tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity to    (1966)
                                                                  rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of sali-
                                                                  cylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
                                                                  selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
                                                                  were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
                                                                  hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
                                                                  activity against fish.  Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
                                                                  anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.  Similar
                                                                  findings are reported for halogens and their relative
                                                                  position(s) in the molecule.
                                                                Comment same as above except that at 10 ppm the chemical    Walker, et al
                                                                  was not toxic to trout.  At 1.0 ppm, 1 out of  10 goldfish        (1966)
                                                                  died. This may not be valid since at 10 ppm,  no fish were
                                                                  killed.
                                                                Comment same as above except that at 10 ppm this chemical    Walker, et al
                                                                  was not toxic to trout or goldfish.                             (1966)
                                                                Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm the chem-    Walker, et al
                                                                 ical was toxic to 7 out of 10 trout in 48 hours. No goldfish      (1966)
                                                                 were killed at this and lower concentrations.

                                                                Comment same as above except that at 10 ppm the chemical    Walker, et al
                                                                 was not toxic to goldfish. Precipitation occurred at 10 ppm.     (1966)
                                                                Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm the chem-    Walker, et al
                                                                 ical was toxic to 2 out of 10 trout in 48 hours. The chem-      (1966)
                                                                 ical was not toxic to goldfish at 10.0 ppm.

                                                                Comments same as above except that at 10 ppm the chem-     Walker, et al
                                                                 ical was not toxic to goldfish.                                (1966)
                                                                                                         Comment same as above except data cited.                    Walker, et al
                                                                                                                                                                    (1966)
                                                                                                         A 1/2000 solution anaesthetized or killed very rapidly.         Jones
                                                                                                          1/5000 and 1/10000 induced an avoidance reaction in          (1947)
                                                                                                          the fish.
                                                                                                                                                                                    m

-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
3
X
-i
c
3)
m
01
0
o
I
m
s
o

EJ








»•
j
\






















Chemical
Chloroform






3'-chloro-
3-hydroxy-
benzanilide









4'-chloro-3-
hydroxybenz-
anilide

2'-chloro-2-
nitrobenz-
anilide

3'-chloro-2-
nitrobenz-
anilide

2'-chloro-3-
nitrobenz-
anilide

2'-chloro-4-
nitrobenz-
anilide

3'-chloro-3-
nitrobenz-
anilide

3'-chloro-4-
nitrobenz-
anilide

Organism
Sewage
organisms





Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus








Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdneri
Carassius
auratus
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Studyd) Location<2) ppm(3)
BOD - (NTE)






BSA - 10.0 (K2)

(0)









BSA - 10.0 (K2)

(0)

BSA - (O)

(0)

BSA - 10.0 (K2)

(O)

BSA - 10.0 (K2)

(0)

BSA - (O)

(0)

BSA - 10.0 (K 3 hr)

10.0 (K2)

BSA - (O)

(0)

Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW Comments
a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
~ industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams de-
picting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.

a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule. At 10.0 ppm, the chemical
was toxic to 7 out of 10 goldfish at 48 hours.
a Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm the chem-
ical was toxic to 2 out of 10 goldfish in 48 hours.


a Comment same as above except that this chemical was not
toxic to trout or goldfish at 10 ppm.


a Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm the chem-
~ ical was toxic to 6 out of 10 goldfish at 48 hours.


a Comment same as above except that at 10 ppm the chem-
ical was toxic to 1 out of 10 fish in 48 hours.


a Comment same as above except that at 1 0 ppm this chem-
ical was not toxic to trout or goldfish.


a Comment same as above except data cited.



a Comment same as above except that no fish were killed at
1 0 ppm.


Reference
(Year)
Hermann
(1959)





Walker, et al
(1966)










Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al



Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)
























^
•o
m
g
x

^




















-------
OJ
2
O
•33
m
w
3
4'-chloro-2-
 nitrobenz-
 anilide

5'-chloro-4-
 nitrobenz-
 anilide

3'-chloro-3-
 nitro-p-benzo-
 toluidide

5'-chloro-2-
 nitrophenol
 (free phenol)
Chloronitro-
 propane
5'-chloro-3-
 nitro-o-sali-
 sylanilide
      2'-chloro-5-
       nitrosalicyl-
       anilide

      3'-chloro-3-
       nitrosalicyl-
       anilide

      4'-chloro-3-
       nitrosalicyl-
       anilide
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
Petromyzon
 marinus
Salmo
 gairdnerii
S.  trutta
Protococcus sp
Chlorella sp
Dunaliella
 euchlora
Phaeodactylum
 tricornutum
Monochrysis
 lutheri
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
BSA



BSA



BSA




BSA

BSA

BSA
BSA
                                               BSA
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                                                         10.0 (K2)

                                                                         10.0 (K2)

                                                                         10.0 (K2)

                                                                         (O)

                                                                         (O)

                                                                         (O)

                                                                         3(K 100%)

                                                                         5(K10%)

                                                                         5(K 10%)
                                                                         80 (K)
                                                                         80 (K)
                                                                         80 (K)

                                                                         80 (K)

                                                                         80 (K)

                                                                         1.0 (K3A)

                                                                         10.0IK3A)
                                                                     10.0 (K 3 hr)

                                                                     10.0(K3hr)

                                                                     1.0 (K2)
                                                                     10.0(K3hrs)
                                                                     10.0 (K 3 hrs)
                                                                     1.0(K2)
                                                                     1.0(K3hr)

                                                                     0.1 (K2)
                                                                     1.0(K3hr)
                                                                                                                Comment same as above except data cited.
                                                                                                                Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm the chem-
                                                                                                                 ical was toxic to 6 out of 10 goldfish in 48 hours.
                                                                                                                Comment same as above except that chemical precipitated
                                                                                                                 at 10 ppm, and the chemical was not toxic to trout.  At
                                                                                                                 0.1 ppm the chemical was toxic to 1 out of 10 goldfish.

                                                                                                                Mortality occurred in approximately 24 hr.  This was a
                                                                                                                 study on controlling sea lamprey larvae.
                                                                                                                This paper concerns the growth of pure cultures of marine
                                                                                                                 plankton in the presence of toxicants. Results were ex-
                                                                                                                 pressed as the ratio of optical density of growth in the
                                                                                                                 presence of toxicants to optical density in the basal
                                                                                                                 medium with no added toxicants.
                                                                 This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
                                                                  tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
                                                                  to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
                                                                  salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
                                                                  selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
                                                                  were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
                                                                  hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
                                                                  activity against fish.  Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
                                                                  anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.  Similar
                                                                  findings are reported for halogen and their relative
                                                                  position(s) in the molecule.
                                                                 Comment same as above.
                                                                                                              Comment same as above.
                                                                 Comment same as above.
                                                                                                                                                   Walker, et al
                                                                                                                                                    (1966)
                                                                                                                                                   Walker, et al
                                                                                                                                                    (1966)
                                                                                                                                                   Walker, et al
                                                                                                                                                    (1966)
                                                                                                                                                   Ball
                                                                                                                                                    (1966)
                                                                                                                                                   Ukeles
                                                                                                                                                    (1962)
                                                                                                                                                                           Walker, et al
                                                                                                                                                                           (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                   I
                                                                                                                                                                   m
                                                                                                                                                                   O
                                                                                                                                                                   X
                                                                                                                                                                          Walker, et al
                                                                                                                                                                           (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                         Walker, et al
                                                                                                                                                                           (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                         Walker, et al
                                                                                                                                                                           (1966)

-------
o
I
m
S
o
£ Chemical
to .. ., .
^ 4'-chloro-5-
O nitrosalicyl-
2 anilide
X
H
c
3
m
O
-n
0
m
2
O 3'-chloro-2-
J* nitro-o-benz-
w otoluidide

3'-chloro-3-
nitro-o-
salicylotolu-
idide
6'-chloro-3-
nitro-o-sahcy-
5> lotoluidide
OJ
4'-chloro-3-
nitro-o-salicyl-
otoluidide

2'-chloro-3-
nitro-p-sa-
licylotoluidide

Chlorophenol
(meta)


o-chloro-
phenol

o-chloro-
phenol





Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study 'D
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus








Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Minnows BSA



Lepomis BSA
macrochirus

Pimephales BSA
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location'2) ppm '3)
1.0 (K2)

1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3 hr)








(0)

(0)

1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3hr)
10.0 (K2)

10.0 (K2)

(0)

1.0(K3hr)

10.0 (K 3 hr)

1.0(K3hr)

1.0 (K3hr)

18.0 (T1A)



8.1 (T2A)


12IT4A)

10 (T4A)

14 (T4A)
23 (T4A)

Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted^) Comments
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule.

a Comment same as above except that this chemical was not
~ toxic to trout or goldfish at 10 ppm.


a Comment same as above except data cited.



a Comment same as above except that this chemical was not
toxic to goldfish at 10 ppm.


a Comment same as above except data cited.



a Comment same as above.



e In the halophenols, the ortho was less toxic than the meta
or para. All of the monohalophenols were less toxic than
the 2,4,6-trihalophenols. Some data on biodegradability of
halophenols were presented.
a c d e f g i o Assays are completely described and autopsy data are
reported.

a c d Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one half
or slightly more of the TLm value. No attempt was made
to estimate 100 percent survival.




Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)










Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)


Ingols and
Gaffney
(1965)

Lammering and
Burbank
(1961)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1966)

























j>
T)
m
z
0
X
J>




















-------
    Chlorophenol
     (ortho)
    p-chlorophenol
    Chlorophenol
     (para)
3-(p-chloro-
 phenol)-1,1-
 dimethyl-
 urea
Bis (p-chloro-
 phenoxy)
 methane

P-chloro-
 phenyl-p-
 chloroben-
 zenesulfamate
m
2
O
O  3-chloro-
2   propene

|
•X
m
OT
o
m
S
                  Minnows              BSA
                  Hyborhynchus         BSA
                   notatus
                  Minnows              BSA
Cylindrospermum      L
 lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
 aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
 obliquus (So)
Chlorella
 variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
 parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
 palea (Np)
Bluegill               BSA
Cylindrospermum      L
 lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
 aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
 obliquus (So)
Chlorella
 variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
 parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
 palea (Np)
Pimephales            BSA
 promelas
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Carassius
 auratus
Lebistes
 reticulatus
                                                                   58 (T1A)
                                                                   (O)
                                                                   14 (T1A)
                                                                       2.0 (O)
                                                                       (0)
                                                                       2.0 (O)
                                                                       24 (T4A)

                                                                       42 (T4A)

                                                                       22 (T4A)

                                                                       48 (T4A)
                                                                                          *c d
                                                                                                           In the halophenols, the ortho was less toxic than the meta       Ingols and
                                                                                                            or para. All of the monohalophenols were less toxic than       Gaffney
                                                                                                            the 2,4,6-trihalophenols. Some data on biodegradability        (1965)
                                                                                                            of halophenols were presented.
                                                                                                           Fish in aquaria were trained to detect and distinguish between   Hasler and
                                                                                                            phenol and p-chlorophenol at levels as low as 0.0005 ppm.      Wisby
                                                                                                            The fish could also distinguish o-chlorophenol from the two     (1949)
                                                                                                            other compounds. The training method is described.
                                                                                                           In the halophenols, the ortho was less toxic than the meta       Ingols and
                                                                                                            or para. All of the monohalophenols were less toxic than       Gaffney
                                                                                                            the 2,4,6-trihalophenols. Some data on biodegradability        (1965)
                                                                                                            of halophenols were presented.
                                                                                                           Observations were made on the  3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days    Palmer and
                                                                                                            to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially   Maloney
                                                                                                            toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number indi-     (1955)
                                                                                                            cates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
                                                                                                              Cl -PT (7),T (21)
                                                                                                              Ma-T
                                                                                                              So -T (7),PT (21)
                                                                                                              Cv -T (3),PT (14)
                                                                                                              Gp-T
                                                                                                              Np-T
                                                                                                       No mortality occurred at 0.05 ppm and very low mortality     Linduska and
                                                                                                        at 0.10 ppm. All fish died when the concentration was         Surber
                                                                                                        0.2 ppm.                                                 (1948)
                                                                                                       Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days    Palmer and
                                                                                                        to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially  Maloney
                                                                                                        toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number indi-     (1955)
                                                                                                        cates observation is for entire test period of 21  days):
                                                                                                         Cl - PT (3)
                                                                                                         Ma-PT(14)
                                                                                                         So - PT (7)
                                                                                                         Cv -NT
                                                                                                         Gp - PT (7)
                                                                                                         Np-T (3)
                                                                                                       Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one half,     Pickering and
                                                                                                        or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt was made       Henderson
                                                                                                        to estimate 100 percent survival.                              (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                                     •o
                                                                                                                                                                                     m
                                                                                                                                                                                     Z
                                                                                                                                                                                     O
                                                                                                                                                                                     X

-------
CHEMICALS
>
D
2
x
-1
3)
m
tn
O
-n
o
m
2
£
£








tjj





















Chemical
4, chJoro-o-
toloxy-
acetic
acid








Chromic
acid





Chromic
chloride

Chromic
sulfate
Chromic
sulfate

Chromic
sulfate




Chromic
sulfate

Chromic
sulfate plus
sodium di-
chromate
Chromium,
hexavalent


Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study (D
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Daphnia BSA
magna





Daphnia BSA
magna

BOD L

Sewage BOD
organisms

Sewage BOD
organisms




Daphnia BSA
magna

Lymnaea sp BSA
(eggs)


Bluegill, F
pumpkinseed
sunfish, and
orangespots
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location'2' ppm'3)
2.0 (0)











O.6 (0)






«3.6 (S)


1.0(0)

- (O)


117ITC50)





0.1 (T1A)
0.03 (T2A)

0.2 (T1A)



Wood- (O)
stock.
III.

Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
~~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number indi-
cates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -T(3)
Ma -NT
So -NT
Cv -NT
Gp-T(3)
Np - T (3)


a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
~ stances found in industrial wastes determined by the use
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was defined
as the highest concentration which would just fail to im-
mobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically infinite)
exposure.
a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
~ threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
j "Toxicity" is expressed as 10 percent reduction in oxygen
utilization.
— Chromate ion is less toxic than chromic. 1 .0 ppm produced
a 10% oxygen depletion as compared to a control, and
10 ppm produced a 30% depletion.
a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
~ industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsg) of
oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
a c Comment same as above.



c At chromium concentrations above 50 ppm, the range of
survival was such that no general curve could be applied
to the data plotted on the chart.

Reference
(Year)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Anderson
(1944)





Anderson
(1948)

Ingols
(1955)
Ingols
(1954)

Hermann
(1959)




Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)

Klassen, et al
(1948)























^
•o
m
O
X




















-------
    Chromium
    Chromium
     (hexavalent)
Chromium
 (hexavalent)

Chromium (as
 chromate)
    Chromium
    Chromium
Chlorococcum
 variegatus
C. humicola
Scenedesmus
 obliquus
Lepocinclis
 steinii
Sal mo
 gairdnerii
Lepomis
 macrochirus
                      Salmo
                       gairdnerii
                      Salmo
                       gairdnerii
                       Rainbow
                        trout
                                            BSA
                      BSCH
                                                 6.4-16.0 (O)

                                                 3.2-6.4 (O)
                                                 3.2-6.4 (O)

                                                 0.32-1.6(0)

                                                 2.5 (O)
                                            FR
                                                                       110IT4A)
                                                 5(K15)*
                                                 10 (K15)**
                                                 12.5 (K15)*
                                                 * 40% kill
                                                 **80% kill
                                                 2.5 (O)
                                     Scotland     20 (NTE)
                                                                      a c d f q
                                                                                            a c e f I m
              Chromium as dichromate was evaluated in two different        Hervey
               tests. The concentrations reported are a range which           (1949)
               completely inhibited growth for 56 days. Concentra-
               tions as low as 0.0001  to 0.032 ppm stimulated growth
               up to 33 days of C. humicola, S. obliquus, and  L. steinii.
               Data for a flagellate and two diatoms are also presented.

              For accumulation studies, fish were exposed for periods up     Knoll and
               to 24 days.  For elimination studies, fish were exposed for      Fromm
               12 days, then placed in fresh water from 5 to 25. Chro-        (1960)
               mium in the blood never exceeded the concentration of
               the surrounding water. All other tissues except muscle
               accumulated concentrations in excess of that in the water.
               Chromium was eliminated rapidly from blood,  liver,
               stomach, pyloric caeca, and posterior gut.  The spleen lost
               little of its chromium even after being in fresh water for
               25 days. The kidney lost about 50% of its chromium in
               25 days of fresh water exposure.
              Soft water was used.  Alkalinity and hardness significantly      Trama and
               reduced the toxicity of hexavalent chromium.                 Benoit
                                                                         (1960)
              This study is concerned with the measurement of chromium     Fromm and
               in trout before and after exposure. Chromium  uptake is        Stokes
               passive, and  the amount accumulated is dependent on the       (1962)
               concentration in water and duration of exposure.
              Trout were exposed to 2.5 ppm of chromium as chromate      Stokes and
               in tap water for one week.  The in vitro glucose transport       Fromm
               by gut segments from these animals was compared to that      (1965)
               of segments from untreated fish. The values from the
               treated animals was 40 percent lower than the controls.
              This work represents an extension of laboratory studies of      Herbert, et al
               the toxicity of complex effluents to investigations of           (1965)
=  Chromium
O
O
30
m
O
m
o
Mixture:
 Chromium (a)-
 naphthenic acids
 (b)-cyanide (c)
 	Mixture

Chromium
 chloride
Gasterosteus
 aculeatus
Lepomis
 macrochirus
                      Sewage
                        organisms
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BOD
                                                 1.0(0)
                                                 (a) 0.019 (T4A)
                                                 (b) 4.74 (T4A)
                                                 (c) 0.26 (T4A)
                                                                       0.18(0)
ji^e          This is a discussion of a bioassay method using stickleback
               fish and spectrophotometric determinations of the chem-
               icals evaluated.  The number listed is said to be the
               "toxic limit" for the fish.

a c d e         All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic dilu-
               tion water.
                                                                                     Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they af-
                                                                                      fected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well as
                                                                                      how they affected the processing of sewage in the treatment
                                                                                      plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure the effect
                                                                                      of the chemical. The chemical concentration cited is the
                                                                                      ppm required to reduce the BOD values by 50%. This chem-
                                                                                      ical was tested in an unbuffered system.
                                                                                                                                               Hawksley
                                                                                                                                                (1967)
                                                                                                                                                                     Cairns and
                                                                                                                                                                      Scheier
                                                                                                                                                                      (1968)
                                                                                                                                               Sheets
                                                                                                                                                (1957)

-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
2
X
c
•33
m
en
o
-n
O
X
m
2
o
Ui








>
OJ
OO

























Chemical
Chromium
chromate

Chromium
dichromate

Chromium
oxide




Chromium
potassium
sulfate





Chromium
sulfate



Citric
acid





Citric
acid




Cobalt









Organism
Lepomis
macrochirus

Lepomis
macrochirus

Sewage
organisms




Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Gasterosteus
aculeatus



Daphnia
magna





Biomorpholaria
a. alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus
L ymnaea
caillaudi
Lebistes
reticulatus
Bufo
valliceps
(tadpoles)
Daphnia
magna



Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study<1' Location<2) ppm'3) or Noted'4'
BSA - 170 (T4A) acdfq


BSA - 113IT4A) acde


BOD - 4.0 (O)





BSA - (S) 5.07 (T4A) cdef
(H) 67.4 (T4A)
(S) 7.46 (T4A)
(H) 71.9 (T4A)
(S) 4.10 (T4A)

(S) 3.33 (T4A)

BSA - 1.2 (K10)




BSA - 153 (O) ac






BSA - 1200(K1A) a

1000 (K1A)

800 (K1A)

L - 100.0 (K) ace

100.0 (K)


50.0 (K)




Comments
Soft water was used. Alkalinity and hardness significantly
reduced the toxicity of this form of chromium.

All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic dilution
water.

The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses
of these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
(S) Soft water
(H) Hard water
Values are expressed as mg/l of chromium.





Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis chem-
icals is somewhat dependent upon temperature. The tem-
perature at which (K1 A) occurred was 27 C for Bulinus and
Biornphalaria and 28 C for Lymnaea.


It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulf ides are
the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal
ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product con-
stant of the metal sulfide — a treatment that does not lend
itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only an ap-
proximate concentration interpolated from a graph. Time
of death was not cpecified.
Reference
(Year)
Trama and
Benoit
(1960)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)
Sheets
(1957)




Pickering and
Henderson
(1965)





Jones
(1939)



Anderson
(1944)





Gohar and
EI-Gindy
(1961)



Shaw and
Grushkin
(1967)







TJ
m
Z
O

-------
vo
  o
  m
  S
 >
 O
 m
 en
 O
 Tl
 O
 m
     Cobalt
      chloride

     Cobalt
      chloride
     Cobalt
      chloride

     Cobaltous
      chloride
     Cobalt
      nitrate
     Copper
     Cu
Copper ion
 (copper
 chloride and
 copper
 sulfate
                   Daphnia
                    magna

                   Sewage
                    organisms
                  Limnaea
                    palustris
                      BSA
                      BOD
                   Daphnia
                    magna
                      BSA
                      BSA
                            <3.1 (S)


                            64.0 (TC50)





                            4x 10-5 M (K1)



                            <26 (O)
                                                                         a c
                   Gasterosteus
                    aculeatus
                   Carassius
                    carassius
                      BSA
                      BSA
                            10(K10)
                            (O)
     Copper
Nemacheilus
 barbatulus

Lepomis
 macrochirus
                   Sewage
                    organisms
BCH
BCH


BSA
                      BOD
                                                        England
                                                        England
0.28 (K)
0.20-0.30 (K)

0.74 (T4A)
0.94 (T2A)
                            (O)
                                                                                                a c d e
Lake Erie water was used as diluent.  Toxicity given as          Anderson
 threshold concentration producing immobilization for          (1948)
 exposure periods of 64 hr.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for     Hermann
 industrial wastes.  Results are recorded as the toxic concen-     (1959)
 tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCgo) of oxygen
 utilization as compared to controls.  Five toxigrams depict-
 ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
 each chemical classified.
Toxicity is given in molar concentrations for maximum direct   Morrill
 mortality (kill)  in 4 hours.                                   (1963)

This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-     Anderson
 stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use      (1944)
 of D. magna. Centrifuged  Lake Erie water was used as a
 diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was defined
 as the highest concentration which would just fail to im-
 mobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically infinite)
 exposure.
Solutions were made up in tap water.  3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-     Jones
 back fish were used as experimental animals.  This paper         (1939)
 points out that there is a marked relationship between the
 toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures.  Those
 with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals.    Powers
 possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tern-        (1918)
 perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
 goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
 work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In water distilled from a copper still with block-tin leads, the
 fish survived 352 to 597 minutes — perhaps the effect of
 copper.

Fresh water input was through Cu pipes into an aquarium.       Mackereth and
 All fish died within 24 hours at concentrations of 0.20 ppm     Smyly
 and above.                                                  (1951)

Modified Chu 14 diluent made of distilled water was used        Trama
 with aeration toxicity of copper ion was found to be de-         (1954)
 pendent upon pH. Below pH 5.3, all copper is in solution,
 above this the copper precipitates and is less toxic.

Copper was more toxic than zinc in all concentrations from     Ingols
 0.1 to 10.0 ppm.  The presence of the element could result      (1956)
 in errors in  BOD tests. At  1.0 ppm the oxygen demand in
 percent of the control was 65%.
                                                                                                                                                                                    m
                                                                                                                                                                                    O

-------
0
m
S
o
P Chemical
2 Copper
O
S
X
-1
!j Copper
m
e/)
O
-n
O
m
5 Copper
O
r-



Copper

Copper


T
O Copper










Copper


Organism
Chlorella
vulgar is



Nereis sp

Carcinus
maenas
Leander
squi/la
Salmo
salar




Rainbow
trout
Gasterosteus
aculeatus


Orconectes
rusticus









Lebistes
reticulatus
Bufo
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study (1) Location)2) ppm<3)
L - (0)




BSA - 1.5(K2-3)
0.5 (K4)
(0)

(0)

BCFA - 0.034 (T1A)





FR Scotland 0.8 (T2)

BSA - 0.02 (0)



BCFA -
3.0 (T4A)
1.0 (T1A)
1.0(K6)(T6A)
1.0(T6)(T6A)






BSA - 1.0(K)

0.1 (K)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
ace This was a respiration study using a shake culture technique.
~~ 10~1 M copper sulfate was not inhibitory for 7-20 hours.
Concentrations of 10'3 M copper sulfate were toxic to un-
shaken cultures.

a The threshold of copper for Nereis worms was about 0.1 ppm.

The copper toxicity threshold for the shore crab was 1-2 ppm.

The copper toxicity threshold for prawns was below 0.5 ppm.

act The laboratory water in which the experiment was performed
~ contained 3 /Jg/liter of zinc, as judged by analyses over sev-
eral years, and 2 jug/liter of copper. Lethal concentrations
of mixtures activities or three times as fast as the metals
singly, a somewhat greater potentiation than was found in
the previous tests with salmon.
a c e f I m This work represents an extension of laboratory studies of
the toxicity of complex effluents to investigations of rivers.
ace This is a discussion of a bioassay method using stickleback
fish and spectrophotometric determinations of the chemi-
cals evaluated. The number listed is said to be the "toxic
limit" for the fish.
a c e f All experiments were conducted at 20 C.
~ ~ Crayfish in the intermolt adult stage.
Adult crayfish.
Juvenile crayfish.
Recently hatched young which remained clinging to pleopods
of the female during the first molt.
An acute toxicity threshold existed between 0.6 and
0.125 mg/l for newly hatched young. At a concentration
of 1 mg/l, 50% mortality among newly hatched young was
reached with an exposure time of 1/50th required for
adults.
ace It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates
Reference
(Year)
Hassall
(1962)



Raymont and
Shields
(1964)



Sprague
(1965)




Herbert, et al
(1965)
Hawksley
(1967)


Hubschman
(1967)









Shaw and
Grushkin
(1967)
                                                                                                                                                                     •o
                                                                                                                                                                     m
                                                                                                                                                                     z
                                                                                                                                                                     o
 valliceps
 (tadpoles)
Daphnia
 magna
0.1  (K)
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulfides are the
most toxic.  The log of the concentration of the metal ion is
plotted against the log of the solubility product constant of
the metal sulf ide — a treatment that does not lend itself to
tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only an approximate
concentration  interpolated from a graph. Time of death was
not specified.

-------
    Copper
    Copper
    Copper
X

X
m
v>
    Copper (a)-
     acetic acid (b)-
     acetaldehyde
     (c)-acetone
     (d) mixture
    Copper para-
     amino
     benzoate

    Copper
     carbonate
     (basic)

    Copper
     citrate
    Copper
     cyanide
     complex

    Copper
     cyanide
     complex
    Sodium
     cyanide
     (533 ppm CN-)
     and
    Cupric sulfate
     (427 ppm Cu)
    Copper
     disodium
     versenate
                      Pimephales
                       promelas
                      Salmo
                       gairdnerii
                      Lepomis
                       macrochirus

                      Lepomis
                       macrochirus
                      Balanus
                       eberneus

                      Balanus
                       balanoides
                      Balanus
                       eberneus
                      Balanus
                       balanoides
                      Balanus
                       eberneus
                      Lepomis
                       macrochirus
                       (juveniles)
                      Pimephales
                       promelas
                                            BCFCH
                                                                       0.43 (T4A)
                     BSA
                     BSA
                     BSA
                     BSA
                     BSA
                      BSA
                     BSA
                     BSA
                                                 0.4 to
                                                  0.5 (T2A)
                                                 1.25(T4A)
(a) 1.04 (T4A)
(b) 26.0 (T4A)
(c) 5.2 (T4A)
(d) 5.2 (T4A)

0.9 (O)
0.41 (0)

0.28 (O)

0.60 (O)

0.55 (O)

4.0 (O)


1.5 (T4) CN-


1.2(T4) Cu
Channel
 catfish
 (fingerlings)
                     BSA
1881
 (K25hr A)
                      a c d e f       The paper discusses growth rate, number of spawnings, num-
                                     ber of eggs produced and hatchability of eggs in water con-
                                     taining 4.4 to 95 ppm copper. Results indicated that the
                                     sublethal concentrations of copper affecting growth and
                                     reproduction lies between 3 and 7 percent of the 96-hr
                                     median tolerance  limit.
                      a c d e f       The concentration  killing a half batch of fish in 2 days pro-
                                     vides a reasonable estimate of the threshold concentration.
                                     The lethality of this chemical depends upon the total
                                     hardness and dissolved oxygen concentration.
                      a c d e        All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic dilution
                                     water.
                                                                       a c d e         Comment same as above.
The concentration listed was lethal to 90% of adult barnacles
 in 2 days.

The concentration listed was lethal to 90% of adult barnacles
 in 2 days.
                                                                                     Comment same as above.
                                                                      £ c d f p        For the concentration given, the median resistance time was
                                                                      ~    ~~         226 minutes.
                                                                                     Synthetic soft water was used.  Toxicity data given as number
                                                                                      of test fish surviving after exposure at 24, 48, and 96 hr.
                                                                                      TLm values were estimated by straight-line graphical inter-
                                                                                      polation and given in ppm CN".
Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
 presented.
                                                                                                                                               Mount
                                                                                                                                                (1968)
                                                                                                                                                                     Brown
                                                                                                                                                                      (1968)
                                                          Cairns and
                                                           Scheier
                                                           (1968)
                                                          Cairns and
                                                           Scheier
                                                           (1968)
Clarke
 (1947)

Clarke
 (1947)
                                                                                                                                              Clarke
                                                                                                                                                (1947)
                                                          Doudoroff, et al
                                                           (1966)

                                                          Doudoroff, et al
                                                           (1956)
                                                                                                                                                               m
                                                                                                                                                               O
Clemens and
 Sneed
 (1959)
5

-------
Jf-


t J
o
I
m
5
o
i Chemical
in
5 Copper
O naphthenate
S
X
H
C
33
m
O
-n
n
m
3
0
•£ Copper
w nitrate


Copper
salicylate
Copper
salts


h
j





Copper salt
plus citrate










Copper
sodium
citrate



Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Organism Study ^' Location^) ppmJ3)
Cylindrospermum L — 2.0 (O)
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Gasterosteus BSA - 1.0IT6.5A)
aculeatus


Balanus BSA - 0.90 (0)
eberneus
Salmo BSA - (0)
gairdnerii








Cylindrospermum L — 2.0 (0)
licheniforme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Artemia BSA - 0.005 (O)
salina
Acartia 0.01 (O)
clausi
Elminus 0.002 (O)
modestus
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th. and 21st days
~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par-
tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days) :
Cl - PT (7)
Ma - T (3)
So - PT (3)
Cv - PT (3)
Gp-T (7),PT (14)
Np-NT


a c Death of the fish resulted from an interaction between the
metallic ion and the mucus secreted by the gills. Coagulated
mucus formed on the gill membranes and impaired respira-
tion to such a degree that the fish asphyxiated.
The concentration listed was lethal to 90% of adult barnacles
in 2 days.
a e This is a study of the effect of varying dissolved oxygen con-
centration on the toxicity of selected chemicals.
The toxicity of heavy metals, ammonia, and monohydric
phenols increased as the dissolved oxygen in water was
reduced. The most obvious reaction of fish to lowered oxy-
gen content is to increase the volume of water passed over
the gills, and this may increase the amount of poison reach-
ing the surface of the gill epithelium.
The concentration of the chemical in the water was not
specified.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par-
tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl - T (3)
Ma-T (3)
So - PT (7)
Cv - T (3)
Gp'- T (3)
Np-T(3)


a c All tests were conducted in seawater.
Toxicity values reported are relative to that of mercuric
chloride expressed as unity.
Mechanism of action is discussed, as well as synergistic action
of two poisons administered simultaneously.

Reference
(Year)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Jones
(1938)


Clarke
(1947)
Lloyd
(1961)








Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Corner and
Sparrow
(1956)



m

2
X
>

-------
    Copper
     tartrate
    Copper
     and zinc
    Copper
     and zinc
    Copper
     chloride
    Copper
     chloride
     (tech)
    Copper
     chloride
    Copper
     sulfate
Balanus
 balanoides
Atlantic
 salmon
Salmo
 salar
Carassius
 carass/us
Bluegill
Nitzschia
 linearis
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Algae
 zooplankton
BSA

FR
               Canada
0.58 (O)

(O)
BSA
                            0.048 Cu (O)
                            0.600 Zn
                                            BSA
                            (O)
BSA?
                      BSA
                Lakes in
                Wise.
                            0.980 (T4A)
                            0.795-0.815
                             (T5A)
                            1.25(T4A)
(O)
a e g I n
The concentration listed was lethal to 90% of adult barnacles    Clarke
 in 2 days.                                                  (1947)
"Toxicity index" for copper and zinc combined was de-         Sprague
 scribed in connection with disturbed salmon migration.         (1964)
 Toxicity index > 1.0 indicates lethality to "young salmon
 after long exposure".  A toxicity index of 0.15 or 15% of
 lethal concentration of copper and zinc seemed to be the
 maximum safe level for salmon migration.
The values given are for an ILL (incipient lethal level) and in     Sigler, et al
 this instance only in water of 20 mg/liter of hardness.           (1966)
 Concentrations above this are lethal in about one day. These
 values were determined by bioassay. Salmon parr in the
 laboratory avoided less than one tenth of incipient lethal
 levels.  Avoidance thresholds were 0.09 ILL of zinc, 0.05 ILL
 of copper and 0.02 ILL of equitoxic mixtures. In equitoxic
 mixtures of these compounds, the ILL was additive.
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals.    Powers
 possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of temper-     (1918)
 ature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the gold-
 fish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier work,
 and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a concentration of 0.66N, fish survived 78 minutes; at a
 concentration of 0.0000011N, fish survived 300 minutes —
 truly a very wide variation.
This is an estimated LCgg value at temperatures from 55        Cope
 to 75 F.                                                    (1965)

The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether       Patrick, et al
 there was a constant relationship between  the responses         (1968)
 of these organisms.  From the data presented, there was no
 apparent relationship of this type.  Therefore the authors
 advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
 web be made in any situation.
Copper sulfate was applied when deemed necessary to control    Domogalla
 algae (0.50 pounds of copper sulfate per million gallons of       (1935)
 water).  Applications of copper sulfate were made as re-
 quired over an eleven-year period. Zooplankton was not
 effected by these applications. The spray applied for control
 of algae also kept fish fungal diseases under control.
•33
m
O
m
5
9
u,

-------
CHEMICALS
>
Z
O
Z
X
H
3D
m
tn
o
-n
O
m
S
£
K








»
^
^

















Chemical
Copper
sulfate














Copper
sulfate














Copper
sulfate


Copper
sulfate

Copper
sulfate
(anhydrous)
Organism
Morons
americana
Perca
flavescens
All fish
Mesocyclops
obsoletus
Macrobdella
decora
Nymphaea
Juncus
Pontederia
Scirpus
Eriocaulon
Potamogeton
Algae
Morone
americana
Perca
flavescens
All fish
Mesocyclops
obsoletus
Macrobdella
decora
Nymphaea
Juncus
Pontederia
Scirpus
Eriocaulon
Potamogeton
Algae
Smallmouth
black bass
Chara sp

Pygosteus
pungitius

Lymnaeid
snails

Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
StudyCH Location (2) ppm(3)
FL 4 lakes, 1 (K)
Nova
Scotia 1 (K)

3 (K)
3 (SB)

3 (SB)

3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
FL 4 lakes, 1 (K)
Nova
Scotia 1 (K)

3(K)
3 (SB)

3 (SB)

3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3 (NTE)
3(K)
FL Leetown, 2.0 (O)
Va.


BCF - (O)


BSA - 1.0 (K1A)


Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4) Comments
a c d f The work was undertaken to test the feasibility of utilizing
poisons as a direct means of studying the production of
fish in streams and lakes. Caution must be used to prevent
irreparable damage by indiscriminate poisoning.












a c d f Comment same as above.















d Treatment of a series of ponds resulted in control of Chara
spp but no or slight fish kill due to copper sulfate. Some
kill occurred because of suffocation caused by decaying
vegetation.
a c Fish were exposed to 0.1 , 0.04, and 0.01 N copper sulfate.
~~ pH of the solutions was 5.0, 5.4, and 5.8. Survival times
were 55, 62, and 75 minutes, respectively.
- Each test container (500-ml beaker) was filled with ditch
water.

Reference
(Year)
Smith
(1939)














Smith
(1939)














Surber and
Everhart
(1950)

Jones
(1947)

Batte, et al
(1951)






















>
T)
-o
m
z
D
X

















-------
    Copper
     sulfate
2
O
O
5
    Copper
     sulfate
    Copper
     sulfate
    Copper
     sulfate
    Copper sulfate
     (with stabi-
     lizing agent)
    Copper
     sulfate
C
30
m
CO
o  Copper
""   sulfate
O
 Tendipes
 plumosus
Pisidium
 idahoense
 and other
 bottom-
 dwelling
 organisms
FL&
 BSA
               Wise.
(O)
BOD

Microcystis
 aeruginosa


Cylindrospermum
 lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
 aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
 obliquus (So)
Chlorella
 variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
 parvulum (Gpi
Nitzschia
 palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum
 licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
 aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
 obliquus (So)
Chlorella
 variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
 parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
 palea (Np)
Pimephales
 promelas

Sewage
 organisms
                           1.0(0)

                           100 (K)


                           2.0 (O)
                           2.0 (O)
                                            BSA
BOD
                                                                       0.18 (T4A)
                           0.4 (O)
The bottom muds of Lake Morona contained up to 480 milli-   Mackenthun
 grams of copper per kilogram of mud on a dry-weight basis.     and Cooley
 Lakes Nagawicka and Pewaukee contain up to 22 and 55,       (1952)
 respectively. All contained thriving populations of aquatic
 organisms despite years of CuSO4 application for algal con-
 trol. From laboratory bioassays of muds containing CuSO4,
 it was concluded that 9,000 parts per million copper on a
 dry-weight basis precipitated and accumulated in bottom
 muds was  toxic to bottom organisms.  From the results of
 these studies, it is indicated that differences occurring in the
 population density of bottom organisms in the four lakes
 studied are due to ecological variables within these separate
 bodies of water.
"Toxicity"  is expressed as 39 percent reduction in oxygen      Ingols
 utilization.                                                (1955)
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 106 to    Fitzgerald, et al
 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium      (1952)
 was used.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days    Palmer and
 to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially   Maloney
 toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number indi-     (1955)
 cates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
  Cl  -PT  (7),T (14)
  Ma - T (3)
  So  - PT  (7)
  Cv  - T (3)
  Gp - T (3)
  Np-T(3)
                                                                Comment same as above except that
                                                                  Cl  - T (3)
                                                                  Ma - T (3)
                                                                  So - PT (3)
                                                                  Cv - T (3)
                                                                  Gp-T(3)
                                                                  Np-T(3)
                                                                                              Palmer and
                                                                                               Maloney
                                                                                               (1955)
                     a c d e f        Toxicity to 30 species of algae is also presented.  CuSO4
                                     was algicidal in the range 0.5 to 2.0 ppm.


                        —           This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
                                     on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
                                     Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
                                     The pH of this solution was 7.0.  Solutions were renewed
                                     every 12 hours.
                                                          Palmer and
                                                           Maloney
                                                           (1956)
                                                          Sheets
                                                           (1957)
                                                                                                                                                                                      m
                                                                                                                                                                                      O
                                                                                                                                                                                      X

-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
Z
X
c
3)
m
w
O
^
O
I
m
S
o
E
C/l








J
•pk
ON


















Chemical
Copper
sulfate

Copper
sulphate




Copper
sulfate







Copper
sulfate




Copper
sulfate


Copper
sulfate






Copper
sulfate

Copper
sulfate

Organism
Gambusia
a1 'finis

Salmo
gairdneri
(fry)



Salvelinus
fontinalis x
Salmo trutta
Notemigonus
crysoleucas
Micropterus
salmoides
Lepomis
macrochirus
Sewage
organisms




Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Limnodrilus
hoffmeisteri
Cyraulus
circumstria tus
Physa
heterostropha
Tendipes
decorus
Rana
pipiens

Physa
heterostropha

Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study<1> Location<2) ppm(3) or Noted<4>
BSA - 84 (T2A) acdeg


BSA - 3.8 (T1A) acefip
10(0)




FPA N.Y. 1.0(323) acd


1.0 (K)

1.0 (S23)

1.0 (S23)

BOD - 21 (TC50) a





BSA - (H)1.4(T4A) acdf
(S) 0.05 (T4A)
(H) 10 (T4A)
(S) 0.2 (T4A)
BSA — 0.40 (T4A) a c d i

0.425 (T4A)

0.27 (T4A)

1.0 (K60%)
0.032 (K 40%)
BSCH - 16 (K) ac


BSA - 0.56 (T1 A) acf


Comments
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Five hatchery troughs were employed with 6 Imperial
gallons (27.276 liters) of hatchery water. The water
used in the experiments was reportedly typical of
Inyanga Rhodesia trout streams and dams. Concentra-
tions of 10 ppm of copper sulphate caused 90-100%
mortality.
Conventional farm ponds were used having an average surface
area of 0.3 acre and a maximum depth of 7-9 ft. Toxicity
(in ppm) to fish as maximum safe concentration (S) for
23 days was determined. Concentration of 0.5 ppm was
required to control algae.




The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC5Q) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams de-
picting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.



Hard water only was used in this study for all but T. decorus
which was also studied in soft water.






CuSO4 was toxic to this frog at various temperatures in
concentrations >0.001 5 percent.

These tests were conducted in hard and soft water. Data
indicated small if any differences in toxicity of copper
sulfate due to water hardness.
Reference
(Year)
Wallen, et al
(1957)

Turnbull-Kemp
(1958)




Eipper
(1959)







Hermann
(1959)




Tarzwell and
Henderson
(1960)

Wurtz and
Bridges
(1961)





Kaplan and
Yoh
(1961)
Wurtz
(1962)





















>
£
TJ
m
5J5
0
X


















-------
    Copper
     sulfate
    Copper
      sulfate
    Copper
      sulfate

    Copper
      sulfate
      (Algeeclear)
      (Cuprose)
    Copper
     sulfate
    Copper
     (copper
     sulfate)
O
X  Copper
  !   sulfate
    Copper
     sulfate
•33
m
w  Copper
O   sulfate

S
m
Microcystis sp
Zooplankters
 Copepods
 Cladocerans
 Rotifers
 Chaoboridae
 Ostracods
 etc.
Nais spp
Chlorella
 pyrenoidosa

Microcystis
 aeroginosa
Chlorella
 pyrenoidosa
Anabaena
 circinalis
Gloeotrichia
 echinulata
Phormodinium
 inundatum
Gammarus
 lacustris
Salmo
 salar
Salmo
 salar

Pimephales
 promelas
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Carassius
 auratus
Lebistes
 reticulatus
Carp
Tench
Ephemeropterae
 larvae
Trichopterae
 larvae
                      FL
              Auburn,
               Ala.
0.5-0.8 (O)
BSA
BSA
                                             BCF
                      BSA
                                             BSA
FR
               France
                            1.0 (K)



                            20 (AS1)


                            (O)
                                                                         af
                            1.5 (T4A)
                            0.048 (O)
(O)


(S) 0.025 (T4A)
(H) 1.76(T4A)
(S) 0.66 (T4A)

(S) 0.036 (T4A)

(S) 0.036 (T4A)

0.1 (75% K6)
0.2 (75% K6)
0.2 (100%K)
                                                  a c d e f
                                                                        a c d e f
                                                                                               cdef
In a series of ponds, CuSC>4 at the indicated concentration      Crance
 range reduced the growth of Microcystis spp by as much        (1963)
 as 95 percent in 5-20 days.  This reduction lasted for as
 long as 30 days in some cases. According to the authors,
 generally there was an inverse relation between  the
 abundance of Micrycystis and the number of zooplankters.
Around pH 7.0, copper was more toxic in soft than in hard      Learner and
 water. At 1.00 ppm the average median survival time for       Edwards
 the worms was reduced from 70 to 35 minutes. It is inter-      (1963)
 esting that copper is less toxic at a pH of 4.0 than at 7.0.
Describes a bioassay method to differentiate between an algi-    Fitzgerald and
 cide (AC) and an algistat (AS). The treated culture was sub-     Faust
 cultured as time progressed. Allen's medium was used.         (1963)
Different sources of copper appeared to be equally effective     Fitzgerald and
 as toxic agents for algae. The  medium in which toxicity tests    Faust
 are carried out had a great influence on the toxicity  of cop-     (1963)
 per. It was pointed out that in copper compounds, the range
 in toxic action can vary from algicidal activity at concentra-
 tions of 0.05 to 0.4 ppm of CuSC>4, or algistatic activity at
 2 to 24 ppm of CuSO4 with certain algae, to situations in
 which the growth of algae  is only slightly inhibited by a con-
 centration of copper sulfate as high as 30 ppm.

Emulsible concentrates were prepared from technical  grade      Nebeker and
 insecticides with acetone as the solvent.                        Gaufin
Symptoms prior to death were observed and recorded on        (1964)
 graphs.
The experiments were carried out in soft water.  Values are      Sprague
 reported as micrograms of  metal and toxicity as LTso-  In       (1964)
 solutions containing copper and zinc, fish died twice as
 fast as would occur if the two  metals were simply additive
 in their lethal action.
The ECso or the effective concentration that elicited  as         Sprague
 avoidance reaction  in the fish was 0.052 x the ILL              (1965)
 (incipient lethal level), or 0.052 x 44 jUg/L, or 2.28 /Ug/L.
(S)  Soft water                                              Pickering and
(H) Hard water                                              Henderson
Values are expressed as mg/l of  metal.                          (1965)
                                                                 Field studies conducted.  Two streams were studied; one        Vivier and
                                                                  was used for testing, the other for control. Trichopterae        Nisbet
                                                                  were not affected, i.e., they were active even at concentra-       (1965)
                                                                  tions of 0.30 ppm.

-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
s
X
H
JO
m
w
O
Tl
O
I
m
S
5










^
L
P*
SQ






















Chemical
Copper
sulfate





Copper
sulfate
(tech)
Copper
sulfate























Copper
sulfate


Copper
sulfate






Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Organism Study'1' Location (2) ppm (3)
Helix BSA - 0.01-0.1 (O)
pomatia





Bluegill BSA - 2.8 (T4A)


Blue-green algae L - 2.0-4.0 (0)
Cylindrospermum
Anabaena
Anacystis
Calothrix
Nostoc
Oscillator/a
Plectonema
Green algae
Ankistrodesmus
Chlorella
Closterium
Oocystis
Green algae
Scenedesmus
Stigeoclonium
Zygnema
Green flagellate and
yellow algae
Chlamydomonas
Pandorina
Tribonema
Gomphonema
Navicula
Nitzchia
Salmo BSA - 0.150(T2A)
gairdneri
Lepomis 2.800 (T2A)
macrochirus
Lepomis FL Various 13-140 (K)
macrochirus lakes.
Michigan





Experimental
Variables
Controlled Reference
or Noted*4' Comments (Year)
c This paper was concerned with the effect of the chemical on de Calventi
mucous secretion in the snail. (1965)
Snails exposed to the indicated copper sulfate solutions
showed severe signs of toxicity. There was an increase in
mucous secretion and the animals did not respond to
tactile stimuli.

a This is an estimated LC5Q value at temperatures from Cope
55 to 75 F (1965)

— CuSC>4 was generally toxic or partially toxic to blue- Kemp, et al
green algae for 28 days at the indicated concentrations. (1966)
At 2.0 ppm, it was similarly toxic to the green algae.
green flagellates, and yellow algae.





















a This paper reports acute toxicity of a number of compounds. Cope
and discusses sub-acute mortality as well. Effects on repro- (1966)
duction and behavior are also discussed. Data presented as
EC50-
a d For controlling bluegill reproduction, copper sulfate crystals Beyerle and
were directed toward nests where eggs and fry were the Williams
primary target. The estimated copper sulfate concentrations (1967)
were estimated to be 13-140 ppm. All eggs and fry were
dead in some 200 samplings. Fish other than bluegill fry
apparently were not killed by this copper sulfate treatment.
Treatment throughout the 3-month spawning period was
required for significant reduction of the bluegill population.
•o
m
Z
O

-------
I
      Copper
       sulfate
       (as Cu)
      Copper sulfate
       plus
       zinc sulfate
       (various
       ratios)

      Cresol
      Cresol
      Cresol
Ortho-
 cresol
      O-cresol
  m  O-cresol
  £>  O-cresol
  3D
  m
  tn
  O  p-cresol
  TI
  O
  m
  2
  9
                   Salmo
                    salar
                   S. trutta
                   S. Salmo
                    gairdnerii

                   Salmo
                    gairdnerii
                        Lepomis
                         macrochirus
                   Gambusia
                   affinis

                   Lepomis
                   macrochirus
Phoxinus
 phoxinus
                        Sewage
                         organisms
                   Channel
                    catfish
                    (fingerlings)

                   Pimephales
                    promelas
                   Lepomis
                    macrochirus
                   Carassius
                    auratus
                   Lebistes
                    reticulatus
                   Fish
                      BSCH
                                                  0.06 (K)
                                                                         cf
                      BSA
                                        BCFA
                                              BSA
                                              BSA
                                              BCFA
                                        BOD
                                              BSA
                      BSA
                                        BSA
                                                  (O)
                                                  13.6 (T4A) small
                                                  10.9 (T4A) med.
                                                  10 (T4A) large
                                                  24 (T2A)
                                                                          10.0 (T4A)
                                                                         0.04% (K 13min)
                                                                        a e p
                                                                                          a c e f
                                                                                               a c d e g
                                                                       a cd e i
                                                 940 (TC50)
66.8
 (K 69 hr A)

13 (T4A)

24 (T4A)

23 (T4A)

29 (T4A)

5.1 x 10-5 M (K)
                                                                       a c d e f
                                     The reported figure is a reported lethal concentrate as found    Grande
                                      in polluted lakes and streams in Norway.  Organic matter        (1967)
                                      apparently has a masking effect that reduces toxicity. 50%
                                      of rainbow trout eggs survived to hatch in 0.05 ppm of Cu.
                                      Rainbow trout and Atlantic salmon acted similarly to the
                                      chemical.  Brown trout were slightly more resistant.
                                     Both hard and soft water were used. Median period of sur-      Lloyd
                                      vival in hard water was 3 days — 3.5 ppm Zn, and 1.1 ppm Cu;   (1961)
                                      in soft water — 7 days, 0.56 ppm Zn and 0.044 ppm Cu.
Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade
 chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour
 exposure period.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
 was studied.  Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
 turbidity. Additional data are presented.
A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
 distilled water, and this was constantly aerated.  Data
 reported are for larger fish, app 14.24 cm in length.  Data
 for smaller fish  are also in the report.
Tap water used as a diluent. The apparatus used was a 34 mm
 diameter tube fitted to permit sharp vertical separation of
 water and test solution. With this system, avoidance data
 could be obtained. Toxicity is given as average survival
 time of replicates. Fish avoided concentrations of 0.03 to
 0.04%.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
 industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
 tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
 utilization as compared to controls.  Five toxigrams depict-
 ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
 each chemical classified.
Tap water was used. Considerable  additional data are
 presented.

Most fish survived at  test concentrations of about  one half,
 or slightly  more, of the TLm value.  No attempt was made
 to estimate 100 percent survival.
                                                                                                        Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given.
                                                                                                         Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar).
                                                                                                         Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentration are
                                                                                                         presented and discussed.
                                                                                               Cairns and
                                                                                                Scheier
                                                                                                (1955)
                                                                                               Wallen, et al
                                                                                                (1957)

                                                                                               Cairns and
                                                                                                Scheier
                                                                                                (1959)

                                                                                               Jones
                                                                                                (1951)
                                                                                                                                                                   Hermann
                                                                                                                                                                    (1959)
Clemens and
 Sneed
 (1959)
Pickering and
 Henderson
 (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                                   m
                                                                                                                                                                                   O
                                                                                                                                                                                   X
                                                                                                                                                Ishio
                                                                                                                                                  (1965)

-------
o
I
m
S
D
f. Chemical
to
> Cryolite
0
S
X
H
C
3)
m Crystal violet
CO
O
-n
I Cumene
2 hydroperoxide
=
O
£







Cupric
•^ ammonium
<~n chloride
O
Cupric
chloride





Cupric
chloride

Cupric
citrate

Cupric
oxide

Cupric
sulfate





Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study'1'
Simocephalus BSA
serrulatus
Daphnia
pulex

Microcystis L
aeruginosa

Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Daphnia BSA
magna


Daphnia BSA
magna





Daphnia BSA
magna

Mytilus BSA
edulis

Gambusia BSA
affinis

Daphnia BSA
magna





Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location'2' ppm<3)
10.0 (SB)

5.0 (SB)


100 (K)


2.0 (O)











0.039 (S)



0.08 (0)






0.027 (S)


0.55 (O)


56,000 (T2A)


0.1 (O)






Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
— Concentration reported is for immobilization.
Time for immobilization was 48 hr.
Data cited are for 60 F, but assays were performed at
varied temperatures. "Water Chemistry" (Unspecified)
was "controlled" during the assay period.
a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^
~~ to 2 x 10*> cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10
medium was used.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
~ days to give the following (T=toxic, NT=nontoxic, PT=
partially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No
number indicates observation is for entire test period of
21 days):
Cl - PT (7)
Ma-T (7)
So -NT
Cv - PT (7)
Gp - PT (7)
Np - T (7)

a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
~~ threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.

a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by
the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration
was defined as the highest concentration which would just
fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoreti-
cally infinite) exposure.
a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
~ threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
— When the mussels were placed in the test solution for one
day, and then in fresh sea water, they died in 2, 3, and-
4 days.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
~~ substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used
as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Reference
(Year)
Sanders and
Cope
(1966)


Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)

Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Anderson
(1948)


Anderson
(1944)





Anderson
(1948)

Clarke
(1947)

Wallen, et al
(1957)

Anderson
(1944)





m
z
o

-------
    Cyanide
   Cyanide
   Cyanide
   Cyanide
   Cyanide
O
m
£
£
>
o
s
X
in Cyanide
tn
O
                      Mayorella
                       palestinensis
                       (soil amoeba)
                                            BSA
                                                 (O)
Lepomis
 auritus
L. macrochirus
                      Micropterus
                       salmoides
                      Pomoxis
                       annularis
Brown trout

Small mouth bass
BSA & CF
BSA
BCF
BCF
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Physa
 heterostropha
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lebistes
 reticulatus
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                                                       0.06 (T1SA)

                                                                       0.01-0.06
                                                                        (T<1SA)
                                                                       0.05-0.06
                                                                        (T<1CFA)
                                                                       0.06 (T<11SA)

                                                                       0.05-0.07
                                                                        (T<1SA)
                                                                       0.02-0.04
                                                                        (T<1CFA)
                                                                       0.31-0.96 (O)
                                                                       0.32-1.06(0)
                                                                       0.175-1.98(0)
                           0.18(T4A)


                           0.432 (T4A)

                           0.18 (T4A)




                           (O)
               The experiments were carried out in Warburg manometers      Reich
                at 27 C for 4 hr at a pH of 8.0.                               (1955)
               Cyanide in concentrations up to 5 x 10'3 M were shown
                to have lethal effects on the organism.
               Results were compared with controls and expressed in per-
                cent of respiration.
               Compared with normal respiration, nonlethal concentrations
                of cyanide increased the respiration of the organism in
                glucose-containing solutions.
               It was concluded that the respiration of the organism depends
                on at least three enzyme systems, which may be distinguished
                by their behavior toward cyanide.

               Additional data for less than 24 hr are given and also for the     Renn
                disappearance and breakdown of cyanide  in anaerobic soil      (1955)
                systems.
£ c d e         The pH of the water varied from 7.5-8.28 in the test solu-       Burdick, et al
~   ~~          tions. Dissolved oxygen was controlled by aeration.  In the     (1958)
                report, time of death is plotted against cyanide concentra-
                tion. In a continuous flow apparatus, a range of concentrations
                from 0.32 to 1.06 ppm killed in 17-48 minutes and 4.2 to
                15.2 minutes, respectively.  In a static test, 0.31  to 0.96 ppm
                killed in 33-230 and 6.0-18.7 minutes, respectively.  These data
                are for  brown trout.  For small mouth bass, in a continuous
                flow apparatus, concentrations of 1.98 ppm down to 0.175 ppm
                killed in 6-10 and 213-477 minutes respectively. The effect of
                dissolved oxygen is discussed.
a c d e         All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic dilution    Cairns and
                water.                                                     Scheier
                                                                          (1968)
 ace          The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether       Patrick, et al
                there was a constant relationship between the lesponses of      (1968)
                these organisms.  From the data presented, there was no
                apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
                advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
                web be made in any situation.

a c f n o        A series  of equations was devised to describe the toxicity of a    Chen and
                system containing two toxicants — zinc - zinc and cyanide.      Selleck
                Concentrations of cyanide, 0.42 ppm, 0.28 ppm, and           (1968)
                0.26 ppm, killed 50 percent of the animals in 20, 30, and
                43 hours, respectively. Toxicity of the two-component
                system was then determined using varying ratios of the two
                components.
m
O
X

-------
CHEMICALS
z
o
z
X
c
3D
m
VI
0
o
X
m
§
o

(n







^
*i
L/I
to






















Chemical
Cyanide



Cyanide (al-
chromium (b)-
naphthenic acids
mixture
Cyanide (a)-
zinc (b)-
mixture

Cychohexane


Cyclohexane







1, cyano-1,3-
butadiene

1, cyano-1,3-
butadiene
Cymeme
thiocyanate

2,4-diamino-
phenol dihydro-
chloride
2,4-diamino-
phenol hydro-
chloride



Oiamylamine





Organism
Fish
(unidentified)


Lepomis
macrochirus
(c)

Lepomis
macrochirus


Gambusia
affinis

Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Lagodon
rhomboides

Lagodon
rhomboides
Green
sunfish

Microcystis
aeruginosa

Daphnia
magna




Semotilus
atromaculatus




Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'1) Location'2) ppm'3) or Noted'4)
FR Dunreith, 0.05-0.1 (K)
Indiana


BSA - (a) 0.026 (T4A) a c d e
(b) 0.019 (T4A)
(c) 4.74 (T4A)

BSA - (a) 0.26 (T4A) a c d e
(b) 3.90 (T4A)


BSA - 1 5,500 (T2A) _acdeg


BSA - 30 (T4A) a c d e f

31 (T4A)

33 (T4A)

48 (T4A)

BSA - 71.5IT1A) a


BSA - 71.5IT1A)

BSA - (O)


L - 100 (K) a, etc


BSA - 80 (K2) a





BSA - 5 to 20 (CR) a e





Comments
Tests for cyanide pollution were made following a train-
car collision. Five tank cars carrying acetone cyanohydrin.
vinyl chloride, ethylene oxide, and methyl methacrylate
were involved.
All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic
dilution water.


Comment same as above.



The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one
half, or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt was
made to estimate 100 percent survival.





Aerated seawater was used.


Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water.

Fish were moderately repelled at concentrations of
20 mg/l but the response to 10 mg/l was indifferent. The
chemical has apparent high toxicity.
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^ to
2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
An attempt was made to correlate the biological action
with the chemical reactivity of selected chemical sub-
stances. Results indicated a considerable correlation
between the aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic
potency of the chemicals in marked contrast to their
toxicity on systemic administration.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr
and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
presented.
Reference
(Year)
Moore and
Kin
(1969)

Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)

Cairns and
Scheier
(1968)

Wallen, et al
(1957)

Pickering and
Henderson
(1966)





Daugherty and
Garrett
(1951)
Garrett
(1957)
Summerfelt and
Lewis
(1967)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)

Sollman
(1949)




Gillette, et al
(1952)

























^
•o
m
z
g

X
^




















-------
2',5'-dibromo-
 3-nitrosalicyl-
 anilide
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
BSA
                            1.0 (K2)
                            10.0 (K 3 hr)
                            10.0 (K 3hr)










£
OJ







g
^
m
S
o
to
^
Z
O
s
X
c
3D
in
CO
O
O
X
m
2
g
3,5-dinitro-
2',3'-benz-
oxylidide

4',5-dibromo-
3-nitrosalicyl-
anilide

Di-sec-
butylamine

Di-n-
butylamine
1,3-dibutyl-
thiourea
Orthodichloro-
benzene






2,6-dcchloro-
benzine
acid (tech)
2,4-dichloro-
benzyl-
nicotinium
chloride
1,2-dichloro-
ethane

3,6-dichloro-
2,5-dimethoxy-
benzoquinone
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Semotilus
atromaculatus

Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Protococcus sp
Chlorella sp
Dunaliella
euchlora
Phaeodactylum
tricornutum
Monochrysis
lutheri
Rainbow
trout
Bluegill
Microcystis
aeruginosa


Lagodon
rhomboides

Microcystis
aeruginosa

                                        BSA




                                        BSA



                                        BSA




                                        BSA

                                        BSA

                                        BSA
                                        BSA
                                        BSA
                                                  (O)

                                                  (O)

                                                  1.0 (K2)
                                                  10.0 (K 3hr)


                                                  15to40(CR)
                                                  20 to 60 (CR)

                                                  30 to 100 (CR)

                                                  13 (NG)
                                                  13 (NG)
                                                  13 (NG)

                                                  13 (NG)

                                                  13 (NG)

                                                  140 (T4A)

                                                  120(T4A)
                                                  5.0 (K)




                                                  150-175(0)


                                                  75 (K)
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
 tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity to
 rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
 salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
 selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish.  Salicylanilides
 were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
 hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
 activity against fish.  Meta nitro substitution on the sali-
 cylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
 Similar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
 position(s) in the  molecule.
Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm the
 chemical was toxic to 1 out of 10 trout in 48 hr. At  10 ppm
 the chemical was not toxic to  goldfish.

Comment same as above except data cited.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
 typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
 "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
 tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
 above which all test fish  died. Additional data are presented.
Comment same as above.

Comment same as above.

This paper concerns the growth of pure cultures of marine
 plankton in the presence of toxicants. Results were
 expressed as the ratio of optical  density of growth in the
 presence of toxicants to  optical  density in the basal
 medium with no added toxicants.  NG=no growth, but
 the organisms were viable.
                                                           Walker, et al
                                                             (1966)
This is an estimated
 55 to 75 F.
                                                                                           ue at temperatures from
                                                   a, etc          The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10§ to
                                                                  2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
                                                                  was used.


                                                    -           Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water.  Toxicity
                                                                  range given as the concentrations which produced <1/2
                                                                  deaths and >112 deaths.

                                                  £, etc          The chemical was tested on a 5-day-old algae culture,
                                                                  1 x 106 to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume.  Chu No. 10
                                                                  medium was used.
                                                                                                                            Walker, et al
                                                                                                                             (1966)
                                                                                                                            Walker, et al
                                                                                                                             (1966)
                                                                                                                            Gillette, et al
                                                                                                                             (1952)
                                                                                                                            Gillette, et al
                                                                                                                             (1952)
                                                                                                                            Gillette, et al
                                                                                                                             (1952)
                                                                                                                            Ukeles
                                                                                                                             (1962)
                                                                            z
                                                                            O
                                                                                                                                                                    Cope
                                                                                                                                                                      (1965)
                                                                                                                                                                    Fitzgerald, et al
                                                                                                                                                                      (1952)
                                                                                                                                                                    Garrett
                                                                                                                                                                      (1 957)
                                                                                                                                                                    Fitzgerald, et al
                                                                                                                                                                      (1952)

-------
i Toxicity,
™ Bioassay Active
5 or Field Field Ingredient,
P Chemical Organism Study*D Location*?) ppm*3)
> 1,1-dichloro- Lagodon BSA - 250-275 (O)
O ethane rhomboides
S
^ 1,4-dichloro- Green BSA - 6.5 (T1A)
C 2-nitro- sunfish 4.5 (T2A)
m benzene
(/)
O
-n
O 4,4-dichloro- Cylindrospermum L - 2.0 (O)
m alpha- lichen/forme (CD
5 methyl- Microcystis
Q benzhydrol aeruginosa (Mai
r~ Scenedesmus
obliquus (Sot
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gpl
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
^ 2,3-dichloro- Fish: BSA - (0)
i naphtho- Pomoxis
f± quinone nigromaculatus
Notropis
antherinoides
Hyborhynchus
notatus
Ambloplites
rupestris
Hum
salmoides
Water Plants:
Ceratophyllum
Myrophyllum
Elodea
Invertebrates:
Snails
Daphnia
Rotifers
Experimental
Variables
Controlled Reference
or Noted*4) Comments (Year)
— Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water. Toxicity Garrett
range given as the concentrations which produced <1/2 (1957)
deaths and >1 12 deaths.
a e p The main purpose of this experiment was to determine the Summerfelt and
repellent characteristics of certain chemicals. Experiments Lewis
were conducted in a wooden trough. (1967)
The toxic action of this chemical appeared to involve
suffocation.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days Palmer and
~~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially Maloney
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number (1955)
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl - PT (3)
Ma- NT
So -NT
Cv - NT
Gp-PT(14)
Np-NT


e Aerated spring water was used as the test medium. No effect Fitzgerald, et al
~ was observed on fish after 2 days of exposure, even with (1952)
excess solid dispersed in water. No effect was observed on
higher aquatic plants and green algae. At concentrations in
excess of saturation level (100 mg/l), no toxic effect was
observed. At algicidal concentrations, no toxic effect was
noted on any of the species studied.
































^
*o
m
Z
g


^













-------
    2,3-dichloro-
      napthoqui-
      none
      2,3-dichloro-
       naphtho-
       quinone

      2,5-dichloro-
       4-nitrophenol


      2,5-dichloro-
       4-nitrophenol
       (Na salt)

I>    2,5-dichloro-
     (free phenol)
    3',4'-dichloro-
     3-nitrosalicyl-
     anilide
 O
 m
 S
£  Dichloro-
O   phenoxy-
2   butyric
X   acid
c
3D
m
v>
O
•n
O
m
Cylindrospermum
 lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
 aeruginosa  (Ma)
Scenedesmus
 obliquus (So)
Chlorella
 variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
 parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
 palea (Np)

Pimephales
 promelas

Petromyzon
 marinus
 (larvae)
Petromyzon
 marinus
Salmo
 trutta
Petromyzon
 marinus
Salmo
 gairdnerii
S. trutta
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
                            2.0 (O)
BSA


BSA



BSA

BSA

BSA

BSA

BSA
BSA
0.15(T4A)


10 (K<1)



5(K100%)

17 (K 10%)

3(K100%)

13 (K 10%)

7 (K 10%)
1.0(K3hr)

1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K3hr)
                                                                                               acdef
Pteronarcys sp
  (nymphs)
BSA
15.0IT4A)
                                     Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days    Palmer and
                                      to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially    Maloney
                                      toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number          (1955)
                                      indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
                                        Cl -PT(7)
                                        Ma-T
                                        So -NT
                                        Cv - PT (7)
                                        Gp-T(7), PT(14)
                                        Np-T
Toxicity to 30 species of algae also presented.  2,3 DNQ
 was algicidal in the range 0.5 to 2.5 ppm.

Additional data are presented.
                                                                                                              Mortality occurred in approximately 24 hr. This was a
                                                                                                               study on controlling sea lamprey larvae.
                                                                                                              Comment same as above.
Maloney and
 Palmer
 (1956)
Piavis
 (1962)

Ball
 (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                         Ball
                                                                                                                                                                          (1966)
                                                                            m
                                                                            O
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-      Walker, et al
 tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity       (1966)
 to rainbow trout and goldfish.  The chemical structure of
 salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
 selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish.  Salicylanilides
 were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
 hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
 activity against fish.  Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
 anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
 findings are reported for halogens and their relative posi-
 tion (s) in the molecule.
Experiments were all conducted at 60 F in 1964. The values    Cope
 were listed as LC^rj.                                         (1965)
9
U,

-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
s
*
-1
3
m
en
O

o
X
m
S
2
In







»
i
*N



















Chemical
Di (p-chloro-
phenyl)
methyl
carbinol








Diethanol-
amine

Diethanol-
amine



Diethylamine




Diethylamino-
hydrochloride
2',5'-diethyl-
3,5-dinitro-
benzanilide










Diethylene
glycol

Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study (D
Cylindrospermum L
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Gambusia BSA
af finis

Sewage BOD
microorganisms



Semotilus BSA
atromaculatus



Semotilus BSA
atromaculatus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus









Gambusia BSA
affinis

Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location <2) ppm(3) or Noted^ Comments
— 2.0 (O) a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
~~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT= non toxic, PT = partially
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days) :
Cl -PT(7)
Ma -NT
So - T (3)
Cv - T (3)
Gp - T (3)
Np - T (3)


— 1,550 (T2A) acdeg The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
— (O) — The chemical was studied as to how low levels (ppm) may
affect the BOD in domestic sewage. This compound was
not toxic to sewage organisms, but responded readily to
acclimated seed and contributed to the biochemical oxy-
gen demand.
— 70 to 100 (CR) ae Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
~ typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
above which all test fish died. Additional data are presented.
— 4,000 to 6,000 a e Comment same as above.
(CR)
— (O) a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
(0) to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative posi-
tion(s) in the molecule. At 10 ppm the chemical was not
toxic to trout. At 10.0 ppm, the chemical was toxic to
1 out of 10 goldfish in 48 hours.
- 32,000 (T2A) acdeg The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Reference
(Year)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Wallen, et al
(1957)

Oberton and
Stack
(1957)


Gillette, et al
(1952).



Gillette, et al
(1952)
Walker, et al
(1966)











Wallen, et al
(1957)





















^
^0
m

O
X



















-------
Diethyl-
 ethanol-
 amine
Diethyl
 nitrosoamine
1,3-diethyl-
 thiourea
Diglycolic
 acid
m-dihydroxy-
 benzene
Di-isobutyl-
Semotilus
 atromaculatus
Semotilus
 atromaculatus
Semotilus
 atromaculatus
Lepomis
 macrochirus

Sewage
 organisms
Semotilus
 atromaculatus
BSA




BSA

BSA

BSA


BOD
80 to 120 (CR)




900-1,100 (CR)

100to300(CR)

105 (T1A)


(NTE)
BSA
*•
on








O

m
s

>
en
^
z
O
5
x
H
c
3
m
CO
O
•n
O
I
m
S


Di-isopropyl-
amine
Dimethyl-
amine
Dimethylamino-
benzaldehyde










0,0-dimethyl
dithiophos-
phate (47.7 per-
cent)

4,5-dimentyl-
2-mercapto-
thiazole





Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Cylindrospermum
lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Lymnaeid
snails



Daphnia
magna






BSA

BSA

L











BSA




BSA





                            20 to 40 (CR)




                            40 to 60 (CR)

                            30 to 50 (CR)

                            2.0 (O)
                                                                    (O)
                                                                    56 (K2)
              Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water.  A
               typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
               "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
               tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
               above which all test fish died. Additional data are presented.
              Comment same as above.
 a e           Comment same as above.

a b e          This report is a simple and straightforward determination of
               a median tolerable limit for a selected group of herbicides.

 a            The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
 ~             industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
               centration producing 50 percent inhibition  (TCsg) of oxy-
               gen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
               depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
               and each chemical classified.
 a e            Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
~              typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
               "critical range"  (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
               tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
               above which all  test fish died.  Additional data are presented.
 a e            Comment same as above.
                                                                                                         Comment same as above.

                                                                                                         Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
                                                                                                          to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially
                                                                                                          toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
                                                                                                          indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
                                                                                                            Cl  -NT
                                                                                                            Ma-NT
                                                                                                            So -NT
                                                                                                            Cv -NT
                                                                                                            Gp-NT
                                                                                                            Np-NT
                                                                                       Each test container, 500-ml beaker, was filled with ditch
                                                                                        water.  Less than 100% mortality occurred in concentra-
                                                                                        tions of 1:100,000.

                                                                                       An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
                                                                                        the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
                                                                                        Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
                                                                                        aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of the
                                                                                        chemicals in  marked contrast to their toxicity on systemic
                                                                                        administration.
Gillette, et al
 (1952)
Gillette, et al
 (1952)
Gillette, et al
 (1952)
Hughes and
 Davis
 (1967)
Hermann
 (1959)
                                                                                                Gillette, et al
                                                                                                 (1952)
                                                                                                                                                  Gillette, et al
                                                                                                                                                   (1952)
                                                                                                                                                  Gillette, et al
                                                                                                                                                   (1952)
                                                                                                                                                  Palmer and
                                                                                                                                                   Maloney
                                                                                                                                                   (1955)
                                                                                                                                                                                     m
                                                                                                                                                                                     0
                                                                                                                                                                                     X
                                                                                                                                                                    Batte, et al
                                                                                                                                                                     (1951)
                                                                                                                                                                    Sollman
                                                                                                                                                                     (1949)

-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
3
X
H
(3
3J
m
o
o
I
tT\
3
o
r
CO







.J,.
tyi
00


















Chemical
2',3'-dimethyl-
3-nitrosalicyl-
anilide



2',4'-dimethyl-
3-nitrosalicyl-
anilide



2',5'-dimethyl-
3-nitrosalicyl-
anilide



2',6'-dimethyl-
3-nitrosalicyl-
anilide



Dimethyl
sulphoxide


Dimethyl
su If oxide












Organism
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Carassius
auratus


Hemigrammus
erythrozonus
Paracheinodon
innesi
Xiphophorus
maculatus
Pescilia
latipinna
Poecilia
reticulata
Brachydanio
rerio
Corydoras
paleatus
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
StudyCI) Location(2) ppm*3)
BSA - 3.0(LD100>


5.0 (LD25)


BSA - 3.0 (LD-|00>


7.0 (LD25)


BSA - 1.0(LD100>


0.7 (LD25)


BSA - >10.0(LDioo>


>10.0(LD25)


BSA - (0)



BSA - (O)













Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted<4)
See
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)


See
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)


See
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)


See
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)


af



ace













Comments
This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout
as a function of substituent loci.



Comment same as above.





Comment same as above.





Comment same as above.





At 32 ppt DMSO, five goldfish survived for 10 days without
exhibiting signs of respiratory stress or symptoms of toxic
reaction. In a similar concentration of acetone the median
period of survival was about 90 minutes.
According to the authors, the LD5Q concentration in 0-5 days
was found to be 1 .9% for P. innesi, H. erythrozonus.
P. reticulata, P. latipinna, and X. maculatus. B. rerio and
C. poleatus tolerated higher concentrations of DMSO for
longer periods of time.









Reference
(Year)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)



Starkey and
Howell
(1966)



Starkey and
Howell
(1966)



Starkey and
Howell
(1966)



Ball
(1966)


Rabinowitz and
Myerson
(1966)































^
•o
"O
m
z
2
x


















-------
    Dimethyl
     su If oxide
    Dimethyl
     su If oxide
    1,3-dimethyl-
     urea
    3,5-dinitro-
     benzanilide
O
m
I
O
s
X  m-dinitro-
^   benzene
3)   (tech)
m
M  m-dinitro-
£fj   benzene
O
m
Salmo
 gairdneri
Salvellnus
 fontinales
S. namaycush

Cyprinus
 carpio
Ictalurus
 me/as
I. punctatus

Lepomis
 cyanellus
L. macrochirus

Perca
 flavescens

Oncorhynchus
 tshawytscha
O. nerka
O. kisutch
Salmo
 gairdneri
Semotilus
 atromacu/atus
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
                      BSA
BSA
BSA
                      BSA
Lymnaeid
  snails

Microcystis
  aeruginosa
                      BSA
53,000
32,300
54,500
36,500
47,800
37,300
44,000
41,700
42,500
36,500
39,000
32,500
65,000
43,000
72,000
33,500
65,000
37,000
12 (L)
                                   (T1A)
                                   (T3A)
                                   (T1A)
                                   (T3A)
                                   (T1A)
                                   (T3A)
                                   (T1A)
                                   (T3A)
                                   (T1A)
                                   (T3A)
                                   (T1A)
                                   (T3A)
                                   (T1A)
                                   (T2A)
                                   (T1A)
                                   (T2A)
                                   (T1A)
                                   (T2A)
Water quality had little effect on toxicity of DMSO but
 increased temperature increased the toxicity to rainbow
 trout.
Willford
 (1967)
                            7,000 to 15,000
                             
-------
CHEMICALS
z
0
s
X
c
3)
m
en
0
Tl
O
m
2
o
EJ







i
ON





















Chemical
3.5-dinitro-2',3'-
benzoxylidide











3,5-dinitro-o-
benzotoluidide


Dinitro-o-sec-
butylphenol
(tech)
Dinitro-o-sec-
butylphenol










2,6-dinitro-4-
chlorophenol
(tech)
Dinitrocresol
(tech)

3,5-dinitro-o-
cresol
(tech)
4,6-dinitro-o-
cresol acetate
(tech)
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study'D
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus









Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Lymnaeid BSA
snails

Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cy)
Gomphonema
parvulum fGp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Lymnaeid BSA
snails

Pteronarcys BSA
californica
(naiads)
Lymnaeid BSA
snails

Lymnaeid BSA
snails

Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location'2) ppm(3) or Noted'4) Comments
— (O) a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
(O) to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the sali-
cylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule. At 10.0 ppm, the chemical was
toxic to 1 out of 10 trout in 48 hours. At 10 ppm the
chemical was not toxic to goldfish.
— 10.1 (K2) a Comment same as above except at 10.0 ppm, the chemical
~~ was toxic to 8 out of 10 goldfish at 48 hours.
(0)

— (O) — Comment same as above except 100% mortality occurred at
1 :200,000 and greater.

— 2.0 (O) a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = partially
toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -NT
Ma - NT
So - NT
Cv -NT
Gp-NT
Np-NT


— (0) — Each test container (500-ml beaker) was filled with ditch
water. Less than 100% mortality occurred in concentrations
of 1:100,000.
- 0.00032 (T4A) acdef Data reported as LC5Q at 15.5 C in 4 days.


— (CO — Each test container (500-ml beaker) was filled with ditch
water. Less than 100% mortality occurred in concentrations
of 1:100,000.
— (O) — Comment same as above.


Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)











Walker, et al
(1966)


Batte, et al
(1951)

Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Batte, et al
(1951)

Sanders and
Cope
(1968)
Bane, et al
(1951)

Batte, et al
(1951)





















^
^
m
Z
g
x




















-------
    4,6-dinitro-o-
     cresol methyl
     ether (tech)
    Dinitro-o-cyclo-
     hexylphenol
     (38 percent)
    Dinitro-o-cyclo-
     hexylphenol, di-
     cyclohexylamine
     salt (tech)
    Dinitro-o-cyclo-
     hexylphenol
    Dinitro-o-cyclo-
     hexylphenol,
     dicyclohexyl-
     amine salt
     (20 percent)

    2,4-dinitro-
     phenol
Lymnaeid
 snails
Lymnaeid
 snails

Lymnaeid
 snails
Lymnaeid
 snails
Lymnaeid
 snails
Sewage
 organisms
BSA



BSA



BSA




BSA


BSA





BOD
IN







O
m
S

>
CO
z
o
2
X
c

m
CO
O
-n
O
m
2
2,4-dinitro-
phenol (tech)
2,4-dinitro-
phenolhydrazine
(tech)
2,4-dinitro-
phenol.
sodium salt
(tech)
2,4-dinitro-
phenyl-
hydrazine
2,4-dinitro-
phenyl-
hydrazine









Lymnaeid
snails
Lymnaeid
snails

Lymnaeid
snails


Microcystis
aeruginosa

Cylindrospermum
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (Sol
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Comphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
(O)


(O)


(O)




1.0 (K1)


(O)





100(TC50)





(O)


(O)


(0)



100 (K)


2.0(0)
                                                                                              a, etc.
                                                                                      Comment same as above.
Comment same as above except 100% mortality occurred
 in concentrations of 1:400,000 and greater.

Comment same as above except 100% mortality occurred
 in concentrations of 1:200,000 and greater.
Each test container (500-ml beaker) was filled with ditch
 water.
Comment same as above except 100% mortality occurred
 in concentrations of 1:400,000 and greater.
                                                                The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
                                                                 industrial wastes.  Results are recorded as the toxic con-
                                                                 centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC5fj) of
                                                                 oxygen utilization as compared to controls.  Five toxi-
                                                                 grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
                                                                 devised and each chemical classified.
                                                                Each test container (500-ml beaker) was filled with ditch
                                                                 water.  Less than 100% mortality occurred in concentrations
                                                                 of 1:100,000.
                                                                Comment same as above.
                                                                                                             Comment same as above.
                                                                                      The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^
                                                                                       to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume.  Chu No. 10
                                                                                       medium was used.

                                                                                      Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
                                                                                       to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT =
                                                                                       partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.  No
                                                                                       number indicates observation is for entire test period of
                                                                                       21 days):
                                                                                        Cl  -NT
                                                                                        Ma -NT
                                                                                        So - NT PT (7)
                                                                                        Cv -NT
                                                                                        Gp -NT
                                                                                        Np -NT
                                                          Batte, et al
                                                            (1951)
Batte, et al
 (1951)

Batte, et al
 (1951)
Batte, et al
 (1951)
Batte, et al
 (1951)
                                                          Hermann
                                                           (1959)
                                                                                                                                                Batte, et al
                                                                                                                                                  (1951)

                                                                                                                                                Batte, et al
                                                                                                                                                  (1951)

                                                                                                                                                Batte, et al
                                                                                                                                                  (1951)
                                                                                                                                                                       Fitzgerald,
                                                                                                                                                                        et al
                                                                                                                                                                        (1952)
                                                                                                                                                                       Palmer and
                                                                                                                                                                        Maloney
                                                                                                                                                                        (1955)
                                                                                                                                                                                       m
o

-------
CHEMICALS
z
O
s
X
-J
31
m
u>
O
-n
0
m
S
o

[o







>.
ON
NJ



















Chemical
2',3-dimtro-m-
salicylanilide











2',3-dinitro-p-
salicylotoluidide


3,5-dinitro-o-
salicylotoluidide


2,4-dinitro-
thymol (tech)

2,4-dinitro-
toluene (tech)
Di-n-propylamine





Disodium copper
salt of ethylene
diamine-tetra
acetic acid








Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study'1 )
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus









Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo BSA
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Lymnaeid BSA
snails

Lymnaeid BSA
snails
Semotilus BSA
atromaculatus




Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location'2) ppm (3)
1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3 hr)
(0)










1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K 3hr)
10.0 (K 2)

10.0 (K 3 hr)

(0)

(0)


(0)

20 to 60 (CR)





2.0 (0)











Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4) Comments
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struct
~~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule. At 10.0 ppm, the chemical
was not toxic to goldfish.

a Comment same as above except data cited.



a Comment same as above except that at 10.0 ppm, the chem-
~ ical was toxic to 9 out of 10 goldfish at 48 hr.


— Each test container (500-ml beaker) was filled with ditch
water. 100% mortality occurred in concentrations of
1 : 400,000 and greater.
— Comment same as above except less than 100% mortality
occurred in concentrations of 1:100,000.
a e Test water was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that
concentration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived
for 24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional
data are presented.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT =
partially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No
number indicates observation is for entire test period of
21 days):
Cl -NT
Ma -PT (14)
So -NT
Cv -NT
Gp - NT
NP - NT

Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)











Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)


Batte, et al
(1951)

Batte, et al
(1951)
Gillette, et al
(1952)




Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)































TJ
TJ
z
0
X
>


















-------
fc
co
  X
  m
  2
  3J
  m
  CO
  O
  -n
  O
  m
  2
      Disodium
       octoborate
       tetrahydrate

      Dodecylaceta-
        mido-dimethyl
        benzyl
        ammonium
        chloride
Disodium          Cylindrospermum      L
 ethylene           lichen/forme (Cl)
 bisdithio-         Microcystis
 carbamate         aeruginosa (Ma)
                   Scenedesmus
                    obliquus (So)
                   Chlorella
                    variegata (Cv)
                   Gomphonema
                    parvulum (Gp)
                   Nitzschia
                    palea (Np)
                   Salmo                 BSA
                    gairdnerii

                   Cyclindrospermum     L
                    lichen/forme (Cl)
                   Gleocapsa
                    sp (GP)
                   Scenedesmus
                    obliquus (So)
                   Chlorella
                    variegata (Cv)
                   Gomphonema
                    parvulum (Gp)
                   Nitzschia
                    palea (Np)
Ethanol            Lesbistes              BSA
                    reticulatus
                   Carassius
                    auratus


Ethyl alcohol       Carassius              BSA
                    Carassius
Ethyl alcohol       Daphnia               BSA
                    magna
Ethyl alcohol       Pygosteus             BCF
                    pungitius
                                                                          2.0 (O)
                                                                    4200 (T1A)
                                                                    2750 (T2A)


                                                                    2.0 (O)
                                                                          (O)
                                                                          (O)
                                                                          18,400 (O)
(O)
                                                                                                         Comment same as above except that:
                                                                                                            Cl  -NT
                                                                                                            Ma -PT (14)
                                                                                                            So -NT
                                                                                                            Cv - T (3)
                                                                                                            Gp-T(3)
                                                                                                            Np -T(3)
                                                                                               Palmer and
                                                                                                Maloney
                                                                                                (1955)
Most of the weed-killer formulations in this study consisted     Alabaster
 of more than one substance, i.e., oils, emulsifiers, stabilizers,     (1956)
 and other adjuvants.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days    Palmer and
 to give the following  (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT =           Maloney
 partially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No         (1955)
 number indicates observation is for entire test period of
 21 days):
  Cl  - PT (7)
  G  -T(3), PT(14)
  So  -T
  Cv  -T
  Gp -T
  Np -T

The uptake of ethanol from buffered solution by guppies        Hayton
 has been studied.  There was an apparent increase in the         and Hall
 rate of absorption with  increasing pH.  Experiments with        (1968)
 goldfish failed to show an increase in absorption rate as
 the pH was increased.

This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals.    Powers
 possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tempera-    (1918)
 ture, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the gold-
 fish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier work,
 and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a concentration of 16 cc per liter, fish survived 98 minutes.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-     Anderson
 stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use of   (1944)
 D. magna. Centrifuged  Lake Erie water was used as a diluent
 in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was defined as the
 highest concentration which would just fail to immobilize
 the animals under prolonged (theoretically infinite) exposure.
A concentration of 4 percent ethyl alcohol immediately intox-   Jones
 icated the fish, which recovered when placed  in fresh water.     (1949)
 A  1 percent solution  caused the fish to exhibit an avoidance
 reaction.
                                                                                                                                                                                     D
                                                                                                                                                                                     X

-------
o
I
m
2
o
i Chemical
^ Ethyl alcohol
O
S
X
H
C
30
00 Ethyl benzene
O
O
I
m
S
O
>
Cj
Ethyldietha-
nolamine




Ethylene
diamine
Ethylene
thiourea

2,ethy 1-1,3-
hexanediol

1-(2-ethyl-
hexyl)-2-
undecyl-
1 ,4,5,6-
tetrahydro-
pyrimidine
Ethylmercuric
chloride




Organism
Semotilus
atromaculatus




Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
a u rat us
Lebistes
reticulatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus




Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus

Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
Microcystis
aeruginosa




Artemia
salina
Acartia
clausi
Elminius
modestus
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'D Location<2) ppm(3) or Noted^)
BSA - 7,000 to a e
9,000 (CR)




BSA - 40 (T4A) acdef

29 (T4A)

73 (T4A)

78 (T4A)

BSA - 160 to 200 (CR) ae





BSA - 30 to 60 (CR) ae

BSA - 6,000 to a e
8,000 (CR)

BSA - 624(K25hrA) a


L - 2.0 (K) a, etc





BSA - 24.0 (O) a c

2.0 (0)


4.4 (O)
Comments
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concen-
tration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hrs.
and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
presented.
Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one half.
or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt was made
to estimate 100 percent survival.





Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concen-
tration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr
and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
presented.
Comment same as above.

Comment same as above.


Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.

The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1x10^
to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10
medium was used.



All tests were conducted in seawater.

Toxicity values reported are relative to that of mercuric
chloride expressed as unity.

Mechanism of action is discussed, as well as synergistic
Reference
(Year)
Gillette, et al
(1952)




Pickering and
Henderson
(1966)





Gillette, et al
(1952)




Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)

Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)




Corner and
Sparrow
(1956)























^
TJ
TJ
m
Z
o

x















action of two poisons administered simultaneously.

-------
    2'-ethyl-3-nitro-
     salicylanilide
    O-ethyl-s-
     pentachloro-
     phenyl
     thiocarbamate
    Ferric chloride
    Ferric chloride
o
m
£
X
•33
m
en
    Ferric chloride
    Ferric chloride
    Ferric chloride
    Ferric chloride
Ferric sulfate
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 a u rat us
                                         BSA
                                                                     (O)
Petromyzoh
 marinus
 (larvae)

Carassius
 carassius
                       Daphnia
                        magna
Daphnia
 magna

Gambusia
 affinis

Biomorpholaria
 alexandrina
Bulinus
 truncatus
Daphnia
 magna

Gambusia
 affinis
                                         BSA
                                             BSA
10 (K<1)
                                                                         (O)
                       BSA
                                                                     130 (O)
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                                                     74 (T2A)



                                                                     200 (K1)

                                                                     200 (K1)

                                                                     36(71 A)
                                                                     21 (T2A)
                                                                     15(T4A)
                                                                     133IT2A)
                                                                                               a c d e g
                                                                                               a c d eg
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-      Walker, et al
 tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity       (1966)
 to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
 salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
 selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish.  Salicylanilides
 were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
 hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
 activity against fish.  Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
 anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
 findings are reported for halogens and their relative position(s)
 in the molecule.  No affect occurred for rainbow trout or
 goldfish at 0.1 and 1.0 ppm.
Additional data are presented.                                 Piavis
                                                             (1962)
                                     This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,    Powers
                                       possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tern-       (1918)
                                       perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
                                       goldfish as a test animal, compared this work with earlier
                                       work, and  lists an extensive bibliography.
                                     In a concentration of 0.284N, fish survived  29 minutes; in a
                                       concentration of 0.0000166N, they survived 1200 minutes.
                                     This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-     Anderson
                                       stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use of   (1944)
                                       D. magna.  Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a diluent
                                       in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was defined as the
                                       highest concentration which would just fail to immobilize
                                       the animals under prolonged (theoretically infinite) exposure.
                                     Lake Erie water was used as diluent.  Toxicity given as          Anderson
                                       threshold concentration producing immobilization for          (1944)
                                       exposure periods of 64 hr.

                                     The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was     Wallen, et al
                                       studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"         (1957)
                                       turbidity.  Additional data  are presented.
                                     The degree of tolerance for vector snails of bilharziasis to        Gohar and
                                       various chemicals is somewhat dependent upon tempera-        EI-Gindy
                                       ture.  The temperature at which (K1) occurred  was 26  C.       (1961)

                                     "Standard reference water" was described and used as well      Dowden and
                                       as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-       Bennett
                                       tions were  made in various types of water.                     (1965)
                                     The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was     Wallen, et al
                                       studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"         (1957)
                                       turbidity.   Additional data are presented.
                                                                             I
                                                                             m
                                                                             D
                                                                             X
O
m

-------
CHEMICAL!
WJ
0
s
X
H
C
3D
m
en
O
Tl
o
i
m
5
O
r;
i/i







ON
ON




















Chemical
Ferrocyanide
complex
Sodium
cyanide
(482 ppmCN-)
and
Ferrous sulfate
(193 ppm Fe++)
Ferrous
chloride

Ferrous
disodium
versenate
Ferrous oxide


Ferrous sulfate






Ferrous sulfate









Ferrous sulfate





Ferrous sulphate


Organism
Pimephales
promelas






Daphnia
magna

Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
Gambusia
affinis

Daphnia
magna





Micropterus
salmoides
Lepomis
machrochirus
Goldfish





Sewage
organisms




Biomorph olaria
alexandrina
Bulinus
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Studydl Location(2) ppm(3) or Noted<4)
BSA - 10(K<48hr) ac







BSA - <38(S) a


BSA - >500 a
(K25hrA) ~~

BSA - 1 0,000 (T2A) acdeg
~

BSA - <152(O) ac






BSA - 100 (O) acfpi

100 (O)

100 (O)





BOD - (NTE) a





BSA - 900 (K1) a

900 (K1)
Comments
Synthetic soft water was used. Toxicity data given as
number of test fish surviving after exposure at 24, 48,
and 96 hr.





Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.

The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used
as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration
was defined as the highest concentration which would
just fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged
(theoretically infinite) exposure.
The disposal of cannery wastes frequently involves the use
of chemicals for treatment purposes. Ferrous sulphate,
alum, and lime are used in chemical coagulation; sodium
carbonate for acidity control in biological filters; and
sodium nitrate in lagoons for odor control. Lye (sodium
hydroxide) peeling of certain fruits and vegetables is not
uncommon. These chemicals, in whole or part, are dis-
charged in most cases to a stream.
The concentrations listed permitted large mouth bass to
survive 2.5 to 3.5 days, and goldfish to survive indefinitely.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index
for industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic
concentration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj)
of oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five
toxigrams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD
were devised and each chemical classified.
The degree of tolerance for vector snails of bilharziasis to
various chemicals is somewhat dependent upon tempera-
ture. The temperature at which (K1 ) occurred was 27 C.
Reference
(Year)
Doudoroff, et al
(1956)






Anderson
(1948)

Clemens
and Sneed
(1959)
Wallen, et al
(1957)

Anderson
(1944)





Sanborn
(1945)








Hermann
(1959)




Gohar and
EI-Gindy
(1961)



















^
^
•o
m


X


















truncatus

-------
I
      Ferrous sulfide


      Ferrous sulfite

      Fluoride
      Fluoride
      2'-fluoro-3',5'-
       dinitrobenz-
       anilide
Gambusia
 affinis

Gambusia
 affinis
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Chlorella
 pyrenoidosa
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
BSA


BSA

BSA





O
m
S
O
£/)
1
O
s

H
C
3)
m
O
Tl
5
m
2
o
3'-fluoro-5-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide

3'-fluoro-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide



2'-fluoro-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide



4'-fluoro-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide



Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
BSA
                                              BSA
                                              BSA
                                              BSA
                                              BSA
10,000 (T2A)
350 (T2A)

(H) 250 (K21)
(H) 150(90% K21)
(H) 100(NTE21)
(S)253(K21)
(S) 113(K21)
(S)75(NTE21)
(O)
ja c d eg



£cd eg


  ad
                            10 (K2)

                            10 (K2)
                                                  1.0 (K2)
                                                  10.0 (K 3 hr)
                                                  10.0 (K2)

                                                  0.5 (K)


                                                  (O)


                                                  1.0 K
                                                                          1.0 (K)
                                                                                            See
                                                                                             Applegate,
                                                                                             et al
                                                                                             (1957-1958)
                                                                                            See
                                                                                             Applegate,
                                                                                             et al
                                                                                             (1957-1958)
                                                                    See
                                                                     Applegate,
                                                                     et al
                                                                     (1957-1958)
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
 was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
 "high" turbidity.  Additional data are presented.
Comment same as above.

Aerated lake and well water were used as diluents.
 Toxicity data are given as percentage killed at various
 concentrations of fluoride in both hard (320 ppm)
 and soft water (45 ppm). Threshold for 50% mortality
 was 8.5 ppm F in  504 hr (21 days).

Fluoride caused growth inhibition in cultures of Chlorella
 pyrenoidosa.  This antimetabolite had its greatest effect
 at concentrations  greater than 10"3  M. No proportionality
 could be established between the concentrations of fluoride
 and the percentages of inhibition occurring at these
 concentrations.
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
 tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
 to rainbow trout and goldfish. The  chemical structure of
 salicylanilides and benzanilides was  related to toxicity and
 selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
 were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes.  The ortho
 hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide  accelerated biological
 activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the sali-
 cylanilides and benzanilides increased  toxicity to fish.
 Similar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
 position(s) in the molecule.
Comment same as above.
                                                                 This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
                                                                  salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout
                                                                  as a function of substituent loci.
                                                                 0.9 ppm killed 25%.
                                                                                       Comment same as above.
                                                                                                               3.0 ppm killed 25%.
                                                                                                               Comment same as above.
                                                                                                               3.0 ppm killed 25%.
Wallen, et al
 (1957)

Wallen, et al
 (1957)
Herbert and
 Shurben
 (1964)
                                                                                                                                                                          Smith and
                                                                                                                                                                           Woodson
                                                                                                                                                                           (1965)
                                                                                                Walker, et al
                                                                                                 (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                                          O
                                                                                                                                                                                          X
                                                                                                                                                                          Walker, et al
                                                                                                                                                                           (1966)
                                                                                               Starkey and
                                                                                                 Howell
                                                                                                 (1966)
                                                                                                                                                 Starkey and
                                                                                                                                                   Howell
                                                                                                                                                   (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                         Starkey and
                                                                                                                                                                           Howell
                                                                                                                                                                           (1966)

-------
o
I
m
O
f£ Chemical Organism
^ 4-fluoro-5- Sea
U nitrosahcyl- lamprey
2 anilide (larva)
X
C Fluosilicic Sewage
^ acid organisms
c/)
O
Tt
O
I
i
Q Formaldehyde Pygosteus
r~ (40% soln) pungitius
Formaldehyde Sewage
organisms




Formaldehyde Daphnia
j> magna
O\
Formaldehyde Sa/mo
gairdneri
Sa/mo
trutta
Satvelinus
fontinalis
Salvelinus
namaycush
Ictalurus
punctatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Formalin Ictalurus
punctatus

Formalin Channel
(by volume) catfish
(fingerlings)
Formalin Tadpoles
Various fish





Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study!1' Location'?) ppm'3'
BSA - 3.0 (K)



BOD - 2.6 (O)






BCF - (O)

BOD - 740 (TC50)





BSA - 100
1000 (T1A)

BSA - 168(T2A)

185 (T2A)

157 (T2A)

167 (T2A)

96 (T2A)

140 (T2A)

BSA - 126(K2A)
87 (T2A)

BSA - 87
(K 25 hr A)

FL III. 25-30 (K)






Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
See This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
Applegate, salicylanilides to sea lamprey and f ingerling rainbow trout
et al as a function of substituent loci.
(1957-1958)
— Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well as
how they affected the processing of sewage in the treatment
plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure the effect
of the chemical. The chemical concentration cited is the
ppm required to reduce the BOD values by 50%. This chem-
ical was tested in an unbuffered system.
a Concentrations of 0.1 to 0.4 percent (v/v) caused the fish to
show a negative reaction and appear to be irritated.
a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams depict-
ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
each chemical classified.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well as
lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
a f Variance and the 95-percent confidence interval (C.I.) were
also determined.










a c f i The experiment was conducted at 77 C.


a Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.

a c After preliminary tests in aquaria, nine pond treatments were
made in six different ponds ranging in size from 0.03 to
0.5 acre. Formalin treatments caused oxygen depletion.
which, in turn, resulted in a fish kill. The ponds were treated
with formalin at 25 to 30 ppm. The authors recommend that
when fish are present, not more than 3O ppm should be used
to kill tadpoles in ponds.
Reference
(Year)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)

Sheets
(1957)





Jones
(1947)
Hermann
(1959)




Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Willford
(1966)










Clemens and
Sneed
(1958)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Helms
(1967)

























>
T)
m
D


^






















-------
      Formalin
I
vo
      Formic
       acid
      Formic
       acid

      Furfural
      Glutaric
  O    acid
  m
  _   Heptane
  >   Hexamethylene-
       tetramine
Rana
 catesbeiana
R. pipiens

Bufo sp

Notemigonus
 crysoleucas

Cyprinus
 carpio
Ictalurus
 me/as

Large mouth
 bass
Lepomis
 macrochirus
L. cyanel/us
Tilapia sp
Sewage
 organisms
Lepomis
 macrochirus

Gambusia
 affinis

Lepomis
 macrochirus

Gambusia
 affinis

Sewage
 organisms
                                              BSA
c
•33
m
w Hydrochloric
O acid
Tl
O
I
m
2



Carassius
carassius





BOD
BSA
                                              BSA
BSA
BSA
                                              BOD
                                              BSA
80 (K),
 53 (L1)
30 (K),
 22 (L1)
50 (K),
 45 (L3)
87 (L1),
 67 (L2),
 62 (L3)
70 (L3)

70+(L1),
 49 (L2),
 45 (L3)
100(L3)

100+ (L2),
 80 (L3)
90 (L3)
100(L3)

550 (TC5o>
                            175 (T1A)
                                                                         24 (T2A)
                           330 (T1 A)
4,924 (T2A)
                            (NTE)
                                                                                                              Data are reported as LDso, although TLm or LCgrj might have
                                                                                                               been more appropriate. The (K) represents minimum con-
                                                                                                               centration for 100 percent kill.
                                                                                                                          Helms
                                                                                                                           (1967)
                                                                         (0)
  o
  >
  u,
   a           The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
   ~            industrial wastes.  Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
                tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCgg) of oxygen
                utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams depict-
                ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
                each chemical classified.
  £C           "Standard reference water" was described and used as well as
                lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
                were made in various types of water.
£ c d e g        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
                studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
                turbidity.  Additional data are presented.
  £C           "Standard reference water" was described and used as well as
                lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
                were made in various types of water.
a c d e g        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
                studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
                turbidity.  Additional data are presented.

   £           The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
                industrial wastes.  Results are recorded as the toxic concen-
                tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC5fj) of oxygen
                utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams depict-
                ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
                each chemical classified.
   a           This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
                possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
                perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
                goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
                work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
               In 0.0000313N solution, fish survived 1200 minutes.
                                                                                                                          Hermann
                                                                                                                           (1959)
Dowden and
 Bennett
 (1965)
Wallen, et al
 (1957)

Dowden and
 Bennett
 (1965)
Wallen, et al
 (1957)

Hermann
 (1959)
                                                                                                                                                                        Powers
                                                                                                                                                                         (1918)
                                                                                                               fc
                                                                                                               •o
                                                                                                               m
                                                                                                               Z
                                                                                                               D
                                                                                                               X

-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
2
X
H
c

m
O
o
I
m
2
o
C
i/j








j>
— i
0



















Chemical
Hydrochloric
acid





Hydrochloric
acid



Hydrochloric
acid




Hydrochloric
acid


Hydrochloric
acid


Hydrocyanic
acid

Hydrogen
cyanide
Hydrogen
cyanide


HCN


Hydrogen
cyanide




Organism
Daphnia
magna





Semotilus
atromaculatus



Lepomis
macrochirus




Gambusia
a f fin is


Lepomis
macrochirus


Lagodon
rhomboides

Lagodon
rhomboides
Fish



Lepomis
macrochirus
(juveniles)
Salmo
gairdnerii




Bioassay
or Field
Study*1'
BSA






BSA




BCFA





BSA



BSA



BSA


BSA

BSA



BSA


BSA





Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location*2' ppm*3) or Noted*4'
62 (O) a c






- 60 to 80 (CR) ae




(O) acef





282 (T2A) a c d e g



3.5(pH,T4A) acdei



0.069 (T1 A) a


0.069 (T1 A)

- 7.7 x 10'6 M ac
(K)


0.16 (T3A) acdfp


- 0.07 (T2A) a c d e f o





Comments
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wates as determined by the use
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
above which all test fish died. Additional data are presented.
Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade
chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour exposure
period.
Toxicity was dependent upon pH. At pH 3.90 to 4.05,
10 percent of the fish died after 2 days. At pH 3.65,
50 percent survived after 3 days.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.

A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data re-
ported are for larger fish, app 14.24 cm in length. Data
for smaller fish are also in the report.
Aerated sea water was used.


Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water.

Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given.
Toxicitv is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar).
Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentration are
presented and discussed.
The solutions were prepared with NaCN, but the data given
are calculated as free HCN.

The concentration killing a half batch of fish in 2 days pro-
vides a reasonable estimate of the threshold concentration.
The toxicity of cyanide is related to the concentration of
molecular hydrogen cyanide, and not of the cyanide ion
(CN~). The lower the pH value the greater the proportion
of molecular HCN.
Reference
(Year)
Anderson
(1944)





Gillette, et al
(1952)



Cairns and
Scheier
(1955)



Wallen, et al
(1957)


Cairns and
Scheier
(1959)

Daugherty and
Garrett
(1951)
Garrett
(1957)
Ishio
(1965)


Doudoroff, et al
(1966)

Brown
(1968)
























•^
^
•o
m
Z
O
X
>


















-------
    H ion
    Hydrogen
     sulphide
    Hydrogen
     sulfide
    Hydrogen
     sulfide
     (undissociated)

    Hydrogen
     sulfide
c
3D
m
CO
O
    Hydrogen
     sulfide
O
    Hydroquinone
    Hydroquinone
                      Fish
Oncorhyncus
 tshawytscha
Oncorhyncus
 kisutch
Sal mo clarkii
 clarkii
Bull/a
 (Gastropoda)
                      Fish
Ictalurus
 punctatus
                                            BSA
BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
FL
                                                  1.0 x 10-5 M
                                                   (K)
1.0 (K5)
1.2(K5)
1.0 (K5)
                            (O)
                                                  1.9 x ID'5 M
                                                   (K)
               Texas
Ictalurus
 punctatus
Lepomis
 macrochirus
                      BSA
                            (O)
    Hydroquinone
     diacetate
Microcystis
 aeruginosa

Daphnia
 magna
Microcystis
 aeruginosa
                                            BSA
                                                                        100 (K)
                                                                        0.287 (K2)
                                                                        100 (K)
 a c           Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given.      Ishio
 ~             Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar).     (1965)
               Ratios of avoidance and  lowest lethal  concentration are
               presented  and discussed.

£ d e          This chemical is one of a number that may be found in         Haydu, et al
               Kraft mill waste effluents. Data are expressed as minimum     (1952)
               lethal concentration for  5 days.
                         —           No quantitative data are reported.  H2& was bubbled through    Brown
                                      sea water. When animals of this species were exposed to the     (1964)
                                      H2S solution more than half an hour, they were killed.
                                      Animals removed after 15 minutes, then placed in fresh
                                      aerated sea water, recovered.
                        ac           Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given.       Ishio
                       ~             Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar).     (1965)
                                      Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentration are
                                      presented and discussed.
                       a c g          One hundred cat fish were placed in a pen in one lake and in     Bonn and
                                      less than 48 hours, all the test fish fry were dead.  Tests         Follis
                                      showed that total hydrogen sulfide to be 0.96 ppm and a        (1967)
                                      pH of less than 6.0. This gave an  unionized H2S concentra-
                                      tion of at least 0.797  ppm, which was lethal to the catfish.
                                     Based on the results of extensive tests, it was evident that the
                                      production of unionized H2$ was seasonal, and often very
                                      erratic.
                        a c           The quantity of total sulf ides necessary to produce a TLm of    Bonn and
                                      the test catfish varied from 1.82 to approximately 7.0 ppm,     Follis
                                      depending upon the pH of the water. Most of the catfish        (1967)
                                      fry died in approximately 10 minutes at the concentration
                                      range given above.
                                     At a pH of 7.0 the TLm of unionized hydrogen sulfide was
                                      found to be 1.0 ppm for fingerling channel catfish, 1.3 for
                                      advanced fingerlings and 1.4 for adult catfish. The finger-
                                      lings died in approximately 20 minutes while the TLm for
                                      advanced fingerlings and adults was attained after about
                                      45 minutes.
                                     No TLm was reached for bluegill in the fingerling tests.

                       a_, etc         The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 106       Fitzgerald, et al
                                      to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75ml total volume.  Chu No. 10 medium    (1952)
                                      was used.

                         £           An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with     Sollman
                                      the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.         (1949)
                                      Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
                                      aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of the
                                      chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on systemic
                                      administration.

                       £, etc         The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 106       Fitzgerald, et al
                                      to  2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume.  Chu No. 10 medium    (1952)
                                      was used.
                                                                                                                                            I
                                                                                                                                            m
                                                                                                                                            Z
                                                                                                                                            o

-------
CHEMICALS
>
D
2
X
-H
C
3)
cn
O
~™
o
I
m
S
o
^








>-
j
j






















Chemical
Hydroqumone
monobenzyl
ether



Hydroquinone
monomethyl
ether

Hydroxyl
ion


Hydroxyl
ion






















Hydroxyl-
amine-
HCI
Hydroxyl-
ammonium
benzoate
Hydroxyl-
ammonium
chloride
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study (1)
Daphnia BSA
magna




Daphnia BSA
magna


Fish BSA



Moroco L
steindachnerii
Pungtungia
herzi
Acheilognathous
limbata
Cyprinus
carpio
Zaccho
platypus
Sarcocheilichthys
variegratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Carassius
auratus (wild)
Carassius
auratus
Gnathepogon
gracilis
Pimephalus
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Microcystis L
aeruginosa

Microcystis L
aeruginosa

Microcystis L
aeruginosa

Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location*2) ppm(3) or Noted^)
2.5 (K2) a





200 (K2) a



1.0 x ID'5 M a c
(K)


1 1.23 to 9. 74 (O)

10.62 to 9. 16 (O)

10.12 to 9.03 (O)

10.13 to 8.62 (O)

10.12 to 8.62 (O)

9.63 to 8.71 (O)

9.38 to 8.44 (O)

10.38 to 8.24 (O)

10.25 to 7.38 (O)

10.38 to 7.40 (0)

9.56 to 9.05 (O)

9.62 to 8.76 (O)

50 (K) a, etc


100 (K) a, etc


- 100 (K) a, etc


Comments
An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
Comment same as above.



Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given.
Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar).
Ratios of avoidance and lowest lethal concentration are
presented and discussed.
The values given are the pH range avoided by the fish.























The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1x10^
to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
Comment same as above.


Comment same as above.


Reference
(Year)
Sollman
(1949)




Sollman
(1949)


Ishio
(1965)


Ishio
(1965)






















Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)

Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)

Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)






















^
TJ
"O
m
g

X
>




















-------
Hydroxyl-
ammonium
phosphate
Hydroxyl-
ammonium
sulfate
2'-hydroxy-
phenazine-1-
carboxylic
acid


o-hydroxybenzoic
acid
Microcystis
aeruginosa

Microcystis
aeruginosa

Microcystis
aeruginosa
Anabaena
flos-aquae
Notemogonous
crysoleucas
Carassius
a u rat us
L


L


L

L



B£

p-hydroxybenzoic  Carassius
 acid              auratus
m-hydroxybenzoic Carassius
 acid              auratus
p-hydroxyphenyl-
 glycine
Daphnia
 magna
BSA

BSA

BSA
100 (K)


100 (K)



0.1 (O)

1.0(0)



0.254 (K)

0.0230 (K)

0.0363 (K)

20 (K2)
                                                                                          a, etc         Comment same as above.
                                                                                          a, etc         Comment same as above.
;>
U>
8-hydroxy-
quinoline
Imidazoline

lodoacetic
acid
O
m
S
O
j£
w
2
a
5
x
c
3]
m
C/l
O
O
I
m
5
$


Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Microcystis L
aeruginosa
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorel/a
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
pa/ea (Np)










                                                                   100 (K)


                                                                   2.0 (K)

                                                                   2.0 (O)
                                                                                                        Concentrations noted are for complete inhibition of
                                                                                                         M. aeruginosa and A. flos-aquae.  No harmful effects to
                                                                                                         N. crysoleucas were noted at the concentrations evaluated.
                                                                                     Goldfish weighed between 2 and 4 g.
                                                                                     Temperature was maintained at 27.0 ± 0.2 C.
                                                                                     Comment same as above.
  a           Comment same as above.

  a           An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
               the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
               Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
               aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
               the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
               systemic administration.
  a           The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10"
               to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
               was used.
a, etc         Comment same as above.

 j3           Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
               to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par-
               tially toxic with number of days in parentheses.  No number
               indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
                Cl - PT (7)
                Ma - T (3)
                So - T (3)
                Cv -NT
                Gp-PT (14)
                Np-NT
                                                                                                                                                Fitzgerald, et al
                                                                                                                                                 (1952)

                                                                                                                                                Fitzgerald, et al
                                                                                                                                                 (1952)
                                                                                                                                                Toohey, et al
                                                                                                                                                 (1965)
Gersdorff
 (1943)
Gersdorff
 (1943)
Gersdorff
 (1943)
So 11 man
 (1949)
                                                                                                                                                Fitzgerald, et al
                                                                                                                                                 (1952)
                                                                                                                                                Fitzgerald, et al
                                                                                                                                                 (1952)
                                                                                                                                                Palmer and
                                                                                                                                                 Maloney
                                                                                                                                                 (1955)

-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
2
X
H
C

m
C/)
O
~n
0
I
m
5
O
>
1/5








i
^



















Chemical
4'-iodo-3,5-
dinitrobenz-
anilide










2'-iodo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide



2'-iodo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide








3'-iodo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide

3'-iodo-3-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide



4'-iodi-nitro-
salicylanilide


Organism
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus









Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus







Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Ictalurus
nebulosus


Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
StudyC" Location<2) ppm(3)
BSA - (O)

(0)










BSA - 1.0 (K)


(O)


BSA - 10.0 (K 3 hr)
1.0 (K23hr)









BSA - 1.0(K3hr)

1.0 (K2)
10.0 (K3hr)
BSA - 0.3 (K)


(0)


BSA - 0.005 (K)
0.0025 (SB)
at 47 and
71 F
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW) Comments
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative posi-
tion(s) in the molecule. Precipitation occurred at 10 ppm.
At 10 ppm the chemical was not toxic to trout or goldfish.

See This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
Applegate, salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout
et al as a function of substituent loci.
(1957-1958)


a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
findings are reported for halogens and their relative posi-
tion (s) in the molecule.
a Comment same as above.



See This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
Applegate, salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout
et al as a function of substituent loci.
(1957-1958)


a c g The chemical was dissolved in dimethyl sulfoxide for test-
ting. Non-aerated, turbid and non-turbid test waters at
47 and 71 F were used. Lodging of the fish in sediment
increased survival.
Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)











Starkey and
Howell
(1966)



Walker, et al
(1966)









Walker, et al
(1966)


Starkey and
Howell
(1966)



Loeb and
Starkey
(1966)

•o
m
Z
O

-------
    4'-iodo-3-
     nitrosalicyl-
     anilide
    4'-iodo-3-
     nitrosalicyl-
     anilide
    o-iodophenol
S  p-iodophenol
O
O
S  Iron

C
m

O
-n
O
m
2
Sea
 lamprey
 (larva)
Salmo
 gairdneri
 (fingerling)
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
                                             BSA
4'-iodo-5-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide
4'-iodo-5-
nitrosalicyl-
anilide



m-iodophenol

Salmo
gairdnerii

Sea
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Carassius
auratus
Carassius
 auratus
Carassius
 auratus
                       Daphnia
                        magna
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                      BSA
0.3 (K)


(O)



1.0(K3hr)

1.0 (K3hr)
                                                  1.0 (K2)
                                                  10.0(K3hr)

                                                  0.5 (K)


                                                  (O)
51.7 to 155.0
 (K 8 hr)
38.8 (O)
10.3 (O)

45.8 to 91.6
 (K 8 hr)
36.6 (O)
26.2 (O)

12.5 to 100
 (K8hr)
11.8 (O)
10.0(O)
7.5 (O)

100 (K)
                                                                                           See                This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-     Star key and
                                                                                             Applegate,         salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout      Howell
                                                                                             et al               as a function of substituent loci.                              (1966)
                                                                                             (1957-1958)      0.7 ppm killed 25%.
                                                                                                 £           This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-      Walker, et al
                                                                                                               tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity        (1966)
                                                                                                               to rainbow trout and goldfish.  The chemical structure of
                                                                                                               salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
                                                                                                               selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish.  Salicylanilides
                                                                                                               were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes.  The ortho
                                                                                                               hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
                                                                                                               activity against fish.  Meta nitro substitution on the salicyl-
                                                                                                               anilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish. Similar
                                                                                                               findings are reported for halogens and their relative posi-
                                                                                                               tion(s) in the molecule.
                                                                                                  a           Comment same  as above.                                    Walker, et al
                                                                                                                                                                           (1966)

                                                                                           See                This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-     Starkey and
                                                                                             Applegate,         salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout        Howell
                                                                                             et al               as a function of substituent loci.                              (1966)
                                                                                             (1957-1958)      1.0 ppm killed 25%.
Temperature in test containers was maintained at 27 ± 0.2 C.    Gersdorff and
 Goldfish tested weighed between 2 and 4 g.                    Smith
m-iodophenol, 38.8 ppm, killed 75% of the fish in 8 hr;          (1940)
 10.3 ppm  killed 33% in 8 hr.
Comment same as above except that o-iodophenol, 36.6        Gersdorff and
 ppm, killed 83% of the fish in 8 hr; 26.2 ppm killed 8%         Smith
 in 8 hr.                                                    (1940)

Comment same as above except that p-iodophenol, 11.8        Gersdorff and
 ppm, killed 92% of the fish in 8 hr; 10.0 ppm killed 77%       Smith
 in 8 hr; and 7.5 ppm killed 46% in 8 hr.                       (1940)
                                                                                       It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered     Shaw and
                                                                                         are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl      Grushkin
                                                                                         group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates       (1967)
                                                                                         that the metals which form the most insoluble sulfides are
                                                                                         the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal
                                                                                         ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product con-
                                                                                         stant of the metal sulfide — a treatment that does not lend
                                                                                         itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only an
                                                                                         approximate concentration interpolated from a graph.
                                                                                         Time of death was not specified.
                                                                                                                                                                                          m
                                                                                                                                                                                          O
                                                                                                                                                                                          X

-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
s.
X
H
c
3
m
en
-n
O
I
m

O
^
In









j
N






















Chemical
Iso-amyl
alcohol





Isoamyl
alcohols.
mixed
primary


Isobornyl
thiocyano-
acetate
















Isobornyl
thiocyano-
acetate












Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Organism Study (D Location^) ppm(3)
Daphnia BSA - 881 (O)
magna





Semotilus BSA — 400 to 600
atromaculatus (CR)




Green FL III. (O)
sunfish
Large mouth
bass
Black
bullhead
Golden
shiner
Mosquito
fish
Tadpoles
Crayfish
Bluegill
Channel
catfish
Redear
sunfish
White
crappie
BSA



Green 0.6 (O)
sunfish
Rainbow <0.7 (0)
trout
Golden 1.5(0)
shiner
Channel 1.5 (O)
catfish
Black >1.5(0)
bullhead
Bluegill 0.4 (O)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled Reference
or Noted(4) Comments (Year)
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub- Anderson
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use (1944)
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
a e Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A Gillette, et al
~~ typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the (1952)
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concen-
tration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr
and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
presented.
a Ponds were treated with concentrations of 0.7, 0.8, and Lewis
1.5 ppm of the chemical. The ponds were drained or (1968)
poisoned after the removal of isobornyl thiocyanoacetate-
affected fish were removed. This was done to determine
the numbers of each species that had survived.
Water temperature in the ponds ranged from 50 to 87 F.
Pond sizes ranged from 0.1 to 455 acres.
Results were quite similar to the results obtained in bio-
assay studies.
Centrarchids were selectively killed in the presence of
ictalurids and cyprinids.








a Twenty liter-glass aquaria were employed for the experi- Lewis
~~ ments. Temperature was maintained at 20 to 23 C. (1968)
Results are recorded as 24-hr lethal minimum dose of the
chemical.
24-hr lethal minimum dose at 20 to 23 C.

24-hr lethal minimum dose at 1 1 C.

24-hr lethal minimum dose at 20 to 23 C.

24-hr lethal minimum dose at 20 to 23 C.

24-hr lethal minimum dose at 20 to 23 C.

24-hr lethal minimum dose at 2O to 23 C.





















-0
•o
m


X
^





















-------
     Isobutyl
     alcohol
Carassius
 carassius
BSA
                            (O)
2
5
    Isoprene
    p-isopropoxy
     diphenyl
p-isopropoxy
 diphenylamine
^\    Isopropyl
^j     alcohol
Pimephales
 promelas
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Carassius
 auratus
Lebistes
 reticulatus
Daphnia
 magna
Daphnia
 magna

Semotilus
 atromaculatus
BSA
                                             BSA
                                                                    75 (T4A)

                                                                    39 (T4A)

                                                                    180IT4A)

                                                                    140 (T4A)

                                                                    5.7 (K2)
                                                  a cd e f
BSA

BSA




O
m
2
O
>
c/>
^
z
0
2
X
c
m
C/J
-n
O
1-isopropyl-2-
(8,11-hepta-
decadienyl)-
4,4-dimethyl-
2-imidazoline

1-isopropyl-
2-(S-hepta-
decenyl)-
4,4-dimethyl-
2-imidazoline

1-isopropyl-
2-nonyl-4,
4-dimethyl-
2-imidazoline
1-isopropyl-
2-undecyl-
4,4-dimethyl-
2-imidazoline
Microcystis
aeruginosa




Microcystis
aeruginosa




Microcystis
aeruginosa


Microcystis
aeruginosa


                                                                        5.7 (K2)


                                                                        900 to 1,100
                                                                          (CR)
                                                                        2.0 (K)
                                                                         1.0 (K)
                                                                        2.0 
-------
o
I
m
S
O
£ Chemical
11
> Lactic
O acid
2
X
H
C
31
m
M
O Lactonitrile
O
I
m
5 Lactonitrile
0
>
tn Lactonitrile








>
J Lactonitrile
D






Laurylisoquino-
linium
bromide









Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study 'D
Daphnia BSA
magna





Lagadon BSA
rhomboides

Lagadon BSA
rhomeboides
Lepomis BSA
auritus & CF
/_epo/T7/s
macrochirus


Pomoxis
annularis


Pimephales BSA
prome/as
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Pimephalus
promelas
Cylindrospermum L
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location'2) ppm'3) or NotedW)
243 (O) a c






0.215 (T1A) a


0.215 (T1A)

0.06-0.1 a
(100% KCF)
0.03-0.1
(100% KS)
0.055-0.07
(100% KF)
0.075
(100% KS)
0.065-0.07
(100%KS)
(S) 0.90 (T4A) c d e f

(S) 0.90 (T4A)

(S) 1.37 (T4A)

(H) 0.90 (T4A)

2.0 (0) a











Comments
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use
of D. magna. Centrif uged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
fined as the highest concentration which would just fail to
immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Aerated seawater was used.


Experiments were conducted in aerated salt water.

Additional data are presented for less than 24 hr.









(H) Value for hard water.
(S) Value for soft water.




The chemical did not change the flavor of the cooked bluegill.

Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par-
tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 day's):
Cl -T(3)PT(7)
Ma -PT (14)
So - T (3)
Cv - PT (7)
Gp - PT (7)
Np-PT (7)


Reference
(Year)
Anderson
(1944)





Daugherty and
Garrett
(1951)
Garrett
(1957)
Renn
(1955)








Henderson, et al
(1960)






Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)





























>
3
V
m
Z

X
>

















-------
    Lead
    Lead
    Lead
     acetate
      Lead
       chloride

      Lead
J>     chloride

      Lead
       chloride
    Lead
     nitrate
Z  Lead
°   nitrate
c
30
m
CO
O
o
m
2
Lead
 nitrate

Lead
 nitrate
                      Lebistes
                       reticulatus
                      Bufo
                       valliceps
                       (tadpoles)
                      Daphnia
                       magna
                   Gasterosteus
                    aculeatus
                   Pimephales
                    promelas
                   Lepomis
                    macrochirus
                   Daphnia
                    magna


                   Pimephales
                    promelas

                   Pimephales
                    promelas
                   Lepomis
                    macrochirus
                   Carassius
                    auratus
                   Lebistes
                    reticulatus
                   Gasterosteus
                    aculeatus
                   Gasterosteus
                    aculeatus
                   Phoxinus
                    phoxinus
Gambusia
 affinis

Lebistes
 reticulatus
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSCH
                                                                    1.0 (K)

                                                                    100.0 (K)


                                                                    10.0 (K)
                                                                       0.1 (O)
                                                  (S) 7.48 (T4A)
                                                                        1.25 (S)
                                                  (H) >75 (T4A)
                                                  (S) 2.4 (T4A)

                                                  (S) 5.58 (T4A)
                                                  (H) 482.0 (T4A)
                                                  (S) 23.8 (T4A)
                                                  (H) 442.0 (T4A)
                                                  (S) 31.5 (T4A)

                                                  (S) 20.6 (T4A)

                                                  0.3 (TL4-3/4A)
cdef
                                                                                              acdf
                                                                                              cdef
                                                                    (O)
                                                                    240 (T2A)
                                                                        2.0 (27% K90)
                                                                                             a cd e g
a cd e
It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
 are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
 group attached to a key enzyme.  This treatment indicates
 that the metals which form the most insoluble sulfides are
 the most toxic.  The log of the concentration of the metal
 ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product con-
 stant of the metal sulfide — a treatment that does not lend
 itself to tabulation.  The cation toxicity cited  is only an
 approximate concentration interpolated from  a graph.
 Time of death was not specified.
This is a discussion of a bioassay method using stickleback
 fish and spectrophotometric determinations of the chem-
 icals evaluated.  The number listed is said to be the "toxic
 limit" for the fish.
(S) Soft water.
Values are expressed as mg/l of lead.
              Lake Erie water was used as diluent.  Toxicity given as
               threshold concentration producing immobilization for
               exposure periods of 64 hr.
              Both hard (H) and soft (S)  water were used.
              (S) Soft water.
              (H) Hard water.
              Values are expressed as mg/l of metal.
                                                                                                                                                Shaw and
                                                                                                                                                 Grushkin
                                                                                                                                                 (1967)
Death of the fish resulted from an interaction between the
 metallic ion and the mucus secreted by the gills. Coagu-
 lated mucus formed on the gill membranes and impaired
 respiration to such a degree that the fish asphyxiated.
The addition of 50 mg/l of calcium chloride to the tank
 protected against the toxic effect of this metal salt.
Tap water was used to make up the solutions. The animals
 were attracted to a solution 0.04N - a positive reaction, they
 tended to swim into it. They tended to show avoidance
 reactions at concentrations of 0.004N down to 0.00002N.
 The minnow detected and avoided a 0.000004N solution.
 P. phoxinus minnows were much more sensitive to this
 chemical than G. aculeatus.

The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
 studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
 turbidity. Additional data are presented.

Sublethal effects found were retarded growth, increased
 mortality, and delayed sexual maturity.
                                                                                                                                                Hawksley
                                                                                                                                                  (1967)
Pickering and
 Henderson
 (1965)


Anderson
 (1948)

Tarzwell and
 Henderson
 (1960)
Pickering and
 Henderson
 (1965)
                                                                           m
                                                                           o
                                                                           X
                                                                        Jones
                                                                          (1938)
                                                                                                                                                Jones
                                                                                                                                                  (1948)
Wallen, et al
 (1957)


Crandall and
 Goodnight
 (1962)

-------
o
I
m
3
o
p Chemical Organism
5 Lead Tubificid
O nitrate worms
S
X
H
C Lead Gambusia
m oxide affinis
0
~" Lead Salmo
^ salts gairdnerii
m
S
O
r




Lithium Carassius
chloride carassius


•j>
i
OO
o
Lithium Daphnia
chloride magna

D-lysergic Notemigonis
acid crysoleucas
Cyprinus
carp/o
Csrasm/s
aurafus
Rhinichthys
atratulus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Notropis
comutus
Lepomis
gibbosus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Perca
flavescens
Catostomus
commersoni
Ameiurus
nabulosus
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'1) Location (2) ppm(3) or Noted'4) Comments
BSA — 49.0 (T1 A) ac Knop's solution was used. TLm levels for various pHs were
27.5 (T1 A) determined for the tubificids and were found to be 5.8 to
9.7. Lead nitrate was more toxic at pH extremes of 6.5
and 8.5 than at 7.5.

BSA — 56,000 (T2A) acdeg The effect of turbidity on the toxicity on the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
BSA — (O) ae This is a study of the effect of varying dissolved oxygen con-
centrations on the toxicity of selected chemicals.
The toxicity of heavy metals, ammonia, and monohydric
phenols increased as the dissolved oxygen in water was
reduced. The most obvious reaction of fish to lowered
oxygen content is to increase the volume of water passed
over the gills, and this may increase the amount of poison
reaching the surface of the gill epithelium.
The concentration of the chemical in the water was not
specified.
BSA — (O) a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
~~ possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.1 66N solution, fish survived 234 minutes.
BSA — <7.2 (S) a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
~ threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
BSA — (0) a Lysergic acid and 45 of its derivatives were tested on a wide
variety of aquatic animals. Various concentrations of the
chemicals were used, from 0.5 to as high as 12.0 ppm. In
nearly all cases, the chemical caused involuntary surfacing
of the fish with no mortality at the above concentrations.

















Reference
(Year)
Whitley
(1968)



Wallen, et al
(1957)

Lloyd
(1961)








Powers
(1918)




Anderson
(1948)

Loeb, et al
(1965)




















TJ
•o
m
Z
O

-------
    Magnesium
     chloride
    Magnesium
     chloride
      Magnesium
       chloride

      Magnesium
       chloride

oo
^-    Magnesium
       nitrate
    Magnesium
     nitrate

O
m
?  Magnesium
 j   nitrate
    Magnesium
     sulfate
C  Magnesium
•{>   sulfate
to
O  Magnesium
j£   sulfate
§
O
Sal mo
 trutta
Cottus
 cognatus
Boleosoma
 nigrum
Rana
 pipiens
Carassius
 carassius
Daphnia
 magna

Gambusia
 affinis

Daphnia
 magna

Carassius
 carassius
Casterosteus
 aculeatus
Biomorpholaria
 a. alexandrina
Gambusia
 affinis

Biomorpholaria
 a. alexandrina
Bulinus
 truncatus
Daphnia
 magna
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
 (eggs)
BSA
(O)
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                            740 (O)
                            17,750 (T2A)
                            3,391 (T1A)
                            3,489 (T4A)

                            (O)
BSA
BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
300 (K10)





(O)



15,500 (T2A)



(0)

4000 (K1A)

3,803 (T4A)

19,000 (T1A)

10,530 (T1A)
   a           This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,    Powers
   ~~            possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-        (1918)
                perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
                goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
                work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
               In 0.313N solution, fish survived 88 minutes.
   a           Lake Erie water was used as diluent.  Toxicity given as          Anderson
   ~~            threshold concentration producing immobilization for          (1948)
                exposure periods of 64 hr.
a c d e g        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was      Wallen, et al
                studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"          (1957)
                turbidity.  Additional data are presented.
  a c           "Standard reference water" was described and used as well      Dowden and
  ~~             as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalu-         Bennett
                ations were made in various types of water.                    (1965)
   a           This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemi-       Powers
   ~~            cals, possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of        (1918)
                temperature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of
                the goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with
                earlier work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
               In 0.229N solution, fish survived 107 minutes.
   —           Solutions were made up in tap water 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-      Jones
                back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper        (1939)
                points out that there is a marked relationship between the
                toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
                with low solution pressures were the most toxic,

   a           The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis           Gohar and
                chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature.            EI-Gindy
                B. a. alexandrina tolerated a 24-hour exposure to 6200 ppm     (1961)
                at 20 C.
a c d e g        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals         Wallen, et al
                was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"      (1957)
                turbidity.  Additional data are presented.

   a           The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis           Gohar and
                chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature.            EI-Gindy
                The temperature at which (K1A) occurred was 26 C for         (1961)
                Bulinus. The tolerance for Biomorpholaria was 6200 ppm.

  £C           "Standard reference  water" was described and used as well       Dowden and
                as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalu-         Bennett
                ations were made in various types of water.                     (1965)
                                                                                                                *
                                                                                                                •o
                                                                                                                m
                                                                                                                Z
                                                                                                                O
                                                                                                                X

-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
£
X
c
3>
m
O
-n
O
m
—
j>
C)








>
0
j






















Chemical
Malachite
green

Malachite
green

Malachite
green
(oxalate salt)
Malachite
green




Malachite
green










Malachite
green






Malachite
green



Maleic
anhydride

Maleic
hydrazide

Organism
Ictalurus
punctatus

Microcystis
aeruginosa

Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
Micropterus
salmoides
(fry)
Lepomis
macrochirus
(fry)
Salmo
gairdnerii
Salmo
trutta
Salvelinus
f on final is
Salvelinus
namaycush
Ictalurus
punctatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Rasbora
heteromorpha




Salmo
gairdnerii
Rasbora
heteromorpha

Gambusia
affinis

Salmo
gairdnerii

Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
StudyCl) Location<2) ppm(3)
BSA - 0.19 (K2)
0.14 (T2A)

L - 100 (K)


BSA - 0.14 (K1A)


BSA - 0.025 (SB3)


0.001 (SB3)


BSA - 0.39 (T2A)

0.34 (T2A)

0.26 (T2A)

0.40 (T2A)

0.20 (T2A)

0.11 (T2A)

BCFA - 0.04
(threshold)






BSA - (0)

(0)


BSA - 240 (T2A)


BSA - 85(T1A)
56 (T2A)

Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW) Comments
a c f i The experiment was conducted at 77 C.


a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1x10°
~~ to 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10
medium was used.
a Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
~ presented.

a c d e f p At least 90 percent of the fry survived for a period of
72 hours at the concentration listed.




f Variance and the 95-percent confidence interval (C.I.) were
also determined.










a d e Aerated hard water was used. Threshold concentrations
were examined by 4 methods.
1. Long term — survival related to concentration.
2. Short term — percentage kill in narrow range of
concentrations.
3. Comparison of survival times.
4. Extrapolation of short-term results by plotting
velocity of death against log of concentration.
f This report derives a mathematical equation for determining
a threshold concentration for a toxicant. A concentration
of 0.048 ppm of the compound will kill 50% of trout in
about 18 days. 0.122 ppm was lethal to 50% in two and
a half days.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a e Most of the weed-killer formulations in this study consisted
of more than one substance, i.e., oils, emulsif iers, stabilizers.
and other adjuvants.
Reference
(Year)
Clemens and
Sneed
(1958)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)

Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Jones
(1965)




Willford
(1966)










Abram
(1967)











Wallen, et al
(1957)

Alabaster
(1956)

m
z
o

X

>

-------
      Malonic
       acid
      Manganese
OJ
Manganese
 chloride

Manganese
 chloride

Manganese
 disodium
 versenate
Manganese
 nitrate
Lepomis
 macrochirus

Lebistes
 reticulatus
Bufo
 valliceps
 (tadpoles)
Daphnia
 magna
Daphnia
 magna

Limnaea
 palustris
 (eggs)
Channel
 catfish
 (fingerlings)
Gasterosteus
 acu/eatus
                      BSA
                                              BSA
                                              BSA
                                              BSA
                                              BSA


CHEMICALS
z
o
2
X
~i
•33
m
CO
O
-n
O
^
Mercuric
acetate


Mercuric
chloride

Mercuric
chloride
Mercuric
chloride
Cylindrospermum
lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
pa/ea (Np)
Gasterosteus
acu/eatus

Balanus
balanoides
Pygosteus
pungitius
                                                  150 (T1A)


                                                  10,000 (K)

                                                  10,000 (K)


                                                  1,000 (K)
                                                                          50(0)
                                                  5x TO'5 M
                                                   (K1)

                                                  >500 (K1A)
                                                                          40(K10)
                                                                          2.0 (O)
                      BSA





                      BSA

                      BCF
                                                                          0.008 (K10)





                                                                          1.0(0)

                                                                          (O)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well      Dowden and
 as lake water.  Varied results were obtained when evalu-         Bennett
 ations were made in various types of water.                    (1965)
It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered      Shaw and
 are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl     Grushkin
 group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates      (1967)
 that the metals which form  the most insoluble sulfides are
 the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal
 ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product con-
 stant of the metal sulf ide  — a treatment that does not lend
 itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only an
 approximate concentration  interpolated from a graph.
 Time of death was not specified.
Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as          Anderson
 threshold concentration producing immobilization for          (1948)
 exposure periods of 64 hr.
Toxicity is given in molar concentrations for maximum direct   Morrill
 mortality (kill) in 4 hours.                                   (1963)

Tap water was used.  Considerable additional data are           Clemens and
 presented.                                                  Sneed
                                                            (1959)
Solutions were made up in  tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-     Jones
 back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper        (1939)
 points out that there is a marked  relationship between the
 toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
 with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th,  14th, and 21st days    Palmer and
 to give the following (T =  toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par-       Maloney
 tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number    (1955)
 indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
  Cl  -T (3)
  Ma-T (3)
  So  - T (3)
  Cv  - T (3)
  Gp-T(3)
  Np-T(3)
                                                                                      Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-     Jones
                                                                                        back fish were used as experimental animals.  This paper        (1939)
                                                                                        points out that there is a marked relationship between the
                                                                                        toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
                                                                                        with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
                                                                                      The concentration listed was lethal to 90% of adult barnacles    Clarke
                                                                                        in 2 days.                                                  (1947)
                                                                                      The fish were immersed in solutions  of 0.003, 0.002, 0.0003,    Jones
                                                                                        and 0.00004N mercuric chloride. Survival times in these        (1947)
                                                                                        solutions were respectively, 14, 22, 31, and 100 minutes.
                                                                                                                                                                  I
                                                                                                                                                                  m
                                                                                                                                                                  O
                                                                                                                                                                  X

-------
CHEMICALS
>
2
0
Z
3
c
3}
m
w
O
Tl
O
I
m
S
o
>
c








>
2























Chemical
Mercuric
chloride

Mercuric
chloride

Mercuric
chloride



Mercuric
chloride




Mercuric
iodide




Mercury









Mercury


Mercury
compounds









Organism
Daphnia
magna

BOD


Sewage
organisms



Sewage
organisms




Anemia
salina
Acartia
clausi
Elminius
modestus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Bufo
valliceps
(tadpoles)
Daphnia
magna



Maia
squinado

Esox
leucius









Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study*1) Location(2) ppm(3)
BSA - <0.006 (O)


L - 1.0 (O)


BOD - (O)




BOD - 0.61 (TC50)





BSA - 31.0IO)

1.7 (0)

2.6 (O)

BSA - 0.01 (K)

0.1 (K)


0.1 (K)




BSA - 10 (SB 28)


FL Denmark (O)










Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted**) Comments
a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hr.
j "Toxicity is expressed as 80 percent reduction in oxygen
utilization.

— There was a slow increase in toxicity of mercury from 0.02
to 0.2 ppm. Beyond this there was a sharp rise in the
toxicity until at approximately 2.0 ppm there was com-
plete bacteriostasis or an absence of BOD at this
concentration.
a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index
~ for industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxy-
gen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
and each chemical classified.
a c All tests were conducted in seawater.
Toxicity values reported are relative to that of mercuric
chloride expressed as unity.
Mechanism of action is discussed, as well as synergistic action
of two poisons administered simultaneously.

ace It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulf ides are
the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal
ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product con-
stant of the metal sulfide — a treatment that does not lend
itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only an
approximate concentration interpolated from a graph.
Time of death was not specified.
— Results showed that the highest mercury concentrations oc-
curred in the gills and internal organs. Concentrations
were minute in the blood and there was none in the urine.
— Mercury may become a water contaminant from seed dress-
ings in agriculture, fungicides in pulp and paper mills, and
from the chlorine alkali industry. Pike was chosen as an
indicator organism, and many analyses were given for mer-
cury content of pike. In water with a mercury content of
0.07 ppb, pike were found with a concentration of 3000
times that concentration. Analyses were reported of pike
containing from 60 to 2500 ppb. One value as high as
8000 ppb was reported.
There are many organisms capable of accumulating mercury
from water.
Reference
(Year)
Anderson
(1948)

Ingols
(1955)

Ingols
(1954)



Hermann
(1959)




Corner and
Sparrow
(1956)



Shaw and
Grushkin
(1967)







Corner
(1959)

Johnels, et al
(1967)






























>
^
TJ
m
Z
0


>





















-------
    Methanol
*>
oo
    2'-methoxy-5'-
     chloro-3-nitro-
     salicylanilide
    Methyl
     alcohol
    Methyl
     alcohol
    Methyl
     alcohol
    Methylamine
2   HCI
m
§
O  p-methylamino-
>   phenol
W
O
§
X  2'-methyl-3'-
^   chloro-3-nitro-
3)   salicylanilide
m
W
O
•n
O
m
2
                       Sewage
                        organisms
                        Sea
                         lamprey
                         (larva)
                        Salmo
                         gairdneri
                         (fingerling)

                        Carassius
                         carassius
                                              BOD
BSA
BSA
(NTE)






0.7 (LD100)


1.0(LD25)



(O)
                                              See
                                                Applegate,
                                                et al
                                                (1957-1958)
                        Daphnia
                         magna
BSA
                            32,000 (O)
                        Semotilus
                         atromaculatus
                        Microcystis
                         aeruginosa


                        Daphnia
                         magna
                        Sea
                         lamprey
                         (larva)
                        Salmo
                         gairdneri
                         (fingerling)
BSA
BSA
                            8,000 to
                             17,000 (CR)
                            100 (K)
0.5 (K2)
                                              BSA
                            0.7 (LD100)


                            1.0(LD25)
                  See
                    Applegate,
                    et al
                    (1957-1958)
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for     Hermann
  industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-      (1959)
  tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
  utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams depict-
  ing the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and
  each chemical classified.
This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-     Starkey and
  salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout       Howell
  as a function of  substituent loci.                               (1966)
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals.   Powers
 possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tern-        (1918)
 perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
 goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
 work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a concentration of 25 cc per liter, fish survived 206
 minutes.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-     Anderson
 stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use      (1944)
 of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
 diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was de-
 fined as the highest concentration  which would just fail to
 immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
 infinite) exposure.
Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A      Gillette, et al
 typical water analysis is given.  Toxicity is expressed as the       (1952)
 "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concen-
 tration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr
 and above which all test fish died.  Additional data are
 presented.
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 106 to    Fitzgerald, et al
 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume.  Chu  No. 10 medium       (1952)
 was used.
An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with     Sollman
 the chemical reactivity of selected  chemical substances.          (1949)
 Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
 aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
 the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
 systemic administration.

This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-     Starkey and
 salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout        Howell
 as a function of substituent loci.                               (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                                          m
                                                                                                                                                                                          O

-------
CHEMICALS
>
0
s
X
H
3)
m
u>
O
-n
O
I
m

O
r









t
c»






















Chemical
2'-methyl-4'-
chloro-3-mtro-
5alicylanilide




2'-methyl-5'-
chloro-3-nitro-
sahcylanilide



Methyldodecyl-
benzyl trimethyl
ammonium
chloride








Methyl dodecyl
benzyl trimethyl
ammonium
chloride plus
tridecyl methyl
hydroxy ethyl
imidazolinium
chloride




1,T-methylenedi-
2-naphthol
[bis(2-hydroxy-
naphthyl)
methane]





Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Organism Study'D Location(2) ppm(3)
Sea BSA - 0.5 (LD10o>
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo 0.7 (LD25)
gairdneri
(fingerling)

Sea BSA - 0.5 (LD-|0o)
lamprey
(larva)
Salmo 0.9 (LD25)
gairdneri
(fingerling)
Cylindrospermum L — 2.0 (O)
licheniforme (CD
Gleocapsa
sp(G)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum L — 2.0 (0)
licheniforme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Ptychocheilus FR Idaho (O)
oregonensis








Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted!4) Comments
See This paper deals with the comparative toxicity of halonitro-
Applegate, salicylanilides to sea lamprey and fingerling rainbow trout
et al as a function of substituent loci.
(1957-1958)



See Comment same as above.
Applegate,
et al
(1957-1958)


a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT = par-
tially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No number
indicates observation is for entire test period of 21 days):
Cl -T (3),PT (7)
G - PT (3)
So -T (14)
Cv - PT (7)
Gp-T (14)
Np-T (14)


a Comment same as above except that:
~ Cl - NT
Ma - NT
So -PT (14)
Cv -PT (14)
Gp-NT
Np - NT





a The creek was treated with 0.75 Ib of chemical. Surface tem-
perature remained at 61 F during the 3-hr treatment. The
inlet of the stream was treated with 0.05 ppm for 2 hr
after the lagoon was treated.
Four and one-half hours after the start of the treatment, four
northern squawf ish were found dead. The next morning
numerous dead squawf ish were observed on the bottom of
the lagoon.
No live squawf ish were seen and no dead fish of any other
species were observed.
Reference
(Year)
Starkey and
Howell
(1966)




Starkey and
Howell
(1966)



Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









MacPhee and
Ruelle
(1968)







•o
m
Z
O

-------
;>
oo
      1,1'-methylenedi-
      2-naphthol
      [bis(2-hydroxy-
      naphthyl)
      methane]
                      BSA
Ptychocheilus
 oregonensis
Onchorhynchus
 tshawytscha
Onchorhynchus
 kisutch
Sal mo
 gairdneri
      Methylene blue — see Appendix B
Methyl
 mercaptan
Methyl
 mercury
 chloride
Onchorlynchus
 tshawytscha
Oncorhyncus
 kisutch
Sal mo clarkii
 clarkii
Venus
 japonica
Hurmomya
 mutabilis
                                             BSA
                                                            Japan
                                                                   0.006 (K4A)

                                                                   0.008 (K4A)

                                                                   0.010(K4A)

                                                                   0.015 (K4A)
                                                 0.9 (K5)

                                                 1.75 (K5)

                                                 1.2IK5)

                                                 (0)




g
in
S
£

CO
z
0


c
3)
m
CO
O
Tl
o
X
m
2
o
>
»™
Methyl
mercury
dicyandiamide
Methyl
methacrylate






2-methyl-
naphtho-
quinone









Procambarus
clarkii
(juvenile)
Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Carassius
auratus
Lebistes
reticulatus
Pomoxis
nigromaculatus
Notropis
atherinoides
atherinoides
Hyborhynchus
notatus
Ambloplites
rupestris
rupestris
Hum
salmoides
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                                 0.083 (T5A)



                                                 150IT4A)

                                                 250(T4A)

                                                 240 (T4A)

                                                 420(T4A)

                                                 0.3 to 0.6
                                                  (K1-2)
                                                                                          a e           Experiments were conducted in vessels containing 10 liters
                                                                                          ~~             of water.
                                                                                                       Temperature was held at 65 F.

                                                                                                       Temperature was held at 60 F.

                                                                                                       Temperature was held at 55 F.

                                                                                                       Temperature was held at 50 F.

                                                                                                       This chemical had no toxic effect upon Chinook salmon,
                                                                                                        Coho salmon or steelhead trout at the temperature and
                                                                                                        concentration indicated for squawfish.
                                                                                         a_d e          This chemical is one of a number that may be found in Kraft
                                                                                                        mill waste effluents. Data are expressed as minimum lethal
                                                                                                        concentration for 5 days.
                                                                                           —           Human beings, cats, and waterfowl eating shellfish from
                                                                                                        Minamata Bay all succumbed to a strange poisoning. At
                                                                                                        autopsy, clinicopathological changes similar to those
                                                                                                        induced in mercury poisoning, were found in the
                                                                                                        cerebellum, and the cerebral cortices. The shellfish were
                                                                                                        examined chemically and were found to contain as much
                                                                                                        as 85 mg/kg. The mercury compound was identified and
                                                                                                        found in the effluent waste from a chemical plant making
                                                                                                        acetyldehyde. A  treatment was found to eliminate the
                                                                                                        pollutant.
                                                                                         a c d o         The pesticides studied in this report are widely used in rice
                                                                                                        culture in Louisiana and are toxic to crawfish.

                                                                                       ji c d e f        Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one half,
                                                                                                        or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt was made
                                                                                                        to estimate  100 percent survival.
                                                                                                            Aerated spring water was used as the test medium. Effective
                                                                                                             algicidal concentrations were also toxic to fish.
                                                                                                                                               McPhee and
                                                                                                                                                Ruelle
                                                                                                                                                (1968)
                                                                                                                                                                      Haydu, et al
                                                                                                                                                                       (1952)
                                                                                                                                               Irukayama
                                                                                                                                                (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                                      o
                                                                                                                                                                                      X
                                                                                                                                                                Hendrick and
                                                                                                                                                                 Everett
                                                                                                                                                                 (1965)
                                                                                                                                                                Pickering and
                                                                                                                                                                 Henderson
                                                                                                                                                                 (1966)
                                                                                                                                                                Fitzgerald, et al
                                                                                                                                                                 (1952)

-------
CHEMICALS
>
jj
0
§
X
H
3)
m
VI
O
-n
O
I
m
S
O
>
£







;>
00
OO















Chemical
5'-methyl-o-
salicylanisidide










Methyl vinyl
ketone

Molybdic
anhydride

Monoamyl-
amine




Mono-n-
butylamine
Monoethyl-
ethanolamine
Mono-
isobutylamine
Mono-iso-
propylamine
Mono-
methylamine
Mono-n-
propylamine
Mono-sec-
butylamine
Naphthenic
acid
Organism
Sa/mo
gairdnerii
Carassius
a u rat us








Sewage
microorganisms

Pimephales
promelas

Semotilus
atromaculatus




Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
a tro macula tus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Semotilus
a tro macula tus
Semotilus
atromaculatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Bioassay
or Field
Study (1)
BSA











BOD


BSA


BSA





BSA

BSA

BSA

BSA

BSA

BSA

BSA

BSA

Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location^) ppm<3) or Noted'4*
10 (K2) a

10 (K2)









1.5(O)


(H)370(T4A) acdf
(S) 70 (T4A)

30 to 50 (CR) ae





- 3(3 to 70 (CR) a e

40 to 70 (CR) a e

20 to 60 (CR) ae

40 to 80 (CR) ae

10 to 30 (CR) ae

40 to 60 (CR) ae

20 to 60 (CR) a e

5.6 (T4A) ace

Comments
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their relative
position(s) in the molecule.

The chemical was studied as to how low levels (ppm) may
affect BOD in domestic sewage. The chemical was toxic
at the level stated.
Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.


Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water.
A typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as
the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that con-
centration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for
24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional data
are presented.
Comment same as above.

Comment same as above.

Comment same as above.

Comment same as above.

Comment same as above.

Comment same as above.

Comment same as above.

Increase in temperature seemed to increase toxicity of this
chemical. Low dissolved oxygen reduced toxicity of some
Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)










Oberton and
Stack
(1957)
Tarzwell and
Henderson
(1960)
Gillette, et al
(1952)




Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Gillette, et al
(1952)
Cairns
(1957)





















>
TJ
"O
m
z
o
X
>













chemicals in this study.  Toxicity values may be 20%
higher in hard versus soft water.

-------
oo
Naphthenic
 acid
Naphthenic
 acid
Naphthenic
 acid
Naphthenic
 acids
     Naphthenic
      acids
    Naphthenic
     acids

    Naphthenic
     acid (a) -
     cyanide  (b) -
     chromium (c)
     mixture
5  Naphthalene
Q  a-naphthol
S
25
C  b-naphthol
OJ
m
J?  1,4-naphtho-
-n  quinone
O
m
S
9
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Physa
 heterostropha

Lepomis
 macrochirus
Physa
 heterostropha
Nitzschia
 linearis
Physa
 heterostropha
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Physa
 heterostropha
Brachydanio
 rerio
 (adults)
 (eggs)
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lepomis
 macrochirus

Lepomis
 macrochirus
Cambusia
 affinis

Microcystis
 aeruginosa

Microcystis
 aeruginosa
Microcystis
 aeruginosa
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                       BSA
                     BSA
                      BSA
                     BSA
                                                                       (N) 5.6 (T4A)
                                                                       (L) 2.0 (T4A)
                                                                       (N) 6.6-7.5
                                                                        (T4A) N
                                                                       (L) 2.0 (T4A) L
                                                                       5.6 (T4A)
                                                                       2.0 (T4A)
                                                                       6.6-7.5 (T4A)
                                                                       2.0 (T4A)
                                                                       43.1 (T5A)

                                                                       6.6-7.5 (T4A)

                                                                       5.6 (T4A)

                                                                       5.79 (T4A)

                                                                       6.60 (T1A)
                                                                                                            Modified Chu No. 14 test medium was used. Toxicity is given  Cairns and
                                                                                                             both for "normal" 02 (5-9 ppm), (N), and with "low" C>2      Scheier
                                                                                                             (2 ppm DO), (L). High and low threshold concentration and   (1958)
                                                                                                             concentration percent of survival are also presented.
                                                                   16.3 (T2A)
                                                                   3.5 (T2A)
                                                                   5.6 (T2A)

                                                                   5.6 (T4A)
                                                                   (a) 4.74 (T4A)
                                                                   (b) .026 (T4A)
                                                                   (c) 0.019 (T4A)
                                                                   165(T2A)


                                                                   100 (K)


                                                                   100 (K)

                                                                   100 (K)
                                                                        a e           Normal oxygen content in water.
                                                                                     Low oxygen content in water.
                                                                                     Normal oxygen content in water.
                                                                                     Low oxygen content in water.
                                                                       ace          The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
                                                                                      there was a constant relationship between the responses of
                                                                                      these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
                                                                                      apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
                                                                                      advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
                                                                                      web be made in any situation.

                                                                      ££^L         "*"n's cnerr|ical is a mixture of compounds with a general
                                                                                      formula of CnH2N-C>2, CnH2N-4C>2, or CnH2N-6C>2,
                                                                                      which are widely used in insecticidal formulations. The
                                                                                      experiments were conducted in a synthetic dilution water
                                                                                      of controlled chemical composition. In hard water, the
                                                                                      chemical was somewhat less toxic.
                                                                      a.£.fL5JL        The test dilutions were  made up from distilled water and ACS
                                                                                      grade chemicals. Temperature was held at 24 C and the
                                                                                      solution was aerated to maintain a dissolved oxygen content
                                                                                      of 5-9 ppm.
                                                                      a c d e         All fish were acclimatized for 2 weeks in a synthetic dilution
                                                                                      water.

                                                                      a c d e         Comment same as above.
                                                                      a c d e g       The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
                                                                                     studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
                                                                                     turbidity. Additional data are presented.
                                                                         a_          The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture. 1 x 10^ to
                                                                                     2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. CHU No. 10 medium
                                                                                     was used.
                                                                         a          Comment same as above.

                                                                      a, etc         Comment same as above.
                                                                                                                                                                      Cairns
                                                                                                                                                                       (1965)
                                                                                                                                                                     Patrick, et al
                                                                                                                                                                       (1968)
                                                                                                                                                                     Cairns and
                                                                                                                                                                      Scheier
                                                                                                                                                                      (1962)
                                                                                                                                                                Cairns, et al
                                                                                                                                                                 (1965)
                                                                                                                                                                     Cairns and
                                                                                                                                                                      Scheier
                                                                                                                                                                      (1968)
                                                                                                                                                                     Cairns and
                                                                                                                                                                      Scheier
                                                                                                                                                                      (1968)
                                                                                                                                                                     Wallen, et al
                                                                                                                                                                      (1957)
                                                                                                                                                                     Fitzgerald, et al
                                                                                                                                                                      (1952)
                                                                                                                                                                     Fitzgerald, et al
                                                                                                                                                                      (1952)
                                                                                                                                                                     Fitzgerald, et al
                                                                                                                                                                      (1952)
                                                                                                                                                              •o
                                                                                                                                                              m
                                                                                                                                                              Z
                                                                                                                                                              D
                                                                                                                                                              X

-------
o
I
m
S
o
£ Chemical
tn
5 1,4-naphtho-
O quinone
S
X
-l
c
3)
m
en
O
Tl
O
g a-naphthylamine
O
>
Eo








b-naphtha-
quinoline










Nickel

Nickel









Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study '1'
Pomoxis BSA
n/gromaculatus
Notropis
atherinoides
Hyborhynchus
notatus
Ambloplites
rupestris
Huro
salmoides
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chi ore! la
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum L
licheniforme (Cl)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Rainbow FR
trout
Lebistes L
reticulatus
Bufo
valliceps
(tadpoles)
Daphnia
magna



Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location^) ppm<3)
0.3 to 0.6
(K1-2)








2.0(0)











2.0 (O)











Scotland 25 (T2)

10 (K)

100 (K)


10 (K)




Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW Comments
e Aerated spring water was used as the test medium. Effective
algicidal concentrations were also toxic to fish.








a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic.
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl -PT (7)
Ma -T
So -T (7)
Cv -T (7),PT (21)
Gp-T (7),PT (21)
Np -T (3),PT (7)

a Comment same as above except that
Cl -PT
Ma -NT
So -PT
Cv -PT (7)
Gp-T(7),PT(21)
Np-T (3),PT (7)





a c e f I m This work represents an extension of laboratory studies of
the toxicity of complex effluents to investigations of rivers.
ace It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulfides are
the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the metal
ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product
constant of the metal sulfide — a treatment that does not
lend itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only
an approximate concentration interpolated from a graph.
Time of death was not specified.
Reference
(Year)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)








Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Herbert, et al
(1965)
Shaw and
Grushkin
(1967)




























^
TJ
m


X
^




















-------
    Nickel
     ammonium
     sulfate
    Nickel
     chloride

    Nickel
     chloride
Nickelous
 chloride

NickeJ
 chloride

Nickel
 chloride
S
O
O
S
X
Nickel-
 cyanide
 complex

Nickel cyanide
 complex
 [sodium
 cyanide
 (600 ppm CN-)
 plus nickelous
 sulfate
 (355 ppm NO]
ni  Nickel-
_   ferrocyanide
-n   complex
O
m
2
o
 Sewage
  organisms
Daphnia
 magna

Sewage
 organisms
                      BOD
                                                                       134(0)
                                            BSA
                                            BOD
Pimephales
 promelas


LJmnaea
 paJustris
 (eggs)

Pimephales
 promelas
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Carassius
 auratus
Lebistes
 reticulatus
Lepomis
 macrochirus
 (juvenile)


Pimephales
 promelas
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                  Pimephales
                   promelas
                                            BSA
                                                                   <0.7 (O)
                                                                       38(0)
                                                 (H) 24 (T4A)
                                                 (S) 4 (T4A)

                                                 8x 10-6M
                                                                                             acdf
                                                 (S) 5.18(T4A)
                                                 (H) 42.4 (T4A)
                                                 (S) 5.18 (T4A)
                                                 (H) 39.6 (T4A)
                                                 (S) 9.82 (T4A)

                                                 (S) 4.45 (T4A)

                                                 (O)
                                                 0.95 (T4A)
                                                                                             c d e f
                                                                                            a c d f p
                                                                                             a cd
                                                 1.0 ppm CN"
                                                 0.8 ppm Cu
                                                 0.4 ppm Fe
                                                  (non-toxic
                                                  after 4 days)
Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
 affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
 as how they affected the processing of sewage in the treat-
 ment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure the
 effect of the chemical. The chemical concentration cited is
 the ppm required to reduce the BOD values by 50%. This
 chemical was tested  in an unbuffered system.
Lake Erie water was used as  diluent. Toxicity given as
 threshold concentration producing immobilization for
 exposure periods of  64 hr.
Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
 affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
 as how they affected the processing of sewage in the treat-
 ment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure the
 effect of the chemical. The chemical concentration cited is
 the ppm required to reduce the BOD values by 50%. This
 chemical was tested  in an unbuffered system.
Both hard (H) and soft (S) water were used.
                                                                                                           Toxicity is given in molar concentrations for maximum
                                                                                                            direct mortality (kill) in 4 hours.

                                                                                                           (S) Soft water
                                                                                                           (H) Hard water
                                                                                                           Values are expressed as mg/l of metal.
                                                                                                                                                                 Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                  (1957)
                                                                                                                                                                 Anderson
                                                                                                                                                                   (1948)

                                                                                                                                                                 Sheets
                                                                                                                                                                   (1957)
                                                                                                                                                                 Tarzwell and
                                                                                                                                                                  Henderson
                                                                                                                                                                  (1960)

                                                                                                                                                                 Morrill
                                                                                                                                                                  (1963)

                                                                                                                                                                 Pickering and
                                                                                                                                                                  Henderson
                                                                                                                                                                  (1965)
                                                                                                           In solution with a calculated CN content of 100 to 500 ppm,    Doudoroff, et a\
                                                                                                            the median resistance time was 143 to 540 min.  There         (1966)
                                                                                                            was no apparent correlation between median resistance time
                                                                                                            and concentration.
                                                                                                           Synthetic soft water was used. Toxicity data given as number   Doudoroff, et al
                                                                                                            of test fish surviving after exposure at 24, 48, and 96 hr. TLm   (1956)
                                                                                                            values were estimated by straight-line graphical interpolation
                                                                                                            and given in ppm CN". Additional toxicity data in which total
                                                                                                            alkalinity was varied, 730 (T-4) with 192 ppm CaCOs
                                                                                                            alkalinity.
                                                                                                           Synthetic soft water was used. Toxicity data given as number   Doudoroff, et al
                                                                                                            of test fish surviving.                                        (1956)

-------
CHEMICALS
2j
D
S
X
-I
c
m

O
o

m
S
O
r;
to








>
3
\
























Chemical
Nickel
nitrate



Nickel
nitrate





Nickel
sulfate
Nickel
sulfate










Nitric
acid





Nitric
acid

3-nitro-4
acetoxybenzoic
acid









Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study^)
Gasterosteus BSA
aculeatus



Sewage BOD
organisms





Sewage BOD
organisms
Salmo BSA
gairdneri
Salmo
trutta
Salvelinus
fontina/is
Salvelinus
namaycush
Ictalurus
punctatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia BSA
magna





Gambusia BSA
affinis

Cylindorspermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus /So)
Chlorella
variegate (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Opt
Nitzschia
pa/ea (Nf>)
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location(2) ppm(3)
0.8 (K10)




64 (0)






16 (O)

160(T2A)

270 (T2A)

242 (T2A)

75 (T2A)

165 (T2A)

495 (T2A)

107 (O)






75 (T2A)


2.0 (0)











Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW) Comments
— Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
— Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
as how they affected the processing of sewage in the treat-
ment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure
the effect of the chemical. The chemical concentration
cited is the ppm required to reduce the BOD values by
50%. This chemical was tested in an unbuffered system.
— Comment same as above.

a f Variance and the 95-percent confidence interval (C.I.) were
also determined.










a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined
by the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration
was defined as the highest concentration which would just
fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposures.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic.
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl -NT
Ma - NT
So - NT
Cv -NT
Gp - NT
Np — NT

Reference
(Year)
Jones
(1939)



Sheets
(1957)





Sheets
(1957)
Willford
(1966)










Anderson
(1944)





Wallen, et al
(1957)

Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)





























^
T3
•o
m
z
g
x

^






















-------
    3-nitrobenz-
     anilide
c
30
m
O
m
     Nitrobenzene
     3-nitro-4-
      methoxy-
      benzoic
      acid
    4'-nitro-o-
     salicylanisidide
O
m
§
O
o-nitro-
 phenol

p-nitrophenyl-
 hydrazine
 hydrochloride
p-nitrophenyl-
 hydrazine
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
BSA
                             10 (K2)

                             10 (K2)
Sewage
 organisms
Cylin drospermum
 lichen/forme fCt)
Microcystis
 aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
 obliquus (So)
Chlorella
 variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
 parvulum (Gpi
Nitzschia
 palea (Np)
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Carassius
 auratus
                                              BOD
                                                                          630 (TC50)
                            2.0 (0)
BSA
                             10 (K 3 hr)

                             10 (K2)
Lepomis
 macmchirus

Microcystis
 aeruginosa

Microcystis
 aeruginosa
                                              BSA
                                                                          46.3-51.6
                                                                           (T2A)

                                                                          50 (K)
                                                                          100 (K)
                                                 a cd e f g i o
                                                                                                  a, etc
                                                                                                  a, etc
This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
 tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
 to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
 salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
 selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish.  Salicylanilides
 were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes.  The ortho
 hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
 activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
 salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
 Similar findings are reported for halogens and their rela-
 tive position(s) in the molecule.
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
 industrial wastes.  Results are recorded as the toxic con-
 centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of
 oxygen utilization as compared to  controls.  Five toxi-
 grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
 devised and  each chemical classified.
Observations  were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
 days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic,
 PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
 No number  indicates observation is for entire test period
 of 21 days):
   Cl  - NT
   Ma - PT (3)
   So - PT (7)
   Cv - PT (3)
   Gp-T(3)
   Np - NT

This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
 tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
 to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
 salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
 selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish.  Salicylanilides
 were more toxic than benzanilides  to the fishes. The ortho
 hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
 activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
 salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
 Similar findings are reported for  halogens and their rela-
 tive position(s) in the molecule.
Assays are completely described and autopsy data are
 reported.

The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^ to
 2 x 10^ cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
 was used.
Comment same as above.
Walker, et al
  (1966)
                                                                                                                               Hermann
                                                                                                                                (1959)
Palmer and
 Maloney
 (1955)
                                                                                                                                                                                             I
                                                                                                                                                                                             m
                                                                                                                                                                                             O
Walker, et al
 (1966)
Lammering and
 Burbank
 (1961)

Fitzgerald, et al
 (1952)


Fitzgerald, et al
 (1952)

-------
COMMERCE
>•
0
i
m
S
O
-o

O
O
c
0
H








^
^C
-fc.












Chemical
2' nitro-p-
solicylanilide










3-nitro-2',6'-
sahcyloxylidide


3-nitrosah-
cylanilide


3-nitro-2'.3-
salicyloxylidide


3-nitro-2',5-
salicyloxyl-
idide

3-nitro-2',4'-
salicyloxyl-
idide

Organism
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus








Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Studyd) Location<2) ppm(3)
BSA - 10(K3hr)

10 (K 3hr)









BSA - 10 (K2)

10 (K2)

BSA - 10 (K2A)

10 (K2A)

BSA - 1.0 (K2A)

10.0 (K2A)

BSA - 10.0 (K 3 hr)

10.0 (K2)

BSA - 1.0 (K2)

10.0 (K 3 hr)

Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW Comments
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical
structures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and
their toxicity to rainbow trout and goldfish. The
chemical structure of salicylanilides and benzanilides
was related to toxicity and selectivity to rainbow
trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides were more toxic
than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho hydroxy
substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to
fish. Similar findings are reported for halogens and
their relative position (s) in the molecule.
a Comment same as above.



a Comment same as above.



a Comment same as above.



a Comment same as above.



a Comment same as above.



Reference
(Year)
Walker, et al
(1966)










Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)


Walker, et al
(1966)


1
m
Z
O

-------
Nonyl
phenol
ethoxylate










p-octyl
diphenylamine
Salmo
gairdnerii
(12 days
after
hatching)
(25 days
after
hatching.
fry)
(210 days
after
hatching,
fingerling)
Daphnia
magna
                                         BCFA
Oxydipro-
 pionitrile
Pimephales
 promelas
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lebistes
 reticulatus
                                         BSA
                                              BSA
                                                  13.5 (K)
                                                   3hr
                                                  5.2 (K)
                                                   6hr

                                                  4.4 (K)
                                                   3hr
                                                  2.3 (K)
                                                   6hr
                                                  8.0 (K)
                                                   3hr
                                                  5.2 (K)
                                                   6hr

                                                  >40 (K2)
                                                                                          a cd e i
                                                                          (H) 3600 (T4A)
                                                                          (S) 3900 (T4A)
                                                                          (S) 4200 (T4A)

                                                                          (S) 4450 (T4A)
cdef
                                                                                                              Successive developmental stages of the organism showed
                                                                                                                marked differences in resistance to the chemical.
                                                                                                                Changes in resistance could not be correlated with
                                                                                                                changes  in respiratory activity of the fish but rather
                                                                                                                with their water metabolism.
An attempt was made to correlate the biological action
 with the chemical reactivity of selected chemical sub-
 stances. Results indicated a considerable correlation
 between the aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic
 potency of the chemicals in marked contrast to their
 toxicity on systemic administration.

(H) Value in hardwater
(S) Value in softwater
The chemical produced no change in flavor of the  cooked
 bluegill.
                                                                          Marchetti
                                                                           (1965)
                                                                                                                                                                     Sollman
                                                                                                                                                                      (1949)
Henderson,
 et al
 (1960)
I
m
Z
O
X
Oxalic
 acid
8
2   Oxalic
3    acid
O
>
O
m
5
jj   Pentachloro-
r"    phenol
TJ
O
o
Daphnia
 magna
                      BSA
                                                                         95 (O)
                   Sewage
                    organisms
                                         BOD
                   Green
                    sunfish
                                         BSA
                                                  43 (TC50)
                                                  (O)
               This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various          Anderson
                substances found in industrial wastes as determined by          (1944)
                the use of D. magna.  Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
                used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentra-
                tion was defined as the highest concentration which
                would just fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged
                (theoretically infinite) exposure.

               The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index         Hermann
                for industrial wastes.  Results are recorded as the toxic          (1959)
                concentration producing 50 percent inhibition  (TCsfj)
                of oxygen utilization  as compared to controls.  Five
                toxigrams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD
                were devised and each chemical classified.

               Pentachlorophenol was repellent to the green sunfish at         Summerfelt
                20 mg/l but the fish were indifferent in response to             and Lewis
                5.0mg/l.                                                   (1967)


-------
£
ON
o
I
m
S
o
•£ Chemical
C/7 • — • 	
> PH
O
s
H pH
C
3J
m
O
Tl
O
X
m
S
o
•£
to


Phenanthra-
quinone










o-phenanthro-
line

Phenazine-1-
carboxylic
acid

Phenol





Phenol



Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study (1)
Gasterosteus BSA
aculeatus

Salmo BSA
gairdnerii











Pomoxis BSA
nigromacu/atus
Notropis
atherinoides
atherinoides
Hyborhynchus
no tat us
Ambloplites
rupestris
rupestris
Huro
salmoides
Microcystis L
aeruginosa

Anabaena L
f/os-aquae
Notemigonous
crysoleucas
Carassius BSA
carassius




Carassius BSA
auratus


Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location*2) ppm (3) or Noted'4) Comments
— (O) c e Tap water was used to make up the solutions. The fish
avoided water more acid than a pH of 5.6 or one
more alkaline than 1 1 .4.
— (O) abcdefp The pH value at which acid solutions proved lethal to rainbow
trout within 1 day was unaffected by the pH value to which
the fish had been acclimatized (pH 6.5-8.4). Fifty percent
of a population of yearling rainbow trout were killed in
about 1 day at a pH value of 3.6 when little free CC>2 was
present; where in the presence of 50 ppm free CC>2, a pH
value of 5.6 killed 50 percent of a population of fingerling
trout in 15 days. In water of low free CC>2 content, the
relation between pH value and log median period of survival
was linear for survival times between about 3 hr and 15 days.
Exposure to pH values below 5.0 for about 3 months might
be harmful to rainbow trout when little free CC>2 is present
in the water.
— (O) e Aerated spring water was used as the test medium. No effect
was observed on fish after 2 days of exposure, even with
excess solid dispersed in water. At algicidal concentrations,
this compound was not toxic to the fish studied.








— 100 (K) a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10*> to
~~ 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
— 100 (O) — Value given is concentration for complete inhibition of
A. flos-aquae. No harmful effect to N. crysoleucas was
0.1 to 10.0 (0) noted at the concentrations evaluated.

— (O) a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals.
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tempera-
ture, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the gold-
fish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier work.
and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a concentration of 0.259 g/liter, fish survived 104 minutes.
— 125 to 372 a Temperature in test containers was maintained at 27 ± .2 C.
(K 8 hr) ~~ Goldfish tested weighed between 2 and 4 g.
83.2 (O) Phenol, 83.2 ppm (mg per liter), killed 86% of the fish in
41.6 (O) 8 hr; 41.6 (mg per liter) killed 67% in 8 hr.
Reference
(Year)
Jones
(1948)

Lloyd and
Jordan
(1964)










Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)










Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)

Toohey, et al
(1965)


Powers
(1918)




Gersdorff and
Smith
(1940)

•o
m
Z
O

-------
    Phenol
   Phenol


   Phenol
   Phenol
    Phenol
    Phenol
    Phenol
2
o
o
s
3D
m
    Phenol
    Phenol
o
I  Phenol
•m
§
o
                       Anopheles
                        quadrimacula tus
                       Goldfish
                       Shiner
                        minnows
                      Carassius
                       auratus

                      Daphnia
                       magna
                                            BSA
                                                                        (O)
BSA

BSA
0.103 (K)


94 (O)
                      Hyborhynchus
                       n ota tus
                      Daphnia
                       magna
                      Phoxinus
                       phoxinus
                      Semotilus
                        atromaculatus
                       Lepomis
                        macrochirus
                       Lepomis
                        macrochirus
                       Cambusia
                        affinis
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                            28.9 (K2)
                                             BCFA
                                            BSA
                            0.04% (K 4 min)
                            0.01% (K 8 min)
                            0.004%
                             (K 24 min)
                            0.0004%
                             (K 40-50 hr)
                            10 to 20 (CR)
                                            BSA
                                            BCFA
                                            BSA
                            20.5 (T4A)
                            19.3 (T2A)

                            11.5 (T4A)
                                                                        56 (T2A)
   —           Under the conditions of this experiment, this chemical          Knowles, et al
                (diluted 1 to 30) applied at rates of 10 to 95 gallons per         (1941)
                acre was less effective than kerosene in controlling
                mosquitos. In the laboratory, at the rate of 50 gallon
                per acre, 100 percent of fish were killed but only 16 per-
                cent of the larvae.  Phenol did not appear to be a desirable
                larvacide for general mosquito control.
   a           Goldfish weighed between  2 and 4 g. Temperature was         Gersdorff
                maintained at 27.0 ± 0.2 C.                                  (1943)
  a c           This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various         Anderson
  ~~             substances found in industrial wastes as determined by          (1944)
                the use of D. magna.  Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
                used as a diluent in the  bioassay.  Threshold concentration
                was defined as the highest concentration which would just
                fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
                infinite) exposure.
   —           Fish in aquaria were trained to detect and distinguish between   Hasler and
                phenol and p-chlorophenol at levels as low as 0.0005 ppm.      Wisby
                The fish could also distinguish o-chlorophenol from the two     (1949)
                other compounds.  The training method is described.
   a           An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with     Sollman
                the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.          (1949)
                Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
                aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
                the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
                systemic administration.
  ja c           Tap water was used as diluent. The apparatus used was a        Jones
                34 mm diameter tube fitted to permit sharp vertical            (1951)
                separation of water and test solutions.  With this system,
                avoidance data could be obtained.  Toxicity is given as
                average survival time of replicates.  Fish did not avoid
                phenol in the <0.04% range.
  ^e           Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A      Gillette, et al
                typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as          (1952)
                the "critical range" (CR), which was defined as that
                concentration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived
                for 24 hr and above which all test fish died. Additional
                data are presented.

£ c d e         Chu No. 14 modified medium was used as dilution water.        Trama
                The fish were transferred each 24 hours into new test           (1955)
                solutions because of phenol loss due to aeration.
a c e f         Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade        Cairns and
                chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour              Scheier
                exposure period.                                            (1955)
               The phenol concentration was kept constant during the
                test period.

a  c d e g        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals          Wallen, et al
                was studied. Test water was from a farm  pond with "high"      (1957)
                turbidity. Additional data are presented.
                                                                                                                                                                                        m
                                                                                                                                                                                        O
                                                                                                                                                                                        X

-------
r>
i
m
n
P Chemical
^ Phenol
O
§
X
H
C
33
m
w Phenol
O
Tl
0
m Phenol
5
o
(/i
Phenol


Phenols
(monohydric)




3
•j



Phenol
Organism
Sewage
organisms




Channel
catfish
(fingerlings)
Lepomis
macrochirus


Lepomis
macrochirus

Salmo
gairdnerii








Hydropsyche
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study(l) Location '2) ppm '3)
BOD - 1600 (TC5fj)





BSA - 16.7
(K 48 hr A)

BSA - 11.5IT4A)



BSA - 22.2 (T2A)


BSA - (O)









BSA - 30.0 (T2A)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4* Comments
a The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
~ industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC50) of
oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxi-
grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
devised and each chemical classified.
a Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
~ presented.

a c d e i A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data
reported are for larger fish, app 14.24 cm in length. Data
for smaller fish are also in the report.
a c d e f g i o Assays are completely described, and autopsy data are
reported.

a e This is a study of the effect of varying dissolved oxygen
concentrations on the toxicity of selected chemicals.
The toxicity of heavy metals, ammonia, and monohydric
phenols increased as the dissolved oxygen in water was
reduced. The most obvious reaction of fish to lowered
oxygen content is to increase the volume of water passed
over the gills, and this may increase the amount of poison
reaching the surface of the gill epithelium.
The concentration of the chemical in the water was not
specified.
a Soft water used as diluent water.
Reference
(Year)
Hermann
(1959)




Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1969)

Lammering and
Burbank
(1961)
Lloyd
(1961)








Roback




















^
•o
m
z
o
X
•J.,

Phenol
Phenol
Stenonema
Protococcus sp
Chlorella sp
Dunaliella
 euchlora
Phaeodactylum
 tricornutum
Monochrysis
 lutheri
"Aquatic
 flora and
 fauna"
                            14.5 (T2A)
BSA             -          500 (K)
                            500 (K)
                            500 (K)

                            100(NG)

                            100(NG)

FR          Luxembourg     5.0-10.0(0)
This paper concerns the growth of pure cultures of marine
 plankton in the presence of toxicants. Results were
 expressed as the ratio of optical density of growth in the
 presence of toxicants to optical density in the basal  medium
 with no added toxicants. NG = no growth, but the organisms
 were viable.
Destruction of all flora and fauna of the river occurred in
 highly polluted zone (10 ppm), slight affects occurred at
 3.0-10 ppm, and practically no damage occurred at con-
 centrations below 3.0 ppm.
 (1965)
Ukeles
 (1962)
                                                                                                                                                                  Krombach and
                                                                                                                                                                   Barthel
                                                                                                                                                                   (1963)

-------
      Phenol
                        Rasbora               BSA
                         heteromorpha
                                                 6.0 (O)
      Phenol
      Phenol
>
MD
      Phenol
  O
  m   Phenols
  2
      Phenol
  O
  m
  CO
  O   Phenol
Fish
                        Fish
                                              BSA
                                              FR
            1.4x10-4M (K)         ac
                                                             Ohio        .016 (O)
                        Carassius
                         auratus
Rainbow
 trout

Daphnia
 magna (young)
Daphnia
 magna (adult)
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Mollienesia
 latopinna
Pimephales
 promelas
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Carassius
 auratus
Lebistes
 reticulatus
                      BCSA
                                                 (O)
                      FR
                                              BSA
                                              BSA
Scotland    4.4 (T2)
            17 (T1A)
            7 (T2A)
            61 (T1A)
            21 (T2A)
            63 (T1A)
            22 (T2A)
            29 (T4A)

            26 (T4A)

            46 (T4A)

            44 (T4A)
a c e f I m
                                                                                               a c d e f
For many toxins the rate of mortality is found to be a linear    Abram
 function of the logarithm of the concentration of the poison;    (1964)
 whereas the comparable relation between the logarithms of
 the survival time and the concentration is nonlinear. The
 linear function can be exploited to provide comparatively
 simple methods of estimating long-term survival concentra-
 tions.  An application of this is suggested for defining realistic
 standards of toxicity. At the concentration listed, there
 was a 30 percent mortality in about 2 weeks.
Avoidance behavior of test fish to toxic chemicals is given.      Ishio
 Toxicity is given as the lowest lethal concentration (molar).      (1965)
 Ratios of avoidance  and lowest lethal concentrations are
 presented  and discussed.
Following shut-down of steel mills due to a strike, phenols      Krumholz and
 were 3.0 ppb in the Ohio  River during the shut-down as         Minckley
 compared to  16.0 ppb after the mills resumed operation.        (1964)
 Threshold odor intensity and dissolved-iron content were
 2 to 8X greater after start-up of the mills than during the
 shut-down period. Appearance or increased abundance of
 such "clean-water fish" as big-eye chub, common sucker,
 stoneroller, creek chub, sand shiner, mimic shiner, common
 shiner, and bluntnose minnow occurred while mills were
 shut down. Additionally, small minnows increased 20X
 during this period. The authors note that these facts are
 indicative of a marked betterment of the environment.
 Further, they suggest that the faunal monotony of the
 upper Ohio River is more  closely related to industrial than
 to domestic discharges.

A 5% solution of phenol in water was injected in the           Boni
 muscular masses of the fish tails at various levels. The           (1965)
 WILD (minimal lethal dose) of phenol was found to be
 230 mg/kg.
Goldfish are unable to conjugate phenol, while showing a
 high efficiency in excreting the drug unchanged.
This  work represents an extension of laboratory studies         Herbert, et al
 of the toxicity of complex effluents to investigations            (1965)
 of rivers.

"Standard reference water" was described and used  as          Oowden and
 well as lake water. Varied results were obtained when           Bennett
 evaluations were made in various types of water.                (1965)
               Most fish survived at test concentrations of about one half,     Pickering and
                or slightly more, of the TLm value. No attempt was made       Henderson
                to estimate 100 percent survival.                              (1966)

-------
o
rn
2
O
p Chemical
g Phenol
O
§
*j Phenol
C
3D
m
t«
o
•n Phenol
O
I
m
3
£
>*
E
w

Phenol




>
,!_ Phenol
O
O




Phenol



Phenylhydra-
zine hydro-
chloride
4'-phenylazo-
3-nitrosali-
cylanilide








Organism
Salmo
gairdnerii

Salmo
gairdnerii
Salmo
salar

Salmo
gairdnerii






Nitzschia
linearis
Physa
heterostropha
Lepomis
macrochirus
Salmo
gairdnerii





Salmo
gairdnerii


Microcystis
aeruginosa

Salmo
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus







Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Studyd) Location'2) ppm'3)
BSA - 1.5IT2A)


BSA - 5.2 (T2)




BSA - (O)







BSA - 258 (T5A)

94.0 (T4A)

13.5 (T4A)

BCFA - 7.5 (T2A)






BSA - 4.58 to 5.8
(T2A)


L - 100 (K)


BSA - 0.1 (K2A)
1.0 (K3hr)
1.0 (K2A)
10.0 (K2A)







Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
a c d e f Test solution used in this study was sea water collected from
~ ~~ the North Sea, then diluted with distilled water. Sensitivity
of fish to poisoning by phenol increased as salinity increased.
a c d e f Fish were acclimatized to 14 days in salt water.




a c d e f p Fish were acclimatized to the temperature of the test water
over a period of 24-36 hr and then held at the test temper-
ature without being fed for 24 hr before testing. Results
showed that the resistance to poisoning by phenol increases
with increase in temperature up to at least 18 C, at which
the L2 is almost twice that at 6 C. A similar relationship
exists with gas-liquor phenols. The response of test popula-
tions showed the least viability at 12 C.
ace The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
acdef Phenol rapidly damaged the gills of trout. Experiments were
conducted at levels above and below the \-C$rj and for
varying periods of time. Even at the level which killed only
20% of the fish in 48 hours, sufficient damage was done
within one week to impair survival of the individual and
affect reproduction. (This concentration was not specified,
but was probably 6.5 ppm.)
a c d e f o The concentration killing a half batch of fish in 2 days
provides a reasonable estimate of the threshold concen-
tration. The lethality of this chemical depends upon the
temperature and concentration of dissolved oxygen.
a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^ to
~ 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
a This paper deals with the relations between chemical struc-
~~ tures of salicylanilides and benzanilides and their toxicity
to rainbow trout and goldfish. The chemical structure of
salicylanilides and benzanilides was related to toxicity and
selectivity to rainbow trout and goldfish. Salicylanilides
were more toxic than benzanilides to the fishes. The ortho
hydroxy substitution of salicylanilide accelerated biological
activity against fish. Meta nitro substitution on the
salicylanilides and benzanilides increased toxicity to fish.
Similar findings are reported for halogens and their rela-
tive position(s) in the molecule.
Reference
(Year)
Brown, et al
(1967)

Brown, et al
(1967)



Brown, et al
(1967)






Patrick, et al
(1968)




Mitrovic, et al
(1968)





Brown
(1968)


Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)

Walker, et al
(1966)






























>
•o
•o
m
Z

X
>





















-------
     p-phenylene-
      diamine
     Phenylmercuric
      acetate
      (10%soln.)
     Phenylmercuric
      acetate

     Phenylmercuric
      hydroxide
>
o
     Phenylmercuric
       nitrate
£
£
Daphnia
 magna
Ictalurus
 punctatus

Channel
 catfish
 (fingerlings)
Cylindrospermum
 licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
 aeruginosa  (Ma)
Scenedesmus
 obliquus (So)
Chlorella
 variegate (Cv)
Gomphonema
 parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
 palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum
 licheniforme (Cl)
Microcystis
 aeruginosa  (Ma)
Scenedesmus
 obliquus (So)
Chlorella
 variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
 parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
 palea (Np)
BSA
     n-phenyl-naphthyl-  Daphnia
      amine             magna
     Phenylthiourea
z
o
2
X

33
m


Microcystis
 aeruginosa

Daphnia
 magna
BSA
BSA
                            5.74 (K2)
                                                                        2.30 (K2)
                                                                        1.46(T2A)

                                                                        4.1 (K1A)
                            2.0 (O)
                            2.0 (O)
                                                                                                 a            An attempt was made to correlate the biological action
                                                                                                              with the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
                                                                                                              Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
                                                                                                              aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
                                                                                                              the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
                                                                                                              systemic administration.
                                                                                              a c f i          The experiment was conducted at 68 C.
                                                                                                             Tap water was used.  Considerable additional data are
                                                                                                              presented.

                                                                                                             Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
                                                                                                              days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic,
                                                                                                              PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
                                                                                                              No number indicates observation is for entire test period
                                                                                                              of 21 days):
                                                                                                               Cl -T (3)
                                                                                                               Ma-T (3)
                                                                                                               So - T (3)
                                                                                                               Cv - T (3)
                                                                                                               Gp-T(3)
                                                                                                               Np-T(3)


                                                                                                             Comment same as above, including data cited.
                      BSA
                            4.4 (K2)
                                              BSA
                                                                         50 (K)
                                                                         630 (K2)
                                                                An attempt was made to correlate the biological action
                                                                 with the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
                                                                 Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
                                                                 aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
                                                                 the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
                                                                 systemic administration.
                                                                The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^ to
                                                                 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
                                                                 was used.
                                                                An attempt was made to correlate the biological action
                                                                 with the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
                                                                 Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
                                                                 aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
                                                                 the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
                                                                 systemic administration.
                                                                                                                           Sollman
                                                                                                                            (1949)
Clemens and
 Sneed
 (1958)
Clemens and
 Sneed
 (1959)
Palmer and
 Maloney
 (1955)
                                                                                                                                                                       Palmer and
                                                                                                                                                                        Maloney
                                                                                                                                                                        (1955)
                I
                m
                O
                X
                                                                                                                                                Sollman
                                                                                                                                                  (1949)
                                                                                                                                                                       Fitzgerald, et al
                                                                                                                                                                        (1952)
                                                                                                                                                                        Sollman
                                                                                                                                                                         (1949)

-------
n
I
m
£
o
>
£
>
2
o
S
X
~^
c
3D
m
in
O
-n
O
z
m
5
Q
>
K








>
i
o
r j























Chemical
Phosphoric
acid

Phosphorus


o-phthalic
anhydride


Picric
acid











Polyethylene
glycol




Polyoxy-
ethylene
ester

Potassium
azide





Potassium
azide

Potassium
chloride




Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study'1'
Gambusia BSA
affinis

Lepomis BSA
macrochirus

Pimephales BSA
prome/as


Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CI)
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Mai
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cvl
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea INp)

Sewage BOD
microorganisms




Pimephales BSA
promelas
(juveniles)

Procambarus BSA
clarki
Lepomis
macrochirus



Pteronarcys BSA
californica
(naiads)
Carassius BSA
carassius




Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location (2) ppm(3)
138IT2A)


0.105(T2A)
0.053 (T3A)
0.025 (T7A)
>56 (T4A)



2.0 (0)












(0)





(S) 37-42
(T1-4A)
(H) 38-56
(T1-4A)
1 (K1)*
2 (K1)**
<1.5 (T1A)*
<1.8 (T1A)**
'Technical
formulation
**Granular
0.008 (T4A)


(0)





Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c d e f Colloidal phosphorus compounds were removed by filtra-
lf h i j k tion, so that the effect of elemental phosphate toxicity
n o was studied.
a c d e f o-phthalic anhydride is very slightly soluble in water.



a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
~ days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic.
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
CI - NT
Ma -NT
So - NT
Cv -NT
Gp-NT
Np - NT


— The chemical was studied as to how low levels (ppm) may
affect BOD in domestic sewage. This compound was not
toxic to sewage microorganisms. No concentration of the
chemical was given. Apparently this glycol is bio-
chemically inert because it did not respond even to
acclimated seed.
a c d f Syndets and soaps were of nearly equal toxicity in soft
water (S) but syndets were approximately 40X more
toxic than soap in hard water (H).

a In general, when mud was added to the tank the toxicity of
the chemical decreased.





a c d e f Data reported as LCsg at 1 5.5 C in 4 days.


a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
~ possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In O.214N solution, fish survived 60 minutes.
Reference
(Year)
Wallen, et al
(1957)

Isom
(1960)

Pickering and
Henderson
(1966)

Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)










Oberton and
Stack
(1957)



Henderson, et al
(1959)


Hughes
(1966)





Sanders and
Cope
(1968)
Powers
(1918)

























>
3
TJ
m
Z
o
X
>






















-------
      Potassium
       chloride
      Potassium
       chloride

      Potassium
       chloride
      Potassium
       chloride

      Potassium
       chloride
i—"    Potassium
C5     chloride
      Potassium
       chloride
  m   Potassium
  ?    chromate
  —   Potassium
  H    chromate
  C
  3)
  m
O
-n
s
m
S
Daphnia
 magna
Daphnia
 magna

Lepomis
 macrochirus
Gambusia
 affinis


Biomorph olaria
 a. alexandrina
Bui in us
 truncatus
Daphnia
 magna
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
Nitzschia
 linearis
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Physa
 heterostropha
Salmo
 gairdnerii
BSA
                            373 (O)
BSA
BSA
                                              BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
                                              BSA
      Potassium
       chromate
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Gambusia
 affinis
                                              BCFA
                                              BSA
                           432 (O)
                           2,010 (T4A)
4,200 (T2A)



1800 (K1A)

1200 (K1A)


679 (T1A)

5,500 (T1A)

1,941  (T1A)

1,337 (T5A)

940 (T4A)

2,010 (T4A)

(O)
2000 ppm
 (42.0 min)
1000 ppm
 (79 min)
20 ppm
 (3580 min)
450 (T4A)
 small
630 (B4A)
 medium
5.50 (T4A)
 large
480 (T2A)
                                                                                               ac           This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various         Anderson
                                                                                               ~~             substances found in industrial wastes as determined by         (1944)
                                                                                                             the use of D. magna.  Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
                                                                                                             used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration
                                                                                                             was defined as the highest concentration which would just
                                                                                                             fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
                                                                                                             infinite) exposure.
                                                                                                a           Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as          Anderson
                                                                                                ~~            threshold concentration producing immobilization for         (1948)
                                                                                                             exposure periods of 64 hr.
                                                                                              a d e f         This paper reports the LD5Q in 96 hours for 8 common        Trama
                                                                                                             inorganic salts. A synthetic dilution water of controlled        (1954)
                                                                                                             hardness was prepared for use in the experiments. Among
                                                                                                             other variables, specific conductivity, as mhos at 20 C, was
                                                                                                             measured.
                                                                                             a c d e f        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was     Wallen, et al
                                                                                                             studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"         (1957)
                                                                                                             turbidity. Additional data are presented.
                                                                                                a           The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis           Gohar and
                                                                                                             chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature.           EI-Gindy
                                                                                                             The temperature at which (K1A) occurred was 26 C.            (1961)

                                                                                               a c           "Standard reference water" was described and used as well      Dowden and
                                                                                                             as lake water.  Varied results were obtained when evaluations    Bennett
                                                                                                             were made in various types of water.                          (1965)
                                                  ace           The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether       Patrick, et al
                                                                 there was a constant relationship between the responses         (1968)
                                                                 of these organisms. From the data presented, there was
                                                                 no apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the
                                                                 authors advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of
                                                                 the food web be made in  any situation.
                                                  acef         Tap or distilled water used as diluent. Toxicity defined as the   Grindley
                                                 ~~  ~            avg. time when the fish lost equilibrium when exposed to        (1946)
                                                                 the test chemical (ppm Cr).
                                                 acef         Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade       Cairns and
                                                                 chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour             Scheier
                                                                 exposure period.                                           (1955)
                                                                Beginning pH was 7.9 to 8.6, pH after four days was 7.0
                                                                 to 7.94.


                                                 a c d e g        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity on the chemicals was     Wallen, et al
                                                                 studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"          (1957)
                                                                 turbidity. Additional data are presented.
                                                                                                                                          m
                                                                                                                                          O
                                                                                                                                          X

-------
CHEMICALS
2
0
S
x
H
3)
m
O
-n
0
I
m
S
n
U>









>



















Chemical
Potassium
chromate





Potassium
chromate



Potassium
chromate


Potassium
chromate

Potassium
chromate

Potassium
chromate




Potassium
cuprocyanide

Potassium
cyanide
(asCN)
Potassium
cyanide

Potassium
cyanide



Organism
Sewage
organisms





Micropterus
salmoides



Lepomis
macrochirus


Salmo
gairdnerii

Pimephales
promelas

Nitzschia
linearis
Physa
heterostropha
Lepomis
macrochirus
Rhinichthys
a tratul us

Rainbow
trout
(yearling)
Microcystis
aeruginosa

Rainbow
trout
(yearling)


Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'D Location(2) ppm(3) or Noted (4 >
BOD - 10.5(0)






BSA - 195 (T2A) acde
_



BSA - 550 (T4A) a c d e i



BSA - 100 (T1) acdg


BSA - (S) 45.6 (T4A) c d e f


BSA - 7.8 (T5A) ace

16.8 (T4A)

168.8 (T4A)

BCFA — 0.38, 0.47 and ace
0.71 (T1A)

BCFA - 0.14 (K-160 min) ace


L - 90 (K) a


BSA - 0.105-0.155(0) ace




Comments
Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
as how they affected the processing of sewage in the treat-
ment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure
the effect of the chemical. The chemical concentration
cited is the ppm required to reduce the BOD values by 50%.
This chemical was tested in an unbuffered system.
The mechanism for poisoning is discussed. Exposure to
chromium caused severe pathological change in the
intestine immediately posterior to the pyloric caeca that
in all probability completely destroyed its digestive
function.
A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data
reported are for larger fish, app 14-24 cm in length. Data
for smaller fish are also in the report.
Trout exposed to 20 ppm chromium had a mean hematocrit
of 43.8, as compared to unexposed trout of 31.8. Addi-
tional data are presented.
(S) Soft water
Values are expressed as mg/l of chromium.

The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
The three values given are for cyanide to copper ratios of
4.0, 3.7, and 3.0, respectively.

Toxicity was determined in terms of survival time.
Acclimatization of fish to test conditions and fish size
was studied.
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^ to
2 x 10^ cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
Tap water was used as diluent. Study related oxygen con-
centration effect to cyanide toxicity. As an example.
control fish in 1.11 ppm 62 were affected in 18 min; at
0.105 ppm CN~, fish survived only 3.3 min at 10% 02
concentration.
Reference
(Year)
Sheets
(1957)





Fromm and
Schiffman
(1958)


Cairns and
Scheier
(1959)

Schiffman and
Fromm
(1959)
Pickering and
Henderson
(1965)
Patrick, et al
(1968)




Lipschuetz and
Cooper
(1955)
Herbert and
Merkens
(1952)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)

Downing
(1954)























-g
•o
m
g


^

















-------
£
o
Potassium
 cyanide
Potassium
 cyanide

Potassium
 cyanide
Potassium
 cyanide


Potassium
 cyanide
Potassium
 cyanide
Potassium
 cyanide
2  Potassium
m   cyanide
1   (as CN")
O
O
2  Potassium
rj   cyanide

C
3
m
w  Potassium
O   cyanide
Tl
r>
m
Salmo
 gairdnerii
Rhinichthys
 atratulus
 meleagris
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Gambusia
 affinis


Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lepomis
 macrochirus
                  Physa
                   heterostropha
Sewage
 organisms
                  Brachydanio
                   rerio
                   (adults)
                   (eggs)
                  Lepomis
                   macrochirus

                  Lepomis
                   macrochirus
                  Physa
                   heterostropha
                  Lepomis
                   macrochirus
                                              BCFA
                                              BCFA
                                              BCFA
                                        BSA
                                              BSA
                                              BSA
                                              BOD
                                        BSA
                      BSA
                      BSA
                                                                         (O)
                                                                       0.22 (T1A)
                                                                         0.55 (T46) small        a c e f
                                                                         0.45 (T46) medium
                                                                         0.57 (T46) large
                                                                         1.6 (T2A)
                                                                         0.45 (T4A)
                                                                       (N) 0.45
                                                                        (T4A)
                                                                       (L) 0.12
                                                                        (T4A)
                                                                       (N) 1.08
                                                                        (T4A)
                                                                       (L) 0.48
                                                                        (T4A)

                                                                       15 (TC50)
                                                 0.49 (T2A)
                                                 117 (T2A)
                                                 0.16(T2A)
                                                                         0.45 (T4A)
                                                                         0.12 (T4A)
                                                                         1.08(T4A)
                                                                         0.48 (T4A)
                                                                         0.57 (T4A)
                                                                                             a cd e g
                                                                      a cd ef
                                                                      a c d e i
                                                                                                            Time-survival curves are plotted for seven concentrations        Herbert and
                                                                                                             of cyanide, from 0.14 to 10 ppm. At 10 ppm, all fish          Downing
                                                                                                             died in less than 3 minutes. At 0.14 ppm all fish died in        (1955)
                                                                                                             165 minutes.
                                                                                                            This report contains a comparison of the toxicities of KCN      Lipschuetz and
                                                                                                             and potassium cuprocyanide of three different composi-        Cooper
                                                                                                             tions. Four-hour median tolerance limits are also given.         (1955)
                                                                                                            Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade       Cairns and
                                                                                                             chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour             Scheier
                                                                                                             exposure period.                                           (1955)
                                                                                                            The cyanide ion concentration was controlled.
                                                                                                            The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was     Wallen, et al
                                                                                                             studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"         (1957)
                                                                                                             turbidity. Additional data are presented.

                                                                                                            Increase in temperature seemed to increase toxicity of this      Cairns
                                                                                                             chemical.  Low dissolved oxygen reduced toxicity of some      (1957)
                                                                                                             chemicals in this study. Toxicity values may be 20%
                                                                                                             higher in hard versus soft water.
                                                                                                            Modified Chu No. 14 test medium was used. Toxicity is given   Cairns and
                                                                                                             both for "normal" 02 (5-9 ppm), (N), and with "low" 02      Scheier
                                                                                                             (2 ppm DO), (L).  High and low threshold concentration        (1958)
                                                                                                             and concentration percent of survival are also presented.
                                                                                                             The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for     Hermann
                                                                                                              industrial wastes.  Results are recorded as the toxic con-         (1959)
                                                                                                              centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of
                                                                                                              oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxi-
                                                                                                              grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
                                                                                                              devised and each chemical classified.
                                                                                                             The test dilutions were made up from distilled water and       Cairns, et al
                                                                                                              ACS grade chemicals. Temperature was held at 24 C and        (1965)
                                                                                                              the solution was aerated to maintain a dissolved oxygen
                                                                                                              content of 5-9 ppm.
                                                                                                           Normal oxygen content in water.                            Cairns
                                                                                                           Low oxygen content in water.                                 (1965)
                                                                                                           Normal oxygen content in water
                                                                                                           Low oxygen content in water.

                                                                                                           A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to      Cairns and
                                                                                                             distilled water, and this was constantly aerated.  Data           Scheier
                                                                                                             reported are for larger fish, app 14-24 cm in length. Data        (1959)
                                                                                                             for smaller fish are also in the report.
                                                                                                                                                                I
                                                                                                                                                                m
                                                                                                                                                                o

-------
CHEMICALS
Z
O
S
X
H
C
33
m
en
O
-n
O
I
m

n
>
[o







•jf.
j_
O
CN









Chemical
Potassium
cyanide



Potassium
cyanide







Potassium
cyanide




Potassium
cyanide
as (CM")
Potassium
dichromate





Potassium
dichromate

Organism
Lepomis
macrochirus



Rasbora
heteromorpha







Daphnia
magna

Lymnaea sp
(eggs)

Hydropsyche
Stenonema

Daphnia
magna





Salmo
gairdnerii

Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Studyd) Location(2) ppm<3)
BSA - 0.43 (T4A)




BSA - 0.072 (O)








BSA - 2IT1A)
0.7 (T3A)
0.4 (T4A)
796 (T1A)
147 (T3A)
130 (T4A)
BSA - 2.0 (T2A)
0.5 (T2A)

BSA - <0.6 (O)






BSA - 2000 ppm -
23.8 min
1000 ppm —
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4) Comments
a c d e f The experiments were conducted in a water of controlled
chemical composition.
The TLm concentration of KCN was slightly affected bv
increased temperature (more toxic at 30 C than at 18 C),
but not by water hardness.
— For many toxins the rate of mortality is found to be a linear
function of the logarithm of the concentration of the poison;
whereas the comparable relation between the logarithms of
the survival time and the concentration is nonlinear. The
linear function can be exploited to provide comparatively
simple methods of estimating long-term survival concentra-
tions. An application of this is suggested for defining
realistic standards of toxicity. At the concentration re-
ported, there was a 20 percent mortality in 7 days.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well as
lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.



a Soft water used as diluent water.


a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
~~ substances found in industrial wastes as determined by
the use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was
used as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentra-
tion was defined as the highest concentration which would
just fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged
(theoretically infinite) exposure.
a c e f Tap or distilled water used as diluent. Toxicity defined as
the avg time when the fish lost equilibrium when exposed
to the test chemical (ppm Cr).
Reference
(Year)
Cairns and
Scheier
(1963)


Abram
(1964)







Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)



Roback
(1965)

Anderson
(1944)





Grindley
(1946)

Potassium
 dichromate
Potassium
 dichromate
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Gambusia
 affinis
                                       BCFA
                                       BSA
                                                                    54.6 min
                                                                  200 ppm -
                                                                    188 min
                                                                  20 ppm —
                                                                    4342 min
                                                                  320 (T4A)
                                                                  320 (T2A)
 a c e f         Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade      Cairns and
                chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour             Scheier
                exposure period.                                           (1958)
               The pH of the test water was about 6.2, which was determined
                by the concentration of the test chemical.
ac d e g        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was     Wallen, at al
                studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"         (1957)
                turbidity. Additional data are presented.
                                                                                                                                                                                •o
                                                                                                                                                                                •D
                                                                                                                                                                                m
                                                                                                                                                                                z
                                                                                                                                                                                D

-------
Potassium
 dichromate
Potassium
 dichromate
Potassium
 dichromate
Potassium
 dichromate
Potassium
 dichromate
    Potassium
     dichromate
    Potassium
     dichromate
    Potassium
     dichromate
•J  Potassium
m
2   dichromate
O

c
z
°  Potassium
^   dichromate

C
3D
m
en
O
£
o
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Sewage
 organisms
Hydropsyche
Stenonema
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Carassius
 carassius
Daphnia
 magna
Lepomis
 macrochirus

Brachydanio
 rerio
 (adults)
 (eggs)
Lepomis
 macrochirus

Pimephales
 promelas
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Carassius
 auratus
Lebistes
 reticulatus
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BOD
                                        BSA

                                        BSA

                                        BSA
                                        BSA
                                        BSA
                           320 (T4A)
                                                                       (N) 320
                                                                        (T4A)
                                                                       (L) 320
                                                                        (T4A)
                                                                       320-384
                                                                        (T4A)
                                                                       320 (T4A)
                           17.0(TC50)
                                                 28.0 (T2A)
                                                 3.5 (T2A)
                                                 320(T4A)
                                                 320(T4A)
                                                 705 (T1A)

                                                 0.4 (T4A)

                                                 739 (T1A)
                                                 180(T2A)
                                                 1500 (T2A)
                                                 440 (T2A)


                                                 (S) 17.6(T4A)
                                                 (H) 27.3 (T4A)
                                                 (S) 118.0 (T4A)
                                                 (H) 133.0 (T4A)
                                                 (S) 37.5 (T4A)

                                                 (S) 30.0 (T4A)
 ^jc e         Increase in temperature seemed to increase toxicity of this      Cairns
                chemical.  Low dissolved oxygen reduced toxicity of some      (1957)
                chemicals in this study.  Toxicity values may be 20% higher
                in hard versus soft water.
  ji£          Modified Chu No. 14 test medium was used.  Toxicity is given   Cairns and
   ~           both for "normal" 02 (5-9 ppm), (N), and with "low" O2      Scheier
                (2 ppm  DO), (L).  High  and low threshold concentration        (1958)
                and concentration percent of survival are also presented.
^ c d e f        The concentration of <2Cr2O7 which resulted in 50 percent    Cairns and
                kill in 96 hours was 320 ppm in soft water at both 18  and      Scheier
                30 C, 382 ppm in hard water at 18 C, and 369 ppm in          (1959)
                hard water at 30 C.
£c cl e i        A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to      Cairns and
~~               distilled water, and this  was constantly aerated. Data           Scheier
                reported are for larger fish, app 14-24 cm in  length.  Data       (1959)
                for smaller fish are also in the report.
   £           The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for     Hermann
   ~            industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic concen-     (1959)
                tration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of oxygen
                utilization as compared to controls.  Five toxigrams depicting
                the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised and each
                chemical classified.
   a           Soft water used  as diluent water.                              Roback
                                                                          (1965)
  a e          Normal oxygen content of water.                             Cairns
               Low oxygen content of water.                                 (1965)
  a c          "Standard reference water" was described and used as well as    Dowden and
                lake water.  Varied results were obtained when evaluations      Bennett
                were made in various types of water.                          (1965)
                                                                                        — -- — L        The test dilutions were made up from distilled water and ACS   Cairns, et al
                                                                                                        grade chemicals. Temperature was held at 24 C and the solu-    (1965)
                                                                                                        tion was aerated to maintain a dissolved oxygen content
                                                                                                        of 5-9 ppm.
                                                 c d e f         (S) Soft water                                             Pickering and
                                                               (H)  Hard water                                              Henderson
                                                               Values are expressed as mg/l of chromium.                      (1965)
                                                                                                                                        m
                                                                                                                                        Z
                                                                                                                                        a

-------
o
oo
CHEMICALS
2
D
3
X
H
33
m
in
O
Tl
O
I
m
3
£











>
)


















Chemical
Potassium
dichromate




Potassium
ferricyanide


Potassium
hydroxide

Potassium
hydroxide




Potassium
nitrate




Potassium
nitrate



Potassium
nitrate



Potassium
nitrate

Potassium
nitrate


Organism
Nitzschia
linearis
Physa
heterostropha
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia
magna


Gambusia
af finis

Biomorpholaria
a. alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus
L ymnaea
caillaudi
Carassius
carassius




Gasterosteus
aculeatus



Lepomis
macrochirus



Gambusia
af finis

Biomorpholaria
a. alexandrina
Bulinus
truncatus
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study'1' Location'2) ppm'3)
BSA - 0.208 (T4A)

17.3 (T4A)

113.0 (T4A)

BSA - 905 (T1A)
549 (T2A)
0.6 (T3A)
0.1 (T4A)
BSA - 80 (T2A)


BSA - 500 (K1A)

300 (K1A)

150 (K1A)

BSA - (0)





BSA - 50IK10)




BSA - 3,000 (T4A)




BSA - 224 (T2A)


BSA - 2600 (K1 A)

1800 (K1A)

Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4) Comments
ace The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses
of these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.

a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis to
chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature.
The temperature at which (K1 A) occurred was 27 C.



a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of temper-
ature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.00002N solution, fish survived 2135 minutes.
— Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
a d e f This paper reports the LD5Q in 96 hours for 8 common
inorganic salts. A synthetic dilution water of controlled
hardness was prepared for use in the experiments. Among
other variables, specific conductivity, as mhos at 20 C,
was measured.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis to
chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature.
The temperature at which (K1 A) occurred was 28 C
for Bulinus and 25 C for Biomorpholaria.
Reference
(Year)
Patrick, et al
(1968)




Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)

Wallen, et al
(1957)

Gohar and
EI-Gindy
(1961)



Powers
(1918)




Jones
(1939)



Trama
(1954)



Wallen, et al
(1957)

Gohar and
EI-Gindy
(1961)

                                                                                                                                                                                         •o
                                                                                                                                                                                         m
                                                                                                                                                                                         Z
                                                                                                                                                                                         D

-------
    Potassium
     nitrate
    Potassium
     permangante
      Potassium
       permanganate

      Potassium
       permanganate

      Potassium
       permanganate
O    Potassium
       permanganate
s
m
C
31
m
w
o
Potassium
 phosphate
Daphnia
 magna
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
 (eggs)
Daphnia
 magna
                                        BSA
                                        BSA
                                                                         900 (T4A)

                                                                         5,500 (T1A)

                                                                         1,941 (T1A)

                                                                         0.63 (O)
Gambusia             BSA
 affinis

Channel               BSA
 catfish
 (fingerlings)

Lepomis               BSA
 macrochirus
Semotilus
 atromaculatus
Blue-green algae        L
 Cylindrospermum
 Anabaena
 Anacystis
 Calothrix
 Nostoc
 Oscillatoria
 Plectonema
Green algae
 Ankistrodesmus
 Chlorella
 Closterium
 Oocystis
Green algae
 Scenedesmus
 Stigeoclonium
 Zygnema
Green flagellate and
 yellow algae
 Chalmydomonas
 Pandorina
 Tribonema
 Gomphonema
 Navicula
 Nitzchia
                                                                        12 (T2A)


                                                                        <3.2 (K1A)


                                                                        4.2(T1,2,4A)

                                                                        3.7 (T4A)

                                                                        4.0-8.0 (0)
                                                                       a c d e g
                        Gambusia
                         affinis
                      BSA
                                                                       750 (T2A)
                                                                      a cd e g
                                                                                                        "Standard reference water" was described and used as well      Dowden and
                                                                                                         as lake water.  Varied results were obtained when evaluations    Bennett
                                                                                                         were made in various types of water.                          (1965)
                                                                                                        This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various          Anderson
                                                                                                         substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the      (1944)
                                                                                                         use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
                                                                                                         a diluent in the bioassay.  Threshold concentration was
                                                                                                         defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
                                                                                                         to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
                                                                                                         infinite) exposure.
                                                                                                        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was     Wallen, et al
                                                                                                         studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"          (1957)
                                                                                                         turbidity. Additional data are presented.
                                                                                                        Tap water was used.  Considerable additional data  are           Clemens and
                                                                                                         presented.                                                  Sneed
                                                                                                                                                                    (1959)
                                                                                                        The values given are for a laboratory study. However, when     Kemp, et al
                                                                                                         concentrations as high as 32 ppm were applied in  a pond,        (1966)
                                                                                                         no fish deaths occurred.

                                                                                                        KMnC>4 was toxic or  partially toxic at the indicated concentra-   Kemp, et al
                                                                                                         tions to blue-green and green algae. A concentration of         (1966)
                                                                                                         8.0 ppm was usually required to control green, flagellate,
                                                                                                         and yellow algae.
                                                                                                                                                                1
                                                                                                                                                                m
                                                                                                                                                                O
                                                                                                                                                                X
                                                                                                            The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was     Wallen, et al
                                                                                                             studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"         (1957)
                                                                                                             turbidity.  Additional data are presented.

-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
2
X
H
C
JJ
m
en
O
-n
O
I
m
S
O
£j







^>
,1-
o























Chemical
Potassium
sulfate



Potassium
tellurite



Propion-
hydroxamic
acid
Propionic
acid




n-propyl
alcohol




Propylene
phenoxetol








n-propyl-N,N-
di-n-propyl
thiol-carbamate








Organism
Lepomis
macrochirus



Carassius
auratus



Microcystis
aeruginosa

Culex sp
(larvae)
Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Semotilus
atromacu/atus




P/euronectes
platessa













Elodea
canadensis
Potamogeton
nodosus
Potamogeton
pectinatus
Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study'1) Location'2) ppm'3) or Noted'4)
BSA - 3,550 (T4A) a d e f




BSA - (O) ac




L - 100 (K) a, etc
~

BSA - 1000(T2A) ac

50 (T2A)

188 (T1A)

BSA - 200 to 500 (CR) ae





BSA - (0) a









BSA - a




5(0)
100 (O)
5(O)
100 (O)
5 (0)
10O (O)
Comments
This paper reports the LDso in 96 hours for 8 common
inorganic salts. A synthetic dilution water of controlled
hardness was prepared for use in the experiments. Among
other variables, specific conductivity, as mhos at 20 C,
was measured.
A 0.5% solution in water prolonged the mortality of sperm
for at least 5 minutes in all samples tested. A 0.5% solution
in frog Ringer's produced similar mortility patterns but
average activity was lower after 10 minutes than in water
solution.
The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10° to
2 x 1Q6 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.



Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concen-
tration in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hrs.
and above which all test fish died. Additional data are
presented.
Fish were tested at 6.5 C in aquariums of 3-liter capacity. At
0.05% solution, the fish were able to survive if removed to
fresh water within 1 hour after exposure.
At 15 C and 0.005% solution, the fish took 2 hours to become
completely anesthetized and were unable to recover after
3 hours of exposure.
At 15 C and 0.025% solution, the fish were not able to sur-
vive if not removed within 1 hour. The chemical can be
used as an anesthetic for periods of up to 1 hour when a
solution of 0.01-0.025% is used.
Experiments were conducted in standing water. Results were
rated on a scale of 0 to 10, 0 standing for no toxic effect
and 10 signifying a complete kill. Evaluation was based on
visual observation of the plant response at weekly intervals
for 4 weeks.
No toxic effect.
Injury rating of 9.4.
No toxic effect.
Injury rating of 7.4
No toxic effect.
Injury rating of 8.3
Reference
(Year)
Trama
(1954)



Fribourgh
(1965)



Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)

Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)



Gillette, et al
(1952)




Bagenal
(1963)








Frank, et al
(1961)









TJ
m
z
o

-------
    Pyridine
                       Carass/us
                        carassius
                                             BSA
                                                                        (O)
    Pyridine
    Pyridine
    Pyridyl-
     mercuric
     acetate


    Pyridyl-
     mercuric
     acetate
     (tech.)
    Pyridyl-
     mercuric
     acetate
     (80%
     active)

    Pyridyl-
     mercuric
     acetate
O
m
5
5
o
c
j3  Pyridyl-
w   mercuric
O   acetate
O  Pyrocatechol
m
2
O
                      Gambusia
                       affinis

                      Daphnia
                       magna

                      Rainbow
                       trout
                      Salmo
                       gairdnerii
                      BSA
                      BSA
                      FL
                      BSA
                                     Wash.
                      Ictalurus
                       punctatus
Channel
 catfish
 (fingerlings)
                      BSA
BSA
                      Channel
                        catfish
                        (fingerlings)

                      Daphnia
                        magna
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                                  1,350 (T2A)
                            2,114(T1A)
                            944 (T2A)

                            2.0 (O)
                            10 (K 17%-
                             1 hr) 47 F
                            10 (K50%-
                             1 hr) 56 F
                            5 (K 1-1/2%-
                             1 hr) 47 F
                            5 (K 18%-
                             1 hr) 56 F
                            2.5 (K 0% -
                             1 hr) 47 F
                            2.5 (K 1%-
                             1 hr) 56 F

                            5.0 (K2)
                            3.8 (T2A)
                            4.12 (T2A)
                            2.81
                            0.49
                            2.81 (T3A)
                            1.81
                            <37
                            2.43 (T4A)
                            <37
                            <37
                            3.8 (K1A)
                                                 14 (K2)
                                                                                              a c d e g
                                                                        a c f i
This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
 possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of temper-
 ature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the gold-
 fish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier work,
 and lists an extensive bibliography.
In a concentration of 3.187 cc per liter, fish survived 180
 minutes.
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
 studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
 turbidity. Additional data are presented.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
 as lake water.  Varied results were obtained when  evaluations
 were made in various types of water.
After the first treatment with the chemical the ponds were
 partially emptied, flushed, and refilled.  After a second
 treatment, one pond showed a "catastrophic mortality".
 The authors were unable to explain this unusual phenomenon.
Temp concentration data presented on groups of 200
 fingerlings. Brook and Brown trout not affected by the
 test cone,  of 10, 5, and 2.5 ppm at either 47 F or  56 F
 for 1 hr.
                                                                                                                                                                        Powers
                                                                                                                                                                         (1918)
                                                                                      The experiment was conducted at 75 C.
The toxicity of this compound increased as the temperature
 was increased. In the data shown, the values for each T
 level is for temperatures of 10, 16.5 and 24 centigrade.
 These values were selected from a table presenting con-
 centrations for T levels from one to 153 hours.  Fish of
 different ages were also studied.
                                                                Tap water was used.  Considerable additional data are
                                                                  presented.

                                                                An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
                                                                  the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
                                                                  Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
                                                                  aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
                                                                  the chemicals  in marked contrast to their toxicity on
                                                                  systemic administration.
                                                                                                                                                                        Wallen, et al
                                                                                                                                                                          (1957)

                                                                                                                                                                        Dowden and
                                                                                                                                                                          Bennett
                                                                                                                                                                          (1965)
                                                                                                                                                                        Foster and
                                                                                                                                                                          Olson
                                                                                                                                                                          (1951)

                                                                                                                                                                        Rodgers, et al
                                                                                                                                                                          (1951)
                                                           Clemens and
                                                            Sneed
                                                            (1958)
                                                                                                                                                                        Clemens and
                                                                                                                                                                         Sneed
                                                                                                                                                                         (1959)
                                                           Clemens and
                                                            Sneed
                                                            (1959)

                                                           Sollman
                                                            (1949)

-------
o
g Bioassay
n or Field
P Chemical Organism Study JD
^ Pyrogallol Daphnia BSA
O magna
S

-H
C
30
m
w Quinacrine Salmo BSA
O hydro- gairdneri
— chloride Salmo
I frufra
g Salvelinus
^ fontinalis
> Salvelinus
E) namaycush
Ictalurus
punctatus
Lepomis
macrochirus
Quinine Channel BSA
sulphate catfish
(fingerlings)
J> Quinhydrone Microcystis L
>L- aeruginosa
K>
Quinone Microcystis L
aerogr//7osa
Resorcinol Daphnia BSA
majna




Salicylaldehyde Cylindrospermum L
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (Sol
Chlcrella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gpl
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location(2) ppm'3)
18 (K2)






17.2IT2A)

230 (T2A)

230 (T2A)

21.0 (T2A)

70.0 (T2A)

79.0 (T2A)

42IK1A)


100 (K)

100 (K)

56.4 (K2)





2.0 (0)











Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted (4) Comments
a An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.

a f Variance and the 95-percent confidence interval (C.I.) were
~~ also determined.










a Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.

a, etc The chemical was tested on a 5-day algae culture, 1 x 10^ to
~~ 2 x 106 cells/ml, 75 ml total volume. Chu No. 10 medium
was used.
a, etc Comment same as above.

a An attempt was made to correlate the biological action with
the chemical reactivity of selected chemical substances.
Results indicated a considerable correlation between the
aquarium fish toxicity and antiautocatalytic potency of
the chemicals in marked contrast to their toxicity on
systemic administration.
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
~~ days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic.
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl - PT (3)
Ma - PT (3)
So - PT (3)
Cv - PT (3)
Gp-T(3), PT(21)
Np-T (3),PT (21)

Reference
(Year)
Sollman
(1949)





Willford
(1966)










Clemens and
Sneed
(1959)
Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)

Fitzgerald, et al
(1952)
Sollman
(1949)




Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)































TJ
•o
m
2
a
x




















-------
     Salicylic
      acid
    Selenium
Silver,
 colloidal
Silver, colloidal,
 (33 percent
 silver nitrate)
2
O
o
2
X
c
30
m
en
Sewage
 organisms
Black
 bullhead
Bluegill
Channel
 catfish
Large mouth
 bass
Rainbow
 trout
White
 crappie
Yellow
 walleye
Cylindrospermum
 lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
 aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
 obliquus (So)
Chlorella
 variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
 parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
 palea (Np)
Cylindrospermum
 lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
 aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
 obliquus (So)
Chlorella
 variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
 parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
 palea (Np)
                                         BOD
                                                                    110(TC50)
                                             FL
                                                            Sweitzer
                                                             Lake,
                                                             Colo.
                                                                        2.0 (O)
                                                                        2.0 (0)
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for     Hermann
 industrial wastes.  Results are recorded as the toxic con-         (1959)
 centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCgo) of oxy-
 gen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxigrams
 depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were devised
 and each chemical classified.
It was tentatively concluded on the basis of the available       Barnhart
 data that fish kill probably resulted from the toxic effects       (1958)
 of selenium, possibly acting in synergism with other ions
 such as uranium or zinc. Arsenic was also found in the
 lake. Samples of flora and fauna of the lake were
 analyzed and found to contain greater than 300 ppm
 selenium.  It was believed that selenium is passed up the
 food chain to the fish which accumulated the element in
 lethal concentrations.
                                                                                      Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st        Palmer and
                                                                                       days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic,           Maloney
                                                                                       PT = partially toxic with  number of days in parentheses.        (1955)
                                                                                       No number indicates observation is for entire test period
                                                                                       of 21 days):
                                                                                        Cl - PT (3)
                                                                                        Ma-PT (14)
                                                                                        So -NT
                                                                                        Cv -NT
                                                                                        Gp-NT
                                                                                        Np-NT

                                                                                      Comment same as above except that:                          Palmer and
                                                                                        Cl - T (3)                                                Maloney
                                                                                        Ma-T(3)                                                (1955)
                                                                                        So - T (3)
                                                                                        Cv - T (3)
                                                                                        Gp-T(3)
                                                                                        Np-T(3)
                                                                                                                                                                                       I
                                                                                                                                                                                       m
                                                                                                                                                                                       O
                                                                                                                                                                                       X
O

-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
£
X
-1
C
3J
m
in
O
-n
O
m
S
O
£
to






*•


X





















Chemical
Silver









Silver-
cynaide
complex
Silver
nitrate



Silver
nitrate

Silver
nitrate



Silver
sulfate
Sodium
acetate



Sodium
acetate



Sodium
acetate


Sodium
aluminate

Organism
Lebistes
reticulatus
Bufo
val/iceps
(tadpoles)
Daphnia
magna



Lepomis
macrochirus
(juveniles)
Gasterosteus
aculeatus



Daphnia
magna

Sewage
organisms



Balanus
balanoides
Polycelis
nigra



Daphnia
magna



Lepomis
macrochirus
Culex sp.
(larvae)
Gambusia
af finis

Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study*1 > Location<2) ppm(3)
BSA - 0.01 (K)

0.1 (K)


0.1 (K)




BSA - (K<1.0)


BSA - 0.003 (K10)




BSA - 0.0051 (0)


BOD - 0.3 (O)




BSA - 0.4 (0)

BSA - 0.15MIL2)




BSA - <5800 (O)




BSA - 5,000 (T1 A)

7,500 (T1A)

BSA - 126IT2A)


Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or NotedW Comments
ace It is assumed in this experiment that the cations considered
are toxic because they combine with an essential sulfhydryl
group attached to a key enzyme. This treatment indicates
that the metals which form the most insoluble sulf ides
are the most toxic. The log of the concentration of the
metal ion is plotted against the log of the solubility product
constant of the metal sulfide — a treatment that does not
lend itself to tabulation. The cation toxicity cited is only
an approximate concentration interpolated from a graph.
Time of death was not specified.
a c d f p With 10 ppm as cyanide content, the median resistance
time varied from 391 to 789 minutes.

— Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
a Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
threshold concentration producing immobilization for
exposure periods of 64 hours.
— This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.6. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
— The concentration listed was lethal to 90% of adult
barnacles in 2 days.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.2. Solutions were renewed
every 1 2 hours.
— This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. This salt may be toxic only
when the concentration is great enough to exert an
unfavorable osmotic effect.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.

a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Reference
(Year)
Shaw and
Grushkin
(1967)







Doudoroff , et al
(1966)

Jones
(1939)



Anderson
(1948)

Sheets
(1957)



Clarke
(1947)
Jones
(1941)



Anderson
(1946)



Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)

Wallen, et al
(1957)





















^
TJ
TJ
m


X
>




















-------
O
    Sodium
     anthra-
     quinone
     alpha-
     sulfonate
    Sodium
     anthra-
     quinone-
     a-sulfonate
    Sodium
     arsenate
    Sodium
     arsenate
     (as AS2O3)
m
5  Sodium
5
     arsenate
O
H  Sodium
S=   arsenate
m
CO
    Sodium
—   arsenate
O
Daphnia
 magna
Lymnaea sp
Daphnia
 magna
Polycelis
 nigra
Smallmouth
 black bass
Largemouth
 black bass
Bluegill
 sunfish
White crappie
Potomogeton
 crispus
P.  foliosus
Najas
 flexilis
Anarchis
 canadensis
Nymphea sp
Scirpus
 validus
Chara sp
Hydrodictyon sp
Oedogonium sp
Cladophora sp
Daphnia
 magna
                      BSA
BSA
BSA
                                            FL
             Leetown,
               Va.
12 (T1A)

186 (T1-4A)


(O)



0.0048 M (L2)





5.0 (O)
                                             BSA
                            31  (O)
                       Phoxinus
                        phoxinus
Daphnia
 magna
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                                  2970 ppm
                                                   (205 min)
                                                  820 ppm
                                                   (467 min)
                                                  234 ppm
                                                   (951 min)
                                                  <20 (O)
                                                                "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
                                                                 as lake water.  Varied results were obtained when evaluations
                                                                 were made in various types of water.
                                                                                                            Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
                                                                                                             described.  The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 7.1.  The
                                                                                                             100-hr threshold was 12%, with 0 percent toxicity at 10%
                                                                                                             and 100 percent toxicity at 30%.
                                                                                                            This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
                                                                                                             on a planarian.  Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
                                                                                                             Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
                                                                                                             The pH of this solution was 7.2.  Solutions were renewed
                                                                                                             every 12 hours.
                                                                                                            Treatment of a series of ponds resulted in control of P. crispus,
                                                                                                             P. foliosus, N. flexilis, and A. canadensis.  Nymphea  sp,
                                                                                                             S. validus, and Chara sp were not controlled. Scum algae
                                                                                                             (Hydrodictyon  sp, Oedogonium sp, and Cladophera sp) in
                                                                                                             solid mats were effectively destroyed by the arsenate.
                                                                                                             Decomposing vegetation stimulated growth of  more
                                                                                                             desirable algae.  No fish mortality occurred due to toxic
                                                                                                             effect of chemical, but some fish  suffocated due to decay-
                                                                                                             ing vegetation.
                                                   a c           This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
                                                                 substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
                                                                 use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used
                                                                 as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
                                                                 defined as the highest concentration which would just
                                                                 fail to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
                                                                 infinite) exposure.
                                                 jsce_f         Tap or distilled water used as diluent.  Toxicity defined as
                                                                 the avg time when the fish  lost equilibrium when exposed
                                                                 to the test chemical (ppm As).
                                                                This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
                                                                 to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
                                                                 centrifuged Lake Erie water.  This salt may be toxic only
                                                                 when the concentration is great enough to exert an un-
                                                                 favorable osmotic effect.
                                                                                                                                                                       Dowden and
                                                                                                                                                                        Bennett
                                                                                                                                                                        (1965)
Freeman
  (1953)
                                                                                                                           Jones
                                                                                                                            (1941)
Surber and
 Everhart
 (1950)
                                                                                                                                                                                       •o
                                                                                                                                                                                       m
                                                                                                                                                                                       Z
                                                                                                                                                                                       O
                                                                                               Anderson
                                                                                                (1944)
                                                                                               Grindley
                                                                                                (1946)
                                                                                                                                                                       Anderson
                                                                                                                                                                        (1946)

-------
n
I
m
S
o
S Chemical
in
^ Sodium
O arsenate
£
x
-i
c
33
m
w Sodium
O arsenite or
arsenious
I oxide
m
s
o
>
&








£
in
ON
Sodium
arsenite




Sodium
arsenite



Sodium
arsenite



Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study '^
Sewage BOD
organisms




Caenis sp BSA
Callibaetis sp
Libellula sp

Ischnura
verticalis
Chironomidae

Asellus
communis
Hydracarina sp

Hyalella
knickerbockeri
Colpidium sp

Paramecium sp
Stylonichia sp
Spirogyra sp
Phoxinus BSA
phoxinus




Daphnia BSA
rt?a<7/ia



Notropsis BSA
hudsonius



Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location^) ppm (3) or Noted'4)
>100(TC50) a





3.0 (K) a
4.0 (K)
14.0 (56%
survival)
11.2 (85%
survival)
2.96 (83%
survival)
21 (81%
survival)
10.5 (94%
survival)
5.88 (30%
survival)
3.5 (100%
survival)
1.75 (plasmolysis
but no kill)

— 953 ppm a c e f
(54.6 min) ~ ~
290 ppm
(186 min)
17.8 ppm
(2174 min)
9.1 (0)




45IT1A) acde
29 (T2A)
27 (T3A)


Comments
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC50) of
oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxi-
grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
devised and each chemical classified.
River water was used as test media with room temperature
and natural sunlight as environmental conditions.
Considerable additional data are presented.
















Tap or distilled water used as diluent. Toxicity defined as
the avg time when the fish lost equilibrium when
exposed to the test chemical (ppm As).



This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. This salt may be toxic only
when the concentration is great enough to exert an un-
favorable osmotic effect.
Some of the fish were not killed in 72 hours by the higher
doses of arsenic (30-35 ppm), had extensive damage to the
fins, while others had scale damage, severe diarrhea, heavy
breathing and hemorrhaging of the body areas around the
caudal, dorsal, and ventral fins.
Reference
(Year)
Hermann
(1959)




Surber and
Meeham
(1931)
















Grindley
(1946)




Anderson
(1946)



Boschetti and
McLoughlin
(1957)























>
TJ
TJ
m
Z
O
X
>















-------
Sodium
 arsenite
Sodium
 arsenite
Sodium
 arsenite

Sodium
 arsenite
Pithophora sp
Hydrodictyon sp
Bottom
 organisms
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Microcrustacea
Rotifers
FL
               Ala.
                ponds
Notemigonus
 crysoleucas
Pimephales
 promelas
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Channel
 catfish
 (fingerlings)
Lepomis sp
FPCH
               N.Y.
BSA
FL
               Ponds in
                Ala.
g
^
m
S
o

£j
>
z
O
2
X
"1
3)
0)
O
Tl
0
z
m
5
Sodium
arsenite


50-51
(sodium
arsenite)
50-52
(sodium
arsenite)
Sodium
arsenite
(tech.)






Calico
fish


Water Hyssop
Parrot's Feather
Bladderwort
Water Hyssop
Parrot's Feather
Bladderwort
Rainbow
trout
Bluegill






                                        FL
                                        FL
                                        FL
                                        BSA
                                                       N.Y.
                                     Lakes in
                                      Fla.

                                     Lakes in
                                      Fla.
4.0 (O)
4.0 (O)
4.0 (O)
4.0 (S23)

4.0 (S23)

4.0 (S23)

47.9 (K1A)



(O)
                           (0)



                           (O)
                           (O)
                           (O)
                           (O)
                           (O)
                           (O)
                           26 (T4A)

                           30 (T4A)
  —           The purpose of this experiment was to determine the effec-     Lawrence
               tiveness of sodium arsenite as a control agent for Pithophora     (1958)
               and to determine the effects of repeated applications of 4
               and 8 ppm arsenious oxide as sodium arsenite on bottom
               organisms and fish production in treated ponds. Pithophora
               was controlled by one or more applications of sodium
               arsenite at a concentration of 4.0 ppm arsenious oxide. Best
               results were obtained when sodium arsenite was applied while
               the alga was in an active growing stage.  The  alga Hydrodictyon
               was also controlled at 4.0 ppm.  The applications of 4 ppm
               applied 1 month apart reduced the number of bottom
               organisms an average of 34 percent and reduced bluegill pro-
               duction an average of 42 percent as compared with those of
               the controlled ponds.
a c d          Conventional farm ponds were used having an  average surface
               area of 0.3 acre and a maximum depth of 7-9 ft. Toxicity
               (in ppm) to fish as maximum safe concentration (S) for
               23 days was determined. Concentration of 0.5  ppm was
               required to control algae.

  a            Tap water was used.  Considerable additional data are
  ~~             presented.

  —         * Fish from ponds treated with sodium arsenite were analyzed
               for arsenic when the concentration in the water had declined
               to less than 1.0 ppm arsenious oxide.  Bluegill sunfish
               analyzed for arsenic were recovered by seining when the
               arsenious oxide concentration in  the pond water had
               declined to less than 1.0 ppm. Arsenic in the digestive tract
               of bluegills from the ponds ranged from 2.1 to 6.6 ppm
               arsenious oxide (wet weight). However, no detectible
               arsenic or only a trace amount was found in the tissue of
               the digestive tract, liver, or muscle.

  —           Fish were analyzed for arsenic, before and after the lakes       Ullmann
               were treated with this herbicide.  No differences in residues     (1961)
               were noted.
                                                                                                                          Eipper
                                                                                                                            (1959)
Clemens and
 Sneed
 (1959)
Dupree
 (1960)
I
m
O
                                                                                                        A concentration of 10.0 ppm controlled the indicated species.
                                                                                                        Comment same as above.
                                                                                                        This is an estimated LCsg value at temperatures from 55 to
                                                                                                         75 F.
                                                                                               Phillippy
                                                                                                (1961)
                                                                                                                                                                  Phillippy
                                                                                                                                                                   (1961)
                                                                                                                                                Cope
                                                                                                                                                 (1965)

-------
o
I
m
S
o
r Chemical
5 Sodium
O arsenite
S
X
-j
33
m
O
Tl
O
m
S
o
to Sodium
arsenite
Sodium
arsenite







3 Sodium
arsenite



Sodium
arsenite








Sodium
arsenite




Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study H)
Filamentous algae FL
Cladophora
Spirogyra
Zygnema
Submerged plants
Chara
Potamogeton

Emergent plants
Alisma
Sagittaria
Zooplankton

Pteronarcys sp BSA
(nymphs)
Salmo FL
gairdnerii
Carassius
auratus
Lepomis
macrochirus



Daphnia BSA
magna
Rainbow
trout
Bluegill
Salmo BSA
gairdneri
Lepomis
macrochirus
Pteronarcys
californicus
Daphnia
pulex
Simocephalus
serrulatus
Simocephalus BSA
serrulatus
Daphnia
pulex


Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location^) ppm'3)
N.Y.
4(K)
4(K)
4(K)

(0)
(0)


(0)
(0)
(0)

- 45 (T4A)

La Cross, 25 (T4A)
Wis.
34 (T4A)

35 (T4A)




6.5 (5.7-7.3)
(0)
60(0)
60 (O)
44 (O)
36.5 (T2A)

44.0 (T2A)

80.0 (T2A)

1.8 (T2A)

1.4 (T2A)

1.4 (SB)

1.8 (SB)



Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4> Comments
a c
Complete decomposition in about 2 weeks.
Complete decomposition in about 2 weeks.
Complete decomposition in about 2 weeks.

Sodium arsenite, 4 ppm, did not cause any kill.
Sodium arsenite, 4 ppm, caused 95% kill. Decomposition
occurred in about 1 month.

Sodium arsenite, 4 ppm, caused 15% kill.
Sodium arsenite, 4 ppm, did not cause any kill.
Applications of 4 ppm sodium arsenite produced significant
reduction.
a Experiments were all conducted at 60 F in 1964. The values
were listed as LCsQ.
a c f i m The herbicide used was a commercial formulation containing
40 percent sodium arsenite by weight. Substantial residues
of arsenic were found in the water, bottom soil, and
throughout the organs and flesh of the bluegills at the
termination of the experiment. Treatments totaling
4.0 ppm or more resulted in reduced numbers of bottom
fauna, and a concentration of 1.2 ppm of the chemical
controlled rotifers.

a c d i q Toxicity, in terms of median immobilization concentration
(IC5Q), is presented for Daphnia; median lethal concen-
tration (LCgfj) values for rainbow trout and bluegill are
reported.

a This paper reports acute toxicity of a number of com-
pounds, and discusses subacute mortality as well. Effects
on reproduction and behavior are also discussed. Data
presented as £€59.






— Concentration reported is for immobilization.
Time for immobilization was 64 hr.
Data cited are for 78 F, but assays were performed at varied
temperatures.
Water chemistry (unspecified) was "controlled" during
the assay period.
Reference
(Year)
Cowell
(1965)











Cope
(1965)
Gilderhus
(1966)







Crosby and
Tucker
(1966)


Cope
(1966)








Sanders and
Cope
(1966)
























^
•o
m
2
2


^


















-------
    Sodium
     arsenite
    Sodium
     arsenite

    Sodium
     arsenite
     (tech.)
    Sodium
     azide
o
m
£
Blue-green algae
 Cylindrospermum
 Anabaena
 Anacystis
 Calothrix
 Nostoc
 Oscillatoria
 Plectonema
Green algae
 Ankistrodesmus
 Chlorella
 Closterium
 Oocystis
Green algae
 Scenedesmus
 Stigeoclonium
 Zygnema
Green flagellate and
 yellow algae
 Chalmydomonas
 Pandorina
 Tribonema
 Gomphonema
 Navicula
 Nitzchia

Lepomis
 macrochirus

Pteronarcys
 californica
 (naiads)

Procambarus
 clarki
Lepomis
 macrochirus
                           2.0 (O)
                                            BSA
BSA
                                            BSA
2
O
£
X
c
3)
m
CO
O
•n
g
m
S
Sodium
azide

Sodium
benzenesulfonate




Sodium
benzoate


Pteronarcys
calif ornica
(naiads)
Daphnia
magna




Daphnia
magna


                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                           0.7 (T1A)
0.038 (T4A)
                           1.0 (KD*
                           1.0 (K1)**
                           1.5 (T1A)*
                           1.8(T1A)*»
                           "Technical
                            formulation
                          **Granular
                           0.0092 (T4A)
                                                 (O)
                                                                       <650 (O)
                                                                                              a b e
                                                 a c d e f
                                                                                             a cd ef
                                    NaAsC>2 was generally nontoxic or only partially toxic
                                     briefly for all algae species. Growth of Cylindrospermum
                                     and  Nitzchia was apparently stimulated. This compound
                                     was the  least effective of four evaluated as algicides.
                                                          Kemp, et al
                                                           (1966)
                                    This report is a simple and straightforward determination       Hughes and
                                     of a median tolerable limit for a selected group of herbicides.    Davis
                                                                                               (1967)
                                                                          •o
                                                                          m
                                                                          Z
                                                                          O
Data reported as LC5Q at 15.5 C in 4 days.
                                    In general, when mud was added to the tank the toxicity of
                                     the chemical decreased.
                                                                                     Data reported as (-€50 at 15.5 C in 4 days.
                                                               Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
                                                                 described.  The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 7.1. The
                                                                 100-hr threshold was 2840%, with 0 percent toxicity at
                                                                 1895% and 100 percent toxicity at 8000%.
                                                               This assay is based on concentration of the chemical
                                                                 required to immobilize the test animal. Assays were
                                                                 conducted in centrifuged Lake Erie water. This salt
                                                                 may be toxic only when the concentration is great
                                                                 enough to exert an unfavorable osmotic effect.
Sanders and
 Cope
 (1968)
                                                          Hughes
                                                           (1966)
                                                                                              Sanders and
                                                                                               Cope
                                                                                               (1968)
                                                                                              Freeman
                                                                                               (1953)
                                                                                                                                               Anderson
                                                                                                                                                (1946)

-------
CHEMICALS
2
0
s
>J
— {
c
3D
m
en
O
-r\
O
I
m
s
o
c
CO







;>
t
K)
O



















Chemical
Sodium
benzoate





Sodium
o-benzoyl
sulfimide
(soluble
saccharin)
Sodium
bicarbonate



Sodium
bicarbonate






Sodium
bicarbonate


Sodium
bicarbonate




Sodium
bicarbonate

Sodium
bicarbonate


Sodium
bicarbonate

Organism
Sewage
organisms





Sewage
organisms



Polycelis
nigra



Daphnia
magna






Daphnia
magna


Lepomis
macrochirus




Gambusia
affinis

Lepomis
macrochirus


Culex sp
(larvae)

Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
StudyC" Location<2) ppm<3) or Noted<4)
BOD - (NTE)






BOD - >1000(TC5fj) a




BSA - 0.085 M(L2) c




BSA - 4200 (O) a c







BSA - 2350 (0)



BCFA - 8,250 (T4A) acef
small
8,600 (T4A)
medium
9,000 (T4A)
large
BSA - 7,550 (T2A) a c d e g


BSA - 9000 (T4A) a c d e i



BSA - 2,000 (T1 A) ac


Comments
The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
industrial wastes. Results are recorded as the toxic con-
centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of
oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxi-
grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
devised and each chemical classified.

Comment same as above.




This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a plananan. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.4. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as
a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.

This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. This report toxic value may
be due to an unfavorable osmotic effect.
Test water was composed of distilled water through CP
grade chemicals and was aerated throughout the
96-hour exposure period.
At pH 7, the ratio of bicarbonate to carbonate was
2270:1.

The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data
reported are for larger fish, app. 14.24 cm in length. Data
for smaller fish are also in the report.
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Reference
(Year)
Hermann
(1959)





Hermann
(1959)



Jones
(1941)



Anderson
(1944)






Anderson
(1946)


Cairns and
Scheier
(1955)



Wallen, et al
(1957)

Cairns and
Scheier
(1959)

Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
•o
•o
m
Z
O

-------
C
•}>
_
O
X
m
 Sodium
  bicarbonate
Sodium
  bisulfate
Sodium
  bisulfate
     Sodium
       bisulfate

     Sodium
J>     bisulfite
i—»
i—•   Sodium
       bisulfite

     Sodium
       bisulfite-
     Sodium
       sulfate

     Sodium
  2    bisulfite-
  nj  Sodium
  —    carbonate
  >  Sodium
      bisulfite-
  >  Sodium
  O    carbonate-
  2  Sodium
  ~    chromate
Sodium
 bisulfite-
Sodium
 carbonate-
Sodium
  ...
 silicate
Sodium
 bisulfite-
Sodium
 silicate
                       Nitzschia
                        linearis
                       Lepomis
                        macrochirus
                      Daphnia
                       magna
                      Daphnia
                       magna
                      BSA
                   Culex sp
                    (larvae)

                   Daphnia
                    magna

                   Daphnia
                    magna

                   Daphnia
                    magna
                   Daphnia
                    magna
                   Daphnia
                    magna
Daphnia
 magna
                      Daphnia
                       magna
                     BSA
                     BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
650 (T5A)

8,600 (T4A)




190 (O)




153.4 (O)
                                            BSA
300 (T1 A)


<145(O)


102 (O)


82 (O)

3642  (O)

850 (O)

436 (O)

87 (O)

440 (O)

0.35 (O)

38(0)

194 (O)

92 (O)

177 (O)

427 (O)
The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
  there was a constant relationship between the responses of
  these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
  apparent relationship of this type.  Therefore the authors
  advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
  web be made in any situation.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
  to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
  centrifuged Lake Erie water.
Toxic effect may be a result of lowering the pH below 6.0.

The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects
  of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an aquatic
  invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inorganic salts
  known to be present in various industrial effluents.
  Analysis of data conclusively shows the D. magna tested
  under lowered oxygen tension exhibited lower threshold
  values for the chemicals studied than when tested at
  atmospheric dissolved oxygen.
"Standard reference water" was described and  used as well
  as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
  were made in various types of water.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
  to immobilize the test animal.  Assays were conducted in
  centrifuged Lake Erie water.
Standard  reference water used.  Toxicity threshold is defined
  as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
  100-hr exposure period.
Comment same as above.
                                                                                                           Comment same as above.
                                                                                                           Comment same as above.
Comment same as above.
                                                                                                                                              Patrick, et al
                                                                                                                                               (1968)
                                                                                                                                              Anderson
                                                                                                                                               (1946)
                                                                                                                                              Fairchild
                                                                                                                                               (1955)
                                                                                    Comment same as above.
                                                                                                                                              Dowden and
                                                                                                                                               Bennett
                                                                                                                                               (1965)
                                                                                                                                              Anderson
                                                                                                                                               (1946)

                                                                                                                                              F-'reeman and
                                                                                                                                               Fowler
                                                                                                                                               (1953)
                                                                                                                                              Freeman and
                                                                                                                                               Fowler
                                                                                                                                               (1953)


                                                                                                                                              Freeman and
                                                                                                                                               Fowler
                                                                                                                                               (1953)

                                                                                                                                              Freeman and
                                                                                                                                               Fowler
                                                                                                                                               (1953)
                                                         Freeman and
                                                          Fowler
                                                          (1953)
                                                                                                                                              Freeman and
                                                                                                                                               Fowler
                                                                                                                                               (1953)
O
X

-------
CHEMICALS
2
0
Z
X
c
XI
m
en
O
O
I
m
£
o
c;








^
K)
NJ






















Chemical
Sodium
bisulfite-
Sodium
chromate
Sodium
bisulfite-
Sodium
silicate-
Sodium
sulfate

Sodium
bisulfite-
Sodium
chromate-
Sodium
silicate
Sodium
bisulfite-
Sodium
carbonate-
Sodium
sulfate
Sodium
bisulfite-
Sodium
chromate-
Sodium
sulfate
Sodium
bisulfite






Sodium
bisulfite

Sodium
bisulfite





Organism
Daphnia
magna


Daphnia
magna





Daphnia
magna




Daphnia
magna




Daphnia
magna




Daphnia
magna






Gambusia
af finis

Daphnia
magna
(young)
Daphnia
magna
(adult)
Dugesia sp
Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study!1* Location!2) ppm(3)
BSA - 70 (O)

0.286 (0)

BSA - 52 (O)

126 (O)

2308 (0)


BSA - 144(O)

0.861 (O)

506 (0)

BSA - 58 (0)

295 (0)

2562 (O)

BSA - 75 (O)

0.306 (O)

3312 (O)

BSA - 61.4(0)







BSA - 240 (T2A)


BSA - 116IT2A)


102 (T4A)


179 (T4A)
Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted!4) Comments
ac Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
100-hr exposure period.

a c Comment same as above.






a c Comment same as above.





a c Comment same as above.





a c Comment same as above.





a c The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects
of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an aquatic
invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inorganic salts
known to be present in various industrial effluents.
Analysis of data conclusively shows the D. magna tested
under lowered oxygen tension exhibited lower threshold
values for the chemicals studied than when tested at
atmospheric dissolved oxygen.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity on the chemicals
was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c "Standard reference water'' was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.




Reference
(Year)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)

Freeman
(1953)





Freeman
(1953)




Freeman
(1953)




Freeman
(1953)




Fairchild
(1955)






Wallen, et al
(1957)

Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)




m
Z
g

x

-------
                 Lymnaea sp
Sodium
 bisulfite plus
 sodium
 silicate
Mollienesia
 latopinna
Daphnia
 magna












;>
OJ







O
s
5
£
>
0
s
X
H
3D
m
V)
O
Tl
1.
m
2
E
Sodium
bisulfite plus
sodium
carbonate
Sodium
bisulfite plus
sodium
chromate
Sodium
bisulfite plus
sodium
sulfate
Sodium
bisulfite plus
sodium
carbonate and
sodium
chromate
Sodium
bisulfite plus
sodium
chromate
and sodium
sulfate
Sodium
bisulfite
plus sodium
carbonate
and sodium
silicate
Sodium
bisulfite
plus sodium
chromate
and sodium
silicate
Sodium
bisulfite
plus sodium
carbonate
and sodium
sulfate
Daphnia
magna


Daphnia
magna


Daphnia
magna


Daphnia
magna



Daphnia
magna




Daphnia
magna


Daphnia
magna


Daphnia
magna

BSA
                                     BSA
                                     BSA
                                     BSA
                                     BSA
                                     BSA
                                     BSA
                                     BSA
                                     BSA
179 (T1A)

241 (T1A)


950-14,210 (T1A)
785-11,723 (T2A)
15-22 (T4A)
                                             436(T4A)
                                             85(T4A)
                                             68 (T4A)
                                             0.278 (T4A)
                                                              82 (T4A)
                                                              3,654 (T4A)
                                             86 (T4A)
                                             441 (T4A)
                                             0.354 (T4A)
                                             78 (T4A)
                                             0.32 (T4A)
                                             3,443 (T4A)
                                             39 (T4A)
                                             198 (T4A)
                                             93 (T4A)
                                             224 (T4A)
                                             0.086 (T4A)
                                             506 (T4A)
                                             57 (T4A)
                                             296 (T4A)
                                             2,869 (T4A)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
 as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
 were made in various types of water.
The two TLm values are the respective concentration of each
 of the chemicals listed.
Comment same as above.
                                                                                                Comment same as above.
                                                                               Comment same as above.
                                                                                                Comment same as above.
                                                                                                Comment same as above.
                                                                                                Comment same as above.
                                                                                                Comment same as above.
                                                                                                Comment same as above.
Dowden and
 Bennett
 (1965)
                                                                                                                Dowden and
                                                                                                                 Bennett
                                                                                                                 (1965)

                                                                                                                Dowden and
                                                                                                                 Bennett
                                                                                                                 (1965)

                                                                                                                Dowden and
                                                                                                                 Bennett
                                                                                                                 (1965)

                                                                                                                Dowden and
                                                                                                                 Bennett
                                                                                                                 (1965)
                                                                                                                Dowden and
                                                                                                                 Bennett
                                                                                                                 (1965)
                                                                                                                                                     Dowden and
                                                                                                                                                      Bennett
                                                                                                                                                      (1965)
                                                                                                                                                     Dowden and
                                                                                                                                                      Bennett
                                                                                                                                                      (1965)
                                                                                                                                                     Dowden and
                                                                                                                                                      Bennett
                                                                                                                                                      (1965)
                                                                                                      I
                                                                                                      m
                                                                                                      O
                                                                                                      X

-------
CHEMICALS
2
0
£
X
H
an
m
tn
O
o
X
m
Z
0
r;
i/i






>•

j
^




















Chemical
Sodium
bisulfite
plus sodium
silicate and
sodium
sulfate

Sodium
borate



Sodium
borate


Sodium
borate
(ore)
Sodium
borate

Sodium
bromate



Sodium
bromate

Sodium
bromide



Sodium
bromide



Sodium
p-bromo-
benzene-
sulfonate
Organism
Daphnia
magna





Polycelis
nigra



Daphnia
magna


Salmo
gairdnerii

Gambusia
af finis

Polycelis
nigra



Daphnia
magna

Polycelis
nigra



Daphnia
magna



Daphnia
magna


Bioassay
or Field
Study (1)
BSA






BSA




BSA



BSA


BSA


BSA




BSA


BSA




BSA




BSA



Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location'2) ppm'3)
52 (T4A)
126(T4A)
2,326 (T4A)




0.026 M (L2)




<240 (O)



2800 (T1 A)
1800(T2A)

8,200 (T2A)


- 0.020 M(L2)




210(0)


0.14 M(L2)




8200 (0)




843 (K)



Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted (*) Comments
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.
Each of the three TLm values represents the concentration
of each of the chemicals, respectively.


c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.8. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
— This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. Threshold value may be only
half of that reported.
a e Most of the weed-killer formulations in this study consisted
of more than one substance, i.e., oils, emulsifiers,
stabilizers, and other adjuvants.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.6. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
— This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.6. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
— This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. This salt may show toxicity
when the concentration is high enough to exert unfavorable
osmotic effect.
a c Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 6.9.


Reference
(Year)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)




Jones-
(1941)



Anderson
(1946)


Alabaster
(1956)

Wallen, et al
(1957)

Jones
(1941)



Anderson
(1946)

Jones
(1941)



Anderson
(1946)



Freeman
(1953)























^
TJ
m
z
D


>


















-------
     Sodium
      p-bromo-
      benzene-
      sulfonate
     Sodium
      n-butyl-
      sulfonate
     Sodium
      butyl
      sulfonate

     Sodium
      butyrate

     Sodium
      carbonate
;>
i—    Sodium
h?     carbonate
O
m  Sodium
S   carbonate
    Sodium
     carbonate
c
a
Jjj  Sodium
     carbonate
X  Sodium
2   carbonate

O
 Daphnia
 magna
 Lepomis
 macrochirus
 Lymnaea sp
 (eggs)
 Daphnia
 magna

 Daphnia
 magna

 Lepomis
 macrochirus

 Daphnia
 magna
                      BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
BSA
Micropterus
 salmoides
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Goldfish
                                             BSA
Daphnia
 magna
Oncorhyncus
 tshawytscha
Oncorhyncus
 kisutch
Salmo
 clarkii
Daphnia
 magna

Lepomis
 macrochirus
BSA
BSA
BSA
                                            BCFA
                                                                         523(T4A)

                                                                         1,560(T1A)

                                                                         2,590 (T1-4A)


                                                                         7,827 (K)
                                                                         8,000 (T1A)
                                                                         5,400 (T3A)
                                                                         2,700 (T4A)
                                                                         5,000 (T1A)
                           424 (O)
                                                   a c
                                                                        500 (O)

                                                                        500 (O)

                                                                        500 (O)
                                                                       a c f p i
                                                                         <424 (O)




                                                                         68 (K5)

                                                                         70 (K5)

                                                                         80 (K5)

                                                                         524 (O)


                                                                         300 (T4A)
                                                  a d e
                                                                                              a c e f
                                                                "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
                                                                 as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
                                                                 were made in various types of water.
Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
 described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 7.1.

"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
 as lake water.  Varied results were obtained when evaluations
 were made in various types of water.
Comment same as above.
This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
 substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
 use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used
 as a diluent in the bioassay.  Threshold concentration was
 defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
 to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
 infinite) exposure.
The disposal of cannery wastes frequently involves the use
 of chemicals for treatment purposes.  Ferrous sulphate,
 alum, and  lime are used in chemical coagulation; sodium
 carbonate for acidity control in biological filters; and
 sodium nitrate in lagoons for odor control. Lye (sodium
 hydroxide) peeling  of certain fruits and vegetables is not
 uncommon. These chemicals, in whole or part, are dis-
 charged in most cases to a stream. The concentrations
 listed permitted largemouth  bass to survive 7  to 9 hours,
 bluegills to survive 4.5 to 11  hours, and goldfish to survive
 indefinitely.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
 to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
 centrifuged Lake Erie water.  Toxic effect may be due in
 part to the rise in pH to 9.2.
This chemical is one  of a number that may be found in
 Kraft mill waste effluents. Data are expressed as minimum
 lethal concentration for 5 days.
                                                                Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined
                                                                 as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
                                                                 100-hr exposure period.
                                                                Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade
                                                                 chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hr
                                                                 exposure period.  Toxicity was essentially determined
                                                                 by pH. At pH 10 the carbonate to bicarbonate ratio
                                                                 was 1:2.27.
                                                          Dowden and
                                                           Bennett
                                                           (1965)
                                                                                                                                                Freeman
                                                                                                                                                 (1953)

                                                                                                                                                Dowden and
                                                                                                                                                 Bennett
                                                                                                                                                 (1965)
                                                                                                                                                Dowden and
                                                                                                                                                 Bennett
                                                                                                                                                 (1965)
                                                                                                                                                Anderson
                                                                                                                                                 (1944)
                                                                                                                          Sanborn
                                                                                                                           (1945)
                                                                                                                          Anderson
                                                                                                                           (1946)
                                                                                                                          Haydu, et al
                                                                                                                           (1952)
                                                          Freeman and
                                                           Fowler
                                                           (1953)
                                                          Cairns and
                                                           Scheier
                                                           (1955)
                                                                                                                                                                O
                                                                                                                                                                X

-------
CHEMICALS
>
0
Z
X
H
C
3D
m
C/1
O
Tl
i
i
o
>
r
C/)







>
.1.
t j
G^





















Chemical
Sodium
carbonate






Sodium
carbonate

Sodium
carbonate


Sodium
carbonate










Sodium
carbonate




Sodium
carbonate-
Sodium
chromate
Sodium
carbonate
plus sodium
chromate
Sodium
carbonate-
Sodium
silicate
Organism
Daphnia
magna






Gambusia
affinis

Lepomis
macrochirus


Amphipoda
Co/ex sp
(larvae)
Daphnia
magna
Dugesia sp
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp.
(eggs)
Mollienesia
latopinna
Nitzschia
linearis
Lepomis
macrochirus


Daphnia
magna


Daphnia
magna


Daphnia
magna


Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study<1 > Location<2) ppm(3)
BSA - 552.4 (O)







BSA - 840 (T2A)


BSA - 300 (T4A)



BSA - 360 (Tl A)
1,820 (T1A)

347 (T1A)

607 (T1A)
384 (T1A)

385 (T1 A)

403 (T1A)
405 (T2A)
BSA - 242 (T5A)

320 (T4A)



BSA - 408 (0)

0.33 (0)

BSA - 420 (T4A)
0.34 (T4A)


BSA - 180(0)

85 (O)

Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
a c The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects
of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an aquatic
invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inorganic salts
known to be present in various industrial effluents.
Analysis of data conclusively shows the D. magna tested
under lowered oxygen tension exhibited lower threshold
values for the chemicals studied than when tested at atmo-
spheric dissolved oxygen.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c e d i A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
~~ distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data
reported are for larger fish, app. 14.24 cm in length. Data
for smaller fish are also in the report.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water.









ace The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
there was a constant relationship between the responses of
these organisms. From the data presented, there was no
apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
web be made in any situation.
a c Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
100-hr exposure period.

a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations
were made in various types of water. Each value represents
the concentration of each respective chemical.
a c Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
100-hr exposure period.

Reference
(Year)
Fairchild
(1955)






Wallen, et al
(1957)

Cairns and
Scheier
(1959)

Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)









Patrick, et al
(1968)




Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)

Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)

Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)

m
Z
O

-------
to
-J
      Sodium
       carbonate
       plus sodium
       silicate
      Sodium
       carbonate-
      Sodium
       sulfate
      Sodium
       carbonate
       plus sodium
       sulfate
    Sodium
      carbonate-
    Sodium
      chro mate-
    Sodium
      silicate
    Sodium
      carbonate
      plus sodium
      chromate
      and sodium
      silicate

    Sodium
      carbonate-
    Sodium
      chromate-
    Sodium
      sulfate
O  Sodium
j^   carbonate
2   plus sodium
O   chromate
p   and sodium
W   sulfate
Z  Sodium
°   carbonate-
Is  Sodium
>5   silicate-
C  Sodium
j*j   sulfate
_  Sodium
•n   carbonate
O   plus sodium
m   silicate and
S   sodium
O   sulfate
Daphnia
 magna
Daphnia
 magna
Daphnia
 magna
Daphnia
 magna
Daphnia
 magna
Daphnia
 magna
Daphnia
 magna
Daphnia
 magna
Daphnia
 magna
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                             BSA
                                                                       265 (T1 A)
                                                                       130 (T1A)
                                                221 (O)

                                                1,918 (O)

                                                198 (T1A)
                                                666(T1A)
                                                172(T2A)
                                                577 (T2A)
                                                66 (T3A)
                                                222 (T3A)
                                                182 (O)

                                                0.146(0)

                                                86(0)

                                                187(T4A)
                                                0.15 (T4A)
                                                88 (T4A)
                                                240 (O)

                                                0.192 (O)

                                                2079 (O)

                                                240 (T4A)
                                                0.19 (T4A)
                                                2,078 (T4A)
                                                 155(O)

                                                 73(0)

                                                 1343 (O)

                                                 161(T4A)
                                                 76(T4A)
                                                 1,396(T4A)
                                                                                     "Standard reference water" was described and used as well      Dowden and
                                                                                      as lake water.  Varied results were obtained when evaluations    Bennett
                                                                                      were made in various types of water. Each TLm value is        (1965)
                                                                                      equal to the concentration of each respective chemical.
                                                                                     Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined    Freeman and
                                                                                      as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a        Fowler
                                                                                      100-hr exposure period.                                     (1953)

                                                                                     "Standard reference water" was described and used as well      Dowden and
                                                                                      as lake water.  Varied results were obtained when evaluations    Bennett
                                                                                      were made in various types of water. Each TLm value is        (1965)
                                                                                      equal to the concentration of each respective chemical.
                                                                                    Standard reference water used.  Toxicity threshold is defined    Freeman and
                                                                                      as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a        Fowler
                                                                                      100-hr exposure period.                                    (1953)
                                                                                                            "Standard reference water" was described and used as well      Dowden and
                                                                                                             as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations    Bennett
                                                                                                             were made in various types of water.  Each TLm value          (1965)
                                                                                                             represents the concentration of each respective chemical.
                                                                                                            Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined    Freeman and
                                                                                                             as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a        Fowler
                                                                                                             100-hr exposure period.                                     (1953)
                                                                                                            "Standard reference water" was described and used as well      Dowden and
                                                                                                             as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations    Bennett
                                                                                                             were made in various types of water.  Each TLm value          (1965)
                                                                                                             represents the concentration of each respective chemical.
                                                                                                            Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined    Freeman and
                                                                                                             as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a        Fowler
                                                                                                             100-hr exposure period.                                     (1953)
                                                                                                            "Standard reference water" was described and used as well      Dowden and
                                                                                                             as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evaluations    Bennett
                                                                                                             were made in various types of water.  Each TLm value is        (1965)
                                                                                                             equal to the concentration of each respective chemical.
                                                                                                                                                              m
                                                                                                                                                              O

-------
to
00
CHEMICALS
2
0
3
x
c
3)
m
en
O
-n
O
m
S
o
>
In








j
)

















Chemical
Sodium
carboxyethyl
rosin amine










Sodium
chlorate



Sodium
chlorate

Sodium
chlorate

Sodium
chloride




Sodium
chloride



Sodium
chloride





Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Organism Study (^ Location^) ppm'3)
Cylindrospermum L — 2.0 (O)
licheniforme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gp)
Nitzschia
palea (Np)

Poly eel is BSA - 0.15M(L2)
nigra



Daphnia BSA - 4240 (0)
magna

Salmo BSA - 4200 (T1 A)
gairdnerii 2750 (T2A)

Carassius BSA - (O)
carassius




Polycelis BSA - 0.19 M(L2)
nigra



Daphnia BSA - 6143(O)
magna





Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st
~ days to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic.
PT = partially toxic with number of days in parentheses.
No number indicates observation is for entire test period
of 21 days):
Cl -PT(14)
Ma-PT (14)
So - NT
Cv - NT
Gp-T(3)
Np- NT


c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.4. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
— This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water.
a e Most of the weed-killer formulations in this study consisted
~ of more than one substance, i.e., oils, emulsifiers, stabilizers.
and other adjuvants.
a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
~ possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of temper-
ature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the gold-
fish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier work.
and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.27N solution, the fish survived 178 minutes.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.0. Solutions were renewed
every 1 2 hours.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various
substances found in industrial wastes as determined by the
use of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used
as a diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
Reference
(Year)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)










Jones
(1941)



Anderson
(1946)

Alabaster
(1956)

Powers
(1918)




Jones
(1941)



Anderson
(1944)





m

O

-------
    Sodium
     chloride
 Brook
  trout
                      BSA
                            (O)
    Sodium
     chloride


    Sodium
     chloride

    Sodium
     chloride
    Sodium
     chloride
I  Sodium
™   chloride
1
O
C
3D
rn
c/i
Q  Sodium
~n   chloride
X
m
5
o
Daphnia
 magna


Daphnia
 magna

Lepomis
 macrochirus
BSA
BSA
BSA
                                                                        <4200 (O)



                                                                        3,680 (S)



                                                                        12,946 (T4A)
Daphnia
 magna
BSA
                                                                        5,093 (O)
Cylindrospermum
 lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
 aeruginosa  (Ma)
Scenedesmus
 obliquus (So)
Chlorella
 variegata ICv)
Gomphonema
 parvulum (Gpi
Nitzschia
 palea (Np)
Biomorpholaria
 a. alexandrina
Bui in us
 truncatus
Lymnaea
 caillaudi
                           2.0 (O)
                                            BSA
                           4100 (K1A)

                           2600 (K1A)

                           2600 (K1 A)
               Fish were fed NaCI in gelatin capsules in amounts of 5.0 to
                25.0 mg.  Fish averaged 5.6 grams in weight.  Physical effects
                of the salt were exhibited rather than true toxicity.  Fish
                were also immersed in NaCI solution. Immersion in a 2.5%
                solution produced no increase in blood salt concentration.
                A 30-minute bath in 3.0% salt or a 10-minute bath in 5.0%
                salt caused a rise in blood salinity  that quickly returned to
                normal when the fish were placed  in fresh water. A 60-
                minute bath in 3.0% salt resulted in a very high blood salt
                level that required 48 hours to return to normal. A
                15-minute bath in a 5.0% solution resulted in the loss of
                the majority of the fish.
               This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
                to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
                centrifuged Lake Erie water.

               Lake Erie water was used as diluent. Toxicity given as
                threshold concentration producing immobilization for
                exposure periods of 64 hours.
                                                                                                                                                                       Phillips
                                                                                                                                                                         (1944)
Anderson
 (1946)

Anderson
 (1948)

Trama
 (1954)
a d e f         This paper reports the LDsg in 96 hours for 8 common
                inorganic salts. A synthetic dilution water of controlled
                hardness was prepared for use in the experiments. Among
                other variables, specific conductivity, as mhos at 20 C,
                was measured.  If this salt is toxic to fish, this experiment
                did not demonstrate it. A saturated solution of 2,980 ppm
                produced no significant mortalities.

 ac           The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects      Fairchild
                of lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an aquatic     (1955)
                invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inorganic salts
                known to be present in various industrial effluents. Analysis
                of data conclusively shows the D. magna tested under lowered
                oxygen tension exhibited lower threshold values for the
                chemicals studied than when tested at atmospheric dissolved
                oxygen.

  a_           Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days    Palmer and
                to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT =           Maloney
                partially toxic with  number of days in parentheses. No         (1955)
                number indicates observation  is for entire test period of
                21 days):
                 Cl  -NT
                 Ma - NT
                 So -NT
                 Cv -NT
                 Gp -NT
                 Np -NT

  a           The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis chem-     Gohar and
                icals is somewhat dependent upon temperature. The tern-       EI-Gindy
                perature at which (K1 A) occurred was 26 C.                   (1961)
                                                                                                                                                                                       m
                                                                                                                                                                                       z
                                                                                                                                                                                       a

-------
CHEMICALS
z
o
Z
X
-\
c
DO
m
C/)
O
Tl
0
I
m
S
o
•^
t/i







i**
LO
0













Chemical
Sodium
chloride

Sodium
chloride













Sodium
chloride
Sodium
chloride










Sodium
chloride

Sodium
chloride
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study'""
Gambusia BSA
af finis

Limnodrilus BSA
hoffmeisteri
Erpobdella
punctata
Helisoma
campanulata
Gyraulus
circumstriatus
Physa
heterostropha
Sphaerium
cf. tenue
Asellus
communis
Argia sp
Hydropsyche BSA
Stenonema
Cyprinidae BSA
Asellus sp

Hydropsyche sp

Dressenia sp
Calliriche sp
Helosciadium sp
Nodiflorum sp
f/uviatilis
Lemna
trisulca
Nais spp BSA


Potamogeton BSA
pectinatus
Toxicity, Experimental
Active Variables
Field Ingredient, Controlled
Location'2) ppm'3) or Noted'4)
18,100 (T2A) acdeg


6200 (T4A) a c d i
7500 (T4A)
6150 (T4A)

3200 (T4A)

3500 (T4A)

5100 (T4A)
6200 (T4A)
1100 (T4A)
1 1 50 (T4A)
8250 (T4A)

24,000 (T4A)
9,000 (T2A) a
2,500 (T2A)
10,000 (L10A) a
1 0,000 (L7 and
K4FA)
10,000 (L6and
K17A)
10,000 (L5A)
10,000 (K13A)



(0)

1.0%(T36min) af


(0)

Comments
The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
Most of the data developed was with hard water, but experi-
ments with soft water were also conducted. Additional
TLm data are presented.












Soft water used as diluent water.

L. trisulca was not affected at 10,000 ppm.











All tests were conducted in hard water. Time given is
median survival time of the worms.

Increasing NaCI solutions produced a proportional adverse
effect on vegetative growth and seed production, but a
Reference
(Year)
Wallen, et al
(1957)

Wurtz and
Bridges
(1961)












Roback
(1965)
Vivier and
Nisbet
(1965)









Learner and
Edwards
(1963)
Teeter
(1965)
                                                                          m
                                                                          Z
                                                                          g
                                                                          x
concentration of 3000 ppm stimulated the production and

growth of tubers. 9000 ppm completely inhibited the

growth of one-week-old plants. 15,000 ppm reduced

growth completely and was fatal to many plants.

-------
Sodium
 chloride
Sodium
 chloride
Carassius
 carassius
Culex sp
 (larvae)
Daphnia
 magna
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
 (eggs)
Mollienesia
 latopinna
Nitzschia
 linearis
Lepomis
 macrochirus
                                        BSA
                                        BSA




£>
t— *
OJ








£
m

8
Jo
^
0
s
X
c
3)
m
O)
O
/•v
5
m
§
Sodium p-
chlorobenzene
sulfonate
Sodium p-
chlorobenzene
sulfonate



Sodium 2-
chlorotoluene-
4-sulfonate
Sodium 2-
chlorotoluene-
5-sulfonate







Sodium
chromate




Sodium
chromate

Sodium
chromate
Daphnia
magna

Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Lepomis
macrochirus

Daphnia
magna
(young)
Daphnia
magna
(adult)
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Mollienesia
latopinna
Polycelis
nigra




Sewage
organisms

Daphnia
magna
                                        BSA
                                        BSA
                                        BSA
                                        BSA
                                        BSA





                                        BOD


                                        BSA
13,750 (T1A)

10,500 (T1A)

6,447 (T1A)

14,125 (T1A)

3,412 (T1 A)

18,735 (T1A)

2,430 (T5A)

12,940 (T4A)




3,007 (K)



2,394 (T4A)

3,219 (T1A)

8,600 (T1 A)

1,374 (T1A)


0.8 (T1A)


3.3 (T1A)


30. (T1A)

115.2 (T1A)

0.0028M (L2)
1.0(0)

<0.32 (O)
"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
 as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
 tions were made in various types of water.
Dowden and
 Bennett
 (1965)
The purpose of this experiment was to determine whether
 there was a constant relationship between the responses of
 these organisms.  From the data presented, there was no
 apparent relationship of this type. Therefore the authors
 advise that bioassays on at least 3 components of the food
 web be made in any situation.
Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
 described. The pH  at 100 percent toxicity was 7.1.

"Standard reference water" was described and used as well
 as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
 tions were made in  various types  of water.
                                                                                                       Comment same as above.
                                                                                                       Comment same as above.
This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
 on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
 Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
 The pH of this solution  was 7.2.  Solutions were renewed
 every 12 hours.

"Toxicity" is expressed as 10 percent reduction in oxygen
 utilization.

This assay  is based on concentration of the chemical required
 to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
 centrifuged Lake Erie water.
Patrick, et al
  (1968)
Freeman
 (1953)

Dowden and
 Bennett
 (1956)
                                                          Dowden and
                                                           Bennett
                                                           (1965)
                                                          Dowden and
                                                           Bennett
                                                           (1965)
                                                                                                                                                                                 m
                                                                                                                                                                                 2
                                                                                                                                                                                 O
Jones
 (1941)
Ingols
 (1955)
Anderson
 (1946)

-------
CHEMICALS
>
z
0
3
3
c
33
m
C/)
O
Tl
O
I
m
S
£
r:
1/3






>
t—t
U>
(0




















Chemical
Sodium
chromate

Sodium
chromate




Sodium
chromate






Sodium
chromate

Sodium
chromate


Sodium
chromate




Sodium
chro mate-
Sodium
silicate-
Sodium
sulfate
Sodium
chro mate-
Sodium
sulfate
Sodium
chromate-
Sodium
silicate
Organism
Daphnia
magna

Sewage
organisms




Daphnia
magna






Gambusia
af finis

Escherichia
coli
Saccharomyces
ellipsoides
Nereis sp

Card n us
maenas
Leander
squilla
Daphnia
magna




Daphnia
magna


Daphnia
magna


Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study'1' Location'2) ppm'3)
BSA - 0.42 (O)


BOD - (O)





BSA - 0.51 (O)







BSA - 500 (T2A)


L - (0)



BSA - 0.5 (SB 21)
1.0 (SB 21)
60.0 (T12A)
50.0 (SB 12)
5.0 (SB 35)

BSA - 0.201 (0)

119 (O)

2180 (O)

BSA - 0.276 (O)

2984 (O)

BSA - 0.159(O)

93 (O)

Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4' Comments
a c Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
100-hr exposure period.
— A concentration of 1.0 ppm produced an oxygen depletion in
percent of the control of 90%. It required 10.0 ppm to pro-
duce 38% oxygen depletion. There is an apparent relation-
ship between toxicity of chromium and the organic matter
concentration in that higher amounts of organic matter com-
plex with the chromium thus reducing its apparent toxicity.
a c The primary aim of this study was to determine the effects of
lowered dissolved oxygen concentration upon an aquatic
invertebrate when exposed to solutions of inorganic salts
known to be present in various industrial effluents. Anal-
ysis of data conclusively shows the D. magna tested under
lowered oxygen tension exhibited lower threshold values
for the chemicals studied than when tested at atmospheric
dissolved oxygen.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
— This study suggests that the chromates have an effect on
microbial genetic expression. Toxicity appeared to be in
the range of 100 to 500 mg/l.

a The threshold toxicity for shore crabs was in the range of
40 to 60 ppm for a 12-day period of exposure.
The threshold toxicity for prawns was a little less than
10 ppm in adults and 5 ppm in young.


ac Standard reference water used. Toxicity threshold is defined
as that concentration which immobilizes 50 percent in a
100-hr exposure period.



a c Comment same as above.



a c Comment same as above.



Reference
(Year)
Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)
Ingols
(1954)




Fairchild
(1955)






Wallen, et al
(1957)

Ingols and
Fetner
(1961)

Raymont and
Shields
(1964)



Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)



Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)

Freeman and
Fowler
(1953)





















>
•o
•o
m
Z
O
X
>



















-------
    Sodium
     chromate
     plus sodium
     silicate

    Sodium
     chromate
     plus sodium
     sulfate
    Sodium
     chromate
     plus sodium
     silicate
     and sodium
     sulfate
    Sodium
     citrate
    Sodium
     citrate

    Sodium
     cyanide
    Sodium
     cyanide


    Sodium
     cyanide
^  Sodium
OT   cyanide
>
D
2
3
•{j  Sodium
w   cyanide
O
-n
s
OJ
                         Daphnia
                         magna
                        Daphnia
                         magna
                        Daphnia
                         magna
                        Polycelis
                         nigra
Daphnia
 magna

Polycelis
 nigra
                        Daphnia
                         magna

                        Pimephales
                         promelas
                        Sewage
                         organisms
                                              BSA
                      BSA
                      BSA
                      BSA
                                            BSA
                                              BSA
                                            BSA
                      BSA
                                              BOD
                                                 0.21 (T4A)
                                                 130IT4A)
                                                 0.28 (T4A)
                                                 3,044 (T4A)
0.28 (T4A)
122 (T4A)
2,255 (T4A)
0.015M (L2)
                                                                         825 (O)
0.0006M (L2)
                                                 <3.4 (0)
0.23 (T4A)
                                                 3.6 (O)
                                     "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
                                      as lake water.  Varied results were obtained when evalua-
                                      tions were made in various types of water.
                                     Each TLm value is equal to the concentration of each
                                      respective chemical.
                                     Comment same as above.
                                                                                      Comment same as above.
                        Lepomis
                         cyanellus
                                              FL
                                     Carbon-     1.0 (K1)
                                      dale. III.
This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
 on a planarian.  Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
 Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
 The pH of this solution was 6.6.  Solutions were renewed
 every 12  hours.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
 to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
 centrifuged Lake Erie water.
This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
 on a planarian.  Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
 Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
 The pH of this solution was 4.8.  Solutions were renewed
 every 12  hours.
This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
 to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
 centrifuged Lake Erie water.
Synthetic soft water was used. Toxicity data given as number
 of test fish surviving after exposure at 24, 48, and 96 hr.
 TLm values were estimated by straight-line graphical in-
 terpolation and given in ppm CN~.

Various metal salts were studied in relation to how they
 affected the BOD of both raw and treated sewage as well
 as how they affected the processing of sewage in the treat-
 ment plant. BOD was used as the parameter to measure the
 effect of the chemical. The chemical concentration cited
 is the ppm required to reduce the BOD values by 50%.
 This chemical was tested in an unbuffered system.
Green sunfish placed in cages in ponds 1 and 2 days after
 application of the chemical suffered 100 percent mortality
 at 1.0 ppm.
Toxicity seemed to be less in waters exhibiting high pH or
 low temperature.
                                                          Dowden and
                                                           Bennett
                                                           (1965)
                                                          Dowden and
                                                           Bennett
                                                           (1965)

                                                          Dowden and
                                                           Bennett
                                                           (1965)
                                                                                                                                               Jones
                                                                                                                                                 (1941)
Anderson
 (1946)

Jones
 (1941)
I
m
Z
D
X
Anderson
 (1946)


Doudoroff, et al
 (1956)
                                                                                                                                               Sheets
                                                                                                                                                 (1957)
                                                                                              Bridges
                                                                                               (1958)

-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
S
X
H
jj
m
O
-n
O
I
m
S
o

£







>
i
oj
"^




















Chemical
Sodium
cyanide











Sodium
cyanide


Sodium
cyanide








Sodium
cyanide




Sodium
cyanide




Sodium
cyanide

Sodium 2,5-
dichloro-
benzene-
sulfonate
Organism
Lepisosteus
osseus
Carassius
auratus
Cyprinus
carpio
Ictalurus
natal is
Micropterus
salmoides
Lepomis
cyanellus

Pimephales
promelas
Lepomis
macrochirus
Gasterosteus
aculeatus
Anguilla
anguilla
Phoxinus
phoxinus
Salmo
trutta
Carassius
auratus
Gammarus
pu/ex




Rana
temporaria




Green
sunfish

Daphnia
magna


Toxicity, Experimental
Bioassay Active Variables
or Field Field Ingredient, Controlled
Study*1) Location<2) ppm*3) or Noted*4)
BSA - 1.0(K<1) ace












BSA - (H)0.35(T4A) cdef
(S) 0.23 (T4A)
(H)0.15 (T4A)

BSA - 0.49 (K 8 hr) ace

0.49 (K 12 hr)

0.49 (K 6hr)

0.49 (K 2 hr)

4.9 (K 12 hr)

BCFA - (O) ace





BCFA - (O) ae





BSA and Okla. (O) -
FL

BSA - 3,890 (K) a c



Comments
After application of 1 ppm of the chemical to small farm
ponds, fish began to surface within 5 to 30 minutes.
At concentrations of 1 ppm and at a variety of temperature
and pH conditions, effective kills of a number of different
species of warm-water fishes were produced.
Concentrations of 1 ppm produced complete kill of all
species of fish within 8 hr.






(H) Value in hardwater.
(S) Value in softwater.


This rather long paper deals more with behavior (avoidance
reaction time, etc.) than other aspects of toxicity. However,
interpolation from several curves resulted in the concentra-
tions quoted. Avoidance occurred at concentrations as low
as 10-°N.





Temperature and pH were important factors determining the
behavior and reaction time of Gammarus during exposure
to solutions of this chemical. Most of the data were de-
scribing behavioral responses. However, in a solution of
0.00005N, the fish survived 1-1/2 hours. Gammarus were
somewhat more resistant to sodium cyanide than fish.
This report deals more with behavioral aspects than strict
toxicity. The response limit for frog tadpoles is about
0.49 ppm. Increased temperature, a higher pH, and the
amount of dissolved oxygen were critical. The response
limit for tadpoles was 0.00001 N. The tadpoles were less
sensitive than fish but more sensitive than Gammarus.
Sodium cyanide was found to be moderately effective as a
repellent at 5 mg/l and to produce an avoidance response
at 1 .0 mg/l. No response was noted at or below 0.5 mg/l.
Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 7.1.


Reference
(Year)
Bridges
(1958)











Henderson, et al
(1959)


Costa
(1965)








Costa
(1965)




Costa
(1965)




Summerfelt
and Lewis
(1967)
Freeman
(1953)


•o
m
z
o

-------
    Sodium 2,5-
     dichloro-
     benzene
     sulfonate
    Sodium
     dichromate


    Sodium
     dichromate


    Sodium
     dinitrophenate
    Sodium
     ferrocyanide
m
S
O
>
W
    Sodium
     fluoride

    Sodium
     fluoride

    Sodium
     fluoride
30
m
M  Sodium
°   fluoride

9
m  Sodium
—   formate
                      Daphnia
                       magna
                      Lepomis
                       macrochirus
                      Lymnaea sp
                       (eggs)
                      Gambusia
                       affinis


                      Daphnia
                       magna


                      Phoxinus
                       phoxinus
                      Polycelis
                       nigra
Sodium
ferrocyanide
Sodium
fluoride
Daphnia
magna
Polycelis
nigra
Daphnia
 magna


Gambusia
 affinis


Rainbow
 trout
                      Homarus
                       americanus


                      Daphnia
                       magna
                      BSA
                      BSA
                     BSA
                     BSA
                      BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
BSA
                                            BSA
                                            BSA
                      BSA
                           1,468 (T4A)

                           3,750 (T4A)

                           4,513 (T4A)

                           420 (T2A)



                           22 (T1A)
                           250 ppm
                            (17.7 min)
                           100 ppm
                            (61.0 min)
                           50 ppm
                            (209.0 min)
                           0.0008M (L2)
                                                                       <600 (O)
                                                                       0.0011M (L2)
                           504 (O)
925 (T2A)
                           5.9-7.5
                             (T2A)*
                           2.6-6.0
                             (T2A)**
                             *45 F
                             *55 F
                           0.9-4.5
                             (SB10)


                           <5200 (O)
                                    "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
                                      as lake water.  Varied results were obtained when evalua-
                                      tions were made in various types of water.
£ c d e g        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
~~               studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
                turbidity. Additional data are presented.
  a_ c           "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
  ~~             as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
                tions were made in various types of water.
               Tap or distilled water used as diluent. Toxicity defined as
                theavg time when the fish lost equilibrium when exposed
                to the test chemical (ppm dinitrophenate).
   c           This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
                on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
                Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
                The pH of this solution was 6.4.  Solutions were renewed
                every 12 hours.
   —           This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
                to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
                centrifuged Lake Erie water.
   c           This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
                on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
                Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
                The pH of this solution was 7.2.  Solutions were renewed
                every 12 hours.
   —           This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
                to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
                centrifuged Lake Erie water.
£ c d e g        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
                studied.  Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
                turbidity. Additional data are presented.
   a_           This study postulates that temperature affects the toxicity
                of fluoride concentration because of its effect on the
                metabolic rate of the fish. TLm values are given as
               Fluoride was not toxic even at levels five times those gen-
                erally used in municipal water supplies. The lobsters
                employed weighed 500 grams.
               This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
                to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
                centrifuged Lake Erie water.  Toxic effect may be a result
                of unfavorable osmotic effect.
                                                                                                                                               Dowden and
                                                                                                                                                Bennett
                                                                                                                                                (1965)
                                                                                              Wallen, et al
                                                                                                (1957)

                                                                                              Dowden and
                                                                                                Bennett
                                                                                                (1965)
                                                                                              Grindley
                                                                                                (1946)
                                                                                                                                               Jones
                                                                                                                                                (1941)
                                                                                                                                               Anderson
                                                                                                                                                (1946)

                                                                                                                                               Jones
                                                                                                                                                (1941)
                                                                         Anderson
                                                                          (1946)

                                                                         Wallen, et al
                                                                          (1957)

                                                                         Anonymous
                                                                          (1966)
                                                                                              Stewart and
                                                                                               Cormick
                                                                                               (1964)
                                                                                              Anderson
                                                                                               (1946)
                                                                                                                                          m
                                                                                                                                          O
                                                                                                                                          X

-------
CHEMICALS
2
O
s
X
c
JO
m
en
O
-n
O
m
§
O

E)








^

J
\























Chemical
Sodium
formate

Sodium
hydrosulfide


Sodium
hydrosulfide




Sodium
hydroxide



Sodium
hydroxide





Sodium
hydroxide







Sodium
hydroxide


Sodium
hydroxide




Sodium
hydroxide



Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study (1)
Lepomis BSA
macrochirus

Gambusia BSA
at 'finis


Semotilus BSA
atromaculatus




Polycelis BSA
n/gra



Daphnia BSA
magna





Micropterus BSA
sa/moides
(large mouth
bass)
Lepomis
macrochirus
Goldfish


Daphnia BSA
magna


Oncorhyncus BSA
tshawytscha
Oncorhyncus
kisutch
Salmo clarkii
clarkii
Semotilus BSA
Atromaculatus



Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location (2) ppm '3)
5,000 (T1 A)


206 (T2A)



4to10(CR)





0.000004M
(L2)



240 (O)






50 (0)



50(0)

50(0)


156(0)



48 (K5)
20 (K5)
35 (K5)



20 to 40 (CR)




Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals
~ was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with
"high" turbidity. Additional data are presented.

a e Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
above which all test fish died. Additional data are presented.

c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.8. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
a c f p i The disposal of cannery wastes frequently involves the use of
~~ chemicals for treatment purposes. Ferrous sulphate, alum,
and lime are used in chemical coagulation; sodium carbonate
for acidity control in biological filters; and sodium nitrate in
lagoons for odor control. Lye (sodium hydroxide) peeling
of certain fruits and vegetables is not uncommon. These
chemicals, in whole or part, are discharged in most cases to
a stream. The concentrations listed permitted fish to survive
indefinitely.
— This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. Toxic effect may be due to
the rise in pH to 9.1-9.5.
a d e This chemical is one of a number that may be found in Kraft
~ mill waste effluents. Data are expressed as minimum lethal
concentration for 5 days.



a e Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
above which all test fish died. Additional data are presanted-
Reference
(Year)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Wallen, et al
(1957)


Copeland and
Woods
(1959)



Jones
(1941)



Anderson
(1944)





Sanborn
(1945)







Anderson
(1946)


Haydu, et al
(1952)




Gillette, et al
(1952)



•o
m
Z
O

-------
    Sodium
      hydroxide
    Sodium
     hydroxide
    Sodium
      hydroxide
    Sodium
     hydroxide


    Sodium
     hydroxide
    Sodium
     hydroxide
    Sodium
     iodate
s
m  Sodium
_   iodide
    Sodium
to   iodide
    Sodium
     iodate
    Sodium
     metaarsenite
£
X

3D
m
ui
O
Tl
O
"i   Sodium
—    mono-
 Lepomis
  macrochirus
Lepomis
 gibbosus
Lepomis
 gibbosus
Gambusia
 affinis


Lepomis
 macrochirus
Biomorpholaria
 a. alexandrina
Bulinus
 truncatus
Lymnaea
 caillaudi
Polycelis
 nigra
Polycelis
 nigra
Daphnia
 magna

Daphnia
 magna
Sewage
 organisms
Daphnia
 magna
BCFA
BSA
                                            FL
BSA
BSA
BSA
               Durham,
                N. H.
BSA




BSA

BSA


BSA

BOD
(O)





5 (K 3-5 min)




5 (K 3-5 min)




125 (T2A)



9.9 (pH, T4A)




450 (K1 A)

150 (K1A)

150 (K1A)

0.0013M (L2)




0.044M (L2)

3.3 (O)


<158(0)

(NTE)
                                            BSA
     hydrogen
     phosphate
                           1,154(T1A)
                           1,089 (T2A)
                           426 (T4A)
 a c e f         Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade       Cairns and
                chemicals and was aerated throughout the 96-hour             Scheier
                exposure period.                                           (1955)
               At pH 9.8, all fish survived.  At pH 9.9 to 10.1 after 4 days,
                only one-half survived. At pH 10.41 to 10.50, only
                10 percent survived after 3 days.
   c           The author suggests placing pellets of sodium  hydroxide        Jackson
                in the nests of the sunfish when eggs or fry are present.         (1956)
                This method for controlling sunfish was developed first
                in the laboratory in petri dishes and later conducted in
                the field.
   a           The chemical must be applied after spawning begins and        Jackson
                before the fry leave the nest. The author suggests placing      (1956)
                pellets of sodium hydroxide in the nest of the sunfish
                when eggs or fry are present.
£ c d e g        The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals         Wallen, et al
~~               was studied. Test water was from a farm pond with            (1957)
                "high" turbidity.  Additional data are presented.
a c d e i        A "control" was prepared by adding  required  chemicals to     Cairns and
                distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data          Scheier
                reported are for larger fish, approximately 14.24 cm in         (1959)
                length.  Data for smaller fish are also in the report.
   a           The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis to        Goharand
                chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature.           EI-Gindy
                The temperature at which (K1A) occurred was 27 C.           (1961)
               This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities     Jones
                on a planarian.  Mode of action of the anions is discussed.       (1941)
                Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
                The pH of this solution was 8.0.  Solutions were renewed
                every 12  hours.
               Comment  same as above.                                    Jones
                                                                           (1941)
               This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required    Anderson
                to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in        (1946)
                centrifuged Lake Erie water.
               Comment  same as above except value may be only half of       Anderson
                that reported.                                              (1946)
               The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for     Hermann
                industrial wastes.  Results are recorded as the toxic con-         (1959)
                centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TCsfj) of
                oxygen utilization as compared to controls. Five toxi-
                grams depicting the effect of the chemicals on BOD were
                devised and each chemical classified.
               "Standard reference water" was described and used as well      Dowden and
                as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-         Bennett
                tions were made in various types of water.                      (1965)
                                                                                                                                          m
                                                                                                                                          O
                                                                                                                                          X

-------
o
I
m
S
o
r~
cn

O
s
X
H
C
3)
m

o
Tl
o
i
m
S
O
£









1
























Chemical
Sodium
mono-
hydrogen
phosphate
plus sodium
pyrophosphate
Sodium
napthalene
B-sulfonate
Sodium
nitrate




Sodium
nitrate



Sodium
nitrate



Sodium
nitrate





Sodium
nitrate








Sodium
nitrate



Organism
Daphnia
magna
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)


Daphnia
magna

Carassius
carassius




Gasterosteus
aculeatus



Polycelis
nigra



Daphnia
magna





Micropterus
salmoides
Lepomis
macrochirus
Goldfish





Daphnia
magna



Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
Study'1) Location'2) ppm'3)
BSA - 3,580 (T1 A)
433 (T1A)
2,685 (T1A)
63 (T1A)


BSA - 308 (K)


BSA - (O)





BSA - 500 (K10)




BSA - 0.043M (L2)




BSA - 8,500 (0)






BSA - 4,000 (0)

2,000 (O)

2,000 (0)





BSA - 5,000 (0)




Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted'4) Comments
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
Each TLm value is equal to the concentration of each re-
spective chemical.

a c Assay water was not characterizied chemically or otherwise
~~ described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 7.1.

a This old, lengthy paper discusses toxicity of many chemicals,
possible mechanism of action of some, the effect of tem-
perature, effect of dissolved oxygen, the efficiency of the
goldfish as a test animal, compares this work with earlier
work, and lists an extensive bibliography.
In 0.220N solution, fish survived 171 minutes.
— Solutions were made up in tap water. 3.0 to 5.0 cm stickle-
back fish were used as experimental animals. This paper
points out that there is a marked relationship between the
toxicity of the metals and their solution pressures. Those
with low solution pressures were the most toxic.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.2. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
a c This paper deals with the toxicity thresholds of various sub-
stances found in industrial wastes as determined by the use
of D. magna. Centrifuged Lake Erie water was used as a
diluent in the bioassay. Threshold concentration was
defined as the highest concentration which would just fail
to immobilize the animals under prolonged (theoretically
infinite) exposure.
a c f p i The disposal of cannery wastes frequently involves the use of
chemicals for treatment purposes. Ferrous sulphate, alum.
and lime are used in chemical coagulation; sodium carbonate
for acidity control in biological filters; and sodium nitrate in
lagoons for odor control. Lye (sodium hydroxide) peeling
of certain fruits and vegetables is not uncommon. These
chemicals, in whole or part, are discharged in most cases to
a stream. The concentrations listed permitted large mouth
bass to survive indefinitely, bluegills to survive 3 days to
indefinitely, and goldfish to survive 4 days.
— This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
centrifuged Lake Erie water. Toxic effect may be caused
when the chemical concentration is high enough to exert
unfavorable osmotic effect.
Reference
(Year)
Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)



Freeman
(1953)

Powers
(1918)




Jones
(1939)



Jones
(1941)



Anderson
(1944)





Sanborn
(1945)








Anderson
(1946)























>
TJ
m
Z
D
X
>






















-------
\o
      Sodium
       nitrate
      Sodium
       nitrate

      Sodium
       nitrate

      Sodium
       nitrate
      Sodium
       nitrite
      Sodium
       nitrate
      Sodium
       nitrate
  o
  m
jj  Sodium
JJj   nitrite

>
O

—  Sodium
H   nitrite
C
3)
m
CO
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lepomis
 macrochirus

Gambusia
 affinis

Lepomis
 macrochirus
Sewage
 organisms
Biomorpholaria
 a. alexandrina
Bulinus
 truncatus

Carassius
 carassius
Daphnia
 magna
Lepomis
 macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
 (eggs)

Polycelis
 nigra
                        Daphnia
                         magna
BSA
BCFA
BSA
BSA
                                              BOD
BSA
BSA
                                              BSA
                      BSA
12,000 (T4A)






9,500 (T4A)



10,000 (T2A)



9,000 (T4A)




(NTE)
6,000 (K1A)

3,100 (K1A)

12,150 (T1A)

4,206 (T4A)

12,800 (T1A)

6,375 (T1A)
5,950 (T2A)
3,251 (T4A)
0.0006M (L2)
                           <20 (O)
 a d e f         This paper reports the LDgQ in 96 hours for 8 common
                inorganic salts.  A synthetic dilution water of controlled
                hardness was prepared for use in the experiments. Among
                other variables, specific conductivity, as mhos at 20 C, was
                measured.  If this salt is toxic to fish, this experiment did
                not demonstrate it.
 a c e f         Test water was composed of distilled water with CP grade
                chemicals and was aerated  throughout the 96-hour
                exposure period.
£ c d e g        The effect of turbidity on the  toxicity on the chemicals was
                studied.  Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
                turbidity. Additional data are presented.

!L——^.l.        A "control" was prepared by adding required chemicals to
                distilled water, and this was constantly aerated. Data re-
                ported are for larger fish, approximately 14.24 cm in
                length.  Data for smaller fish  are also in the report.
   —           The purpose of this paper was to devise a toxicity index for
                industrial wastes.  Results are recorded as the toxic con-
                centration producing 50 percent inhibition (TC5Q) of
                oxygen utilization as compared to controls.  Five toxi-
                grams depicting the  effect of  the chemicals on BOD were
                devised and each chemical classified.
   a           The degree of tolerance for vector snails of biharziasis to
                chemicals is somewhat dependent upon temperature.
                The temperature at which (K1 A) occurred was 28 C for
                Bulinus and 26 C for Biomophalaria.
  a_c           "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
                as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
                tions were made in various types of water.
               This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
                on a planarian.  Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
                Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
                The pH of this solution was 6.0. Solutions were renewed
                every 12  hours.
               This assay is based on concentration of the chemical required
                to immobilize the test animal. Assays were conducted in
                entrifuged Lake Erie water.
                                                                                                                          Trama
                                                                                                                            (1954)
                                                                                                                                                                       Cairns and
                                                                                                                                                                        Scheier
                                                                                                                                                                        (1955)
                                                                                                                                                                       Wallen, et al
                                                                                                                                                                        (1957)

                                                                                                                                                                       Cairns and
                                                                                                                                                                        Scheier
                                                                                                                                                                        (1959)

                                                                                                                                                                       Hermann
                                                                                                                                                                        (1959)
                                                                                                                                                                      Gohar and
                                                                                                                                                                        EI-Gindy
                                                                                                                                                                        (1961)

                                                                                                                                                                      Dowden and
                                                                                                                                                                        Bennett
                                                                                                                                                                        (1965)
                                                                                                                                           m
                                                                                                                                           D
                                                                                                                                                                        Jones
                                                                                                                                                                         (1941)
                                                                                                                                                Anderson
                                                                                                                                                 (1946)
  O
  m

-------
CHEMICALS
>
O
g
X
H
C
JD
m

0
Tt
O
I
m
£
O
E>






^>
J-
o




















Chemical
Sodium
nitrite



Sodium
nitrite

Sodium m-
nitrobenzene
sulfonate

Sodium m-
nitrobenzene
sulfonate
Sodium 4-
nitrochloro-
benzene-2-
sulfonate


Sodium 4-
nitrochloro-
benzene-2-
sulfonate
Sodium
nitroprusside



Sodium
nitroprusside


Sodium 4-
nitrotoluene-
2-sulfonate
Sodium
oxalate



Organism
Semotilus
atromaculatus



Gambusia
af finis

Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Daphnia
magna

Daphnia
magna
Lepomis
macrochirus
Lymnaea sp
(eggs)
Daphnia
magna


Polycelis
nigra



Daphnia
magna


Lepomis
macrochirus

Polycelis
nigra



Toxicity,
Bioassay Active
or Field Field Ingredient,
StudyCO Location*2* ppm<3)
BSA - 400 to 2000
(CR)



BSA - 7.5 (T2A)


BSA - 2,235 (T4A)

1,350 (T1A)

BSA - 5,61 8 (K)


BSA - 1 ,474 (T4A)

6,375 (T4A)

3,532 (T1A)
3,208 (T2A)
BSA - 3,187 (K)



BSA - 0.0008M (L2)




BSA - <210 (O)



BSA - 1,440(T1A)


BSA - 0.011m(L2)




Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted (4) Comments
a e Test water used was freshly aerated Detroit River water. A
~ typical water analysis is given. Toxicity is expressed as the
"critical range" (CR), which was defined as that concentra-
tion in ppm below which the 4 test fish lived for 24 hr and
above which all test fish died. Additional data are presented.
a c d e g The effect of turbidity on the toxicity of the chemicals was
~~ studied. Test water was from a farm pond with "high"
turbidity. Additional data are presented.
a c "Standard reference water'' was described and used as well
~~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.

a c Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
~ described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 8.6.

a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
~~ as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.



a c Assay water was not characterized chemically or otherwise
described. The pH at 100 percent toxicity was 6.9.


c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 6.0. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
— This assay is based on concentration of the chemical re-
quired to immobilize the test animal. Assays were con-
ducted in centrifuged Lake Erie water. Value may be
half of that reported.
a c "Standard reference water" was described and used as well
as lake water. Varied results were obtained when evalua-
tions were made in various types of water.
c This is part of a report listing 27 anions and their toxicities
on a planarian. Mode of action of the anions is discussed.
Water distilled in glass was used to prepare the solutions.
The pH of this solution was 7.2. Solutions were renewed
every 12 hours.
Reference
(Year)
Gillette, et al
(1952)



Wallen, et al
(1957)

Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)

Freeman
(1953)

Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)



Freeman
(1953)


Jones
(1941)



Anderson
(1946)


Dowden and
Bennett
(1965)
Jones
(1941)






















j^
•o
m
g
x

^


















-------
    Sodium
     oxalate

    Sodium
     oxalate

    Sodium
     oxalate
    Sodium
     oxalate

    Sodium
     pentachloro-
     phenate
O
m
Q  Sodium
>   pentachloro-
E>   phenate
>   (88 percent)
O
Z
X
c
30
m
en
Daphnia              BSA
 magna

Gambusia             BSA
 affinis

Sewage               BOD
 organisms
Lepomis             BSA
 macrochirus


Erisymba             BSA
 buccata (EB)
Notropis
 umbratilis (NU>
Pimephales
 notatus (PN)
Campostoma
 anomalum
Notropis
 whipplii 
-------
CHEMICALS
Z
D
s
X
H
33
m
O
""
O
m
2
o
•£
en










>















Chemical
Sodium
pentachloro-
phenate









Sodium
pentachloro-
phenate







Sodium
pentachloro-
phenate
Sodium
pentachloro-
phenolate
Sodium
pentachloro-
phenate
Sodium
pentachloro-
phenate



Sodium
pentachloro-
phenate
Bioassay
or Field
Organism Study 0)
Cylindrospermum L
lichen/forme (CD
Microcystis
aeruginosa (Ma)
Scenedesmus
obliquus (So)
Chlorella
variegata (Cv)
Gomphonema
parvulum (Gpl
Nitzschia
palea (Np)
Lebistes BSA
reticulatus








Pimephales BSA
promelas

Channel BSA
catfish
(fingerlings)
Lebistes BSCH
reticulatus

Oncorhynchus BSA
kisutch




Tubificid BSA
worms

Toxicity,
Active
Field Ingredient,
Location^) ppm(3)
2.0 (O)











2 (K 94%-
1440 min)
4 (K 100%-
300 min)
8 (K 100%-
90 min)
15(K 100%-
40 min)
25 (K 100%-
25 min)
0.32-0.35
(T1A)

0.46 (K1A)


0.5 (44.6%
K90)

3.0 (0)





0.31 (T1A)


Experimental
Variables
Controlled
or Noted(4) Comments
a Observations were made on the 3rd, 7th, 14th, and 21st days
~~ to give the following (T = toxic, NT = nontoxic, PT =
partially toxic with number of days in parentheses. No
number indicates observation is for entire test period of
21 days):
Cl -T(3)
Ma -T (3)
So - PT (7)
Cv -NT
Gp -PT (7)
Np -T (3)

— Standard curves are developed for use in determining concen-
trations for molluscicidal use in field conditions.








a c d f Temperature and pH were studied as variables. The lower the
pH, the more toxic the chemical was to the fish. As tem-
perature was increased the toxicity rose proportionately.
a Tap water was used. Considerable additional data are
presented.

a c d e Sublethal effects found were retarded growth.


a e The value reported is obtained by a complex mathematical
treatment and is for "median resistance times" of juvenile
salmon with varying levels of salinity, temperature, and
dissolved oxygen. At 3.0 mg/l pentachlorophenate, the
maximum response (toxicity) was calculated to be 17.68%
salt concentration, 4.86 c, and 7.66 mg/l of dissolved oxygen.
a c Knop's solution was used. TLm levels for various pH's were
determined. This compound was more toxic at the lower
pH levels studied.
Reference
(Year)
Palmer and
Maloney
(1955)









Klock
(1956)








Crandall and
Goodnight
(1959)
Clemens and
Sn